FIRST BOOK IN GEEEK; 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 A FULL VIEW OF THE FORMS OF WORDS 
 
 VOCABULARIES AND COPIOUS EXERCISES, 
 
 ON THE METHOD OF 
 
 CONSTANT IMITATION AND REPETITION. 
 
 BY 
 
 JOHN M'CLINTOCK, D.D., 
 
 PROFKSSOR OP LANGTTAGEa, 
 
 .GEORGE R. CROOKS, A.M., 
 
 ADJUNCT PK0FE8S0R OF LANGUAGES IN DICKINSON COLLEGK. 
 
 Ettlxti SBtKition, 
 
 IVITH THE ADDITION OF BRIEF SUMMARIES OF THE DOCTRINE OP 
 THE VERB AND OF THE RULES OF SYNTAX. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 
 HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS. 
 
 329 & 331 PEARL STREET, 
 (franklin SQUAREL,j 
 
3 
 
 Y(\'^ 
 
 l^\j^ 
 
 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year one thousand 
 eight hundred and forty-eight, by 
 
 Harper & Brothers, 
 
 in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the Southern District 
 of New York 
 
 enfilneers School Uby 
 •'Me 28,1031 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 This volume is prepared on the same plan with the 
 "First Book in Latin," issued about eighteen months 
 ago. The remarkable and unexpected success of that 
 work has encouraged us to persevere in the course of 
 labour we had marked out for ourselves, and, at the 
 same time, has stimulated us to renewed efforts to 
 deserve success. It is with this view that the publica- 
 tion of this book has been delayed. Conscientiously, 
 we have spared neither time nor labour in its prep- 
 aration. 
 
 For the general plan of our proposed series of 
 elementary books, we refer to the preface to our First 
 Book in Latin, and now only call attention to one or 
 two points peculiar to this volume. 
 
 It will be seen that the subject of Etymology is 
 taken up very fully, and illustrated by abundant exer- 
 cises. To have given the Syntax and Reading Les- 
 sons in the same volume would have swelled it to an 
 unreasonable bulk ; they will, therefore, shortly ap- 
 pear in the " Second Book in Greek," which will go to 
 press immediately. 
 
 The accents are wrought into the lessons, from an 
 early part of the work, and a pretty full and con- 
 nected view of the system is given, in the form of 
 question and answer, pages 146-153. Our own expe- 
 rience warrants us in saying that any ordinary class 
 of boys can master the accent system and apply it in 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 a few weeks, according to the method here laid down. 
 The Third Declension of Nouns has been developed 
 on the plan adopted in the " First Book in Latin." The 
 Summary of Rules of Gender will be found on pages 
 142, 143. Of the merits of the method, now first put 
 into a practical form, it does not become us to speak. 
 
 Throughout the work we have made use of every 
 thing that we could find to our purpose in books of 
 grammar and philology, native or foreign. Without 
 naming a long list, we believe that no good text-book, 
 English or German, has escaped our notice. One 
 American book, however, we must mention, not only 
 for its signal excellence, but for the use we have made 
 of it, viz.. Professor Crosby's Grammar. Had that 
 work appeared abroad, there would have been no 
 end to its praises. Using all these helps, we have 
 wrought out our book independently and faithfully ; 
 and we trust it will be found homogeneous through- 
 out. 
 
 To the numerous teachers who have given us en- 
 couragement and advice, we oflTer our most hearty 
 thanks, and commend this volume to them, and to the 
 school-boys under their charge, whose favour we hope 
 to gain, not by diminishing their toil, but by making it 
 lightsome and profitable. 
 
 Dickinson College, July 1, 1848. 
 
ADVERTISEMENT 
 
 TO THE THIRD EDITION. 
 
 At the request of many teachers, we have added 
 to this edition a Summary of the Rules for the For- 
 mation of the Forms of the Verb, which will be 
 found on p. 261-269, and also the Rules of Syntax, 
 p. 270-285. 
 
 It is hoped that the work, with these additions, 
 will be found worthy a continuance of the patron- 
 age (ample beyond our expectation) which it has 
 heretofore received. 
 
"C\ 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 $ 1. Vocal Elements. (Less. I. — III.) .1 
 
 Alphabet 1 
 
 Sounds of the Letters 2 
 
 Diphthong-s. — Breathings 4 
 
 $ 2. Syllabication. (IV.— VI.) 6 
 
 Classes of Mutes. — Syllables .6 
 
 duantity. — Accent 8 
 
 Marks for Reading. — Moveable Final Consonants . . .11 
 
 PART L 
 
 PARTIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS. 
 
 53. First Declension of Nouns. — Present Tense of Verbs. (VII. — XI.) 15 
 
 Present Tense of Verbs in w 16 
 
 First Declension of Nouns, Feminine, Nominative, Accusative, 
 
 and Vocative 18 
 
 First Declension, Feminine, Genitive and Dative . . .21 
 
 First Declension, Masculine 23 
 
 First Declension, Contracts. — Paradigm of the Article . . 26 
 Summary of Endings, First Declension 27 
 
 $ 4. Second Declension of Nouns. — Imperfect Tense of Verbs. (XII. — 
 
 XVI.) 28 
 
 Imperfect Tense . 28 
 
 Second Declension, Masculine and Feminine . . . .31 
 
 Second Declension, Neuter 34 
 
 Second Declension, Attic 36 
 
 Second Declension, Contracts. — Pure Verbs Contracted . . .38 
 
 % o. Adjectives of First Class. (XVH.— XIX.) 41 
 
 Adjectives of Class I., A [og, 7} or a, ov). Some Forms of elvai 41 
 
 Adjectives of Class I., B [og, ov) 44 
 
 Adjectives of Class I., Contracted 47 
 
 $ 6. Third Declension of Nouns, Partial Treatment. — Verb, First Fu- 
 ture and First Aorist. (XX.— XXV.) 50 
 
 First Future, Active and Middle 50 
 
 First Aorist, Active and Middle 52 
 
 Third Declension, Masculine and Feminine . . . .55 
 
VUl tABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Page 
 
 Third Declension, Masculine and Feminine Contracts . . 59 
 
 Third Declension, Neuter 62 
 
 Third Declension, Neuter [continued) 65 
 
 ^ 7. Adjectives of Second Class. (XXVI.— XXVIT.) ... 67 
 Adjectives of Class II. More common Forms {-vg, -eia, -v, and 
 
 -ecg, -saaa, ev) 67 
 
 Adjectives of Class II. Rarer Forms {-ag, -atva, -av; -rjv, 
 'ELva, -ev ; -uv, -ovaa, -ov ; -dg, -daa, -dv) . . . .69 
 § 8. Adjectives of Third and Fourth Class. (XXVIII.— XXIX.) . 72 
 
 Adjectives of Class III. (Two Endings) 72 
 
 Adjectives of Class IV. (One Ending) 75 
 
 Irregular Adjectives 76 
 
 ^ 9. Comparison of Adjectives. (XXX.— XXXIII.) ... 79 
 Comparison of Adjectives. First Form (-repof, -rarof) . . 79 
 Comparison of Adjectives. First Form {-repog, -rarog) con- 
 tinued 82 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives. Second 'Form {-luv, -larog) . . 85 
 IiTegular Comparison 87 
 
 ^ 10. Verb. (Partial Treatmeiit continued.) (XXXIV.— XXXV.) 89 
 Present and Future, 1st, 2d, and 3d Persons . . . .89 
 Imperfect and 1st Aorist, 1st, 2d, and 3d Persons . . .91 
 
 $ 11. Pronouns. (XXXVI.— XLI.) 94 
 
 Pronoun, Substantive- Personal, Direct 94 
 
 Pronoun, Substantive, Reflexive and Reciprocal . .96 
 
 Pronoun, Adjective-Personal, or Possessive . . .98 
 
 Pronoun, Demonstrative 100 
 
 Pronoun, Relative 102 
 
 Pronoun, Interrogative and Indefinite ... . 102 
 Pronouns, Correlative 104 
 
 $ 12. Numerals. (XL II.— XL III.) 107 
 
 Numerals, 1-12 107 
 
 Numerals (continued) 109 
 
 § 13. Adverbs. (XLIV.) 112 
 
 I 14. Prepositions. (XLV.— XLVII.) 114 
 
 Prepositions governing but one Case 114 
 
 Prepositions governing two Cases 116 
 
 . Prepositions governing three Cases 117 
 
 ( 15. Analysis of Tense-Forms. (XLVIIL— XLIX.) . . .119 
 
 Present and Future 119 
 
 Imperfect and 1st Aorist . 121 
 
 PART II. 
 
 FULLER EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS. 
 
 $ 1. Nouns of Third Declension, Fuller Treatment. (L. — LVII.) . 127 
 General Principles of Inflection and Gender .... 127 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. IX 
 
 Mute Nouns. p 
 
 Nouns with p-mute and k-mute Stems ; all Masculine or Femi- 
 nine .......••• • 128 
 
 Nouns with t-muts Stems (r, 6, 6, kt, vr) . . . . 130 
 
 Liquid Nouns. 
 Masculine and Feminine Liquids ..... . 134 
 
 Neuter Liquids . 136 
 
 Vowel Nouns. 
 Vowel Stems adding g (Masculine and Feminine) . . 137 
 
 Vowel Stems not adding g (Neuter) .... . 140 
 
 Semi-vowel Nouns. 
 
 Semi-vowel Nouns, Neuter . 140 
 
 Semi-vowel Nouns, Masculine (Proper Names) . . 141 
 
 Summary of Rules of Gender from the Nominative Fornation 142 
 Irregular Nouns of Third Declension .... . 144 
 
 § 2. Questions and Answers on Accent. (LVIII. — LXJ.) . . 146 
 
 Greneral Rules . 146 
 
 Atonies and Enclitics , . 147 
 
 Contraction . 148 
 
 Accent of Nouns 148 
 
 Accent of other Parts of Speech 152 
 
 Accent of Compound Words 153 
 
 $ 3. The Verb, Fuller Vieto. (LXIL) 154 
 
 Classification by Characteristic 154 
 
 The Tenses, Primary and Historical . . . ... . 154 
 
 Person-Endings 155 
 
 Endings with Mood-Signs 156 
 
 PURE VERBS. 
 
 $ 4 Pure Verbs.— Indicative Mood. (LXIII.— LXVIL) . . .157 
 
 1st Future and 1st Aorist, Passive 157 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect, Active 159 
 
 Future Perfect, Middle and Passive 161 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect, Middle and Passive .... 162 
 Pure Verbs varying from the General Rule of Formation . 164 
 Fuller View of Augment and Reduplication [in Question and 
 Answer) 166 
 
 IMPURE VERBS. 
 
 $ 5. Impure Verbs. — Indicative Mood. (L XVIII. — LXXVl.) . .169 
 Euphonic Changes ......... 169 
 
 Tenses of Impure Verbs 171 
 
 Changed Stems 171 
 
 Division 172 
 
 I. Mute Verbs. 
 Formation of the Tenses (Q-eneral View) 172 
 
X TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 Pago 
 ji Present and Imperfect . 173 
 
 ii First Future .174 
 
 1 First Aorist 175 
 
 I Future Perfect 175 
 
 j! 1st Perfect and Pluperfect, Active 177 
 
 jl Perfect and Pluperfect, Middle and Passive .... 178 
 
 jj 2d Aorist, 2d Future, 2d Perfect, and 2d Pluperfect . . .181 
 
 II. L iquid Verbs. 
 Foiination of the Tenses (General View) . . . . . 184 
 
 Future and Aorist . . . 185 
 
 1st Perfect and Pluperfect Active 187 
 
 2d Perfect and Pluperfect Active ...... 188 
 
 Perfect and Pluperfect, Middle and Passive .... 188 
 
 $ S. Peculiarities of Tense-Formation. (L XXVII.) . . . .190 
 
 Attic Future.— Doric Future 190 
 
 Attic Reduplication 191 
 
 $ 7. Subjunctive, Optative, and Imperative Moods. (L XXVIII. — 
 
 LXXXI.) 192 
 
 General Viev?- of Subjunctive and Optative .... 192 
 
 Subjunctive Mood Forms 192 
 
 Subjunctive Contracted Verbs .... . . 194 
 
 Optative Mood Forms 195 
 
 Optative Mood of Contracted Verbs 197 
 
 Subjunctive and Optative in Subordinate Sentences . . 199 
 
 Use of the Particle av 199 
 
 Imperative Mood . 201 
 
 Infinitive and Participles . . . . . . . . 204 
 
 Exercise on Infinitive and Participles 207 
 
 TABLES OF FORMS OF VERBS IN CJ. 
 
 Table I. Endings with Mood- Vowels United, Active .... 210 
 Table II. Endings with Mood-Vowels United, Passive and Middle . 211 
 
 Table III. Synopsis of possible Mood-Forms 212 
 
 Table IV. Synopsis of possible Tense-Forms 213 
 
 Table V. Paradigms of Contracted Verbs 214 
 
 $ 8. Verbs in fxt. (LXXXIX.— XCVIII.) 218 
 
 Classes and Formation (General View) 218 
 
 Person Endings 219 
 
 Indicative Mood 219 
 
 Subjunctive . . . 220 
 
 Imperative 221 
 
 Exercise on Indicative, Subjunctive, and Imperative . . 222 
 
 Optative . .223 
 
 Infinitive 224 
 
 Participles 224 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. XI 
 
 Page 
 
 Exercise on Optative, Infinitive, and Participles . . . 225 
 Synopsis of all the Moods and Tenses of Verbs in /it . . 226 
 
 Paradigms of Irjiii, eifii, elfic, <f>Tjfit 230 
 
 Verbs in fxc adding vvv or vv to the Stena 234 
 
 Defective Verbs, olda, Kel/^ai, v/^ai 236 
 
 Defective Verbs, diSotKa or SeSca 237 
 
 Verbs, in co forming 2d Aorist like Verbs in fxi . . . . 238 
 
 L-regular Verbs. (XCIX.— CVI.) 241 
 
 Class I. Simple Stem in Present and Imperfect, strengthened 
 
 by e in the other Tenses 241 
 
 Class II. Strengthening the Stem in Present and Imperfect : 
 
 (A) By adding av, LV, or vv 244 
 
 (B) By Reduplication 246 
 
 (C) By adding ok or lgk. 246 
 
 (D) By adding e 248 
 
 (E) By adding v, ve, vv, vvv 249 
 
 Class in. Using two or more difi*erent Stems .... 250 
 List of Active Verbs using a Middle Future .... 252 
 
 List of the Principal Irregular Verbs 254 
 
 Accent of Verbs 259 
 
 Brief Summary of the Doctrine of the Verb . . 261 
 Brief Summary of the Rules of Syntax . . . 270 
 
 Table of Numerals 289 
 
 Greek-English Vocabulary 291 
 
 Ekglish-Greek Vocabulary 311 
 

 / ^ / 
 
 yAt^^g 
 
* 1. 
 
 VOCAL ELEMENTS 
 
 LESSON I. 
 
 Alphabet. 
 (L) The letters are twenty-four, viz. 
 
 Form. 
 
 Name. 
 
 Sound. 
 
 Division. 
 
 A a 
 
 Alpha, 
 
 'AA^a. 
 
 a (ah). 
 
 
 B /? 
 
 Beta, 
 
 B?}ra. 
 
 b. 
 
 I. Vowels (seven). 
 
 r 7 
 
 Gamma, 
 
 Tdfifia. 
 
 g (ng)- 
 
 Short, e, o. 
 
 A 6 
 
 Delta, 
 
 Mlra. 
 
 d. 
 
 Long, ;;, 6J. 
 
 E £ 
 
 E-psilon, 
 
 "E ipikov. 
 
 e. 
 
 Doubtful, a, t, V. 
 
 z c 
 
 Zeta, 
 
 ZfjTa. 
 
 z. 
 
 
 
 H^ 
 
 Eta, 
 
 'Hra. 
 
 e(a). 
 
 IL Simple Consonants 
 
 e i?0 
 
 Theta, 
 
 Q^Ta. 
 
 th. 
 
 (fourteen), viz.. 
 
 I i 
 
 Iota, 
 
 'IdJra. 
 
 i (ee). 
 
 L Nine mutes, viz. : 
 
 K K 
 
 A A 
 
 N V 
 
 Kappa, 
 
 Lambda, 
 
 Mu, 
 
 Kdmra. 
 AdfiBda. 
 M.V. 
 
 k. 
 1. 
 m. 
 
 (a) p-sounds n, (3, <p. 
 
 (b) k-sounds /c, y, x- 
 
 Nu, 
 
 m. 
 
 n. 
 
 (c) t-sounds r, c^, ■&. 
 
 S f 
 
 Xi, 
 
 AC. 
 
 X. 
 
 2. Four liquids, viz. : 
 
 
 
 0-mikron 
 
 "0 fllKpOV 
 
 0. 
 
 \ /", V, p. 
 
 n TT 
 
 Pi, 
 
 m. 
 
 P- 
 
 3. One sibilant, viz. : 
 
 P p 
 
 Rho, 
 
 'Pw. 
 
 r. 
 
 ' 
 
 2 ag 
 
 Sigma, 
 
 'Liyfia. 
 
 s. 
 
 a (f final). 
 
 T T 
 
 Tau, 
 
 Tav. 
 
 t. 
 
 
 T V 
 
 U-psilon, 
 
 "T -ipiUv. 
 
 u. 
 
 in. Double Consonants 
 
 $ ^ 
 
 Phi, 
 
 ^l. 
 
 ph. 
 
 (three), viz. : 
 
 X;t 
 
 Chi, 
 
 XI. 
 
 ch. 
 
 TTCT, (3(7, <p(T — ->p. 
 
 ^ V 
 
 Psi, 
 
 ^l. 
 
 ps. 
 
 KG, ya, x<^ = ^- 
 
 1 Go; 
 
 0-mega, 
 
 '0 jueya. 
 
 6. 
 
 da or c6 — C- 
 
 Rem. ]. Sigma at the end of a word is written g, not <j.* It is called 
 
 sibilant because of its hissing sound. 
 Rem. 2. The letters d; (j), x are only r, tt, k aspirated. 
 Rem. 3. A, fi, V, p, a are called semi-vowels, because easily uttered. 
 
 * Some editors put g (instead of o) at the end of one word compounded 
 with another ; e. g., elgcpepu for elocpipu. When g is otherwise used Id 
 the middle of a word, it stands for ct ; thus, ^ijv = iarijv. 
 
 A 
 
SOUNDS. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (2.) Name the folloiving letters : 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 I 
 
 z 
 
 N 
 
 P 
 
 H 
 
 r 
 
 H 
 
 M 
 
 A 
 
 e 
 
 T 
 
 n 
 
 B 
 
 ^ 
 
 X 
 
 K 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 A 
 
 £2 
 
 n 
 
 H 
 
 T 
 
 i- 
 
 E 
 
 A 
 
 A 
 
 /5 
 
 X 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 r 
 
 ^ 
 
 0) 
 
 V. 
 
 6 
 
 e 
 
 11 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 a 
 
 9 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 v 
 
 X 
 
 V- 
 
 (J.ns, Into vowels, simple consonants.^ 
 
 (3.) Question?,. 
 
 1. How are the letters divided ? 
 and double consonants.) 
 
 2. How many vowels are there ? Which of them are always short ? 
 (Ans, £, 0.) Which always long? (Aws. rj, o.) Which doubtful {i.e., 
 long in some words, short in others) ? (Ans. a, t, v.) 
 
 3. How many simple consonants are there ? How divided ? Name the 
 p-sounds ; the k-sounds ; the t-sounds ; the liquids ; the sibilant. 
 
 4. What letters with ff form t/; ? Whatf? What ^? Which are semi- 
 vowels ? 
 
 LESSON II. 
 Sounds of the Letters, 
 
 VOWELS. 
 
 (4.) The natural order of the vowels, proceeding from the 
 greatest horizontal opening of the mouth to the least, is 
 
 «, e, a, o, V, 
 
 represented in Enghsh characters by 
 
 ee, a, ah, o, u. 
 
 1. i, pronounced like i in pin ; l hke i in machine ; but Z, when final, 
 »s sounded like y final in thirty. 
 
 £. e, pronounced like e in met, excepi at the end of a word, when it has 
 the sound of a in fate (bat pronounced short ; e. g., ye, jue, pronounced gay, 
 may., but short). 
 
SOUNDS. 3 
 
 3. 7; is simply a separate character for e long, and is sounded like a ir 
 cane (e. g., jutjv, pronounced mane). 
 
 4. a, pronounced like a in hand ; a like a in far. 
 
 5. 0, like o in not, except when standing alone, or at the end of a word, 
 when it has the sound of in note {short). 
 
 6. (J is simply a separate character for long, and is sounded like ir 
 Rome. 
 
 7. V, like u in 6ni/e; ii, the same sound prolonged. 
 
 Rem. The French u (or German Ii) represents this sound more accurately. 
 
 CONSONANTS. 
 
 (5.) We give oiily the sounds of those consonants which 
 differ from the English. 
 
 1. y, before vowels, is always hard (as in get) ; before y, k, f, or x it has 
 the sound of ng (e. g., ayye?.oc, pronounced ang-gelos). 
 
 2. ^, like dz in adze. 
 
 3. ^, like i/i in thick (never soft, as in this). 
 
 4. T never has the sound of sh, as in English (e. g-., ffiria, pronounced 
 sit-e-a, not sishia). 
 
 5. X ^^s a guttural sound, like ch in ?ocA. 
 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 
 (6.) Examples. 
 
 
 Greek words. 
 
 Pronunciation. 
 
 Greek words. 
 
 Pronunciation. 
 
 av, 
 
 soo {nearly). 
 
 EK, 
 
 ek. 
 
 ere, 
 
 say {short). 
 
 e^ (e«f ), 
 
 ex (eks). 
 
 Trpo, 
 
 pro (4, 5). 
 
 r^' 
 
 gay. 
 
 ttAt/v, 
 
 plane. 
 
 7rw^, 
 
 pose (hard s) 
 
 Tff, 
 
 tiss. 
 
 T£, 
 
 te. 
 
 0Asf, 
 
 phlex. 
 
 01/;, 
 
 ops. 
 
 (7.) Write the folloioing ivords in Greek characters, a9id 
 p?-07tounce them. 
 
 [Remember to put y for e, and w for o.J 
 
 to, de, me, dos, z5s, drus, 
 
 to, te, gar, me, sphas, ops, 
 
 sun, prin, pros, phos, thin, mus, 
 
 nun, de, no, son, ton, son^ 
 

 DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 
 
 (8.) Spell and pi 
 
 ■onowice 
 
 the followi?ig luords : 
 
 
 (^og, xpn^ 
 
 0)V, 
 
 TjV, 
 
 aap^, 
 
 %P"C, 
 
 TO), ipriv. 
 
 V^, 
 
 npog, 
 
 M^, 
 
 arag, 
 
 ev, TTdg, 
 
 {^G)g, 
 
 K^oyv, 
 
 V^, 
 
 ocpag, 
 
 aVy nsp, 
 
 Kig, 
 
 <pXol, 
 
 GTl^, 
 
 M> 
 
 vvv, (po)g, 
 
 (ppVV> 
 
 xQi^v, 
 
 G(p(jJV, 
 
 arj. 
 
 [The teacher 
 
 can vary and extend these 
 
 exercises.] 
 
 
 
 LESSON III. 
 
 
 
 Diphthongs. — Breathings. 
 
 DIPHTHONGS. 
 
 (9.) The diphthongs are tivelve, formed by combining other 
 vowels with v and t : 
 
 {a) Seven in which both vowels are sounded, at, av ; ei, 
 ev ; Of, ov ; and vi. 
 
 ai has the sound of ai in aisle. 
 
 av " 
 
 " OM in our. 
 
 ei " 
 
 " i in pine. 
 
 ev " 
 
 •' the word yew. 
 
 ot " 
 
 " oi in oil. 
 
 ov " 
 
 " 00 in soon, or ou in ragout 
 
 Vi " 
 
 •' the word we. 
 
 {b) Five in which only the first vowel is sounded, rjv, g)v 
 
 ftj V^ V' 
 
 Rem. The last three are called improper diphthongs. They are com- 
 posed of ci + i, 7? + i, w + i. The I is written underneath the long 
 vowel, and called the Iota subscript. 
 
 BREATHINGS. 
 
 (10.) An initial^ vowel or diphthong is always pronounced 
 with a breathing, either rough or smooth. 
 
 (a) The rough breathing, called the aspirate (spiritus 
 asper), is equivalent to the English H, and is marked by an 
 inverted comma ['] placed over the letter ; e. g., 6, pro- 
 nounced Jw ; opog, pronounced horos. 
 
 An initial letter is one wiih v/hich a word 
 
BREATHINGS. 5 
 
 (6) The smooth breathing (spiritus leiiis) is marked by a 
 comma ['] placed over the letter, and is disregarded ia pro- 
 nunciation ; e. g., opog, pronounced o?ds. 
 
 1^=" In diphthongs the mark is placed over the second vowel ; e. g., ev, 
 ovv, elg, elg. 
 
 (11.) Initial p is always aspirated ; e. g., pea, pronounced 
 rliea. When two pp meet in the middle of a word, the first 
 takes the smooth, the second the rough breathing ; e. g., 
 ILvppog, pronoimced Purrhos. 
 
 (12.) Initial v is always aspirated ; e. g., vno, pronounced 
 hupo. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (13.) Put the smooth breathing to the following words, 
 and pronounce them. 
 
 av, epyov, aLdrjp, iO)ra, 
 
 ev, OLvog, aypa, a?i<f)a, 
 
 ovg, aKpa, epLov, oiKoq. 
 
 (14.) Write the following in Greek characters^ with the 
 proper breathings. 
 
 hedra, 
 
 aner, 
 
 hupo. 
 
 errhoso, 
 
 horao, 
 
 orge, 
 
 huios, 
 
 rhabdos, 
 
 errheon. 
 
 errho, 
 
 athlos, 
 
 huper, 
 
 rhis, 
 
 echo. 
 
 hieros, 
 
 ombros, 
 
 hdsper, 
 
 hote, 
 A2 
 
 haima, 
 
 hebe. 
 
§2. 
 SYLLABICATION. 
 
 LESSON IV. 
 Classes of Mutes. — Syllables. 
 (15.) The mutes are divided (as stated iii (1)) iiito 
 p'Sounds (tt, (3, (p) ; k-sowids {k, y, x) ', t-sounds (r, 6, d^). 
 
 Rem. The p-sounds (together with the letter /z) are called labials, be- 
 cause formed chiefly by the lips (labium, Up) ; the k-sounds palatals 
 (palatum, palate) ; the t-sounds Unguals (lingua, tongue). 
 
 (16.) The mutes are also divided, according to their de- 
 g7'ee of aspiration, into 
 
 
 Labials, or 
 p-sounds. 
 
 Palatals, or 
 k-sounds. 
 
 Linguals, or 
 t-.sounds. 
 
 Three smooth (tenues), 
 Three middle (mediae). 
 Three rough (aspiratae), 
 
 7T 
 
 /C 
 7 
 
 X 
 
 r 
 6 
 
 , 1 
 
 Thus each smooth mute has its corresponding middle and aspi- 
 
 (17.) Every Greek word must end either in a vowel, or 
 
 in one of the semi-vowels, v, p, g. 
 
 Rem. 1. EK and ovK are the only exceptions (34, 3). 
 Rem. 2. Many words end in f and ip, but it will be remembered (1, 
 III.) that ip = a p-sound + a, and ^ = a k-sound -{- a. 
 
 (18.) Every Greek word has as many syllables as it has 
 vowels or diphthongs ; e. g., ye, Xe-ye, Ae-ye-rw. 
 
 Rem. The terms monosyllable, dissyllable, polysyllable, penult, antepenult^ 
 &c., are used as in Latin Grammar. 
 
 [Paragraphs (19) and (21) may be omitted.] 
 
 (19.) In dividing words into syllables for pronunciation, 
 observe the following rules :^ 
 
 * This division into syllables is made upon the principle that syllables 
 should begin and end with the same letters as the Greeks used in begin- 
 
SYLLABLES. 7 
 
 (a) A single consonant between two vowels "belongs to the 
 Jollowing syllable, not to the preceding ; e. g., e-x^t (not 
 e;^-«) ; ocj-ixa (not acjfi-a) ; l-aa-vov (not ln-av-ov). 
 
 {b) When tivo or more consonants intervene, 
 
 (1 .) One of them is joined to the iweceding vowel, if it be 
 followed by the same consonant (e. g"., dA-Ao^, ky-yvq) ; or 
 if it be a liquid, followed by one or more consonants (e. g., 
 eX-d(jJv, dv-6po)-nog) ; or if it be a smooth or middle mute. 
 followed by its own rough (e. g., dy-%w, l3aK-xog) 
 
 I^^ But juv is never separated ; a-fivog, not ufi-vog. 
 
 (2.) In other cases, all the consonants are joined to the 
 folloiving vowel ; e. g., tv-ttto), Ae-Ae-y/xai, Ka-6fiog, rv 
 ■00), e-(ido-{iog, Ka-ro-nrpov. 
 
 (a) Compound words are divided according to their com- 
 position [e. g., 7Tpoa-(bep(i}, Gw-eK-SexofjiaL), except when a 
 vowel has been cut off; e. g., rra-ps-Xa-jSov. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (20.) Questions. 
 
 1. Wliich are the labials ? The palatals ? The linguals ? 
 
 2. What are the smooth mutes ? the middle? the rough ? What is the 
 middle of tt? its rough ? What is the middle of /c ? its rough ? What is 
 the middle of r? its rough? 
 
 3. What consonants can end a Greek word? {v, p, a; k only in e/c and 
 
 OVK.) 
 
 (21.) Divide tlie folloiving into syllables, and 'pi'cmxMnct 
 them. 
 
 Mofpa, 6o^a, yXwoGa, Xvttt}, kXettttjc, TToXtTTjg, Aoyof, 
 idXog, dyyeXog, devdpov, raXavrov, (3oTpvg^ drrXovg, ipaX- 
 
 ning and ending words. A far more important division is that which sep- 
 arates words into stem-syllables and inflection-syllables; e. g., Trpay fia, 
 ye-ypa(j)-a ; and this last is used ' iroughout the grammar. 
 
8 QUANTITY. 
 
 Iw, TcparTG), euoerai, Kapnog, XafMnpog, fienvrjao, I,a7T(p(i)t 
 iravTa, 7Tavofj,ev, Xa/ifSda, sipiXov, Innog. 
 
 LESSON V. 
 Quantity. — Accent, 
 
 QUANTITY. 
 
 (22.) Syllables differ in the time it takes to utter them ; 
 distinction of time is called Quantity. 
 
 (23.) General rules of Quantity. 
 
 1 . A syllable with a long vowel, or diphthong, is long by 
 nature ; e. g., rlfirj, rjpcbg, olKog. 
 
 2. Contracted syllables are long 
 
 3. A short vowel before two consonants, or a double one, 
 is long by position; e. g., ears, rpane^a, Kopd^. 
 
 4. A short vowel before a mute and liquid is (a) made 
 Jong (1) in composition (e. g., EKvefj,(x)) ; (2) when (3, y, 6 
 stand before A, jj,, v [e. g., e[3?'.s7TOv^ nsTTXeyfiat, svodfiogy, 
 (b) remaiiis short in other cases (e. g., dreKvog). 
 
 ACCENT. 
 
 (24.) Syllables differ in the tone in which they are utter- 
 ed ; distinction of tone is called AcceMt. 
 
 (25.) 1. Every Greek word has one accent (and only 
 ■)iie), which must stand upon one of the last three syllables. 
 
 Rem. 1. Ten small words (called Atonies) are unaccented, viz., b,r], 
 
 ol, ai, el, tv, el^, ^k, ov (ovk), (bg. 
 Rem. 2. A number of small words (called Enclitics) throw their accent 
 
 back on the preceding word ; e. g., ttoTieixoq ng. \_See 362, 1, c] 
 
 2. There are three marks of accent : the acute, grave, 
 and circumflex. 
 
 {a) The acute (') denotes elevation of tone. 
 
ACCENT. 9 
 
 (b) The grave (') is used oiily to denote the softened 
 acute at the end of a word followed by another word in the 
 same sentence. (Thus, ttjv standing alone, or at the end 
 of a sentence, would have the acute ; but followed by another 
 word, the grave ; e g., ttiv oocpiav.) 
 
 (c) The cii'cumflex (~ or '^) denotes both a rise and fall 
 
 of tone. 
 
 ^^ [This mark is composed of ' and ^ together (thus, aufza = 060^10). 
 It is therefore placed only over long syllables, which are regarded as having 
 two accent places.] 
 
 (26.) Rules of Accent. 
 
 Rule I. — {a) The acute can stand no further back than 
 the antepenult; and on that only when the ultimate is short. 
 (b) The circumflex can stand no further back than the 
 penult ; and on that only when the ultimate is short. 
 
 Rule II. — If the tdtimate is accented, it generally takes 
 the acute ; e. g., dvrjp, yvvrj. 
 
 Rem. 1. This acute on the ultimate is softened (25, 2, b) in continued 
 
 discourse ; e. g., 6 avr/p ^tjckel. 
 Rem. 2. Exceptions to Rule 1 will be noted as they occur. 
 
 Rule III. — If the ultimate be unaccented and long, the 
 penult is acute (both in dissyllables and polysyllables) ; e. g., 
 
 dVTjGKEL ; dvdpG)7T0V 
 
 Rule IV. — If the ultimate be unaccented and short, then 
 
 1. In dissyllables the penult, if sJiort, has the acute (e. g. 
 ?Myog) ; if long by nature (not position), the circumflex {e. 
 g., acjfjba, olvog). 
 
 2. In polysyllables the antepenult generally (not ai 
 ways*) has the acute, whether the penult be long or shor' 
 {e. g., dvdpojnogj (pevyovatv). 
 
 * Because the accent is sometimes (in inflection) kept on the penult ; ana 
 then it must be circumflex, if the ultimate is short and penult long ; e. g. 
 ■nokiTa. 
 
 A 2 
 
10 
 
 ACCENT. 
 
 ^^ The final syllables ol, at are generally reckoned short for pur 
 poses of accent ; e. g., uvOpuiroc 
 
 (27.) Names ofivm'ds according to their accent. A word 
 is called 
 
 ( Oxytocic, if its ultimate \ 
 
 1 . -< Parozytone, if its loenidt \ is acute. 
 
 ( Proparoxytonc,'^- if its ante'penult ) 
 
 ^■i 
 
 Perispdme,\ if its idtimate ) . . n -, 
 
 is circumrlexed. 
 
 Properispome, if its penult ) 
 3. BarytoneX if its ultimate is unaccented 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (28.) Questions. 
 
 What is quantity ? Repeat the four general rules. (23.) What is accent . 
 (24.) How many accents can a Greek, word have ? What syllables admit 
 accent ? (Only the three last.) What does the acute denote ? the grave ? 
 the circumflex ? When can the acute stand on the antepenult ? What 
 final diphthongs are generally reckoned short for accent? (of, at.) What 
 kind of syllables admit the acute ? (Either short or long syllables.) 
 What the circumflex ? (Only such as are long by nature.) When can 
 the circumflex stand on the penult ? (Only when the ultimate is short.) 
 If the ultimate is accented, what accent does it generally take? (The 
 acute.) How is a dissyllable with long penult and short ultimate, ac- 
 cented ? (Always properispome, e. g., GcJfj,d.) Repeat the names of words 
 according to their accent. 
 
 (29.) Mark the accent on the follotving words accm'ding 
 to the rides, and naone the tvords {as oxytone, &c.). 
 
 [The dot shows where the accent should be put.] 
 napcbv (Rule II.), x^'^P^ (Rule IV., 1), ypdcpeig (Rule 
 Til.), e%et (Rule III.), rjdeojg (Rule III.), naldeg (Rule 
 
 * Oxytone, from o^vg, sharp, rovog, tone. Paroxytone, irapd, near, pre- 
 fixed to 6fvrovoi'. Proparoxytone = Trpo-TTapofvrovov. 
 t Perispomenon = 7r£p<o-7r6>/Z£VOi', circumflexed. 
 X Barytone = (3apvTovov ; from (Hapv^, grave, t6vo^, tone. 
 
PUNCTUATION^. II 
 
 IV., 1), TTpecfSvrepog (Rule IV., 2), vEcorepog (Rule IV., 2), 
 Kipog (Rule IV., 1), eTrel, TjoOsveL, reXevrrjv. 
 
 (30.) Name the folloiving ivords according to tlieir aC' 
 cent. 
 
 [Call those with the grave at the end of the word, Oxytones (25, 2, 6).] 
 
 'ETTCfd?) de eTeXevTTjoe /\apeloq, Kal Karearr] elg ttjv 
 ^aaiXdav ^ Apra^ep^Tjg, Tcaaaipepvriq 6ia(3dXXeL rov Kvpov 
 Tipog rov ddeAcfyov, o)g EmfiovXevoL avro) • 6 6e nelderac re 
 Kal GvXXafi(3dvec Kvpov cj^ diTOfcreviov. 
 
 Which are the Atonies in these sentences ? How does TieldeTal get two 
 accents ? (Ans. The last from the little word re, enclitic (25, Rem. 2).) 
 
 LESSON VI. 
 
 Marks for Reading. — Moveable Final Consonants, 
 (31.) Punctuation. 
 
 The comma (,) and period (.) are like ours. 
 The note of interrogation is our semicolon (;). 
 The colon is a point at the top ; thus, rovro • Kal, 
 
 (32.) Other marks. 
 
 1. Coronis. — To prevent a concurrence of vowels, two 
 words are often blended into one ; thus, rd avrd is written 
 and pronounced ravra, with a smooth breathing over the 
 contracted syllable (over the last letter, if a diphthong). 
 The contraction is called ci'asis, and the mark thus used, 
 coronis. 
 
 2. Apost7-ophe. — For the same purpose, a vowel is often 
 cut off at the end of a word, when the next begins with a 
 vowel ; thus, dXXd eycj is -WTitten and pronounced dXX* 
 8yc5, with a smooth breathing at the end of the first worcj. 
 The cutting ofi' is called elision; and the ji^ark thus usecj, 
 apostrophe. 
 
(over middle of word), 
 (over end of word). 
 
 12 MOVEABLE FINAL CONSONANTS. 
 
 3. Diceresis. — When two vowels following each other are 
 to be read, not as a diphthong, but separately, a diaeresis (") 
 is placed over them ; thus, yrjpa'i, pronounced yrj-pa-i, in- 
 stead of yrj-pat. 
 
 Rem. If the accent fall on the syllable which has the iiaeresis, it is 
 placed between the two dots ; thus, irpavg (pronounced npa-vg). 
 
 (33.) Sum^nary of niarks. 
 Comma 
 Colon 
 Period 
 
 Interrogation 
 Coronis 
 Apostrophe 
 Diseresis [**]. 
 Admiration [!]. 
 
 (34.) Moveable final consonants. 
 
 1. V, scpsXuvoTiKov. The letter v is added to words end- 
 ing in Gt, and to the 3d person singular of verbs in £ or i 
 (not ei), when the next word begins with a vowel ; e, g,, 
 TTaaiv eIttev EKslvoig (instead of rcdat eItts EKEivoig), This 
 is called v, ecpeXuvarinov. 
 
 Rem. It is also added at the end of a sentence. 
 
 2. c final is dropped before a consonant in the words 
 ovTog^ e^, and a few others ; e. g., ovtg) ttolg) (not ovrcjg 
 TTOLGJ) ; kfi T^Eov (not E^ -dEOv). But before vowels, and at 
 the end of a sentence, they are written ovro)g and e^. 
 
 3. ov becomes ovtc before a vowel, and ovx before an 
 aspirated vowel ; e. g., ov kuXoc ovk eItte, ovx V^^^' 
 
PART I. 
 
 PAETIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS 
 
§ 3. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION OF NOUNS.— PRESENi' 
 TENSE OF VERBS. 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 (35.) The Greek has three genders (mascuHne, feminine, 
 neuter) ; three numbers, (singular, dual, plural) ; five cases 
 (nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, vocative) ; and 
 three declensimis (first, second, tliird). 
 
 Rem. ]. Gender is marked in grammar by the article the, viz., 6 (mas- 
 culine), 7} (feminine), ro (neuter) ; e. g., b 'apo(p-fjTT]g {the prophet) ; 
 7} yvvT} {th". woman) ; to avKOV {the fig). 
 
 Rem. 2. The following rules of gender from the meanings apply to 
 nouns of all the declensions (subject, however, to exceptions) : 
 
 Masculine. — Names of male beings, and of most rivers, winds, months, 
 and nations. 
 
 Feminine. — Female beings, most countries, islands, trees, and plants. 
 
 Neuter. — Fruits, letters (of alphabet), indeclinable words, and infini- 
 tives (used as nouns). 
 
 Rem. 3. The dual number denotes two, and is used only when the 
 idea of two is to be made prominent. 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 (36.) There are two Conjugations of verhs m Greek, 
 named (fi:om the ending of Indicative Present, 1st person) 
 Conjugation in cj and Conjugation in jui. [In Part T. of 
 this work we use only verhs in w.] 
 
 (37.) The Greek verh has not only the Active and Passive 
 voices, as in Latin, hut also one pecuHar to itself, called tha 
 Middle. 
 
 (1.) In active verhs, the sahject is the deer of the action 
 [e. g., 1 strike). 
 
16 
 
 PRESENT TENSE OF VERBS. 
 
 (2.) In passive verbs, the subject is the receiver (I am. 
 
 struck). 
 
 (3.) In middle verbs, the subject is both doer and receiver 
 (I strike myself). 
 
 1^=" This directly reflexive sense of the Middle is not common. But 
 {a) verbs used in the Middle often denote an action done by the agent 
 upon an object connected in some way with himself. Thus, in the sentence 
 " John struck Thomas," the word struck would be put in the Active voice in 
 Greek ; but John struck his (own) head, would be expressed by the Middle. 
 *' John sent Thomas" (Active) ; " John sent for Thomas" (Middle). 
 
 (6) The Middle often gets a new meaning, growing out of the reflexive 
 one; thus, the same form in Greek expresses I advise myself, and I deliber- 
 ate, or resolve. 
 
 (c) Again, many verbs are used only in the Middle form, in sense like 
 the Active (corresponding to Deponent verbs in Latin). 
 
 LESSON VII. 
 Present Tense of Verbs in fl. 
 
 (38.) The endings of the Present Infinitive, Indicative 
 (3d person), and Imperative (2d person), are given in the 
 following table. 
 
 [Observe that the middle and passive endings are the same.] 
 
 
 
 PRESENT ACTIVE. 
 
 PRESENT MIDDLE OR PASSIVE. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 
 -£LV 
 
 -eadat 
 
 Indic. 
 
 Sing. 3d. 
 Plur. 3d. 
 
 -£L 
 
 -Qvat{y) 
 
 -erat 
 -ovrat 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Sing. 2d. 
 Plur. 2d. 
 
 -£ 
 -ETS 
 
 -ov 
 
 -eade 
 
 1 \\ 
 
 (39.) By adding these endings to the stem (iovXev' of the 
 verb (3ovXev-eiv (to advise), we obtain the following 
 
PBESENT TENSE OF VERB8. 
 
 17 
 
 PARTIAL PARADIGM. 
 
 
 PKESEXT ACTIVE. 
 
 PBESEXT MIDDLE. jPHESEXT PASSIVE. || 
 
 INFrN. 
 
 ^ov/.ev-et.v, to ad- 
 
 j3ov?.ev-£adac, to ad- 
 
 [3ov?.£v-ec6ai, 
 
 
 vise. 
 
 vise one's self=. 
 to deliberate. 
 
 to be advised. 
 
 INDIC. 
 
 
 
 
 3d Sing 
 
 (3ov?.ev-ei,he(^she, 
 
 i3ov?.£v-eraL, he ad- 
 
 fSov?.eij-erac, he 
 
 
 it) advises, or 
 
 vises himself = 
 
 is advised. 
 
 
 is advising. 
 
 deliberates, or is 
 deliberating. 
 
 
 3d Plur. 
 
 ^ov/.ev-ovai{v), 
 
 i3ov?.£v-ovTai, they 
 
 (3ov?.ei'-ovTai,, 
 
 
 they advise, or 
 
 deliberate, or are 
 
 they are ad- 
 
 
 are advising. 
 
 deliberating. 
 
 vised. 
 
 mpEB. 
 
 
 
 
 2d Sing. 
 
 fiovTiev-e, advise 
 
 (3ov?.£v-ov, advise 
 
 (3ov?.ev-ov, 
 
 
 (thou). 
 
 thyself, or delib- 
 
 be advised 
 
 
 
 erate (thou). 
 
 (thou). 
 
 2d Plur. 
 
 l3ov?.ev-eTe, ad- 
 
 ^ov7.£v-£ade, delib- 
 
 3ov7.£v-Ecde, be 
 
 
 vise (ye). 
 
 erate {ye). 
 
 advised {ye). 
 
 Rem. 1. Observe the v egeTiKvariKov in plur. 3d, jSov/.ev'Ovaiv, and see 
 the rule for its use (34, 1). 
 
 Rem. 2. Rule of Accent. — The accent in verbs is thrown back as far as 
 possible. [Thus, in ^ov/.svet the accent can not be placed further 
 back than the penult, because the ultimate is long (26, Rule III.). 
 But in Soi'/.Eve the ultimate is short, and the acute is thrown back 
 to the antepenult (26, Rule IV.). In ffov/.Evere it goes forward 
 again, because a syllable is added, 26, Rule I., a.] 
 
 [The student should explain the accent in all the forms.] 
 
 Rem. 3. The verb j3ov/.EV-£tv affords a good instance of the use of the 
 Middle: (Sov/.ev-erat, he advises himself =z he deliberates; and this 
 last is its usual meaning. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (40.) Vocabulary. 
 
 [Verbs are given in the vocabularies in their infinitive form. To find 
 he stem of any verb, strike off the infinitive-ending etv or eadai.'] 
 
 To have, keep, hold, eX'Stv. 
 To beget, rcKT-eiv. 
 To speak truth, a/.rjdev-eiv. 
 Always, uei (adv.). 
 B'arely, av^peiuc (adv.). 
 
 To fight (mid.), fidx-£(ydaL. 
 To educate, bring up, Tratdev-eiv. 
 To take, receive, ?Mfi3dv-£lV. 
 Well (adv.), Ka?.uc. 
 
18 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 (41.) Eocample. 
 
 (a) They fight bravely (b). | 'Avdpsiw^ fidx-ovrai. 
 {a) The personal pronoun is not expressed, except for em- 
 phasis ; the person-ending sufficiently indicates the person. 
 
 (b) Put the adverb before the verb in Greek. 
 
 (42.) Translate into English. 
 
 rinT-ei. — rinr-ovGLV. — ex-ovolv. — ex-siv. — ?iafil3dv-eLV, 
 — Xan^dv-ovoiv. — del dXrjOev-e. — dXrjdeV'SL. — dX7]dev- 
 ovaiv. — dvdpELwg fjtdX'Ov. — dvdpsLOjg fidx-eode. — tIkt- 
 Eiv. — naidBv-eraL. — Kakcog TracdEv-ETai. — TiKT-ovrai. — 
 KaXcJg iratdEv-EGdai. — dXrjdEv-STe, — e;^-ei. 
 
 (43.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 [Words in parentheses are not to be translated.] 
 
 He takes. — He is begotten. — Speak truth. — Always speak 
 (plural) truth. — He fights bravely. — They are well brought 
 up. — They have. — They take. — They beget. — To educate. 
 — To be educated. — To be well educated. — To speak truth. 
 —They fight bravely. — Hold (thou). — Hold (ye). — He is 
 held. — They are held. — (It) is received. 
 
 LESSON vm. 
 
 Tirst Declension of Nouns {Feminine), 
 
 [In this lesson we only use the nominative, vocative, and accusative 
 cases.] 
 
 (44.) In feminine nouns of 1st declension, the endings are 
 
 {l.)Nom.andVoc,|^7.aor^. 
 
 ^ ' [ Plur. at. 
 
 Sing, av, if nom. ends in a ; ?/v, if it ends in Tf, 
 
 Plur. dg. 
 WT Dual, nominative, accusative, and vocative, a. 
 
 .^ , , ( Sing, av, 
 (2. Ace. ] ^ ° _ ' 
 ^ ^ ( Plur. ag. 
 
FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 19 
 
 (45.) Forms of the article {the) in nominative and ac- 
 cusative feminine. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Nom. 7], 
 
 ra, 
 
 at. 
 
 Ace. r7]V, 
 
 rd, 
 
 Tag. 
 
 (46.) To find the stem of a noun of the 1st declension, strike 
 off any ending ; thus, 66^a (reputation, glory), stem 66^- ; 
 oIklu (Jiause), stemi oIkI- ; TLjir] [honour), stem rt/^-. Taking 
 these stems, and affixing the endings above given, we have 
 the following 
 
 PARTIAL PARADIGM. 
 [The feminine article is declined on the left.] 
 
 1 
 
 Art. . 
 
 Glory (/,). 
 
 House Qi). 
 
 Honour (ff). 
 
 SING. 
 
 N. and V. 
 Ace. 
 
 TT]V 
 
 66\-av 
 
 ohi-a 
 OLKi-av 
 
 TLH-ri^ 
 
 TL[i-7jV 
 
 OVAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 rh 
 
 66^-a 
 
 OLKi-a 
 
 TLfl-d 
 
 PLUKAi. 
 
 N. and V. 
 Ace. 
 
 al 
 rag 
 
 6b\-ag 
 
 OLKi-at 
 
 OLKL-Ug 
 
 TLfi-ai 
 TLfi-ajg 
 
 Rem. \. The accent is on the same syllable in the accusative as in the 
 
 nomhiative, if the rules (26) permit.* 
 Rem. 2. Most nouns in (^ are paroxytone. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (47.) Vocabulary. 
 
 [The gender sign is put in parentheses after nouns.] 
 
 Sabre, /xdxaLp-d (j]). 
 Desire, eTZLdvpii-a {ij). 
 Virtue, liptT-f] {t},. 
 Friendship, <pL?iL-a (7). 
 Grief, sorrow, Mtt-t} {tj). 
 
 Door, ^vp-a {i}). 
 
 Not (in prohibition), ytzjy. 
 
 To set on fire, burn, Kai-ELV. 
 
 To flee, flee frorn, shun, ^evy-ELt>. 
 
 * In the noun MaLva (lioness), for instance, the accent must be changed 
 m ace. pL Xeaivdg, because the last syllable is long (26). 
 
20 FIR3T DECLENSION. 
 
 (48.) Eocamples. 
 
 (a) He has a sabre. | [xdxaipav ex^i. 
 
 (a) There is no indefinite article in Greek. 
 
 {b) He takes the sabre. | ttjv [idxatpav Xafifidvet 
 
 (b) The article is used in Greek to point out an object 
 as a definite one. 
 
 (c) Virtue. \ dperrj or rj dperrj. 
 
 (c) With abstract nouns you may either omit or insert 
 the article. 
 
 (d) Do notfiee. \ Mr/ (psvye. 
 
 id) M.ri {not), prohibiting, is always put before the mi- 
 perative. 
 
 (49.) Trandate into English. 
 
 Ma^atp-ag ex-ovaiv. — Ta^ fiaxalp-ag Xafif^dv-ovaiv. — 
 'H dper-rj 66^-av £%-£«. — 'H olKi-a dvp-ag e^-ei. — At oIkl- 
 ai 'dvp-ag sx-ovacv. — At emdv^i-at Xvtt-tjv tlkt-ovgiv. 
 — Ti{j,-rj 66^-av riKr-ei. — <^evy-e Tag e-niBviii-ag. — ^iXi-a 
 66^-av e%-£i. — M?) (pevy-ere. — Mrj (psvy-e rag rip-'dg. — 'H 
 oLKi-a Kai-erai {pass.). — M^ Kal-s rag olKL-ag.—f^iXi-a 
 (piXi-av riar-EL. 
 
 (50.) Translate into Crreek. 
 
 [Where (two) occurs, put the noun in dual.'] 
 
 He has the (two) sabres. — Friendships beget honours. — 
 The house has (two) doors. — Desire begets sorrow. — Desire 
 begets sorrows. — They are setting-on-fire the house. — The 
 house is set-on-fire. — The houses are set-on-fire. — ^Virtue be- 
 gets honour. — He receives the honours. — He takes glory. — 
 Shun (thou) desire. — Do not shun virtue. — Virtue begets 
 friendship. 
 
 (51.) Questions. 
 
 M-axaLpa is proparoxytone. ^hy is ^axaipag paroxytone / (26, III.) 
 What does the grave accent mean on rug, aperr), &c., in (49) ? (25, 2, b.) 
 What is generally the accent of abstract nouns in cat (46, Rem. 2.) 
 ^evy-£Lv is paroxytone ; why is (pevy-e made properispdme ? (26, IV., 1.) 
 Then why is (pevyeTe proparoxytone ? (39, Rem. 2.) 
 
GENITIVE AND DATIVE. 
 
 21 
 
 LESSON IX. 
 
 Feminine Nouns of First Declension. — Genitive and 
 Dative Cases, 
 
 (52.) (1.) Singular endings : genitive, r]^ ; dative, 'q ; e 
 g., do^-Tjg, (5df ^. 
 
 HP^ But if the stem ends in a voivel, or p, the genitive- 
 ending is dq ; dative, a ; e. g., (piXl-ag, (piXL-a ; fiaxatpagf 
 fiaxalpa. 
 
 (2.) Dual ending : genitive and dative, atv. 
 (3.) Plural endings : genitive, gjv ; dative, aig. 
 (53.) Forms of the article in genitive and dative (always 
 circumflexed), 
 
 Singular. Dual. Plural. 
 
 Gen. TTJg. G. and D. ralv. rdv. 
 
 Dat. T^. ralg. 
 
 (54.) Taking the same stems as before, and affixing ^he 
 endings, we get the foUowuig 
 
 PARTIAL PARADIGM. 
 
 1 
 
 Article. 
 
 Glory Qi). 
 
 House (fi). 
 
 Honour (»^). 
 
 1 SINGULAR. 
 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 1 DUAL. 
 
 G. and D. 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 Gen. 
 ! Dat. 
 
 Tfjg, 
 Toiv 
 
 TUV 
 
 do^-aiv 
 
 o'lKt-ag 
 o'ckI- a 
 
 OLKC-aCV 
 
 oIkl-uv 
 o'lKL-aig 
 
 Tl/l-TJC 
 TLjl-y 
 
 TLfl-UV 
 
 Tifi-aig 
 
 Rem. 1. The genitive plural is always circumflexed.* 
 Rem. 2. The accent in genitive and dative is the same as in the nom 
 inative, if the rules permit. But if the nominative is oxytone, the gen 
 itive and dative are perispome, as in Ttfi^g, TLiiri, &c. 
 Rem. 3. The article is circumflexed in genitive and dntive in all three 
 numbers. 
 
 ♦ Four words, \\z., XPI'^^V^-' o.(j)V7], eTTjalai, ;j^Aoi;v;7f. remain paroxy- 
 tone in genitive plural. 
 
22 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (65.) Vocabulary. 
 
 From, away from, a7v6 (prep, with 
 
 gen.). 
 In, £v (prep, with dat.). 
 Out of, from, ek (prep, with gen.). 
 To keep one''s self from, abstain from, 
 
 refrain from, anix-eodai (mid.). 
 
 To keep from, hold back, d7r^;^-Cft> 
 
 Tofindj evpicTK-eiv. 
 
 Vice, KUKC-a {rj). 
 
 Pleasure, 7]dov-7] {rj). 
 
 To shut, KXei-Etv. 
 
 Village, KUfi-Tj {ij). 
 
 ^^ 1. The prepositions air 6 and Ik govern the genitive only. 
 ^^ 2. The preposition kv governs the dative only. 
 "^-^ 3. h and iK are atonies. (25, Rem. 1.) 
 
 (56.) Examples. 
 
 {a) Refrain from vice. \ 'Arre^-ov t% KaKC-ag. 
 
 (a) Rule of Syntax. — The genitive is used with verbs 
 oi removing, freeing, depriving, and the like.^ 
 
 {b) The door of the house. 
 KT (Greek idiom, " the of-the- 
 house door.") 
 
 7] -dvpa rrjg olni-ag, or 
 i] rrjg olKL-ag -^vpa. 
 
 11^ The governed genitive is generally put thus be- 
 tween the article and the noun. So, also, a noun 
 governed by a preposition ; e. g., 
 
 at "dvpaL kv r^ oiKL-a, or 
 at sv T^ oljfL-a dvpai. 
 
 TJie doors in the house. 
 (Greek idiom, " the in-the-house 
 doors.") 
 
 (c) He finds a sabre in the \kv I'q oIkI-o, fidxai-pav evpia- 
 house. I icei. 
 
 (57.) Translate into English. 
 
 At ev T%i Ki^fi-y oliiiai aatovrai. — A/ "dvpat rrjg olni-ag. — 
 it rrig olat-ag dvpat. — 'H rrjg dpsT.fjg STndvfjLia. — 'H rrjg 
 56^-rjg emdvfjila. — 'ATre%-ov ru)V rjdov-dv. — 'ATrex-eoOs rrjg 
 eTTtOvfiL-ag. — (^evye rfjv rrjg 66^-rjg £Tndv[j,tav. — 'H 'dvpa 
 rrjg oiKi-ag KXeierai. — At rrjg oliti-ag -dvpai KXelovraL. — 'H 
 Kaicta XvTTTjv rUrei. — M?) drrexov rrjg (ptXi-ag. — Klels rag 
 
 * Compare the nsc of the ablative in Latin (First Latin Book. 721 > 
 
MASCULINE. 
 
 23 
 
 r^f olKi-ag -dvpag. — 'H aperi) rjdovrjv tlktsl. — 'Ev rati; 
 oltcL-aig fiaxaipag evpLGKovGiv. — 'Ev ral(; olKt-aig rriq kw/z- 
 7]^ fiaxaipag evploKovGiv. — 'Ev ralq -rjg Kcourjg olKi-aig 
 fxaxcbipag evptoKOVOLV. — Ma^aipai evplonovrai. — Ma%a£- 
 pat ev T^ oLKi-a evpiaKovrai. 
 
 (58.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Abstain from pleasure. — Abstain (ye) from pleasm-es. — 
 Pleasure begets grief — The pleasure of friendship. — The 
 pleasures of friendship. — He shuts the door. — He shuts 
 the door of the house. — The houses in the village. — The 
 houses of the village. — Sabres are found. — Sabres are found 
 in the villages. — They find sabres in the village. — Do 
 not flee-from friendship. — The glory of virtue. — Shut (ye) 
 the doors. — Shut (ye) the doors of the house. — The house 
 in the village is-set-on-fire. — They set-on-fire the houses of 
 the village. 
 
 LESSON X. 
 
 Masculine Nouns of the First Declension, 
 (59.) The nominative-endings oiinasculine nouns of first 
 declension are ag and riq ; genitive-ending, ov ; the other 
 endings hke those of feminine nouns. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 (6) Citizen. 
 
 (6) Young-man. 
 
 (h) Atrides. 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 
 iroTiLT-rig 
 TToTiir-ov 
 
 veavt-dg 
 veavi-ov 
 
 'ATpeidrjg 
 'ArpeiSov 
 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 Voc. 
 
 TZoTiLT-ip 
 TTolcT-d 
 
 veavL-g, 
 
 veavL-dv 
 
 veavi-d 
 
 'Arpeidr) 
 
 'ArpeidTjv 
 
 'Arpeidr] 
 
 DUAI,. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 TTOltT-ti 
 
 veavi-d 
 
 'Arpeidd 
 
 G., D. 
 
 TTOAtT-aLV 
 
 veavt-atv 
 
 'Arpeidacv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 no7i.lT-aL 
 
 veavL-at 
 
 'ArpeiSai ! 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ■nO?UT-C)V 
 
 veavi-uv 
 
 'ArpeidiJv 1 
 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 TToTiiT-aig 
 TTo?.Lr-ag 
 
 veavi-aig 
 
 veavi-dg 
 
 'Arpeidatg 
 'Arpeiddg 
 
24 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 Rem. I. Endings.— {a) Observe that r] of the nominative is retained in 
 
 dative and accusative ; and d of nominative in dative, accusative, 
 
 and vocative. 
 (6) The vocative-ending a is found, 
 
 (I.) In nouns whose stems end in r ; e. g., noXtrd. 
 
 (2.) In nouns compounded of substantives and verbs ; e. g., yeu/iS 
 rprjg., yeu/ieTpd. 
 
 (3.) In national names ; e. g., UepaTjg, a Persian; vocative, Uepad. 
 (c) Other nouns in rjg have vocative-ending t] ; e. g., 'Kvpeidrj, G 
 
 Atrides ; Uiparj, O Perses. 
 
 Rem. 2. Accents. — (a) The accent is retained on the same syllable as in 
 the nominative, so long as the rules (26) permit (observe the par- 
 adigms). But the genitive plural is always perispome, 
 
 (b) Observe that in TvoTilTd, iroTurai, 'ArpelSai (of which the ultimate 
 at is considered short (26, EI?') ) the penult has the circumflex in- 
 stead of the acute. This is because the last syllable is shortened 
 (26, note *). 
 
 (60.) 
 
 The masculine forms of the article are 
 
 
 Sing. 
 Plur. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 N. 
 
 6 
 
 ol 
 
 G. 
 
 TOV 
 
 ruv 
 
 D. 
 
 rib 
 ToZg 
 
 A. 
 rov 
 
 TOVC 
 
 N. and A. 
 
 TC5 
 
 G. and D. 
 
 TOlv 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (61.) Vocabulary. 
 [The genitive-ending is put immediately after the nominative.] 
 
 Soldier, arpariioT-rjg, ov (6). 
 Courage, aper-r], -rig {■}]). 
 Xenias, ^evi-ag, -ov (6). 
 By, vTco (prep, with gen.). 
 
 (62.) Eocamples. 
 {a) He admires the cour- 
 age of the soldier. 
 (b) The citizens trust to 
 
 Xenias. 
 
 To admire, ^av/xd^-eiv. 
 
 To trust, trust to, believe, 7n<7TSV-eiv 
 
 (with dat.). 
 To be trusted, believed, Tnarev-ecdat. 
 
 rriv rov OTparicjr-ov apeTTjv 
 
 -^avixd^ei. 
 ol TToXlr-ai TO) Asvl-g, ixia- 
 
 rev-ovGLV. 
 
MASCULINE. 25 
 
 (b) Rule of Syntax. — The dative is used with verbs 
 of to-usting, believing, obeying, &c. 
 
 Zevi-ag vno rdv -noXir-idv 
 TTLareverac. 
 
 (c) Xenias is trusted by the 
 citize?ts {Jms the confi- 
 dence of the citizens). 
 (c) [C^ The preposition t'lrd, when it means by^ takes 
 the genitive with it. 
 
 (63.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O GTpaTL(^r-7iq iidxQLpav exst. — 0/ arpaTCOJT-at 
 (pevyovacv. — Mi] (pevye, c5 OTpaTiaJr-a. — 'H rov noXlr- 
 ov olKta KaLerat. — 0/ aTpancjT-at. rag olKiag Kalovacv, 
 — 0/ arpariioT-at rag rwv noXLT-oJv olfclag Kalovatv. 
 — 01 veavl-at ttjv rcjv ttoXlt-ljv dperTjv Savfid^-ovaiv. 
 — Ot OTpaTLCJT-at T7)v Tov Zevl-ov 66^-av -davfid^-ovaLv. 
 — Mt) irloTEve tw GTpar lwt-iq, — liiarev-ere rolg no- 
 XiT-aig. — 0/ TToXlT-ai Tnarev-ovraL vno tgjv arpa- 
 T L(i)T-GJv. — "^evL-ag vno rcov orpar Hiir-Cdv niarEv- 
 erat. — ^evys, u veavt-a, rTjv KaKtav. — M^ (pevyere, g) 
 veavL-aij t^v (piXiav. — 'B,evt-ag vno rCjv arparLCJT' 
 (ov -^avfid^ETac. 
 
 mF Proper names take the article when they have been mentioned before 
 or when they are celebrated names. 
 
 (64.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 They admire the courage of the soldiers. — The soldiers 
 have sabres. — The soldiers find sabres in the houses (56, c). 
 — Do not flee, O soldiers. — Do not set-on-fire the houses, O 
 soldiers. — Trust (ye) the soldiers. — The soldier is trusted by 
 the young-man. — The soldier admires the courage of Xenias. 
 — Kefrain from {56y a) pleasures, O young-men. — Refrain 
 from vice, O young-men. — Trust to the young-man, O 
 Boldier. 
 
 B 
 
26 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. 
 
 LESSON XL 
 
 Contracted Nouns of First Declension. — Paradigm 
 of the Article. 
 
 (65.) A FEW nouns of the 1st declension, whose stems end 
 in e or a, blend the stem with the ending into a contracted 
 form ; thus, ovue-a, gvhtj. 
 
 (1.) In contraction, 
 
 da becomes a ; e. g., jivda, fivd (mina). 
 
 ea becomes rj ; e, g., ovicea, gvkti (fig-tree)] 'Epfieat,, 
 'EpfXTjg (Mercury). 
 
 HF^ But if p precedes the ea, it is contracted into a ; 
 e. g., (Sopeag, (Soppdg (north wind). 
 
 (2.) The noun thus contracted in the nominative is de- 
 clined regularly, through all the cases, with the circumflex 
 accent (observe the paradigms below). 
 
 (3.) Contracted masculines in ag take the Doric genitive 
 a (instead of oi;) ; e. g., N. (Soppdg, G. (ioppd. 
 
 Rem. This Doric genitive is also found in a few other words ; e. g., N. 
 6 opvLdodrjpag (the bird-catcher) ; G. bpvLdoOrjpa ; especially proper 
 names ; e. g., N. 'Avvc(3ag (Hannibal) ; G. 'AvvlfSa. 
 
 (66.) 
 
 
 PARADIGMS 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Art. 
 
 Mina. 
 
 Fig-tree. 
 
 
 North Wind. 
 
 Mercury, 
 
 Nom. 
 
 V 
 
 ( ifivda) 
 \/xva 
 
 ( {cvKca) 
 
 ( GVKTJ 
 
 6 
 
 ( {fiopsag) 
 \ iSo^pdg 
 
 <CEp/zeac) 
 I 'Epfx^g 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Tvg 
 
 fivdc 
 
 avK^g 
 
 TOV 
 
 l3op^a 
 
 'I^PfLOV 
 
 Dat. 
 
 •V 
 
 fj-vd 
 
 avKy 
 
 rC) 
 
 (3o^^d 
 
 'Epfxy 
 
 Ace. 
 
 TTJV 
 
 fj.vdv 
 
 CVKTJV 
 
 TOV 
 
 Poppav 
 
 'Epfiiiv 
 
 Voc. 
 
 d 
 
 fjLva 
 (Two) 
 
 aVKTJ 
 
 (Two) 
 
 £J 
 
 (Sop^a 
 
 'Epnv 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Minse. 
 
 Fig-trees. 
 
 
 
 
 N.,A.,V., 
 
 ra 
 
 fxvd 
 
 avKU 
 
 
 
 
 G.,D. 
 
 Talv 
 
 (ivalv 
 
 cvKalv 
 
 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 Minse. 
 
 Fig-trees. 
 
 
 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 al 
 
 [xval 
 
 avKoi 
 
 
 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ruv 
 
 jJLVUV 
 
 avfcuv 
 
 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ralg 
 
 jxvalq 
 
 cvKalg 
 
 
 
 
 1 Ace. 
 
 Tag 
 
 fivac 
 
 avKdg 
 
 
 
 
THE ARTICLE. 
 
 (67.) Learn also the complete 
 
 21 
 
 
 PARADIGM 
 
 OF THE ARTICLE 
 
 {the). 
 
 I 
 
 SINGXJLAR. 
 
 
 DUAi. 
 
 
 PLUKAI,. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neut, 
 6 7J TO 
 TOV T^g TOV 
 T(0 Ty TU 
 TOV TTJV TO 
 
 N. \ 
 A. 5 
 G. ) 
 J). I 
 
 Masc. Fem. Neut. 
 TU TO. TU 
 
 ToXv ralv toZv 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 D. 
 A. 
 
 Masc. Fern. Neut. 
 
 oi at TO. 
 
 TUV TCOV TUV 
 
 Tolg Talg rolg 
 rovg rag rd 
 
 (67^.) Summary of the endings of first declension. 
 
 [The student should be able to answer every question in 
 the " Examination Questions" on this section, before passing 
 to the next.] 
 
 
 SlKGXfLAS.. (1 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Feminine. 
 
 a d 7j 
 rjg dg rig 
 
 V 9- V 
 dv dv 7]v 
 a d. 7] 
 
 Masculine. 
 
 dg Tjg 
 ov ov 
 
 9 V 
 
 dv 71V 
 d rj{d) 
 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 Nom. ^ 
 Ace. } 
 Voc. S 
 Gen. ) 
 Dat. ( 
 
 Both Genders. 
 
 a 
 
 atv 
 
 
 •PL.VRAL. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Both Genders. 
 
 ai 
 
 uv 
 
 aig 
 
 dg 
 
 ai 
 
§ 4. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION OF NOUNS. — IMPER- 
 FECT TENSE OF VERBS. 
 
 LESSON XIL 
 
 Imperfect Tense of Verbs in fl. 
 
 (68.) Augment. 
 
 (1.) Past time in Greek is indicated by s prefixed to the 
 verb-stem. (Called augment.) 
 
 (2.) [a) If the verb begin with a consonant, you simply 
 prefix e. (This is called the syllabic augment.) 
 
 Thus, (SovXev-f e-fSovXev-. 
 rcKT-^ k-riKT-. 
 
 (b) Xf the verb begin vdth a vowel, the e is blended with 
 it, so that you simply lengthen the vowel. (This is called 
 the temporal augment.) 
 
 Rem. In lengthening for the temporal augment, 
 a passes into r] ; e. g., aw-, tjvv: 
 e passes into n ; e. g., k7\,7ri^-, tj'X'kl!^: 
 
 passes into w ; e. g., oixiTie-, ufiiTie-. 
 
 1 and V can only become i and D. 
 
 Ky Eleven verbs change e into et (instead of rf) ; e. g., ex-t elx'' 
 
 (69.) Imperfect-Stem and endings. 
 (1.) The imperfect-s^em is simply the present-stem, with 
 the augment prefixed. 
 
 (3ovXev-, imperfect-stem e-(3ovXsv-. 
 '&av[jLa^-j imperfect-stem e-davfia^-. 
 ex,-, imperfect-stem elx-- 
 
 eXavv-, imperfect-stem rjXavV'. 
 
VERB, IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 (2.) The lrmperfect-e?idings are, 
 
 29 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. 
 
 3d Sing. 
 3d Plur. 
 
 -e 
 
 -ov 
 
 -ero 
 
 -OVTO 
 
 (70.) By affixing these endings to the imperfect-stem of 
 QovXev-£lv, we get the following 
 
 PARADIGIM. 
 
 1. The imperfect expresses action as continuing or 
 incomplete, or as Jiabitiially ox frequently performed, in past 
 time. 
 
 Singular. PluraL 
 
 k-^ovXev-E{v), he was advising. e-(Sov7iev-ov, they were advising. 
 
 i-fiov'kEv-tTOy he was deliberating. 
 
 E-j3ov?.ev-ovTo, they were deliberat- 
 ing. 
 
 k-jSovAev-ero, he was advised. \\k-i3ov7ieij-ovTo, they were advised. 
 
 [tF^ 2. Verbs compounded with prepositions generally 
 take the augme?it hetiveen the preposition and the verb ; e. 
 g., npoG(f)£p-eLv, Trpoa-e-(f)€p-ov. If the preposition end in 
 a vowel it is ehded (32, 2) ; e.g., dvafialv-ELv, av-e-(iaLV-ov ; 
 dTTO-(f)evy-eLv, an-£-<pevy-ov. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (71.) Yocahulary. 
 
 To go up, ascend, avaf3acv-eiv (dva 
 
 + ^aivELv). 
 On, upon (with motion), kTzi (with 
 
 accusative). 
 To run away, cnro^evy-eLV {cnzb + 
 
 <p£vyeLv). 
 
 (72.) Examples. 
 (a) The soldiers went {were 
 going) up on the houses. 
 
 To approach, TrXrjcid^-etV. 
 When, ore (adverb). 
 Targeteer, TzelTaaT-Tjg, -ov, 6. 
 Quickly, raxv (adverb). 
 To pursue, diUK-Etv. 
 
 01 OTpaTioJTaL enl rag olniaQ 
 dv-£-[3aLv-ov. 
 
30 VERB, IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 (b) When the soldiers ap- 
 proached, the targeteers 
 ■ ran away. 
 
 {a) enl, with the accusative, = on, upon, with the idea 
 of motion towards. 
 
 OTS at GTpartoJTaL e-7T?ir}0La^- 
 ov ol neXTaoral dn-e- 
 (pevy-ov. 
 
 (b) The imperfect answers to the Enghsh imperfect 
 when the action imphed is rather prolonged than 
 momentary. 
 
 (73.) Translate into English. 
 
 Ol TTeXraarai (pevyovaiv. — Ol TTsXraaral dn-e-cpevy- 
 ov. — Ol TceXraaral e-dccjK-ovro. — At oliiiaL raxv 
 e-Kal-ovTO. — "Ore al oltciai E-Kat-ovTO, ol iroXlraL 
 dn-e-cpevy-ov. — 'O veavtag dvajSatVEi. — 'O veaviag enl 
 rrjv olKiav dvafSalvei. — 'O veavtag km rrjv oifclav dv- 
 e-(3acv-s. — 'O arparicjTTjg ndxcbipav elx-^- — Ol ireXraa- 
 ral [xaxaipag elx'OV. — At rCJv ttoXltcjv olKtac raxv 
 k-Kai-ovro. — Ol arpariGJrac r7]v rev "Eevtov dpsTrjV 
 e-6av [j,a^-ov. — Ol TxeXTaoral dvdpEicjg e-fj,dx-0VT0. 
 — "Ore AEvlag e-ixX7]Gia^-e, ol TreXraarai dvdpetcjg 
 k-jidx-ovTO. — 'O veavlag rep arpariMT'^ (62, b) e -n la- 
 rev -e. — Ol GrpariQrat vno rCdV 7toXltg)V e-nLorev- 
 ovTo. — "Ore ol arpario^rac drr-e-^evyov, ol TreXraa- 
 rat raxv e-6tG)fc-ov. 
 What is the general rule of accent for verbs ? (39, Rem. 2.) 
 
 (74.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The yonng-men were-going-up. — The young-men went-up 
 on the house. — The young-m.en went-up on the houses of 
 the citizens [say, the of- the citizens houses). — When the 
 soldiers went-up, the young-men fled. — The soldiers were- 
 fighting. — The targeteer was-fighting bravely. — The tar- 
 geteer admired the virtue of the young-men. — The house 
 was-set-on-fire. — The house of Xenias was quickly set-on-fire. 
 — The house of Xenias was quickly set-on-fire by the soldiers. 
 — When the house was set-on-fire, Xenias was-fleeing. — • 
 
NOUN, SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 31 
 
 The targeteers were-running-away when Xenias was-ap- 
 proaching. — The young-man. was-pursuing. — The soldiers 
 were-pursuing the citizens. 
 
 LESSON XIII. 
 
 Second Declension of Nouns. — Masculine and Fem- 
 inine. 
 
 (75.) The nominative-endings in 2d declension are, 
 -eg, generally viasculine, sometimes femim?te. 
 -ov, neuter. 
 
 (76.) The case-endings for masculine and feminine nouns 
 
 ! 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 
 DXTAI.. 
 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 1 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 Voc. 
 
 -Of 
 -OV 
 
 -V 
 -ov 
 -e 
 
 N., A., V. 
 G. D. 
 
 -OCV 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace' 
 
 Voc. 
 
 -ot 
 
 -0)V 
 
 -oig 
 -ovg 
 -oc 
 
 (77.) Adding these endings to the stems Ady-, (prjy-, dijfi- 
 ayyeX-, we get the following 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 SING. 
 
 Word (5). 
 
 Beech-tree (//). 
 
 People (6). 
 
 Messenger (6). 
 
 Nom. 
 
 l6y-og 
 
 9ny-og 
 
 6rffi-og 
 
 ayycV.-oq , 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ?J)y-ov 
 
 (pTjy-ov 
 
 6TjfM-0V 
 
 ayyO.-ov 
 
 Dat. 
 
 \6y-u) 
 
 (prjy-Ci 
 
 ^W'V 
 
 ayyeA-cj 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ?i6y-ov 
 
 <l>7jy-6v 
 
 d^fi-ov 
 
 ayye/.-ov 
 
 Voc. 
 
 2.6y-e 
 
 (pTiy-s 
 
 Sfjfi-e 
 
 ayyel-E 
 
 
 (Two) 
 
 (Two) 
 
 (Two) 
 
 (Two) 
 
 DTTAT. 
 
 Words. 
 
 Beeches. 
 
 Tribes. 
 
 Messengers. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 A6y-w 
 
 (l>T}y-6 
 
 6t)ijl-U) 
 
 ayyi7.-(j) 
 
 G.,D. 
 
 X6y-oiv 
 
 (prjy-olv 
 
 6f][i-0LV 
 
 ayyO.-oiv 
 
 PLtTB. 
 
 Words. 
 
 Beeches. 
 
 Tribes. 
 
 Messengers. 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 ?iuy-ot 
 
 <p7jy-oc 
 
 dfjfl-OL 
 
 ayyO.-oi 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Aoy-uv 
 
 (pTjy-iJv 
 
 dfifi-uv 
 
 ayyeA-uv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ?.6y-0Lg 
 
 (pTjy-ok 
 
 drjii-oLQ 
 
 ayyD.-oig 
 
 Acc- 
 
 ?.6y-ovg 
 
 (pTjy-ovg 
 
 drju-ovg 
 
 ayyiX-ovg j 
 
32 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 JRem. 1. Endings, — The ending og is found sometimes in vocative ; 
 e. g., d (piTiog (friend) ; always in Qeog (God). 
 
 Rem. 2. Accent. — (DiflTerent paradigms are given above, simply to 
 
 illustrate the changes of accent.) 
 (a) The accent remains as in the nominative, so long as the quantity 
 
 of the final syllable will permit. (Observe the dififerent paradigms.) 
 (6) Oxytones become perispomes in genitive and dative (e. g., (pijy-ov, &c.). 
 (c) Properispomes and proparoxytones become paroxytone (26, III.) 
 
 when the ultimate is long ; e. g., d^fiog, 6tj[iov ; dyyiTiog, ayyelov, 
 
 &c. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (78.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Artaxerxes, 'Ap-a^ip^-rjg, -ov (6). 
 
 To send, TrejUTr-EiV. 
 
 To send away, or back, airo-TTifiTr-eiV. 
 
 To send for, nETa-TTEfnt-eadaL (mid.). 
 
 To make an expedition, aTpaTEV-eadai. 
 
 To drive, E?iavv-Etv. 
 
 To march forward, k^-ET^avv-ELV. 
 
 Through, did (with genitive). 
 
 A stage,* crradjii-og, -ov (6). 
 
 Five, TTEVTE (indeclinable). 
 
 Lydia (country), Avdia, ag (^). 
 Three, rpEig (accusative plural). 
 General, arpaTi^y-ng, -ov (6). 
 Treasure, &r]uavp-6g, -ov (6). 
 To, against, ettL (with accusative). 
 Brother, dSsTKp-dg, -ov (6). 
 Darius, Aapsl-og, -ov (6). 
 Cyrus, Kvp-og, -ov (6). 
 Province, apxH, -VC iv)' 
 
 (79.) Examples. 
 
 (a) Artaxerxes sends his 
 
 brother. (Greek, the 
 
 brother.) 
 Artaxerxes sends away his 
 
 brother to the province. 
 
 (Greek, the brother.) 
 (a) The article is used for the possessive pronoun, in cases 
 where the relation is obvioas, as in {a) rdv ddeXcpov, the 
 brother = his brother. 
 
 eX(f)6v. 
 
 ^Apra^ep^Tjg dno-TTEiiTT-eL rdv 
 ddeX(f)'dv km t7}v apx^jv. 
 
 {b) Darius sends-for Cy- 
 rus from the provhice. 
 
 Aap£Log Kvpov fiETa-nefiTT' 
 erat and TT^g dpx^ig. 
 
 * Day's march of an army. 
 
MASCULINE. 33 
 
 (b) Observe that nifin-et = he serids ; dno-nefiTr-ei = he 
 sends aivay ; {lera-TrefnT'eTaL = he se}ids-for-to-hi7nself{inidr 
 dle). 
 
 (c) Cyrus marches -for- 1 Kvpog e^eXavvsL aradfiovg 
 ward jive stages. | nivre. 
 
 (c) Rule of Syntax. — Measure of distance is put in the 
 accusative. 
 
 (80.) Translate into E7iglish. 
 
 JLvpog e-Tre/zTT-e rbv ayyeX-ov. — 'O arparrjy-dg 
 dTr-e-nefj.n-e rbv dyysX-ov. — Kvpog e^eXavv-ec did rijg 
 AvScag. — Kvpog k^-eXavv-ei did TTJg Avdlag GraOfiovg 
 rpeig. — Ol arparTjy-ol E-ntOTev-ov tw Kvpco. — Kvpog eni 
 rbv d6eX(p-bv OTparev-erai. — Kvpog em rbv ddeXcp- 
 bv e-arparev-ero. — Aapelog dno-ne^iT-ei rbv Kvpov 
 ini rrjv dpx^jv. — 01 arparicjr-ai evpiotcovoi ^Tjaavp-ovg 
 kv rdig olKiaig. — Ol GrpariGJTai ■^rjoavp-ovg svplofc- 
 ovaiv. — 'O veavlag e-niorev-e tgj d6eX(f)-(x>. — Kvpog 
 HerairefiTT-Erai rbv orparrjybv dnb rrig apx^jg. — Aap sl- 
 og e-dav[ia^-e rrjv rcov orparrjy-c^v dperrjv. — ^apelog 
 e-TTiarev-e roig orparTjy-olg. — "Ore 6 orparr^y-bg 
 e-nXrjOia^-e, ol arpariCdrai dvdpelcjg s-fidx-ovro. 
 
 (81.) Translate into Greek . 
 
 The young-man sent the messengers. — The general sent- 
 back the treasure. — The young-man sends for (his) brother 
 from {aixo) the house. — Darius had-confidence-in (trusted-to) 
 Cyrus. — The house of Cyrus was set-on-fire by {vtto) the 
 soldiers. — The general makes-an-expedition against (e-nl) 
 Cyrus. — Cyrus was-making-an-expedition against Artax- 
 erxes. — The general marches-forward five stages. — Cyrus 
 sends-back the general to (err/, with accusative) the province 
 — When Cyrus approached, the generals fought bravely. — 
 Cyrus admired the virtue of the general. — Do not flee, O 
 general. — Do not flee (plural), O generals. — Cyrus abstain- 
 ed-from (56, a) pleasures. — The general pursues glory, 
 R 2 
 
34 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 LESSON XIV. 
 
 Second Declension of Nouns. — Neuter. 
 
 (82.) The case-endings of 2d declension in the neuter 
 gender are, 
 
 
 SINGULAK. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 OV 
 OV 
 6J 
 
 0) 
 
 OLV 
 OiV 
 
 a 
 
 (83.) Adding these endings to the stems ovk-, spy-, naXr-, 
 Ifidri-, we have the following 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 SING. 
 
 
 Fig {to). 
 
 Work (ro). 
 
 Javelin (to). 
 
 Garment (rd). 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 TO 
 
 GVK-OV 
 
 epy-ov 
 
 TTaXr-ov 
 
 tfian-ov 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TOV 
 
 avK-ov 
 
 epy-ov 
 
 iralT-ov 
 
 ifxari'OV 
 
 Dat. 
 
 T(J 
 
 avK-o) 
 
 epy-Gi 
 
 TTcAr-cj 
 
 ifiaTt-o) 
 
 
 
 (Two) 
 
 (Two) 
 
 (Two) 
 
 (Two) 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 Figs. 
 
 Works. 
 
 Javelins. 
 
 Garments. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 TO, 
 
 OVK-O) 
 
 epy-u 
 
 txoXt-u 
 
 ifiaTi-O) 
 
 G., D. 
 
 TOtV 
 
 aVK-OLV 
 
 epy-oLV 
 
 TTa?i.T-0tV 
 
 ifzari-otv 
 
 PLUB. 
 
 
 Figs. 
 
 Works. 
 
 Javelins. 
 
 Garments. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 ra 
 
 cvK-a 
 
 epy-a 
 
 7ra7iT-d 
 
 ifiavL-a 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TUV 
 
 avK-uv 
 
 epy-cjv 
 
 TTaXr-uv 
 
 1/u.aTi-cjv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TOlg 
 
 GVK-OLQ 
 
 epy-oig 
 
 -KaT^T-olg 
 
 LfiaxL-OLg 
 
 Rem. Accent. — 1. Oxytones become perispomes in genitive and dative 
 
 (e. g., TraXr-ov, iraTiT-ov, Tra/lr-w, 7ra/lr-wv, &c.). 
 Rem. 2. The accent remains on the tone-syllable of the nominative as 
 long as the rules (26) allow ; but proparoxytones or properispomes 
 become paroxytones when the ultimate is long (26, III.) ; e. g., [fid- 
 Tiov, 1/j.aTlov ; avKov, cvkov. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (84.) Vocabidary. 
 
 Horse, LTTir-og, -ov (6). 
 Animal, C,(b-ov, -OV {to). 
 Beast- of -bur den, VTTO^vyi-ov, -OV {to). 
 To hunt, &7jpev-£LV. 
 Huntsman, &r]pevT-7Jg, -ov (6). 
 Not, ov, or ovK (see 34, 3), placed be- 
 fore the word it qualifies. 
 
 Wild-beast, ^rjpt-ov, -ov {to). 
 To, into, elg (preposition with accu- 
 sative). 
 To run, Tpex-etv. 
 To drive on, e?\,avv-eiv. 
 To summon, rrapayyeXX-eiv. 
 Vessel, ttXoi-ov, -ov (to) 
 
NEUTER. 35 
 
 (i;^ Observe the following derivations. 
 
 jte'kT-r}, -77f {i}), a small shield. 
 
 KeXr-aGT-TJg, -ov (6), a soldier who wore a small shield, = a targeteer. 
 
 OTT^-ov, -ov (to), a weapon, especially a large shield. 
 
 o~?,-a, plural, heavy arms, arms (in general). 
 
 67c?.-iT-Tjg, -ov (6), a soldier who wore heavy arms, especially the large 
 
 shield, = a man-at-arms. 
 To summon-to-arms, eig ra o~?.a irapayyeJJ^ELV. 
 To wear arms, oTrAa ex^i-V- 
 
 (85.) Examples. 
 
 (a) Cyrus hunted {was in 
 the habit of hunting) on 
 horseback. 
 
 O Yi-vpog e-drjpev-EV and 
 LTTTcov. (Greek, from a 
 horse.) 
 
 {b) Animals run. \ Td ^w-a rpex-ec. 
 
 The beasts of burden ivere- j Td vTTO^vyc-a rjXavv-STO 
 
 driven-on. \ (68, 2, b). 
 
 {b) Rule of Syntax. — The neuter plural takes its verb in 
 the singular ; e. g., rpex-si- with ^cJa (instead of rpix- 
 ovcnv) ; rjXavv-ero ^dth vno^vyL-a (instead of 7]Xavv-ovTo). 
 
 (86.) Translate into English. 
 
 [How is ov written before a vowel? (ovk.) Before an aspirate? 
 {ovx)-] 
 
 'O drjpevTTjg rd drjpi-a dripev-EL. — Td ^ripi-a e-drj- 
 pev-ero (85, b) vno rojv -dripevTcov. — Td VTzo^vyt-a rpex- 
 ei. — Td ■&i]pt-a e-rp£x-sv. — Ol cttttol rd -dTipi-a e-Stcofc- 
 ov. — Ol OTT/jL-rai birX-a elx-ov. — 0/ TreX-aorai TreXrac 
 elx-ov. — 'O arparrjydg rovg arparLCjrag elg ra, brcX-a 
 napayyeXXei. — 0/ TToXirai TrXol-a ovk exovaiv. — '0 Ki;- 
 pog nXol-a ovk elxev. — 'O ■&7jpevr'^g -dripEVEt and Innov. 
 ^-Ol InnoL 7]Xavv-ovro. — Td vno^vyi-a s-rpex-EV- — 
 0/ arpariGJrat rd naXr-d Xaji^dvovoiv. — Td '&7]pi-a 
 E-(f)Evy-EV. — "Ore 6 T^TjpEvr'qg E-nXfjala^-E, rd ^7]pL-a dn- 
 E-(bEvy-EV. — "Ore rd, vno^vyt-a £-(j)£vy-£V, ol orparicj- 
 rat £-6l(i)k-ov. — 'O VEaviag inl rd nXolrOV dva-jSalvEc. 
 — "Ore al olKiaL k-Kat-ovro, ol noXlrai knl rd nXola dv- 
 e-^aiv-ov. 
 
36 
 
 ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 (87.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 [Recollect to put verb singular with noun in neuter plural.] 
 
 The Persian hunted on-horsehack. — The wild-beasts were 
 hunted. — The wild-beasts were driven-on. — The huntsmen 
 were-pursuing the wild-beasts. — When the huntsmen were 
 pursuing, the wild-beasts were running-away. — The young- 
 man wore (= had) a javelin. — The soldier had two javelins. 
 — The targeteers did not wear (have) heavy-arms. — The 
 men-at-arms did not have small-shields. — The men-at-arms 
 went-up on the vessels.— The wild-beasts are running. — Do 
 not (48, d) flee-from {(psvye, with accusative) the wild- 
 beasts. — They were receiving the javelins. 
 
 LESSON XV. 
 
 Attic Second Declension, 
 
 (88.) Several words of 2d declension take o)g (instead of 
 Of) for nominative-ending, masculine and feminine, and wi' 
 (instead of ov) neuter. They retain cj through all the 
 cases, and have o) (with i subscript) instead of oi. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Temple (6). 
 
 Upper-room (t6). 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 ve-cjg 
 
 avuye-uv 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ve-ci 
 
 avcoye-o) 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ve-(f) 
 
 avuy£-(xi 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ve-iov 
 
 avuye-uv 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 (Two) Temples. 
 
 (Two) Upper-rooms. 
 
 N., A , V. 
 
 ve-u 
 
 avuye-u 
 
 G., JD. 
 
 V€-(OV 
 
 avuye-(f}V 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Temples. 
 
 Upper-rooms. 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 ve-(f) 
 
 uvcjye-u 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ve-uv 
 
 avuye-cjv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ve-(I)g 
 
 avuye-(fig 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ve-ug 
 
 avuye-d) 
 
 Rem. The u in the final syllable in the Attic declension is regarded 
 as short for accent ; hence we have dvuyeuv, proparoxytone. But 
 oxytones become perispome in dative singular, and in genitive and 
 dative dual and plural. 
 
ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. 37 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (89.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Hare, /.ay-ug (6). 
 
 1. The prepositions which govern the genitive only are, dvrc, rrpd, &,it6, 
 £K, and iveKa. 
 
 civrt, instead of, over against. 
 
 Tzpo, before, in front of. 
 
 UTTOffrom, away from, 
 
 e/c, out o/ (written ef before a vowel), 
 
 evsKa, for the sake of, on account of. 
 
 2. Those which govern the dative only are, kv, avv, apia. 
 
 ev, in. 
 avv, with. 
 
 dfia, together with (adverb, used as a preposition;. 
 Kj' Observe that h and e/c are atonies ; the others (except fv£«a and 
 diia) are oxytone. 
 
 3. The verb evpcaK-etv does not take the augment in imperfect tense; 
 thus, EvpiGK-ov, they found. 
 
 (90.) Translate into English. 
 
 Ol Xay-G) ■dripev-ovTai. — 'Ev rolg vs-G)g ■^rjoavpol 
 EvpioK-ovrai. — 0/ arparicoTaL evpiGn-ov (89, 3) ■d^rjOavpovg 
 ev TG) V£-€). — 'H olKta dvcj-ys-o) (plural accusative) £%«. 
 — 01 ^Tipevral rovg Xay-(bg e-6rjpev-ov. — 'O veavlag rbv 
 Aay-d)v e-diOJK'Ev. — 'O ve-cbg raxv e-Kat-ero. — Ol ve-G) 
 raxv e-fcal-ovro. — Ol noXlTai £-(pevy-ov slg rovg ve-(og. 
 — M?) 6lg)ke rov Xay-cjv. — Mrj dLWKsre, o) veaviai, rovg 
 Xay-dog. 
 
 (91.) Translate into Crreek. 
 
 The young-man admires the temple. — The temples are 
 admired by the citizens. — "WTien the temple was set-on-fire, 
 the citizens were-running-away. — The hares were pursued 
 bv the huntsmen. — The yomig-man hunts the hare. — The 
 young-man hunts on-horsehack (55, d). — The huntsman 
 trusted-to (62, b) the young-man. — The huntsman did not 
 (84) wear (have) a sabre. — The house has not an upper- 
 room. — He finds a sabre in the upper-room. — The door of 
 the upper-room was shut. 
 
38 
 
 CONTRACTS. SECOND DECLENSION. 
 
 LESSON XVI. 
 
 Contracts of Second Declension. — Pure Verbs Con- 
 tracted. 
 
 (92.) Nouns of the 2d declension, whose stems end in e 
 or 0, are sometimes contracted through all the cases. 
 
 Rem. The contraction is very simple, made by the fol- 
 lowing 
 
 Rule. — If a short vowel follow the stem, the contracted 
 syllable is ov (e. g., n^o-og, nXovg ; 6are-ov, darovv) ; if a 
 long or doubtful one, the final vowel of the stem is dropped 
 {e. g., TT/ld-o), TT/lw ; oare-a, ogto). 
 
 (9: 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Sailing (&). 
 
 Bone (t6). 
 
 Nom. 
 
 7rAd-0f nTiovc 
 
 OGTe-ov darovv 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TT/lo-OU TtXoV 
 
 bore-ov barov 
 
 Dat. 
 
 7r?i6-(i) ttAcj 
 
 b(XT£-0} OGTU 
 
 Ace. 
 
 TtXo-OV TT/IOVV 
 
 bari-ov barovv 
 
 Voc. 
 
 TrAd-e 7T?iOV 
 
 bore-ov barovv 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 ttTio-o rcTiU 
 
 bari-ci bar6 
 
 G., D. 
 
 tt\6-olv TcXoiv 
 
 bare-oiv barolv 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 Tzlo-Ol Tzlol 
 
 bari-a bara 
 
 Gen. 
 
 irXo-uv ttXuv 
 
 bari-uv baruv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TT/lo-Off TT^loif 
 
 bare-oig barolg 
 
 Ace. 
 
 
 
 TrXo-oc iT?i.ol 
 
 bari-a bara 
 
 KT General Rule of Accent. — In contraction, if the first syllable 
 has the acute accent, the contracted syllable will have the circumflex ; 
 otherwise not. (The dual N., A., V. above is an exception to this general 
 rule,) 
 
 PURE VERBS CONTRACTED. 
 
 (94.) 1. Verbs whose stems end in a vowel are called Pure 
 verbs. 
 
PURE VERBS CONTRACTED. 
 
 39 
 
 2. Of pure verbs, those whose stems end in a, e, or o are 
 contracted in the present and imperfect tenses. 
 
 (95.) Learn thoroughly the following 
 
 RULES OF CONTRACTION. 
 
 nZP 1. Any letter or diphthong into which e enters is called an e-sound ; 
 «• §■•> c> Vi £^ ^^^ e-sounds, 
 
 nz? 2. Any letter or diphthong into which o enters is called an o-sound ; 
 thus, 0, cj, ov are o-sounds. 
 
 Rule 1. 
 
 i before an e-sound absorbs it ; e. g., ri/jid-eL, TCfia, 
 with an o-sound forms (o ; e. g., -Lfid-ovaL, TLfioyaL. 
 
 Rem. The c of an absorbed diphthong is subscript ; e. g., Tijud-et, ti/j.^. 
 
 Rule 2. 
 
 with e forms et ; e. g., ecplXe-e, e^iXeL. 
 with o forms ov ; e. g., ecpiks-ov, kcplXovv. 
 before a long vowel or diphthong is absorbed ; e. g.t 
 (pLAs-si, (piXel. 
 
 Rule 3. 
 
 ' vdth Si forms ol or ov ; e. g., dr}X6-eL, -ol; Sr)X6-eLV, -ovv. 
 with £ or o forms ov ; e. g., e6i]Xo-e, edrjAov ; edrjXo- 
 
 ov, edrjXovv. 
 before ov is absorbed ; e. g., driXo-ovoL, drjXovat. 
 
 (96.) Applying the above rules to the inflection of the 
 verbs TLfid-eiv, to honour; cbiX^-Eiv, to love ; drjXo-eLV, to 
 show, we obtain the forms 
 
 Infin. Act. 
 TLjid-eLVi Tiyiav. 
 
 67]7.6-eLv, 67]?.ovv. 
 And also the followuiff 
 
 Infin. Mid. and Pass. 
 TLud-eadaL, rtfidadai,. 
 (!)L?J-eadai, (^ileladai,. 
 d^Xo-eadaty dr^Aovadai. 
 
40 
 
 PURE VERBS CONTRACTED. 
 
 PARTIAL PARADIGMS. 
 
 1 
 
 PRESENT ACTIVE. | 
 
 PRESENT MIDDLE AND PASSIVE, 
 
 INDIC. 
 
 
 
 
 3d Sing. 
 
 Ttfid-et 
 
 TLfid 
 
 Tt/j,d-£Tai TijLidTac 
 
 
 (pL/ie-EL 
 
 (ptlel 
 
 (ptXi-ETaL ^clEirat 
 
 
 6r]7i6-ei 
 
 drjXol 
 
 6r]7^6-£Tai 6r]/iovTai 
 
 ad Plur. 
 
 Tifxa-ovai 
 
 Tifx€)<n{v) 
 
 TL/J.a-OVTaL TLflUVTaL 
 
 
 <pl2,E-0VGL 
 
 ^iXovaL{v) 
 
 <pL?i£-OVTai (pt?iOVVTai 
 
 
 6r]16'OvoL 
 
 Sr^Xovativ) 
 
 drjTio-ovTaL drjAovvrat 
 
 IMPER. 
 
 
 
 
 2d Sing. 
 
 Ttfxa-e 
 
 Tt/ia 
 
 Tl/J.a-OV TLfJLCi 
 
 
 (plle-e 
 
 (piTlEL 
 
 (piM-ov (ptTiov 
 
 
 dr]7iO-e 
 
 dfjTiov 
 
 dr]7i.6-ov 6t]Xov 
 
 2d Plur. 
 
 TCfia-ere 
 
 TLfidre 
 
 rL/Lid-£ad£ Tt/xaa6£ 
 
 
 (piAe-ere 
 
 (j)t?i£lT£ 
 
 (piM-Eade (pL^Etade 
 
 
 6rj2,6-£Te 
 
 drj'kovTe 
 
 6T}7i6-£cdE drjTiovaOe 
 
 INFIN. 
 
 Tlfld-ELV 
 
 TLfxav 
 
 Tifid-EaOai TijLiaadat 
 
 
 (j)t?ie-€iv 
 
 ^lAeIv 
 
 ^Lli-Eadai (pLkEladat 
 
 
 6r]7i6-eLv 
 
 drjXovv 
 
 6r]7\-6-£adaL 6T]?iovadat 
 
 
 IMPERFECT ACTIVE. 
 
 IMPERF. MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 INDIC. 
 
 
 
 
 3d Sing. 
 
 ETLiia-e 
 
 ETtfZa 
 
 £Tl[J,d-ETO ETtfidro 
 
 ■ 
 
 E^'i'kE-E 
 
 Eipi'kEL 
 
 E^t7l£-£TQ ECpi/iEtTO 
 
 
 EdrjXo-E 
 
 tSr/Tiov 
 
 kdrj'ko-ETO Idrj/iovTO 
 
 3d Plur. 
 
 ETLfJ-a-OV 
 
 ETi/LlUV 
 
 ETL/ld-OVTO ETLf^CJVTO 
 
 
 £(j)tX£-OV 
 
 E(pLX0VV 
 
 k<pL2.£-0VT0 E<pL?lOVVTO 
 
 
 kd^Xo-ov 
 
 £6r]2,ovv 
 
 kdTjXo-ovTO kdrjTiovvTO 
 
 IC7 The rule of accent (93, HI?) applies throughout; thus, rlfia-e, 
 when contracted into Ttfj,a, is not circumflexed.* 
 
 [The student should be required to give the rule for each case of con- 
 traction in the above paradigm.] 
 
 * The reason of the rule is obvious ; the word with all the accents writ- 
 ten would be rlju.dt, but the circumflex is made up of the acute and grave 
 ^ot of two graves) ; thus, ripid-ETE = TtfidrE = TifidTE. 
 
§ 5. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS. 
 
 (97.) 1. The adjective in Greek (as in Latin) agrees 
 with the noun in gender, numhei-, and case, and therefore 
 has endings to distinguish these. 
 
 2. We divide adjectives into four classes, according to 
 their endings. Those of the ^rs^ class use the endings of the 
 first and second declensions of nouns. These, again, are of 
 two kinds : 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 (A) Those with three endings, og, 7] or a, ov. 
 
 (B) Those with two endings, og, oq, ov. 
 
 LESSON XVII. 
 
 Adjectives of Class /., A {og, rj or a, ov). — Some forms 
 of elvai. 
 
 (98.) All have tj in feminine, except those whose stems 
 end in a vowel or p, as stated helow (Rem. 1). 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 
 
 (T0(p6^, 7], OV, wise. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 SINGin.AB. 
 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 PLURAL, 1 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 M. 
 
 F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 (7O0-6f, 
 
 -V, 
 
 -bv 
 
 i\. ) 
 
 
 
 JN. 
 
 G0<P-0L, 
 
 -ai, 
 
 -a 
 
 G. 
 
 ao^-ov, 
 
 -??c, 
 
 -ov 
 
 A. [ 
 
 (70(p-cj, -a, 
 
 -w 
 
 G. 
 
 ■ GOip-UV, 
 
 -UV, 
 
 -UV 
 
 D. 
 
 ao<j>-(b. 
 
 -v^ 
 
 -V 
 
 v.) 
 
 
 
 D. 
 
 (T0<p-0lCj 
 
 -m, 
 
 -olc 
 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 ao(p-6v, 
 
 -TjV, 
 -V, 
 
 -ov 
 -ov 
 
 G. ( 
 
 ao<p-olv, -alv, 
 
 -olv 
 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 O0(j)-0Vg, 
 
 aofp-ol, 
 
 -ac, 
 -ai, 
 
 -a 
 -a 
 
 Why are the genitives and datives perispome ? (54, Rem. 2, and 77, 
 Rem. 2, 6.) 
 
 Rem. 1. Stems ending in a vowel (except o) or p, take « in singular fem- 
 inine: thus, 
 
42 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF CLASS 
 
 lep-6g, lep-d, lep-ov (sacred), 
 lep-ov, lup-ag, lep-ov. 
 &c., &c., &c, 
 
 (pL%t-og, (})L?lL-d, ^L?ii-ov (friendly). 
 ^L?i,c-ov, (piM-dc, (piM-ov. 
 &c., &c., &c. 
 
 (99.) Learn the following forms of elvai, to be, in the in- 
 dicative. 
 
 
 PRESENT. 
 
 IMPEBFECT. 
 
 3d Sing. 
 3d Plur. 
 
 koTl(v), is. 
 el(7i(v), are. 
 
 ^ or ^v, was. 
 ijaav, were. 
 
 (100.) EGTiiy) and elai{y) are enclitic (25, Rem. 2) ; i. 
 e., they throw their accent back upon the word before them ; 
 e. g., a^Log earcv (instead of d^iog kariv) ; ex^pog kanv (in- 
 stead of BxOpbg EGTiv). 
 
 [IE? Observe that the effect of throwing the accent back upon an 
 oxytone (marked grave in continued discourse) is simply to change 
 ^ into '.] 
 
 Excep. 1. If the preceding word is paroxytone, ecrrl and eiat retain 
 their own oxytone accent ; e. g., Tidyog earcv ; avOpcoTvoig elalv. 
 
 Excep. 2. So also if the preceding word is cut off by apostrophe ; e, 
 g., ayadbg 6' kariv. 
 
 Excep. 3. If kcTL means " there is" (stating actual existence), it is parox- 
 ytone ; e. g., Qeog i(TTlv, there is a God (God exists). 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (101.) Vocabulary. 
 
 lUZr Contracted verbs are put in 
 form, with the circumfiex accent.] 
 Beautiful, honourable, KaTi-Sr, r], 6v 
 Mortal, perishable, &vri'-6g, r], 6v. 
 Base, alaxp-og, d, 6v 
 Good, ayad-6r, t], 6v 
 L'rec. IXevdcp-og, a, ov. 
 Noble, eaOTi-og, rj, ov. 
 Admirable, &avfia(JT-6g, 7], ov. 
 
 the vocabularies in their contracted 
 
 Burden, ^oprt-ov, -ov (to). 
 Maiden, Kop-rj, -Tjg (rj). 
 Man, dvdpuTT-og, -ov (6). 
 Country, ^tjp-a, -ag, (rj). 
 Wealth, TvlovT-og^ -ov (6). 
 To honour, TLjiav (96). 
 To love, (pcXelv (96). 
 
ADJECTIVES OF CLASS I., A. 43 
 
 [I^ Rule of Accent. — Most adjectives (not compound) 
 of Class I., with steins ending in a mute or in a liquid 
 'preceded by a mute, are oxytone. 
 
 [So, also, many others, but not alL] 
 
 (102.) Examples. 
 
 {a) Wealth is a burden. \ 6 nXovrog eari (popriov. 
 {a) The subject takes the article, not the predicate. 
 [How does TrAovrof get two accents ? (100)] 
 
 01 ayaOoi, 
 
 ol ayadol eXevSepoi. 
 
 {b) The good. 
 
 The good (i. e., good-men) 
 are free. 
 
 {b) The copula ecrrt or elat is often omitted (the article 
 then shows which word is subject and which predicate). 
 Hence 
 
 (103.) Rule of Position. — In writing an adjective with 
 an article and noun in the nominative, you must always put 
 the article mith the adjective ; thus, 
 (a) rj KaXrj Kopr] 
 
 , . , , The beautiful maiden. 
 Kopr] 7] Ka/.rj ) ^ 
 
 Not Tj fcopT} ica^rj, for that would mean, " the Tuaiden is 
 beautiful." 
 
 (b) But you may put the article with both ; thus, 
 7} KopTj rj aaXri. The beautiful maiden. 
 
 (Greek, the maiden the beau- 
 tiful.) 
 
 (104.) Translate into English. 
 
 'H dperri KaX-rj ear tv (100, Lt^).— At rjdoval dvrjT- 
 at eiatv. — Qavfia^e rovg GO(p-oiJg. — 0/ Gocp-oc rinCiVTai. 
 — 0/ alaxp-ol ov rtpLQivrau — '0 ayadbg OTparTjydg 
 ETifidTO (passive). — Ol dyad-ol vno rojv dyaO-iov ^l- 
 Xovvrai. — Ol noXlrai r](jav eXevdsp-oL. — 'H 66^a r) 
 KaX-rj (103, b) (f)oprlov ova eanv. — 'H KaX-rj Kopr] 
 edaviid^-£TO. — 'Attc^ov tCjv alaxp-(*>v 7]6ovcdv. — <^evye 
 
44 ADJECTIVES, CLASS I., B. 
 
 aiaxp-dv do^av. — 'H dpsTrj eGdX-rjv 66^-av e^eL—Ol 
 eadX-ot veavlat dvdpeioig efidxovro. — Alcjks t^v Tijg 
 dpETTjg do^av. — Mrj 6l(oks rrfv do^av rrjv aioxp-dv. — 'fi 
 veavlaij (pevyere (imperative) rag aloxp-dg rjdovdg. — Ol 
 egSX-oI kXevOepoL (102, b). — 'O oo(f)-dg dvOpOTTog 
 kariv eXevdep-og. — 'EAev^ep-a ^v r] %G3pa (102, a). 
 — 'H Tidv noXtTCJv dpsri] -davfjiaOT-r) eartv. — UiGTeve 
 roig dyaS-olg (62, h). — liiareve tg) dyaO-cd ddsX^cd 
 (79, a). — 'H olKLa rj KaX-rj Kaierai. — 'O koBX-bg vno 
 rC)v eadXiov ^avud^erai. 
 
 (105.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 [How do you express possessives ? (79, o).] 
 
 The nolDle are free. — The noble are-honoured. — The 
 beautiful maiden is-loved by her brother (79, a). — Base 
 pleasures (l03, a) are perishable. — Cyrus was noble. — 
 The noble Cyrus was-honoured by his soldiers. — The 
 brave general is-honoured by his noble soldiers. — The noble 
 shun base pleasures. — The wise pursue honourable repu- 
 tation. — Base reputation is a burden (102, a). — The coun- 
 tries were free. — Xenias was wise. — Trust the noble sol- 
 dier (dative). — Refrain-from base desire (genitive). — The 
 good refrain-from base desires. — The brave soldiers were- 
 fighting bravely. — The good (man) honours the good 
 (men). 
 
 LESSON XVIII. 
 
 Adjectives of Class L, B {og, ov). 
 
 (106.) The endings of Class I., B, are precisely those of 
 2d declension of nouns. 
 
 We give the forms of ddmog, adiKOV, unjust. 
 
ADJECTIVES, CLASS I., B. 
 
 45 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 PLURAL. 1 
 
 
 M. and K. 
 
 N. 
 
 
 M., F., N. 
 
 
 M. and F. 
 
 N. 
 
 N. 
 
 udiK-o^ 
 
 aSiK-ov 
 
 N. ) 
 
 
 N. 
 
 ddlK-Ol 
 
 ddiK-a 
 
 G. 
 
 adiK-ov 
 
 uSlK-OV 
 
 A. } 
 
 ddiK-o) 
 
 G. 
 
 ddlK-0)V 
 
 dSlK-CJV 
 
 D. 
 
 a6cK-(f) 
 
 d6tK-(f} 
 
 V. s 
 
 
 D. 
 
 ddcK-otc 
 
 ddiK-otg 
 
 A. 
 
 ddcK-ov 
 
 (iSlk-ov 
 
 G. ? 
 
 dScK-oiv 
 
 A. 
 
 dSiK-ovg 
 
 ddiK-a 
 
 V. 
 
 aScK-e 
 
 dSiK-ov 
 
 D. J 
 
 V. 
 
 u6cK-oc 
 
 ddiK-a 
 
 Rem. 1. Compound adjectives are of this class (of, ov). (But those 
 
 ending in /cof are df, vy, 6v.) 
 Rem. 2. Compound adjectives generally throw the accent as far back 
 
 as possible. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (107.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Princely (fit to be king), l3aai2.iK-6g, 
 
 fj, 6v. 
 Worthy, d^L-og, id, lov. 
 Fond-of-horses, (pi2,nnr-og, ov {(f>LXoc 
 
 -f- ITTTTOg). 
 
 Fond-of -hunting, <j)cX66'l]p-og, ov (<j)t- 
 
 Aof -}- dripa). 
 Competent, lKav-6g, rj, ov. 
 
 (108.) Examples, 
 (a) The beautiful, the hon- 
 ourable (in the abstract). 
 What is honourable (i. e., 
 
 things honourable). 
 What is base. 
 
 Immortal, dddvaT-oc, ov. 
 
 Impassable, dizop-og. ov. 
 
 To reign (to be king), f^aacTieH-eiv. 
 
 To wage war, iroXe/ielv (96). 
 
 To rule, dpxEtv. 
 
 River, TTora/LCoc, -ov (6). 
 
 Road, way, 666g, -ov (^)c 
 
 To KaXov. 
 
 Td KaXd. 
 
 Ta alaxpd. 
 
 (a) The neuter adjective is very commonly used as a 
 noun, the singular for the abstract idea, the plural 
 for the concrete. 
 
 (b) In-place-of his brother. \ dvrl rov ddeX<f)ov. 
 
 (c) Worthy to rule. 
 Competent to rule {capahle 
 
 of ruling). 
 Worthy to be honoured. 
 
 apxBLV d^tog, or d^cog dpxei-v 
 licavbg apx^iv, or apx^iv U-a 
 
 vog. 
 d^Log TiiidodaL, 
 
46 ADJECTIVES, CLASS I., B, 
 
 (c) The infinitive is very commonly used in Greek, 
 as in the examples (c). 
 
 (109.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O 'Kvpog (3aat?iLK-dg 7]v. — Kvpog a^tog rjv (SaaLXevetv. 
 — Kvpog a^Log ^v (3aaiXsvstv dvrt rov adeXcpov. — 'O vea- 
 vlag (piXiTTTr-og eartv (100). — 01 Hepaai (f)lXL7T7r-oi 
 Tjoav. — Ol ddiK-OL rd alaxpd 6iU)Kovoiv. — M?) diwKe rd 
 alaxpd, 0) veavia. — 'O ■&7]pevTr]g (pcXodrjpog rjv. — 'H 
 dperrj dOdvar-og (102, b). — "A-rropog rjv 6 norafiog. — 
 Kvpog e^eXavvEL GraOfiovg rpelg (79, c) em {to) TTorafjidv 
 dnopov. — 'H odbg an op eg r]v.—"AnopoL rjaav at odoL — 
 'O adiKog ov (piXelrac. — Ol ddiKoi ovk. d^tol eloiv 
 (piXeLGdai. — 'H KaXi} noprj d^id eari (100, Excep, 1) 0«Ar 
 elodai, — 'O (f)LX6d7]pog ^rjpEVTrjg rd -^T^pLa -^rfpEvei. — 'O 
 (jylXinTTog veaviag im rov lttttov dvajSaCvEL. — 0/ saOXol 
 rd aiaxpd cpEvyovaiv. — Mfj •niarEve tgj ddcKCd. — Ol ddc- 
 KOi ov TTLorEvovraL. — 'O Grparrjydg luavbg TJv dpxsLV. — 
 0/ arparccjrat, Uavol rjoav ttoXeiieIv. 
 
 (110.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 [Recollect that ov is written ovk before a vowel, and oix before an as- 
 pirate.] 
 
 The targeteers were-nmning-away. — The targeteers were 
 not competent to- wage-war. — The young-man was princely. 
 — The general was-making-an-expedition. — The general 
 was competent to-wage-war. — The general was fond-of- 
 horses and fond-of-hunting. — The maiden loves the princely 
 young-man, — The beautiful maiden loves the princely young- 
 man.-— The unjust are not admired. — Do not trust-to the 
 unjust (plural). — ^Do not shun the good. — Virtues are im- 
 m.ortal. — Admire what-is-honourahle. — Flee what-is-hase. 
 — The young-man is competent to rule. — The rivers were 
 impassable. — The road is impassable. 
 
LESSON XIX. 
 Contracted Adjectives of Class I. 
 
 (111.) Adjectives of Class I., A, whose stems end m e 
 or 0, are generally contracted through all the cases. In the 
 paradigm we give the uncontracted form only in the nomin- 
 ative. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 Xpvaeog, Xpvaovg 
 
 golden. 
 
 d-rrXooc, dTrXovc, 
 
 simple. 1 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 M. F. ^ N. 
 
 Xpvai-og Xpvae-a XP'^^^'OV 
 
 Contracted into 
 XpvaovQ XP'^^V XP'^^ovv 
 Xpv(7ov ;^pt;a^f xP^^^ov 
 XpvaC) Xpv<yV Xpv<^V 
 Xpvaovv XPV(^VV XP'"(^'^'^^ 
 doubtful. XP'^'^V xP'^f^ovv 
 
 M. ^ F. ^ N. 
 
 CTT/ld-of dnXo-ij dirAo-ov 
 
 Contracted into 
 cTrAovf czttA^ divTiovv 
 dn/iov dirXfjc dTr?.ov 
 divT^G) dixT^y CTrAcj 
 d-rrAovv dTxT^fjV drrXovv 
 d-rrXovg dTzXrj drrXovv 
 
 
 DUAi. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 G., D. 
 
 XpvaC) ;^pV(Ta 
 Xpvaolv ;^;pv<7ati' 
 
 Xpvad 
 xpvaolv 
 
 dirXcJ d-KTid 
 dizTiolv dirXalv 
 
 dirXcJ 
 dnXoLv 
 
 
 PLTJRAi. 
 
 PLUKAI-. ]l 
 
 N. and V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 Xpvaol XP'^^^^ 
 Xpvauv ;t;puacjv 
 Xpvaolq xpvcralg 
 Xpvaovc ;tpuaaf 
 
 Xpvad 
 
 XpVGUV 
 
 XpvGolg 
 Xpvad 
 
 dTC?i0i dTr?Mi 
 ciTT/lwv d-nrXcJv 
 dnKoLC dirT^acg 
 dirTiOvc aTT/ldf 
 
 divTid 
 dirXuv 
 dirlolg 
 dnXd 
 
 Rem. 1. XP'^<^£0C, xpvf^ovg, deviates from the rule of accent given in 
 (93, JU-). 
 
 Rem. 2. oydoog, 7], ov {eighth), and adpoog, oa, oov (crowded), are not 
 contracted. 
 
 (112.) Adjectives of Class I., B, formed from the nouns 
 (yoog) vovg and (nXoog) nXovg, are contracted hke those 
 nouns (except in accent). 
 
48 
 
 CONTRACTED ADJECTIVES. 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 
 evvooQ, 
 
 evvov^, well 
 
 -disposed. 
 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 M. and F. N. 
 
 
 M., F., N. 
 
 
 
 JN. 
 
 evvovg evvovv 
 
 N.) 
 
 
 N. and V.. 
 
 evvoi evvoa 
 
 G. 
 
 evvov evvov 
 
 aA 
 
 evvo) 
 
 G. 
 
 evvcdv evvtov 
 
 JD. 
 
 evv(f) Evvcf) 
 
 V. S 
 
 
 D. 
 
 evvoig evvotc 
 
 A. 
 
 evvovv evvovv 
 
 G. > 
 D. 
 
 evvoLV 
 
 A. 
 
 evvovg evvoa 
 
 evvov evvovv 
 
 
 
 
 Rem. The neuter plural ending oa remains uncontracted. 
 
 (113.) Some adjectives of Class I., B, are declined like 
 the Attic 2d declension of nouns (88). 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 ZAewf, ITieuv, 'propitious. j 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N. and V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 M. and F. N. 
 
 IXe-cjg I'Xe-uv 
 IXe-u IXe-o) 
 l?ie-(p 'i?i,E-G) 
 ITie-uv iXe-iov 
 
 G.) 
 
 v. I 
 
 M., F., N. 
 
 ITie-cpv 
 
 N. and V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 M. and F. ^ _^ N. 
 
 'iXe-c) I'Ae-o) 
 l?ie-o)v ITie-wv 
 i'Ae-wf i/le-6jf 
 ITie-ug fAe-cj 
 
 [t^ In the Attic declension w is regarded as short for 
 accent (88 Rem.) ; hence lXeG)g is proparoxytone. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (114.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Goblet, K.VTreTil-ov, -ov {rd). 
 A friend, (plX-og, -ov (6). 
 Faithful, TTiUT-og, 7], ov. 
 (Of) silver, dpyvpe-og (ouf), e-a 
 (a), e-ov (ovv). 
 
 (115.) Examples. 
 
 {a) He was well-disposed 
 
 to Cyrus. 
 God is propitious to the 
 
 good (man). 
 
 Mind, voog, VOVC (93). 
 Speech, Tioyog, -ou (a). 
 Irrational, avovg, avow. 
 Well-disposed, evvovg, evvovv 
 
 evvovq riv rep Kvpo). 
 
 6 6ed^ TW dyaOco IXecog sotlv. 
 
CONTRACTED ADJECTIVEa. 49 
 
 (a) Rule of Syntax. — The dative is used with adjec- 
 tives that have to after them in English. 
 
 (116.) Translate into English. 
 
 "Esviag evvovg tjv tcj KvpG). — To KvneXXov egtl XP'^^' 
 ovv. — Td KVTTEAXd eari ;^pv(7d. — 'O (ptXog £;^£t fnarbv 
 vovv. — Hiareve rio evvo) <piXid. — Ol ayadoi rolg dyaSolg 
 evvot eloLV. — '0 Xoyog dnXovg ^v. — 'AnXovg ^v 6 
 rov Kvpov Xoyog. — 'ATT/lot ^aav ol tC)V orparTjyiov 
 XoyoL. — To Kv-a^Xkov eortv dpyvpovv. — ^Apyvpd nv- 
 ireXXa ev rxi oIklo, evpiaKeraL. — 'O Qebg IXec^g ^v. — 0/ 
 ■deol Tolg dyadolg tXeo) eiatv. — M^ niorevE rep dv(x> vsa- 
 via. — Ot arpariCJraL enlarevov rw dvG) orparrjyG). 
 
 (117.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The gods are propitious to the noble. — The young-man 
 admires the golden goblet. — The maiden admires the silver 
 goblets. — Trust not the irrational young-man. — The speech- 
 es of the citizens were simple. — Simple speeches are admired. 
 — A golden goblet was found (89, 3) in the temple. 
 
 C 
 
§ 6. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION OF NOUNS, PARTIAL 
 TREATMENT.--VERB, FIRST FUTURE AND 
 FIRST AORIST. 
 
 LESSON XX. 
 First Future of Verbs in i2, Active and Middle. 
 
 (118.) To form the stem of the first future, active and 
 middle, simply add a to the stem of the present ; e. g., 
 (3ovXev-, (SovXeva-. The endings are the same as those of 
 the present. 
 
 (119.) 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 3d Sing. 
 
 dovXev-o-ei, he will advise. 
 
 l3ovXev-a-eTat, he will deliber- 
 
 3d Plur. 
 
 l^ovlev-G-ovaiiy), they will ad- 
 vise. 
 
 (3ovXev-(T-ovTai, they will de<-. 
 liberate. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 ^ovlev-c-ELV, to be about to 
 advise. 
 
 (3ovXev-G-eodai, to be about to 
 deliberate. 
 
 Rem. The accents are the same as in the present tense. 
 
 (120.) 1. In contracted verbs, the short vowel of the stem 
 is lengthened before the a, viz., a or e into 7], o into w ; e. g.. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 Future stem. 
 
 Future 3d singular. 
 
 rma-SLV, 
 
 TL^a-, 
 
 TLii7i-a, 
 
 ri[Z7]-(7-ei. 
 
 (piXe-EiV, 
 
 (pas-, 
 
 ^iXrj-a, 
 
 (ptXrj-a-£L. 
 
 driXo-SLV, 
 
 driXo; 
 
 67jX(o-a, 
 
 dr]X(A)-o-£t. 
 
 2. But after e, t, or p, a becomes a instead of?; ; e.g.,ea 
 ed'O-, ed-a-ei' karLa-, karid-a-, earcd-a-EL; (pcjpd-,(f)G)pd-a-f 
 (j)G)pd-a-£L. 
 
VERB, FUTUKJ: 'J'KNSE. 
 
 51 
 
 (121.) In verbs with tnute stems (^. e., stem ending in 
 a mute), the following changes occur : 
 
 TT, ^^ (j), TTT, ] f make ip; e. g., 7TE{j,n-a- =r nsfjtil)- ; 
 
 (iAanr-G- = jSAai/;- ; ypa^-tr- = 
 
 ypaij)-. 
 f^y T» Xi y with G •{ make |; e. g., ?}«:-ff- = rj^- ; dy-a- 
 
 = d^- ; dpx-o- = dp^-. 
 r, 6, 6, dropped ; e. g., dvvr-a- = dvvu- ; 
 
 ipevd-G- =ip£va' ; Trecd-a- =neia-, 
 
 DI? Add the endings given in the paradigm to the above stems ; e. g., 
 ri/Liip-ei, TrijWip-eTai, ni/Li-ip-ovac, ir^iirp-ovTaL, Tzefzilj-eiv, ni/nip-eoOac, &c. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (122.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To write, ypd^-sLV. 
 
 To lead, ay-eLV. 
 
 Enemy, 7zo7.£[iL-oq,* -OV (6). 
 
 To persuade, TreW-eiv. 
 
 Wind, avejiog, -ov ((5). 
 Tree, devdpov, -ov {to). 
 To hurt, /3Ad7rr-eiv. 
 To conquer, VLKav (96). 
 
 (123.) Translate into English. 
 
 01 TToXlrai (iovXev-a-ovrai. — 'O Yivpog diro lttttov 
 (85, a) -^ripev-a-EL, — Ol TroXlraL rio Kvpo) (62, b) ttlg- 
 rev-G-ovGcv. — 'O Kvpog rbv dyadbv Grpar7]ydv rifxr}- 
 G-ei. — Ol dyadol rovg dyadovg (f>iX7]-G-ovGiv. — Kv- 
 pog ETTLOToX^v ypdip-SL. — Aapslog K.vpov fxer ansfiip- 
 erai. — Aapelog Kvpov ner aire ii'ij}- era i dnb rrig dpxrjg, 
 — Ol veavlat rovg XayG)g Slcj^-ovgcv. — 'O Kvpog rovg 
 GTparicjrag dtd rrig x^P^^ d^-ei. — Ol noXlrat rbv 
 Kvpov TTELG-ovGiv. — 'O dvEfiog rd devSpa (SXaip-ec. 
 — 'O Kvpog rovg GTparicjrag ttelg-el. — Ol TToXlrac 
 rbv dyyeXov \iEraT:E\i'\\>-ovrai. — 'O arparryybg rolg 
 evvoig TToXiraLg (62, b) iriGrev-G-Ei. — 'O Kvpog vlktj- 
 a-ei rovg HipGag. — Ol ttoXehlol rbv Grparrjybv viicrj' 
 
 * Masculine of no2,ifiiog, la, lov, used as a noun. 
 
52 VERB, FIRST AORIST. 
 
 G'OVGLV. — 0/ veavlat rov ayyeXov elg rTjv kco^tjv a^- 
 
 OVGLV. 
 
 (124.) 2\anslate into Greek. 
 
 The winds will hurt the tree. — The citizens will lead. — 
 Cyrus will deliberate. — Cyrus will trust the good young-man 
 (62,5). — The citizens will send-for the faithful messenger. — 
 The general will honour the good young-man. — The well- 
 disposed citizens will love Cyrus. — The young-men will 
 hunt. — The messenger will hunt on horseback (85, a).— 
 The general will pursue the messenger. — The soldiers will 
 not hurt the citizens. — The young-men will lead the general 
 into the village. — The good citizens will lead the messenger 
 through the country. — The young-men will write the let- 
 ters. — The general Mali conquer the enemy. — The faithful 
 young-man will send the letter. — The young-men will pur- 
 sue the enemy. 
 
 LESSON XXL 
 First Aorist. — Active and Middle. 
 
 (125.) {a) The word Aorist means indefinite. The 
 Aorist Tense denotes an action complete in past time, and 
 without the idea of continuance^ which is conveyed by the 
 imperfect. Thus, 
 
 Imperf. I was writing the letter while you were reading. 
 
 Aorist. I wrote the letter. 
 
 (5) There are two forms of the aorist, called first and 
 second. We use at present only the first form. 
 
 (c) The 1st aorist-stem (active and middle) is simply the 
 future-stem with the augment prefixed ; thus. 
 
 Pres. stem. 
 
 Fut. stem. 
 
 1st Aor. stem. 
 
 ^ovXev-, 
 
 (3ov?isva-y 
 
 e(3ovXevo-. 
 
 viKa-y 
 
 VtKTjG-, 
 
 evLnria-. 
 
VERB, FIRST AORIST. 
 
 (126.) Endings of first aorist. 
 
 53 
 
 (| 1 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 3d Sing. 
 3d Plur. 
 
 -£ 
 
 -av 
 
 -aro 
 -avTO 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 2d Sing. 
 2d Plur. 
 
 -ov 
 -are 
 
 -at 
 -aade 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 -at 
 
 -a ad at 
 
 (127.) By adding these endings to the stem we have the 
 following 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 INDIC. 
 
 3d Sing. 
 3d Plur. 
 
 IMPER. 
 
 2d Sing. 
 2d Plur. 
 
 1 INFIN. 
 
 £-j3ovXev-<T-e, he advised. 
 k-^oi'Tisv-a-av, they advised. 
 
 (3ov?iEV-G-ov, advise thou. 
 l3ov?uev-a-arE, advise ye. 
 
 l3ov?.ev-G-at, to advise. 
 
 £-i3ov?iev-a-aTOf he deliberated. 
 k-f3ov?i,£v-a-avTo, they deliber- 
 ated. 
 
 f3ov?iev-(j-at, deliberate thou. 
 SovAev-a-aade, deliberate ye. 
 
 jSov^.EV-a-aodat, to deliberate. 
 
 Rem. 1. Observe that the infinitive active and the imperative middle 
 have the same form, but diflferent accent ; the one being properi- 
 spome, the other proparoxytone. 
 
 Rem. 2. The same changes occur before and with a as in the future 
 (120, 121). 
 
 yrr Let the student form and inflect the first aorist of (piXeZv, Tifiav, 
 rrifiTvetv, ayetv, ■ypd<petv. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (128.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To sacrifice, ^-etv. 
 
 Minerva, ^Adrjva, dg (?}). 
 
 To hear, uKOV-etv. 
 
 Anger, bpyri, Tjg {?/). 
 
 Safety, aciTTjpia, cq (ij). 
 
 A iTuce. arrovdal, civ (al) (used inpl.). 
 
 To loosen, violate, Xv-slV' 
 
 Well, ev. 
 
 An enumeration, apt6fi6g, ov (6). 
 
 To hire, fitadnvv (96). 
 
 Availiary troops, kiriKOVpot, 0)V (jd.) 
 
 Deed,.Spyov, ov (ro). 
 
i>4 VERB, FIRST AORIST. 
 
 (129.) Examples. 
 
 {a) He was writing the 
 
 letter. 
 He W7'ote the letter. 
 
 £-ypa<p-e ttjv kinaToXriv. 
 
 e-ypmp-e Ti]v emaroXriv. 
 
 (a) An action is represented by the imperfect as in 
 progress and unfinished, by the aorist as done. 
 
 {b) Learn wisdom, O 
 
 young-ma7i. 
 Hear, O friend. 
 
 fidvdav-e ttjv ao(j)iav, o) vea- 
 
 via. 
 dfCOV-G-OV^ O) (plXs. 
 (b) The Imperative Present is used when the command 
 imphes continuance of action, the Aorist when the 
 action can be done at once. 
 
 EU' In prohibitions, use the Imperative Present, never the Aorist, 
 e. g., do not steal [now or ever), fj.7] kUttt-e (not fj,^ K?liip-ov).* 
 
 (130.) Translate into E7iglish. 
 
 'O Yivpog rovg Uepuag e-vcKTj-a-ev. — 'O Kvpog 
 e-arparev-a-aro. — 'O Kvpog enl rbv dd£X(pbv e-arpa- 
 rev-a-aro. — 0/ ttoXeihoi ent rbv Kvpov s-arparev-o- 
 avro. — 'O GrpaT7]ybg e-dv-a-ev. — '0 arpaTjjybg s-dv- 
 o-e T'Q ^Adrjva (to Minerva). — 'O orparrjybg ovv rolg 
 OTpaTicjTaig e-dv-a-e t^q ^Adrjva. — 'O Kvpog rbv ayyeXov 
 diT-e-7Te[JL\p-ev. — Ol arparriyol rbv dyyekov iiere- 
 TTe/zi/^-ovTO. — ^Q Kvpe, dicov-a-ov. — 'N ttcr]-a-ov dpyrjv, 
 — 0/ TToXlrai rbv orparrjybv eneLO-av. — Ol veaviaL rovg 
 Xayibg ^-dloj^-av. — 'O Kvpog e-povXev-a-aro. — 'O 
 Kvpog £-(3ovXev-G-aro irepl rijg awrrjpiag rrjg apx^jg- — 
 Ol TToXeiMOL rag anovSdg s-Xv-oav. — ITpo rov epyov sv 
 BovXev-a-ai. — 0/ arparriyol dpidfibv rcjv arpartcjrojv 
 i:-7T0Lr]-a-av. — Ol noXlrai £-(3ovXev-G-avro n£pt rijg 
 GiorTjpiag rrig apx^jg. — Ol TToXifjiLOL E-fiLodcj-a-avro 
 ETTLicovpovg. — AapELog fXEr-e-Trifj^ip-aro rbv Kvpov and 
 TTjg dpxng. 
 
 * For prohibitions with the aorist subjunctive, see (511, b). 
 
THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 55 
 
 (131.) Translate into Chxek. 
 
 The general conquered the enemy. — Hear, O soldiers. — 
 The citizens sacrificed to the gods (dative). — The citizens 
 with the young-men sacrificed to the gods. — The citizens 
 made an expedition against Cyrus. — Cyrus pursued the 
 enemy. — The general made an enumeration of the citizens. 
 — The messenger persuaded the young-men. — The citizens 
 hired the brave young-men. — The enemy hired the brave 
 soldiers. — The citizens dehberated about the safety of the 
 country. — The generals made an enumeration of auxiliaries. 
 — The auxiliaries sent-for the faithful messengers. — Dehb- 
 erate well (plural). — Cyrus violated the truce. — The gen- 
 eral sent-away the auxiliaries. — The brave soldiers did not 
 violate the truce.— The auxiliaries did not conquer the 
 enemy. 
 
 LESSON XXII. 
 
 Third Declension, — Mute Nouns, Masculine and Fem- 
 inine. 
 
 [For fuller treatment of 3d declension, see Part II., ^1.] 
 
 (132.) The third declension includes aU nouns whoso 
 genitive-ending is og. 
 
 (133.) The case-endings for masculine and feminine nouns 
 
 are, 
 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 
 DT7A1. 
 
 
 PLUKAI,. 
 
 N. 
 
 -f 
 
 N. ) 
 
 
 N. 
 
 -Cf 
 
 G. 
 
 -Of 
 
 A. ^ 
 
 -e 
 
 G. 
 
 -uv 
 
 D. 
 
 -r 
 
 V. S 
 
 
 D. 
 
 -ai(v) 
 
 A. 
 
 •a (or v) 
 
 G. > 
 
 
 A. 
 
 -a, 
 
 V. 
 
 Mostly asN. 
 
 D. \ 
 
 
 V. 
 
 - 1 
 
 (134.) The stem is found by striking off the genitive'Cnd- 
 ing -og ; thus, N. XalXa^^ G. XaiXdrc-og (stem XaiXdTr-). 
 
56 
 
 TlilRD DECLENSION. 
 
 (135.) Nouns of this declension (niasculine and feminine) 
 are divided into four classes, viz, : 
 
 I. Mute nouns ; i. e., those whose stems end in a mute. 
 
 II. Liquid nouns ; i. e., those whose stems end in a liquid. 
 
 III. Vowel nouns ; i. e., those whose stems end in a vowel. 
 
 TV. Semi- vowel nouns ; i. e., those whose stems end in g. 
 
 Thus, XalXa-ib. XaiXaT:-oc ) 
 
 ^ , \ are mute nouns. 
 
 Kopa^, KopaK-og ) 
 
 TTOiijLrjV, 7TOifisv-og is a liquid noun. 
 
 ^%^^r> f^^v-o^- is a vowel noun. 
 
 relxog, relx^a-og is a semi-vowel noun. 
 
 (136.) We give paradigms of the mute nouns icopa^ (stem 
 KopuK-), raven ; XeG)v (stem Xeovr-), lion ; the vowel noun 
 Ix^vg (stem IxQv-), fish ; and the liquid noun ttolhtjv (stem 
 TTOLiiev-), shepherd. 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 SINGULAE. 
 
 Raven (6). 
 
 Lion (S). 
 
 Fish (6). 
 
 Shepherd (6). 1 
 
 Nom. 
 
 ( (KopdK-g) 
 I Kopd^ 
 
 Muv 
 
 lxOv-£ 
 
 7:0i[l7jV 
 
 Gen. 
 
 KopaK-oc 
 
 MOVT-OC 
 
 IxOv-og 
 
 TTOi/u.ev-og 
 
 Dat 
 
 KOpdK-i 
 
 "kiovr-L 
 
 ixdv-L 
 
 TTOlfieV-l 
 
 Ace. 
 
 KopoLK-a 
 
 MovT-a 
 
 ixdv-v 
 
 7zotfiev-a 
 
 Voc. 
 
 ( {KopdK-c) 
 \ Kopd^ 
 
 Mov 
 
 ixdv 
 
 TTOlfZTJV 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 Kopda-e 
 
 XSOVT-S 
 
 \x^v-^ 
 
 ■KOifiev-e 
 
 G., D. 
 
 KOpati-OLV 
 
 TieovT-ocv 
 
 IxOv-oiv 
 
 TTOL[J.EV-OiV 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 KopdK-eg 
 
 MovT-ec 
 
 ixdv-eg 
 
 TTOi/niv-eg 
 
 Gen. 
 
 KopaK-uv 
 
 leovT-uv 
 
 ix6v-uv 
 
 7roL/Liev-0)v \\ 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ( {KOpdK-GL) 
 
 \ KOpd^iiv) 
 
 ( {leovT-at) 
 i Xeovac^v) 
 
 lxdv-ai{v) 
 
 ( {TTOlfiEV-at) 
 
 i -Koifieaiiv) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 KopdK-ag 
 
 'kiovT-ag 
 
 ( Ixdv-ag 
 \ (or Ixdvg) 
 
 TTOtfiiv-ag 1 
 
 (137.) Many nouns differ from the ahove slightly. Learn 
 the following points carefully, and you will have little 
 trouble hereafter. 
 
 1. The g is added in the nominative (1) in mute nouns, 
 
THIRD DKCLENSION. 57 
 
 except steins in ovr ; (2) in voivel nouns, but not generally 
 in liquid nouns. 
 
 2. If the stem ends in a p-mute or k-mute, you will have 
 i/; or ^ in nominative singular and dative plural ; if in a 
 t-mute, you drop it ; e. g., 
 
 Stem. 
 
 Add 
 
 Nominative singular. 
 
 Dative plural. 
 
 D-sound, XaL?ian-, 
 
 C, 
 
 XalXaip (storm), 
 
 XaCXa'ipL. 
 
 c-sound, aiy-, 
 
 ?> 
 
 al^ (goat), 
 
 al^L 
 
 -sound, TTaud-, 
 
 C, 
 
 Txalg {child), 
 
 naiaL 
 
 3. The Hquid v cannot stand before a ; therefore drop it in 
 dative plural (as in TTOifiicJL). 
 
 4. If vr come before g, and a is retained, drop both v and 
 T, and lengthen the preceding vowel (if short), o passing 
 into ov ; thus, 
 
 ylydg (giant), stem ytyavr, dative plural yiydai. 
 Xeov, stem Xeovr, dative plural Xeovai. 
 
 5. The accusative-ending v is used only by vowel nouns 
 with nominatives in ig, vg, avg, ovg, and by a few t-mute 
 nouns in ig and vg. 
 
 6. The vocative is generally like the nominative in mute 
 nouns that add g ; in others it is generally the simple stem 
 (if it ends in v, p, g, or a vowel (17) ). 
 
 (138.) On the accent, observe for the present the following 
 rules simiply : 
 
 1 . The accent is kept on the same syllable as in the nom- 
 inative, unless a change in the ending draws it towards the 
 end of the word (e. g., the penult has to be accented in 
 XeovroLV, KOpaKOiv, &c., instead of the antepenult, because 
 of the long ultimate). 
 
 2. Monosyllables of the third declension are oxytone in 
 the genitive and dative (always in the singular, ?in$ gener- 
 ally in the dual and plural) ; e.g., al^, alyog, al^L 
 
 C 2 
 
58 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 EXEE.CISE. 
 
 (139.) Vocabulary. 
 
 [The stem of every noun of 3d declension is put in parentheses lefou- 
 the genitive-ending.] 
 
 An exile, fugitive, ^vydg, {<pvjdd)oc 
 
 (6, ^). 
 A herald, Krjpv^, iKrjpvK)og (d). 
 A Greek, "E?i?ii]V, i"E?i?iVv)oc (6). 
 Commander, apxov, {apxovT)og (6). 
 Xenophon, SsvocpcJv, {'A£VO(pC)VT)og 
 
 (o). 
 
 Boy, child, ivalg, (7rciJ)6f (6, ?)), (voc- 
 ative, Trat). 
 To play, Tzai^-eiv. 
 Goat, al^, {aiy)6g, (d, ij). 
 Flock, ayk'kri, 7jg (rj). 
 Flatterer, Kola^, {K6?MK)og (6). 
 To collect, GvTiAey-ELV. 
 
 rC7 Nouns with p-inute or k-mute stems (except monosyllables) are 
 never oxytone, but always either paroxytone or properispome. 
 
 (140.) Traiislate into English. 
 
 'O orpaTTjybg rovg (pvydd-ag GvXXiyu. — '0 YJvpoq 
 Tovg (pvyd6-ag e-iceXeva-e GrpareveodaL. — 'O KTjpv^; 
 Tovg "EXX7]v-ag efce?isvas arpaTeveadaL — 01 "EXXrjv-eg 
 edloKOV. — Zevlag apx(^v rjv rCdV ''E,XXrjv-G)v,—^'Eevo(p(x)v 
 enlareve rolg "EXXtjolv. — Aapelog rbv dpxovr-a dn-e- 
 TTsiiip-ev. — "Ore 6 fcrjpv^ EnXrjala^e, ol (pvydd-eg dne- 
 (pEvyov. — '0 rraXg nai^ei. — 0/ nald-sg rrai^ovacv, — 
 Ual^s, 0) nal. — 'O TTOifirjv rovg aly-ag eXavvet. — 01 
 noLfjtev-eg rag rHov aiyojv dyeXag eXavvovoLV. — c^svye 
 rbv Xeovr-a. — Mrj fTiarevs rolg KoXa^iv. — ^evye rovg 
 KoXaK-ag. — 'KoXaK-eg ov rifioJvraL {9Q). — Kvpog Asvlav 
 dpxovr-a TTOirjaei.^ — 'O arparrjybg rovg KTjpvKag p,Er- 
 ensixiparo. — Mrj iriarEVE roi dv(x> KoXaK-i. — Ol dpxovr- 
 eg Evvoi TjGav rco Kvpo) (115, a). — 'O KoXa^ ovk e%£t 
 -riGTOv vovv. — 'H rov dpxovr-og OiKia EnatEro. — "Kvpog 
 EnacdsvETO avv rolg natalv. 
 
 (141.) Translate into Greek . 
 
 The boys were playing. — Shun the base (persons), O boy ! 
 — Shun what-is-base (108, a), O boys. — The general order- 
 
 * Will make Xenias commander. 
 
MAi^CLLIX:: AND FOHN'INE. 5^ 
 
 ed the commander to-make-an-expedition. — The soldiers 
 trusted-to the good commander. — The soldiers "were-confi- 
 dent-in (trusted-to) the commanders. — The huntsman pur- 
 sues the lion. — The lions flee. — The Greeks trusted-to Xen- 
 ophon. — The commander collected (1st aorist) the exiles. — 
 The heralds were-running-away. — The general sent-away 
 (1st aorist) the (two) heralds. — The shepherd collects the 
 goats. — The shepherds will-collect the goats. — The shep- 
 herds collected (1st aorist) the flocks of goats. — Flatterers 
 are not worthy to-be-trusted. — Do not love flatterers. — Shun 
 the base flatterer. — The young-man is-brought-up with the 
 boys. 
 
 LESSON XXIII. 
 
 Third Declension of Nouns^ — Masculine and Femi- 
 nine Contracts. 
 
 (142.) Vowel-stems in e add g to form the nominative 
 m masculine and feminine nouns, but they generally follow 
 the Attic inflection. 
 
 (a) In nominative they change e into l {if feminine or common) ; or insert 
 V (if masculine) before adding f ; e. g., 
 
 stem Tzo'ke-, N. Tz62,L-g, city (7). 
 stem (Saffile-, N. (iaoLle-v-g, king (6). 
 
 (6) In genitive they take the Attic-ending og (instead of og) ; e. g., Trd/le- 
 (jf , (3acnXe-(j)g. 
 
 (c) In dative singular, and nominative, accusative, and vocative plural, 
 they are contracted. 
 
 (d) The c remains in accusative and vocative singular ; the v in vocative 
 singular and dative plural. 
 
 ^^ A few masculines change e into i or t; ; e. g., 6 btju-g, o^e-cj^, ser- 
 pent ; 6 TTTJxv-g, 'KTjxs-c^g-, cubit. 
 
 (143.) These forms are shown in the following paradigms 
 of ri TToXcg, city, and 6 daaiXevg, king. 
 
60 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Sterns. 
 
 TToT^e- 
 
 (SacriXe- 
 
 SINGULAE. 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 TToAi-f 
 
 (3a(yi?ie-V'g 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TToXe-uc 
 
 PaaiTii-uQ 
 
 Dat. 
 
 (TroTie-i) TToXei 
 
 {(iaoLM-l) j3aGL?iel 
 
 Ace. 
 
 7t62.i-v 
 
 (iaaLXs-d 
 
 Voc. 
 
 TCoKi 
 
 (Saatle-v 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 TToTie-e 
 
 jSaailE-E 
 
 G., D. 
 
 ■KoTlE-OLV 
 
 j3aaL?i£-otv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 {TTole-Eg) TToAfif 
 
 (/3aaiAe-ef) ^aailElg 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TToAe-CJl' 
 
 (3aai7i.£-o)v 
 
 Dat. 
 
 7r6Af-cri(v) 
 
 (3aaL'?i,£-v-ai{v) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 (TToAe-af) iroleig 
 
 {(iaaOiE-uc:) PaailElg 
 
 Observe 1. That the masculines in Evg take d for accusative-ending. 
 
 2. The syllables cjf and cjv are regarded as short for accent. 
 
 3. Nouns in Lg (ewf) are never oxytone in nominative ; those m 
 
 Evg always. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (144.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Alcibiades, 'AAKi,3tddr]g, ov (6). 
 
 To do, manage, TzpuTT-ELV. 
 
 A garrison, (pvTiaKT], -fjg {?})■ 
 
 To plot-against, kTTifSovXEV-Etv {kTcL 
 
 + l3ovl£V£Lv), (with dative). 
 Horseman, ImTEVg, (i7r7re)6;f (6). 
 Clearchus, KXiapxog, -ov (6). 
 To-he-commander-of, to command, upX' 
 
 ELv (with genitive). 
 An inspection, E^iracjig, {k^ETda£)o)g 
 
 A seer, fzavTig, (//dvre)(jf (6). 
 
 To make (for one's self), TroiEiadai 
 
 (middle, 37, ITJ). 
 About, TTEpi (with accusative). 
 Middle, fiEGog, 7], ov (98). 
 Night, vv^, {vvKT)6g {i]). 
 Third, Tpirog, 7], ov. 
 But, di." 
 
 Tribute, daa/xog, ov, (6). 
 Before (in front of), irpd (preposition 
 
 with genitive). 
 
 (145.) Examples. 
 
 {a) The affairs of the 
 
 state. 
 To manage the affairs of 
 
 the state. 
 
 (a) The word iroXiq is often used for state, in the pa- 
 
 , litical sense. 
 
 * Always put after one or more words. . 
 
 ra rTJg n6XEG)g(=ihe [things] 
 
 of the state). 
 rd TTjg noXecjg npdrreLv. 
 
MASCULINE AND FEMININE. 61 
 
 (b) He convmands ( = apx^i rojv Imrecov. 
 is-com7nander-of) the 
 horsemen, 
 {b) Rule of Syntax. — The genitive is used with verbs 
 
 oi ruling, leading, &c. 
 
 (c) At the king's gates. \ em ralg (3aaLkeG)g ■&vpaig, 
 (c) eiTL, signifying at, governs the dative. 
 
 (d) About midnight (Gr., 
 midnights). 
 
 rrept fxeoag vvKrag, 
 
 (146.) Translate into English. 
 
 ^AXKLl3Lddi]g rd rrig ixoXecog enpaTTev. — 'O Ki>pog elxs 
 (jivXaKag ev ralg noXeatv. — 'O GTparrjyog e7n(3ovXEvei. 
 ralg noXeaiv. — 'O Kvpog e-nejiip-e paatXelToijg daofiovg. 
 — Kvpog TTefinei npog (iaoiXea. — ZevCag exec rag -noXeLg. 
 — KXeapxcg twv iTrnecjv dpxei. — KXeapxog tgjv Inneoyv 
 rjpxs (68, b). — 01 Innelg npo Toi) (SaoiXeoyg elatv. — Ot 
 TG)v Uepoiov (56, [I^) Traldeg em ralg fSaoLXeojg '&vpaig 
 TraLdevovrai. — M77 Triareve [3a(JiXevai. — BaaiXeijg fiera- 
 neiinerat rbv fxdvnv. — 01 rov fidvrecjg Xoyoi ovx 
 drrXol rjaav. — Kvpog e^eraotv iToielrai. — Kvpog e^eraoiv 
 TTOielraL rojv 'EXXtjvcjv. — Kvpog e^eraoiv TTOielrai ixepl 
 ueaag vvKrag. — Kvpog e^eXavvei oraOfiovg rpelg (79, c). — 
 'Ev Se TW rpcrcd oradfiC), e^eraoiv TTOielrai rC)v 'YtXXrivdiv 
 nepl jieaag vvurag. 
 
 (147.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Cyrus marches-forward to {elg) the city. — Cyrus marches- 
 forward to a beautiful city. — (There) was a garrison in the 
 city. — The citizens, were-fleeing out-of (e/c) the city. — The 
 fugitives hold (have) the cities of Lydia. — The soldiers plot- 
 against the city (dative). — The general was-commander-of 
 the horsemen. — The men-at-arms were running away, but 
 the horsemen were-pursuing. — The child of the king (56, 
 OT^^) is beautiful. — The citizens admire their ( =r: the) king. 
 
62 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 — The general makes (for himself) an inspection about mid- 
 night. — The commander m.akes an inspection of the horse- 
 men about midnight. — Cyrus was-managing the affairs of 
 the state. 
 
 LESSON XXIV. 
 
 Third Declension. — Neuter. 
 
 (148.) {a) Neuter nouns of 3d declension do not add g 
 
 in nominative, but generally present the simple stem (unless 
 
 it end in a letter which cannot stand at the end of a word 
 
 (17)). 
 
 (6) The nominative, accusative, and vocative are alike 
 throughout. 
 
 (149.) NEUTER ENDINGS. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N., A., V. - 
 Gen. -oc 
 Dat. -r 
 
 -e 
 < -oiv 
 
 -a 
 
 -IdV 
 
 -ol 
 
 (150.) With these endings we give paradigms of 
 
 (I.) adiia, body, stem ao/xar- {mute stem), 
 (II.) vsKTap, nectar, stem veKTap- {liquid stem). 
 (III.) daKpv, tear, stem daKpv- {vowel stem). 
 
 \ Stems. 
 
 <yo)/j.aT- 
 
 veKTap- 
 
 duKpv- 
 
 1 SINGULAR. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 acJjLia 
 
 a6[xaT-0(; 
 
 aoifjLaT-i 
 
 VEKTap 
 
 viKTap-o^ 
 
 viKTQp-i 
 
 duKpv 
 
 6dKpV-0Q 
 
 ddapv-l 
 
 ; DUAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 G., D. 
 
 cufxaT-e 
 
 GUfJLaT-OLV 
 
 VEKTap-E 
 VEKTap-OLV 
 
 SdKpv-s 
 daKpv-otv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 oufiar-a 
 
 aujuuT-uif 
 
 GG)fia-(n{v) 
 
 v£KTap-a 
 
 venrdp-uv 
 
 vEKTap-(yi{v) 
 
 duKpv-a 
 
 6aKpv~uv 
 
 6uKpv-ai{v) 
 
 Rem. The r is dropped in nominative of aufxar-, because it cannot 
 stand at the end of a word (17). It is dropped in aufiaa-L {= aufxar- 
 gl), because it cannot stand before f (137, 2). Do thus always with 
 t-mute stems. 
 
NEUTER. 
 
 63 
 
 (151.) A few stems in ar change r into q in nominative, 
 ind, in the obhque cases, drop t and are contracted ; thus, 
 TO Kspag, Iwrn (stem Kepar-). 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 Kepag 
 
 t Kepar-oi 
 \ {K£pa-og 
 
 ■oc 
 
 )g) Kipug 
 ( Kipar-L 
 \ (Kipa-i) nipg, 
 
 i Kepar-E ( Kspar-a 
 
 \ {Kepa-e) Kepd \ (Kspa-a) Kepu 
 
 ( KepaT-uv 
 Kepdr-OLV | \ {Kepd-uv) Kepuu 
 
 {Kepd-ocv) Kepuv , ^^p„^.,(^) 
 
 [For stems in c, see next lesson. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (152.) Vocabulary. 
 
 VuT Xo neuter noun (unless monosyllabic) of 3d declension is ever 
 oxytone. 
 
 Army, G~pdT£Vfj.a, {(yTpaTevjua-)og 
 
 {to). 
 To leap doicn, Kara-TZTjdav (96). 
 Through, did (with genitive). 
 Right, de^toc, a, 6v. 
 Left, Evuvvfio^, ov (105). 
 Wing (of an army), aepag (151) {to). 
 Chariot, up/j.a, {dp[j.aT)og {to). 
 
 To lead, be leader o/(with genitive;, 
 
 TjyeiGdai (96). 
 On-the one-hand, fiev. 
 On-the-other-hand {but), 6e. 
 Menon, Mevuv, (Mfvcjv)of (6). 
 To exercise, yvfivdi^-etv. 
 To come, fjKELV* (future, tj^elv). 
 
 (153.) Examples. 
 
 (a) He leaps-down from 
 
 the cliariot. 
 {h) He leads (is leader of) 
 
 the Hght inng. 
 
 (b) The genitive is used by rule (145, b) 
 
 KaraTTTjdd drro rov dpfiarog. 
 ds^Lov Kepcjg rjyelraL. 
 
 [c) Clearchics, on-the-mie- 
 hand, leads the right 
 icing, but Menem the 
 left. 
 
 YJkiapxoq \ilv rov de^Lov 
 Kepcog TjyElTai, Mevwv de 
 rov eixovvjiov. 
 
 Generally used in present tense in sense of " I am. c<mie"= " I haw 
 
64 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 (c) Mev and de are used correlatively, as in example 
 (c). (Never put at beginning of sentence.) 
 
 (154.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O OTparTjydc rov orpareviiaT-ag apx^i" — 'O prpart- 
 (OTTjg em ro apiia dv-E-(3aLV-s. — "^Kaav (there were) ap- 
 liar-a avv rQ> OTparevfjiaT-i. — Kvpog Kar-e-TTrjdTjaev and 
 Tov dpixar-oq. — Td dpiiar-a rjXavvero (85, b) did rojv 
 
 'E?iXrjVG)v K?i.£apxog rov de^Lov Kepoyg 7}yelrai. — Mevcdv 
 
 rov evG)vv[jLOV Kspoyg rjyelrat. — Kvpog e-KeXev-e KXeapxov 
 uev rov de^iov Kepog rjyeladai, Mivcova de rov evcjvvfwv. 
 — MevG)v TO evG)vv[iov Kepag e^ei "ov GTparevfj,ar-og. — 
 K?^eapxog ro de^idv Kepag e%et rov orparevfiar-og. — 
 Kvpog fjbeaov^ e^^t rov arpareviiar-og. — Vvfiva^e ro [your) 
 oojfia, G) iral. — Tv[ivd^sre rd OG)fj,ar-a, o) iraldeg. — 'An- 
 exov rcjv rov Gcjfjiar-og (56, HF^) rjSovcJv. — BaGiAevg 
 lyteu Gvv rCd (Jiis) Grparev^ar-L. — BaGiXevg 7]^et gvv rCi 
 Grparevjiar-L. 
 
 (155.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The general will come with the army. — The commander 
 goes-up on {eni) the chariot (accusative). — The soldier 
 leaped-doviTi from the chariot. — The men-at-arms went-up 
 on the chariots. — The commander was-leading the right 
 wing. — The general had the left wing. — The general h?is 
 the centre of the army. — The chariot is driven. — The char- 
 iots are driven (85, b). — The commander ordered (1st aorist) 
 the soldier (accusative) to exercise his ( = the) hody . — The 
 commanders ordered the soldiers to exercise their bodies. — 
 Flee-from the pleasures (accusative) of the body, O young- 
 
 * Centre (neuter c uecog, 7], ov). 
 
NEUTER. 
 
 65 
 
 LESSON XXV. 
 Third Declension. — Neuter {continued). 
 (156.) Many neuters of the third declension end in og in 
 the nominative ; e. g., relxog, luall. 
 
 The stem ends in cf (e. g., reixe^); but in affixing the endings the fol- 
 lowing changes occur : 
 
 (1.) In nominative, accusative, and vocative singular eg becomes og; 
 e. g., stem Tscx^g, N., A., and V. reixog. 
 
 (2.) In the other cases the g is dropped before the ending, and the re 
 suiting syllables contracted ; e. g., 
 
 Gen. rei^eff-of, reixe-og, reixovg. 
 Dat. TELxea-i, TEtxe-l, TEcxec 
 
 (157.) CONTRACTED PAE.ADIGM. 
 
 
 SINGULAK. 
 
 DXTAI,. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 TElxog 
 
 TELxovg 
 
 TELxet 
 
 TELXn 
 TEiXOlv 
 
 TECXn 
 T£IX(^V 
 
 TEcxeaiiv) 
 
 (158.) MsiTiY proper names (masculine, but derived from 
 neuter nouns in oq) have stems in e^, but change it into r\(; 
 in the nominative. 
 
 They are contracted in the oblique cases. Thus, liOKpdTTjg* (Socrates) : 
 
 l^uKpaTTjg 
 
 'ZuKpaTovg 'ZuKpdrEi 
 
 ( "EcoKpaTrj 
 
 I ^UKpaTTJV 
 
 ^uKpaTEg 
 
 Most of them have two forms for the accusative ; viz., jj and tjv. 
 
 EXERCI SE. 
 
 (159.) Vocabulary. 
 
 [As no neuter nouns end in og but such as are declined like TElxog, we 
 simply put them in the vocabularies thus, TElxog {to).'] 
 
 I^f^Vi vxjJTjX-og, 7], 6v. 
 
 i.sfar as, up to, fiEXpt (adverb, used 
 
 as preposition with genitive). 
 Beauty, ndTiXog {to). 
 Lie, ipEvSoc {to). 
 To speak, tell, Tiiy-ELV. 
 
 To hate, [xloeIv (96). 
 Gain, KEpSog (to). 
 Knavish, irovTjp-og, a, 6v. 
 Little, ficKp-og, a, 6v. 
 Long, (laKp-og, a, 6v. 
 Traitor, irpodoT-rjg, ov (6). 
 
 * From KpaTog, strength. 
 
66 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 jue^pfc Tov retxovg. 
 
 em T(o kolXXel ■&avnd^sTat. 
 
 (160.) Exa^nples. 
 
 (a) Up to (as far as) the 
 
 wall, 
 {b) He is admired for his 
 
 beauty. 
 
 {b) em, with dative, sometimes denotes the occasion 
 (compare English at : " they wondered at his beau- 
 ty"). 
 
 (161.) Translate into English. 
 
 To relxog vif)7]X6v earcv. — Td relxv v'^'O^cL ^aav. — 
 Td rrjg iroXecdg reix^ vifjrjXd rjaav. — 0/ noXcTat I,g)k- 
 pdT7]v edav(jLa^ov. — Kvpog e^eXavvei did rr^g Avdlag^ 
 l^expc TOV retxovg. — 'O veaviag em rC) KdXXei -dav- 
 ad^erai. — 'O veaviag to rrjg Koprjg KdXXog edavjia^e. — 
 Td 't{}evd7] alaxpd (102, b). — M^ ipevdrj Xeye. — 01 oocpol 
 ipevdrj fiiaovoLV. — ^Anexov Kepdojv alaxpojv. — Aloxpd 
 Kepdj] Xvn7]v del rinrec (85, b). — Kepdrj novrjpd rag rjdovdg 
 ex^f- (85, b) fiLKpdg. — Kepdrj irovqpd rag Xvnag e%ei iiaic- 
 pdg. — Kepdrj novrjpd rdg jiev rjdovdg ex^i- [iiKpag, rag de 
 Xvnag {laKpdg. — ^Td rijg iroXeoyg KdXXog ■&avfj,d^erai. 
 
 (162.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The walls are lofty. — The waUs of the city are lofty. — 
 The city is admired for (errt) its heauty (dative). — A lie is 
 base. — O young-man, hate lies. — Hate (thou) the base gains. 
 — Hate (ye) the base gains of the traitor. — Do not tell 
 (plural) Hes. — The good (plural) and wise (plural) hate lies. 
 — Knavish gains (are) base. — Shun knavish gains, O boy 
 (rrat). — Wicked gains beget (=r have) long griefs. — The 
 beauty of the wall is admired. — The beauty of the walls was 
 admired by the citizens. 
 
§ 7. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF SECOND CLASS. 
 
 (163.) Ad.iectives of Class II. use the endings of the 
 1st and 3d declensions of nouns. They are of the following 
 endings, viz. : 
 
 1. (Most common), -vg, -eia, -v ; e. g., M. 7]6v^, F, Tjdsla, N. ijdv {pleas- 
 ant). 
 
 2. (Much rarer), -etc, -eaoa, -ev ; c g., M. x^^P^si-^, F. xap^£cr(^a, ^- A^a- 
 pcev {graceful, elegant). 
 
 3. (Only two simple adjectives), -af, -aiva, -av ; e. g., M. ixilag, F, //e- 
 Aaiva, N. /lelav {black). 
 
 4. (Only one each), -tjv, -etva, -ev ; -uv, -ovoa, -ov ; cf, -aaa, -av. 
 
 (164.) The stem of the mascuhne and neuter is always 
 the same. The stem of the feminine is always formed from 
 that of the masculine by adding g (and making the proper 
 euphonic changes) ; e. g., 
 
 (Pleasant.) Stem. 
 Nom. TiSvc } , 
 Gen. ii6e-og S"^^'' 
 
 Add s. 
 
 jjrop i, ana 
 compensate. 
 
 rjdeL- 
 
 Fem. nom. 
 Tjdel-a 
 
 (Elegant.) 
 Nom. xap^^i-^ ) 
 Gen. xaplevr-ocl^^'P'-''''- 
 
 Add J. 
 
 Drop vr, and 
 compensate. 
 
 
 XapLEVT-g 
 
 Xapteaa- 
 
 Xapieaa-a 
 
 So with other forms. 
 
 
 
 
 LESSON XXVI. 
 
 Adjectives of Second Class. — More common Forms 
 
 {^-vg, -eia, -v, and -etg, -eaca, -ev). 
 
 (165.) 1. Nominative endings -vf, -£ia, -V. Stem ends in 
 £ changed in nominative into v, and lengthened in feminine 
 into ei (164). Contracted in dative singular, and nomina- 
 tive, accusative, and vocative plural. 
 
68 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF CLASS fl. 
 
 2. Nominative endings -Eig, -soaa, -ev. 
 evT- changed into eoo- in feminine (164). 
 
 (166.) 
 
 Stem ends in 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 SINGULAR (pleasant). 
 
 SINGULAR (graceful, elegant). 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 b 
 
 ijdvg 
 rjde-og 
 v6e-l > 
 Tjdel ) 
 
 Tjdv 
 
 h Tb 
 
 rj6el-a rj8v 
 7]6ec-dg ijde-og 
 
 y^"-^ \v6eZ 
 Tjdel-av 7)8v 
 rj6et-a Tjdv 
 
 6 h TO 
 
 XapievT'Og ;i;apie(7cr-?7f ;^;api£i;r-Of 
 XapLevT-L x^pi-^^^^^-V X°'P'-^^^-'' 
 XapievT-a ;\;apieCT(7-ai' ;\;api£V 
 Xaptev ;t;api£cr(T-a x^P'-^'^ 
 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 G. > 
 
 7]6e-OLV 
 
 TjdeC-d Tjds-e 
 Tjdei-acv 7]6e-OLv 
 
 XapievT-e ;^;apie(T0'-6 x^P'-^^''''^ 
 XapiivT-oiv x<^pi-^(^<^-0''-'^ x'^P'-^'^'^-oi''^ 
 
 
 PLUEAL. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N. > 
 
 V. 5 
 
 G. 
 D. 
 
 A. \ 
 
 r]6i-uv rj6£L-(J)v 7]6s-o)v 
 fj6i-(7i{v) r]8eC-atg 7]6e-CL{v) 
 
 XapcevT-eg ;\;apiecr(T-ai x^'P'-^'^'^-^ 
 
 Xaptevr-o)V ;\;ap££(ycr-6iv ;^;apievr-a)V 
 XapiecLiy) ;:j;apt£a(7-aif ;:(;api£CTi(v) 
 
 XaptevT-ag ;\;api^ff(7-af ;^;ap(£V7-a 
 
 Xapisv 
 
 in Attic writers is accented 
 
 XapceV' 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (167.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Bridge, yecpvpa, -ag (rj). 
 Broad, Evpvg, ela, v (166). 
 Deep, (3a6vg, ela, v. 
 Honey, fiiTiL, {/j,e2,iT)og (to). 
 Sweet, y2,VKVg, ela, v. 
 
 Gift, dupov, -ov (to). 
 Sharp, b^vg, ela, v. 
 Fruit, Kapirog, ov (6). 
 Brief, (Spaxvg, eta, v. 
 Often, TTolMmg (adverb). 
 
 (168.) Translate into English. 
 
 *H yi(f)vpd SG71V evpsla. — At yi(pvpaL riaav evpelai.— 
 'O TTorafidg (3advg egtlv. — 'H yecpvpd eonv svpela Kal 6 
 TToraiibg I3advg. — ^Td fisXc yXvKv (102, h). — VlvKela r\ 
 ao(t)La (102, a). — ^Td dojpov xaptev rjv. — Td rov (SaaiMoyi; 
 (56>po;^a|0tevTa ^. — 'H xapieaaa Koprj ^avfid^erai — 
 
RARER FORMS. 
 
 69 
 
 O^ iTTTTelg fiaxalpag elxov. — 0/ l-mxelg slxov fiaxaipag 
 b^eiag. — Kepdr] Tzovqpd d^elag Xv-naq tlktei. — Ol KapTToi 
 yXvKelg eioLv. — Bpa%eta rjdovrj rroXXaKig fxaitpdv 
 Xv7T7]v TLKTEt. — it>£vye yXvKelag 7]6ovdg. — TXvKEla 7}6ovrj, 
 o^ela 6e Xv-nrj (102, b). — To rrjg ;^opt£(7<7?;f KopTjg KaX 
 Xog edaviid^ero. 
 
 (169.) Translate into Cheek. 
 
 (There) is a broad door in the house. — The road was 
 broad and long. — The rivers were deep and the bridges 
 broad. — Gifts are pleasant. — Graceful maidens are admired. 
 — The rivers in the country are deep. — Brief pleasures often 
 beget long griefs. — Do not pursue the brief pleasures. — Ad- 
 mire the elegant young-man. — The gifts of Cyrus were ele- 
 gant. — Cyrus sent (1st aorist) elegant gifts. 
 
 LESSON XXVII. 
 Adjectives of Class II. {Rarer forms.) 
 (170.) 1. NojUNATivE ending -ag, -aiva, -av (stem ending 
 in -av). 
 
 There are only two of this form, viz., fieXag, black ; rdXag, unfortunate. 
 The nominative masculine adds g to the stem, and, of course (137, 3), drops 
 v; (j,e?ia{v)c = iiie?Mg. The feminine stem (a) adds g to the masculine 
 stem {nilava-a) ; ib) drops c, and compensates by lengthening a into ai 
 {fielaiva). 
 
 1 SINGULAK. 
 
 
 Black. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 lielag 
 
 fie2,atv-a 
 
 fiilav 
 
 Gen. 
 
 fie7\.av-og 
 
 (islaiv-rig 
 
 liEkav-og 
 
 Dat. 
 
 fii7\.av-L 
 
 lizkaiv-7) 
 
 lii'Xav-i 
 
 Ace. 
 
 fielav-a 
 
 [leTiaLv-av 
 
 jitkav 
 
 Voc. 
 
 yLtkav 
 
 [le'kaLv-a 
 
 {xelav 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 fiilav-e 
 
 ixe7\.aiv-a 
 
 fie?^av-e 
 
 G., D. 
 
 fJLEAaV-OLV 
 
 lielaiv-aiv 
 
 He'kdv-OLv 
 
 PLTJRAt. 
 
 
 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 fislav-eg 
 
 fieXaiv-at 
 
 fj.i7.av-a 
 
 Gen. 
 
 fie?idv-uv 
 
 fielaiv-uv 
 
 [lEAaV-UV 
 
 Dat. 
 
 fiiXa-ai 
 
 fie'kaLV-aLg 
 
 liEla-ci 
 
 Ace. 
 
 fiiXav-ac 
 
 fieXalv-ag 
 
 [ie7.av-a 
 
70 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF CLAS3 II. 
 
 2. Nominative ending -tjv, -eiva, -ev (stem ending in -ev). 
 
 But one adjective, viz., 
 
 N. ripTjv, TspeLV-a, ripev, tender. 
 G. TEpev-oc, repeiv-rig, ripev-og, &c. 
 A separate paradigm is unnecessary. 
 
 3. Nominative ending -cjv, -ovoa, -ov (stem -ovr). 
 
 But one adjective (with its compounds), viz., iKuv, willing. The stem 
 is iKovT- ; the nominative drops r and lengthens the stem vowel, making 
 iKu>v : the feminine stem adds g (and drops vt, of course, 137, 4) ; thus, 
 iKovra-a = kiiovaa. 
 
 4. Nominative ending -d^, -daa, -dv (stem -avr). 
 
 But one (with compounds), viz., Trdf, every, all. The stem is Tzavr- , 
 the nominative drops vr and lengthens a (137, 4), navT-g = nag ; the fem- 
 inine stem does the same, 7ravrcr-a = Traaa ; the neuter drops r (17), 
 thus, TTciv. 
 
 (171.) 
 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 
 
 SING. 
 
 
 WilUng. 
 
 
 
 Every, all 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 kKUV 
 
 iKovG-a 
 
 kKOV 
 
 mig 
 
 TTdaa 
 
 TTUV 
 
 Gen. 
 
 kKOVT-Og 
 
 EK0va-7]g 
 
 kKOVT-Og 
 
 iravT-og 
 
 Txda-Tjg 
 
 navr-og 
 
 Dat. 
 
 EKOVT-l 
 
 kKova-ri 
 
 EKOVT-l 
 
 iravT-l 
 
 nda-y 
 
 TtavT-i 
 
 Ace. 
 
 iKovT-a 
 
 EKova-av 
 
 EKOV 
 
 ndvT-a 
 
 TTda-av 
 
 Trdv 
 
 Voc. 
 
 kKUV 
 
 kKovc-a 
 
 EKOV 
 
 Tcag 
 
 Tvaa-a 
 
 TTUV 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 eKOVT-E 
 
 kKOva-a 
 
 EKOVT-e 
 
 TzdvT-e 
 
 TTaa-a 
 
 TcdvT-E 
 
 G., D. 
 
 EKOVT-OLV 
 
 iKOva-aiv 
 
 EKOVT-OLV 
 
 navT-OLV 
 
 nda-aiv 
 
 ndvT-oiv 
 
 PLUR. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 kKovT-eg 
 
 iKova-ai 
 
 EKovr-a 
 
 irdvT-Eg 
 
 Tzda-ai 
 
 7rdvT-a 
 
 Gen. 
 
 EKOVT-tiV 
 
 kKova-Civ 
 
 EKOVr-UV 
 
 TTaVT-UV 
 
 iraa-uv 
 
 wdvT-ov 
 
 Dat. 
 
 £KOV(n{v) 
 
 EKOva-aig 
 
 kKovai{v) 
 
 TTdai{v) 
 
 Tzda-aLg 
 
 TTd(TC{v) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 sKovT-ag 
 
 tKovG-ag 
 
 iKovT-a 
 
 TzdvT-ag 
 
 Ttda-ag 
 
 mivT-a 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (172.) Vocabulary. 
 
 A Libyan, AliSvg, {h.L(iv)og, b. 
 Corselet, TtpoGTEpvidiov, -ov {to). 
 Barbarian, f^dpjSapog, -ov (o). 
 
 (173.) Examples. 
 (a) Every man, all men, 
 every city. 
 
 Under arms, hv Tolg OTrXotg. 
 Greece, 'EXXdg, ('E/i/ld(J)of {ij). 
 
 nag dvOpodrrog^ rcavreg dv- 
 dpumoi, Txdaa iroXig. 
 
RARER FORMS. 71 
 
 (b) All the soldiers. ol aTpaTi(OTai Travreg, or 
 
 ndvreg ol orpariCdTaL. 
 
 (6) Rule. — Use the article when you want to designate the whole of any 
 number of particulars by Trdvreg ; but put it with the noun, as in (6), 
 either before or after Travreg. 
 
 All Greece. | rj 'F^XXdg ndaa. 
 
 (c) Every body. 
 Every thing. 
 
 (d) Tell (to) every body. 
 
 (e) Before every body. 
 
 Travreg (Greek, all). 
 Tcdvra (Greek, all [things]). 
 rrdat Xsys. 
 npog Tcdvrag. 
 
 (174.) Translate into English. 
 
 Ol fiiXav-eg LirnoL ecpevyov. — "Eevocpojv elxs. liiXav-ag 
 LTTTTOvg. — 0/ Ai(3vEg iieXav-eg rjaav. — Udvr-eg ol AlfSveg 
 ueXav-eg r^aav. — Ol OTparicoTat fieXav-a onXa elxov. — Ol 
 arpaTtoJrat ndrr-sg iiiXava bnXa elxov. — Ol trrnoL irdvreg 
 elxov npoaTEpvidia. — 'O Kvpog ndvr-ag dn-e-irefiip-aro. 
 — Mrj ndai, Xeye Txdvr-a, o) veavia, — M/) Xeyere ndvr-a 
 npog ndvr-ag. — 'O Kvpog Tzdac. rolg noXtraig evvovg tjv. 
 — Udvr-eg ol (3dp(3apoL rjoav ev rolg bixXoig. — "Ore ol 
 jrparLoJrac eTrXTjOia^ov, ol (3dpj3apoi rrdvr-eg dne^evyov. — 
 Ol ''EiXXriveg rcdvr-sg earparevaavro. — 1iO)Kpdrr]g vno rrjg 
 "ElXXddog ndo-rjg, en^^ dperxj (160, b) eOavfid^ero. 
 
 (175.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The men were black. — The man had (a) black horse.-^ 
 The barbarians had black horses. — All the horses had black 
 corselets. — All the soldiers were under ( == in) arms. — He 
 is admired by aU Greece. — The general was honoured by 
 all the citizens. — Every man is mortal. — All men are mor- 
 tal. — All the cities were beautiful. — All the cities of Greece 
 were beautiful. — He told (imperfect) every-thing (neuter) 
 before every-body. — He was well-disposed to every-body. 
 
 * Elision, 32, 2. 
 
§ 8. 
 ADJECTIVES OF THE THIUD CLASS. 
 
 (176.) Adjectives of Class III. use tivo endings, both of 
 the 3d declension. 
 
 NOMINATIVE FORMS. 
 
 (1.) -7]g, -eg (most common form) ; e. g., ak7\dfiq, alrjOig, true. 
 
 (2.) 'UV, -ov ; e. g., ad)(j)po)V, cCxppov, prudent. 
 
 (3.) -ff, -L (very few) ; e. g., Idpig, Idpi, knowing. 
 
 (4.) -7JV, -ev (only one adjective) ; e. g., a^^rjv, a^^ev, male. 
 
 (5.) Such as are formed by composition with nouns, and retain the noun 
 inflection, as far as possible, viz., from 7rar?7p, father, dirdrup, dirarop 
 fatherless ; from x^^Pi-Cy grace, evxapt-g^ EVXO.pL, graceful. 
 
 LESSON XXVIII. 
 
 Adjectives of Class III. {Two endings,) 
 
 (177.) 1. Nominative in -?/f, -eg. 
 
 Here the stem ends in -eg, like the neuter noun stems in (156), and, like 
 tMfem, drops the f before vowels, and is contracted with the vowel endings; 
 
 thus, 
 
 Stem. Masculine. Neuter. 
 
 dXrjdeg, Nom.' aXrjdrig {true), akrjdeg. 
 
 c alrjdea-og, ( d7n]6ea-og. 
 
 Gen. ^ d\r]de-og, } alridi-og. 
 
 ( aXrjdovg, ( dlrjdovg. 
 
 2. Nomiftative in o)v, ov. 
 
 Here the stem ends in a liquid, and therefore the masculine nominative 
 does not add g, but lengthens the stem vowel ; e. g., 
 M. and F. Neuter. 
 
 aoxbpcjv, ccjfppoi', prudent. 
 
ADJ£CTIV1::S OF CLAS3 III. 
 
 paradig:\is. 
 
 73 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Norn. 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 Voc. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 a, D. 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 True. 
 d}.T]df]g uTiTjdeg 
 ( ul7]di-og 
 \ d7,T]Bnvg 
 C dlrjdi-i 
 X dXTjdei 
 
 dXtidec 
 
 Prudent. 
 c6(l>p(JV aCxppov 
 
 au(ppov-og 
 
 o6(l>pov-c 
 
 C(l)<ppov-a ouj^pov 
 a(j(l>pov 
 
 5 d7ii]Be-e 
 
 i dT.Tjdi-oiv 
 I aki]Qolv 
 
 cu6pov-6 
 
 CU^p6v-0LV 
 
 ( akr]6e-£g dlrjdi-a 
 \ d?iT]dEig dTitjdrj 
 I d7uT]de-Qv 
 
 dlT]di-GL{v) 
 
 { d7.r]de-ag d\r]Qi-a 
 \ d7.T}d£lg d7^r]Qfi 
 
 Gtjcppov-eg GiO(ppov-a 
 
 CU(})p6v-UV 
 
 G6(ppo-aL{v) 
 a6<ppov-ag <j6(j>pov-a 
 
 (178.) 3. Namifrntive in ig, i. 
 
 The stem ends in l, and the nominative masculine adds g ; the inflection 
 is regular ; e. g., 
 
 N. Idpt-g, ISpt, knowing. 
 
 G, l6pc-og, Idpt-og. 
 
 D. I6pc-i, i6pi-c. 
 
 A. l6pL-v, ISpi, &c. 
 
 [No paradigm is necessary.] 
 
 (179.) 4. Nominative in rjv, ev. 
 Only one word, viz., 
 
 N. a^l)T]v a/5/3ev (male), stem u^^ev. 
 G. aj!>J!>EV-og, d^l^ev-og, &c. 
 
 [No paradigm necessary.] 
 
 (180.) 5. Compound adjectives, of which the last part 
 is a noun, follow the inflection of that noun, as much as pos- 
 sible. We give some examples. 
 
 (1.) From £ii {well) and x^^Pf-C is^ace) (stem x'^P'-'''-) we have 
 N. evxap^C^ evxo-pi- {charming). 
 
 G. evxdpLT-og, Evxdpir-og. 
 
 D 
 
74 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF CLASS 111 
 
 D. evxaptr-c, 
 
 A. EvxdptT-a or Evxapiv, 
 
 V. Evxapt, 
 Form dual and plural for yourself. 
 
 (2.) The compounds of irovcfoot (stem Trod-), are inflected as in the fol- 
 lowing paradigm of diixovg {two-footed). 
 
 evxapcT-i. 
 
 Evxapi. 
 
 evxctpc. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 BUAL. 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 dlTTovg dlnovv 
 6iiTo6-og 
 6lno6-i 
 
 \ dlTTOVV S 
 diTTOV 
 
 N., A., V. 
 diTcod-E 
 
 G., D. 
 
 diTToS-OLV 
 
 6L7To6-Eg diTTod-a 
 6ltt66-uv 
 ScTTO-at 
 
 diTTod-aq dliTod-a 
 
 SIttoS-e^ StTToS-a 
 
 (3.) The compounds of TvavTJp {father), [X'^rrip {mother), change e of the 
 stem into o, and lengthen it into w in nominative masculine ; e. g.. 
 From TTarrip (stem Trarep), we have N. arrdTop, aTzarop {fatherless). 
 
 G. aTTdrop-og, &c. 
 From jUTjTTip (stem /xtjtep), we have N. uixjjTup, djurjTop {motherless). 
 
 G. diiTjTopog, &c. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (181.) 
 
 Colosse, Ko?iO(yci-ai, -uv {at) (used 
 
 only in plural). 
 Well-born, evyevrjg, -sg (177). 
 Prosperous, Evdaijiicov, -ov (177, 2). 
 Acceptable, evxaptg (180). 
 Imprudent, d^pcjv, -ov (177, 2). 
 To afford, napsx-st-v {irapd -\- ex^iv). 
 
 Help, PoTjdeL-a, ag {ij). 
 Unfortunate, drvxVQi '^r (1'^'''). 
 Enemy, TToXifit-oc, -ov (6). 
 Not-yet, ovTTO) (adv.). 
 Visible^ KaTa<pav7jg, -ig (177) 
 To become, ytyv-eadai (mid.). 
 There, tvravda (adv.). 
 
 (182.) Examples. 
 
 {a) Colosse was a heauti- 1 At YLoXoaoal -noXig KaXrj 
 ful city. \ 'h^' X 
 
 {a) Names of cities are often in 'plural, but predicate 
 in singular, as in {a). 
 
 (b) Tlie truth (what is 
 true). 
 
 (c) They became (began to 
 become) visible. 
 
 ra dXrjdii {true [things]). 
 KaTa(f)avelg kyiyvovro. 
 
ADJECIIVES OF CLASS III. 75 
 
 (c) Verbs signifying to he, become, &:c., admit a predi- 
 cate nominative after tljem (as in Latin and En- 
 glish). 
 
 (183.) Translate into English. 
 
 At KoXoGaal TToXig evdalficjv rjv. — Kvpog e^eXavvei 
 did TTjg Avdiag, elg KoXoandg, rroXiv ev6aL[iov-a. — Ol 
 evyevelg rcaldeg evdaifLOV-sg eloiv. — To dojpov evx^P'' 
 rjv. — Hioreve rolg oo)(ppoatv. — Mi] TrloTeve rolg d<ppo- 
 oiv. — Ol deol Tovg ou)(ppov-ag del <pLXovaiv. — "Avdpcjnog 
 ioTi ^Cdov 6 1 now. — Kijpog ETTiarevs rw od)(f)pov-i arpar- 
 Tjyu). — UdpEx^ fSorjdetav rolg drvx^o iv. — Ol TToXejjLiot 
 ov7T(o KaracpavEig rjoav. — 0/ noXe[i.LOL Kara<pavslg ejCy- 
 vovTO. — "Ore ol iroXefuot enXvola^ov, ol I'mrelg Karacpavelg 
 eyiyvovTO. — 'O veaviag aG)(ppG)v eylyvero. — Ol iroXlrai. 
 drvxdg eyiyvovro. — "Ore ol Imrelg Karacpavelg eytyvovro, 
 ol TTeXraarai kdlcoKov. — Aeye del rd dX7]6r]. 
 
 (184.) Translate into G^reek. 
 
 The cities were prosperous. — All the cities were prosper- 
 ous. — The cities were unfortunate. — All the cities of Greece 
 became unfortunate. — The good always afford help to the 
 unfortunate (dative). — He speaks the truth (182, b). — He 
 spoke (1st aorist) the truth. — He will speak the truth. — 
 The prudent are honoured. — The gifts of the base are not 
 acceptable. — The black horsemen were not-yet visible. — 
 Love the prudent. — Afford (ye) help to the unfortunate. 
 
 LESSON XXIX. 
 
 Adjectives of Class IV. {one ending).— Irregular Ad- 
 jectives. 
 (185.) Adjectives of Class TV. have but one ending for 
 masculine and feminine genders (rarely designating the neu- 
 
76 
 
 IIIIIEGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 ter) ; e. g., the fugitive man, 6 (pvydg avrjp ; the fugitive 
 woman, rj (pvydg yvvij. 
 
 (a) Some are like 1st declension ot nouns; e. g., N. Kliirr-TjQ, G. 
 K?ie7TT-ov (thievish) ; N. fiovt-ag, G. fiovl-ov (single). (These are generally 
 used only in masculine gender.) 
 
 (b) Some are like 3d declension of nouns ; e. g., N. (pvydg, G. <pvydd-og 
 (6, fj) (fugitive). 
 
 Separate paradigms are unnecessary. 
 
 lUREGULAE. ADJECTIVES. 
 
 (186.) 1. Two adjectives {jiiyag, great, and noXvg, much, 
 many) are irregular in the singular. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Much. 
 
 Great. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 TToTiVC TioTJirj TTolv 
 
 (lEjag ixeydXrj fiiya 
 
 Gen. 
 
 noXXov TTolTiTig ttoTiXov 
 
 /xeydlov fieydTirjg /j,syd2,ov 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TzoTiTiib txoTCKtj TTo/lAai 
 
 fj.eyd?iO} iieydXri fxeydXcp 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Txokvv -KoWriv Tzolv 
 
 fieyav fxeyd^^rjv fzeya 
 
 Voc. 
 
 TTO^.v TxoTCkri TtoTlV 
 
 [iiya fieydTiT] fisya 
 
 PLUBAL. 
 
 Many. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 TzoTCXoi TzoTilal iroTCkd 
 
 fxeydTiOt [leydXat fisydla 
 
 Gen. 
 
 770/l/lcJV TToTCkCiV TZ07[,7\,C)V 
 
 fXEydXov jxeydTiuv neyaXuv 
 
 &c. 
 
 The rest regular. 
 
 The rest regular. 
 
 2. The adjective npaog (^gentle) uses some forms of the 3d 
 declension alonsf with those of the 2d. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Mild 
 
 gentle. 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 npaoQ 
 
 npaeta 
 
 Tcpuov 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Tvpaov 
 
 TtpaEtag 
 
 Tvpdov 
 
 Dat. 
 
 iTpao) 
 
 Trpaeia 
 
 -Kpao) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Trpaov 
 
 npaEcav 
 
 Trpaov 
 
 Voe. 
 
 Ttpaog, TTpae 
 
 irpaeca 
 
 Trpaov 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 
 Tzpao) 
 
 TcpaEta 
 
 npao) 
 
 G., D. 
 
 TCpaOLV 
 
 Tvpaeiatv 
 
 wpaocv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 TTpaot and TcpaeX^ 
 
 TTpaEcac 
 
 Tzpaia 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Tzpatuv 
 
 irpaEtuv 
 
 npascov 
 
 Dat. 
 
 7Tpae(yi(v) 
 
 npaEiacg 
 
 TcpaEai(v) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Ttpdovc and Trpaelg 
 
 TcpaELag 
 
 Tzpaia . 
 
 Voe. 
 
 TTpaot and Trpaslg 
 
 TvpaELat 
 
 irpaea 
 
IRRKGL'LAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 77 
 
 EXERCISE 
 
 (187.) Vocabulary. 
 
 A park, {pleasure-ground), 7rapd6EC(J\ 
 
 oc, -ov (6). 
 To strive after, seek, bpty-eadaL (with 
 
 genitive). 
 Tmigve, y7.u(ya-a, -7]g (?/), (y?.uTTa, 
 
 Attic). 
 
 (188.) Examples, 
 {a) Cijrus liad much 
 wealth. 
 
 Cause, airi-a, -ag (rj). 
 
 Evils, KCK-u (neuter plural of Kc/c-of, 
 
 7/, 6v, bad). 
 Haste, GTCovd-'^, -Tig (tj). 
 
 To slay, UTTO-KTEIV-EIV. 
 
 CrcEsus, Kpola-og, -ov (6). 
 
 KvpG) Tjv TroXvg irXovrog. 
 
 [ To Cyrus was much wealth.'] 
 
 (a) The dative is used with the forms of elvat to de- 
 note the possessor (e. g., Kvpco) ; the thing possessed 
 is the subject of the verb {e. g., nXovrog). 
 
 (b) Mamj. WoXXoi. 
 The rtiamj (the pop- oi ixoXXoi. 
 
 ulace). 
 Many men. 
 
 (c) Tliey sleiv (vi^ere slay- 
 ing) many men. 
 
 {cl) They slew many of 
 the m^n. 
 
 TToXXot avdpCJTTOL. 
 
 TToXXovg dvdpG)7T0vg dnsKreC' 
 
 vov. 
 TToXXovg rCdv dvdpcjncjv dneK' 
 
 TEiVOV. 
 
 (d) TToXXot, used partitively, governs the genitive. 
 
 (189.) Translate into English. 
 
 To Tr\g TToAew^ T£i%6^ eoti \ikya Kal vipTjXov. — Al 
 KoXoaaal noXig fxeydXi] koriv. — Ta rriq TToXecjg rslx^ 
 earl (85, b) [leydXa. — Kvpog e^sXavvei GraOjiovg rpelg, 
 eig 'KoXoaodg, ttoXlv evdaijiova Kal iJLeydX7]v. — 'Y.vravda 
 Kvp(i) (188, a) 7]v napddcLGog fieyag. — Ol dyysXoi e-ifiTT- 
 ovTo VTTO Tov HEydXov (SaoiXeGjg. — 'O [leyag fSaoiXevg rov 
 KTjpvKa eirenipEV. — IIoAAot dvdpconot rov ttXovtov ope- 
 yovrai. — 'H yXCjaaa ttoXXgjv eotiv air la KaKoJv. — 0/ 
 (7TparLU)rai drrecpEvyov ovv ttoXX'^ anovd'-Q. — Oi orparicj-ai 
 
78 IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 
 
 7TOA.Xovg rojv -noXtrCdv dnefcreLVov. — Tw iieydXcd jSaoiXei 
 rjv (188, a) orpdreviia jikya. — KpoLau) 7jv noXvg nXovTog. 
 — At Kopai doiv Tip a el at. 
 
 (190.) Translate into Greek . 
 
 The great wall is lofty. — The city had (188, a) great 
 walls. — The city had (188, a) many walls. — The parks 
 were great and beautiful. — The messenger was sent (imper- 
 fect) by the great general. — The young-man strives-after 
 wealth. — Do not strive-after much wealth. — Pleasure is the 
 cause of many griefs. — Many horsemen were with (gvv) the 
 army. — Many of the men-at-arms were slain (imperfect). — 
 The commander had (188, a) much wealth. — The gentle 
 are loved. — The maiden was gentle. 
 
. § 9. 
 
 COMPAUISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 (191.) Adjecti\ts are infleeted in Greek (as iii English 
 and Latin) to express degrees of quality ; e. g., 
 
 Positive. Comparative. Superlative. 
 
 Faithful. More faithful. Most faithful. 
 
 TTtOT-6c- • TTiOT-O-repOf. TTlGT-O-TaTO^. 
 
 (192.) There are two forms of comparison, viz., 
 (I.) Comparative, -repog ; superlative, -Tarog. 
 (II.) " -LO)v; " -laro^. 
 
 IC7 The second form is used with veryfevj adjectives. 
 
 Rem. Instead of using the comparative and superlative forms, the 
 Greek (like the Latin and English) can prefix more (,[/a?.2ov) for the 
 comparative, and most {iialiaTO) for the superlative. 
 
 LESSON XXX. 
 Comparison of Adjectives, — First Form, 
 
 (193.) 1. Endings (nominative). 
 
 M. F. N. 
 
 Comparative, -repog, -repd, -repov. 
 
 Superlative, -Tarog, -rdrr], -rarov. 
 
 2. These endings are annexed to the ste???^ of the positive, 
 either 
 
 (A) With a connecting vowel (o or u) ; e. g., 
 
 Kov<l>-og, light (stem kovcJ)-), Kov(p-6-T£pog, Kovcp-o-rarog. 
 
 (B) Directly (no connecting vowel or syllable being needed) ; e. g , 
 aXijdrjg, true (stem uT^rjQea-), a7iri6e(j-repog, aXi^dicy-Tarog. 
 
 (C) With a connecting syllable {eg or if) ; e. g., 
 
 au^puv, prudent (stem auxppov-), Gu(^pov-ia-Tepog, coqtpov-^a-Taroq. 
 
80 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 (A) With connecting Vowel. 
 (194.) Rule I. — Adjectives that use the inflections of the 
 second declension of nouns add the endings -lepog and 
 -rarog to the stem, by means of the connecting vovi^el o, 
 when the last syllable of the stem is long ; o) when it is 
 short. 
 
 ^^ff° The syllable may be long either by nature or position. 
 Adjective. Comp. Superl. 
 
 laxvp-og {strong), laxvp-6-TSpog, iaxvp-o-Tarog. 
 
 "keiVT-og {thin), AeTrr-o-repOf, AeTrr-o-rarof. 
 
 ao(p-6g {wise), ao(p-u-Tepog, ao(j)-6)-TaTog. 
 
 aSiK-og {unjust), udtK-u-Tepog, aStK-u-TaTog. 
 
 |3S^ The fj is used (instead of o) simply to prevent a succession of 
 short syllables. 
 
 Rem. 1. .^ITiog has (pt?^-repog, (pll-Tarog.* 
 
 Rem. 2. Contracts with stems in e are contracte-d also in comparative 
 and superlative ; e. g., 
 
 I c TTopcpvpe-u-Tepog, I r 7Top(f)vpe-6-TaTog. 
 TToptpvpe- g {P p ly j ^ 7rop(pvp-6-Tepog, \ ( Ttop<pvp-6-raTog. 
 
 Rem. 3. (a) Contracts with stems in o add the endings to the stem by 
 means of the connecting syllable eg, and are then contracted; e. g., 
 
 , ^ , / • 7 N I ( a7T?io-ea-Tepog, I c aizlo-ia-raTog. 
 
 an Ao-og {simple), \< ^ ^ . Nr-i^ 
 
 I ( UKAovcr-Tepjg, \ i aTrAova-Tarog. 
 
 {h) A few other adjectives of this class use the connecting syllable 
 eg or ig instead of o ; viz., 
 
 kfi^ufiEV-og {vigorous), 
 CLKpar-og {unmixed), 
 Tid'A-og {talkative). 
 
 i^^o)ii£V-e(7-Tepog, 
 
 ciKpaT-ea-repog, 
 
 ?iaX-i.(y-Tspog, 
 
 e^^of^ev-ecr-rarog. 
 ciKpar- ia- raroe. 
 2.a7\.-ia-TaTog. 
 
 Rem. 4. Eight adjectivesf use ai instead of o ; e. g., 
 fiea-og {middle), \ [lea-at repog, \ iiea-ai-rarog. 
 
 Rem. 5. Four adjectives^ in at use no connecting vowel ; e. g., 
 yepat-og {old), \ yepai-Tepog, | yepai-rarog. 
 
 * More rarely, ^cl-ai-repog, ^tl-ac-rarog ; and ^cA-u-repog, (piX-6- 
 
 TttTOg. 
 
 t They are, laog, ijavxog, iiiaog, and IStog., 
 
 opdpiog, QipLog, irpuiog, evdtog. 
 t They are, yepaiog, irepalog, TcaAaiog, axoAa:6g (the labt two some- 
 times use the common form -ortpog, -oraTog). 
 
FIRST FORM. 81 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (l9o.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Aristides, ^ApLaTei6-T]Q, -ov (6). 
 A71 Athenian, 'A.dT]val-og, -ov (0). 
 Just, dUat-og, a, ov. 
 Poor (as a beggar), tztcoxo^' V^ ov 
 
 (7rTCj,:t'-i<T-rcpof, KTux-o-rarog). 
 Young, vi-og, a, ov. 
 
 Rich, 7T?,ovai-og, a, ov. 
 Teacher, dcddaKa2,-og, -ov (6). 
 Pupil, juadrjT-TJg, -ov (6). 
 Vigorous, €^l)0)fj,£v-og, 7], ov (194, It. 
 
 3,6). 
 But, bXkd (conj.). 
 
 (196.) Examples and Rules. 
 
 (a) TJie teacher is iviser 
 tlian the pupil. 
 
 b diddoKaXog G0(p-^-7ep6g ea- 
 Ti Tov ^adrjTOv. 
 (a) Rule of Syntax. — The comparative degree is fol- 
 lowed by the genitive.^ 
 
 (b) Socrates ivas very ivise. \ I,G)Kpdrrjg oo(p-(o-Tarog rjv. 
 {b) A high degree of quality {very poor, very wise, &;c.) 
 is expressed in Greek by the superlative. 
 
 (c) Socrates teas the ivisest 
 of all Greeks. 
 
 l,G)fcpdrT]g ndvrcjv 'IIXXtjvojv 
 GO(f)-G)-Tarog rjv. 
 (c) The genitive plural is used with the superlative. 
 ( Partitive Genitive) . 
 
 (197.) Translate into English. 
 
 ^ApLaretdrjg ndvrojv ^AOrjvalcjv dinaL-d-Tarog rjv. — 'O 
 Kvpog ve-cj-TEpog rjv tov ddEAcpov. — 'ApiaTeidrjg tttcjx- 
 6-rarog tjv, aXXd dLKat-o-rarog. — Kvpog (iaa lXlk-g)' 
 rarog rjv. — Udvrcov Hepadjv (3aoLXiii-(b-rarog tjv 6 K.v- 
 oog. — 'A^L-u)-raTog tjv dpx^iv (108, c). — UdvrGiv rcjv 
 Hepaojv d^i-G)-Tarog tjv dpxetv. — ^Eppojij^sv-ea-rspog 
 ^v rov ddeXffiOV. — 'O veaviag G0(f)-G)-T£p6g eon roi 
 naidog. — 'O arparicjTTjg TVLOT-o-rarog tjv. — JO rcjv or pa 
 TLCJTCJV moT-o-rarog KarerrridTjaev and tov lttttov (153, a) 
 
 * This rule applies only when 7/ (than) is omitted, which is generalb 
 the case unless the genitive construction would be ambiguous. 
 
 D 2 
 
82 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 —0/ diSdonaXot aocp-u-repoi sloe t(ov naldov. — Ol ixiar- 
 o-raroL ru)V orparrjyGyv £TT8[moPTO (passive). — '0 rov Zev- 
 c(pCjvToq Xoyo^ {speeclb) a-nXcvG-rarog rjv. 
 
 (198.) Tra?tslate into Greek. 
 
 The teacher is wiser than his (= the) pupils. — The 
 young-man M^as very vigorous (196, b). — The young-man 
 vt^as more vigorous than the teacher. — The v^ise are often 
 very poor. — The poor are often very wise. — The teacher 
 was very wise,, but very poor. — Cyrus was more princely 
 than his (= the) brother. — The most faithful (plural) of the 
 soldiers pursued (imperfect). — Of all Athenians, Socrates 
 was the most wise. — The young-man was very unjust. — - 
 Cyrus sent (1st aorist) the most faithful (singular) of the her- 
 alds. — Of all Greeks, Aristides was the most just. 
 
 LESSON XXXI. 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives. — First Form {-repog, -rarog) 
 continued. 
 (B) Without connecting Vowel. 
 (199.) PvULE 11.^— Adjectives that follow the third de- 
 clension of nouns (except stems ending in ov or a /<;-mute) 
 add the endings {-repog, -rarog) directly to the stem. 
 
 Comp. Superl. 
 
 cTiTjdea-Tepo^, aTiTjOsa-Tarog. 
 
 lieTidv-Tepog, j.ie'Xdv-TaTog. 
 
 /zaKcip-repog, ixaKap-rarog. 
 
 yTiVKv -repog, jTiVKV-TaTog. 
 
 Rem. 1. Of those in vg, the nom. neut. is taken for the stem.* 
 Rem. 2. Stems ending m evr aud g to the stem, and, of course (137, 
 4), drop vT ; e. g., 
 
 I Stem. I Comp. I Superl. 
 
 Rem. 3. The compounds of x^ptg insert o; e. g., (pleasant); 
 
 I Stem. I Comp. I Superl. 
 
 kmxaptg, \ k-mxapiT-, I kivLxapiT-cJ-Tepog, \ kTrixapLT-tJ-rarog. 
 
 * A few in vg have luv, -laror (206, a). 
 
 Adj. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 dlr.Orig {true), 
 
 d?.7]0eg 
 
 fifAag {black), 
 
 lneXav, 
 
 [luKap {happy), 
 
 juaKcp, 
 
 jT^VKvg {sweet), 
 
 yTiVKV, 
 
FIRST FORM. 
 
 83 
 
 Rem. 4. '4)£v6^g, false (stem ipevStg), changes e into i ; ipevdla-Tspog, 
 
 rpevdia-rarog. 
 Bern. 5. Trivrjg, poor (stem TrevTjT-), has Trevea-Tepog, irevia-Tarog. 
 
 (C) With connecting Syllable (ef or lc;). 
 (200.) Rule III. — Adjectives that follow the third de- 
 eleiision of nouns, with stems in ov or a k-mute, use a con- 
 necting syllable {eq or tq), in Comparison. 
 
 Superl. 
 a(>)(^pov-£a-TaTog. 
 apnay-ia-Tarog. 
 
 Rem. 1. niiruv {niirov), ripe, has itETrat-Tepog, TzeTraC-TaToc- 
 Rem. 2. Adjectives that follow the first declension of nouns (mascu- 
 line), also insert t^ ; e. g., 
 K7i£TTT-7]g, thievish, \ KleixT-ia-Tepog, \ KXeTZT-ia-TaTO^. 
 
 Adj. 
 Guippuv {-prudent), 
 Lpiza^ (rapacious), 
 
 Stem. 
 atocppov, 
 upiray, 
 
 Comp. 
 acj(j>pov-Ea-TEpog, 
 apnay-ia-Tepog, 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (201.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Fond- of -learning, ^LkopLadrig, ig (199). 
 Old, Tzpia^vg* (6) (adjective) (199). 
 Critias, KptTi-ag, -ov (6). 
 Avaricious, TrTieoveKT-Tjg, -ov (200, 
 
 R.2). 
 Licentious, aKpaTTJg, eg (199). 
 Weak, uadevTJg, ig (199). 
 
 Anchor, dynvpa, -ag (/yj. 
 
 Yet, still, ETC (adverb). 
 
 False, tpEvdr^g, ig (199, R. 4). 
 
 Thievish, icXEwr-vg, -ov, b (200, R. 2.) 
 
 Slave, SovXog, -ov (6). 
 
 Than, rj (conj.). 
 
 To obey, irEid-EadaL (with dative). 
 
 (202.) Examples. 
 
 (a) Aristides ivas more 
 just than ivise. 
 
 ^AptarEtSrjg 6iKac-6-repog ij 
 
 Go<p-G)-repoq rjv. 
 (Greek, more just than more wise.) 
 
 (a) Where two qualities of the same subject are com- 
 pared, the Greek (unlike English) puts both in the 
 comparative. 
 
 * Used only in nom. TTpEcrfSvg, ace. TrpsajSw, voc. 7rpec>j3v, and these 
 rare in prose. In plural, TrpiaSEig = ambassadors. 
 
84 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 (b) Cyrus obeyed (v/as in 
 the habit of obeying) 
 his seniors. 
 
 Kvpog Tolg 7Tp£(7[3v-T£pOtg 
 
 eTTSidero. 
 
 (b) Ride of Syntax. — The dative is used with verbs 
 oi obeying, serving, &:c. 
 
 (203.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O TTol^ (jyiXofiadeG-rspog eon rov dd^Xcbov (196, 
 a). — Oi veavlat rolg Trpsopv-rspoig e-Tretd-ovro (mid- 
 dle). — UeWov Tolg npsof^v-repoLg, w nal. — 0/ KopaKeg 
 lieXdv-raroi elaiv. — ILXeapxog iKav-aj-rarog 7]v 
 dpX^iV- — 'O YiXeapxog ^v rCdV OTparrjyoJv npEof^v-rarog. 
 — Kpniag rcov ^Adr]vaLG)v ndvrojv irXeovsicT-La-raTog 
 (200, Re7n. 2) rjv. — 'AXKi(3Ldd7]g rCJv ^AdTjvalcov Trdvrcjv 
 diipareG-raTog 7]v. — EojKpdrrjg Trdvrtdv 'EAAt^i'wv 
 a(x)(f)pov-£(7-TaTog rjv. — IT Aouro^ dodsvi^jg dyavpa ea- 
 nv. — TiXovrog dod^vrig dynvpa (102, b), do^a en dode- 
 VEG-r ipd. — Ol dovXoL noXXaKig ibevdla-rar at (196, 
 b) iml KXeiTT-ta-i arot (200, Rein. 2) sIolv. 
 
 (204.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The young-man was very fond-of-learnmg. — The boys 
 were not very fond-of-learning. — Clearchus was older than 
 Menon. — The good boy (103) obeys his (=3 the) seniors. — 
 Socrates was more prudent than rich (202, d). — The oldest 
 herald was sent (imperfect) to (rrpog) the king. — Of all 
 Athenians, Aristides was the most prudent. — Glory is weaker 
 than virtue. — The crow is very black. — The boy was very 
 thievish. — Boys are often ver) thievish. — Of all the generals, 
 Menon was most avaricious. 
 
SECOND FORxM. 
 
 65 
 
 LESSON XXXII. 
 
 Comparison of Adjectives. — Second Form {-lcjv^ -iCTog), 
 (205.) Nominative endings. 
 
 -tov. 
 
 N. 
 
 'lov. 
 
 (sivift) raxvg, 
 {little) k'kaxvg, 
 
 TuX'OTog. 
 eJAxiOTog. 
 
 Comparative, -iu)v, 
 
 Superlative, -lOTog, -iarr], -larov. 
 
 (206.) This form of comparison is used only by 
 {a) A few adjectives mvq\ e. g., 
 
 (pleasant) ydvg, | i]6iuv, \ TjdLOTog. 
 
 Rem. 1. If the stem ends in a k-mute, the l is rejected, and the mule 
 changed into aa (or tt).* 
 
 {Taxi(jv) ^ucauvti 
 
 (Attic) &dTTC)v, 
 (k/Mxto)v) k^Moauv, 
 (Attic) e?MTTa)v, 
 
 Rem. 2. Some in vg use repog, rarog, as well as tuv, larog ; e. g., 
 ylvKvg, •y?iVK-io)v, ■y?iVK-iGTog (as well as yXvKv-repog, yXvKV-Tarog). 
 
 (b) Three adjectives with stems in p (rejecting p), viz., 
 
 (base) alaxp-og, alax-icov, 
 
 (hostile) £X^P-og> exd-icjv, 
 
 (honourable) Kvdp-6g, kvS-lcjv, 
 
 Rem. ocKTpog (wretched) uses this form only in superlative ; e. g., 
 o'cKTp-dg, 1 oUrp-o-repog, \ olKT-icrog. 
 
 (207.) In declension, the comparatives in odv cmitract the 
 accusative smgular and nom., accus., and voc. plural, as 
 in the following paradigm of £;\;0twv {more Iwstile). 
 
 aLGX-iOTog. 
 
 exO-LGTog. 
 
 Kvd-tarog. 
 
 j 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 
 DUAi. i 1 PLUKAI,. 1 
 
 D. 
 A. 
 V. 
 
 kxOi(^v exdtov 
 kxdtovog 
 kxBiovL 
 
 N.,A,V. 
 G.,D. 
 
 jN. ) 
 
 *^''-- 'Gen. 
 
 hxdiovoiv 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ( kx^ioveg exOlova 
 \ kxBiovg kx^lo) 
 kxdiovcov 
 kxdioGt(v) 
 { kxdiovag kxdtova 
 ( kxOiovg kxdto) 
 
 * The Attic dialect generally substitutes tt for aa in all wa ds in which 
 aa occurs. 
 
 t For the change of r into d, see (430,) Rem. 2. 
 
86 COMPARISUN OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (208.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Deep, fSadvg, -ela, -v {-vrepog, -vra- 
 
 Tog). 
 Sleep, vnvog, -ov (6). 
 Nothing, ovdiv, {ovdev)6g, (ro). 
 Native la7id, Tcarpig, {■KaTpL6)og {r^). 
 
 (209.) Examples, 
 (a) Of all things, the most 
 pleasant is friendship. 
 
 Life, j3iog, -ov (6L 
 
 Fleeting, swift, T^vg, eta, v (206, a, 
 
 R. 1). 
 Hostile, £xdp-6g, a, ov (206, b). 
 
 UdvTCdv 7J6iot6v egtlv rj 
 (piXta. 
 
 [0/" all (things), the most pleasant 
 (thing) is friendship.'] 
 
 (a) Rule of Syntax. — In general statements (like a) 
 the predicate-adjective is put in the neuter singular, 
 without regard to the gender or number of the 
 subject. 
 
 (210.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O TTOTaiiog [3adv-rar6g eoriv. — 'O (SaOv-rarog vttvoq 
 ^d-LOTog eOTLv. — Hdvrcjv alax-i'f^'^ov eari ipsvdog. — 
 
 HdvTCJV ^S-lGTQV SOTLV 7] dpETT]. OvdsV EGTi yXvfC-iOV 
 
 TTjg TTarpidog. — Ovdev earc fisXtrog yXvuv-repov (or yXvK- 
 lov). — '0 (^Log ra^vg sore, ro 6s KaXXog -d da gov. — 
 OvSsv alax-f'OV egtl ipsvdovg (196, a). — MeXc egtIv rjdv, 
 Gocpia rjd-ioiv, dpsTrj rj6-LGT7]. — Ovdiv egtl ■daGGOV rov 
 (3lov. — 'O Ta)V 7tXovglo)v (3iog noXXdicLg olnrLGrog (206, 
 b, H.). — 'O nXovGiog iroXXdntg olfCTp-o-rspog egtl rov 
 rrrcoxov. — 'O nalg sXax-i-orog rjv. — 'O rxalg eXdrrcjv 
 Tjv rov d6EX(pov. 
 
 (211.) Translate into Greek . 
 
 Sleep is very pleasant. — Nothing is pleasanter than sleep. 
 : — The young-man was very wretched. — The king was 
 more wretched than wise (202, aJ). — Nothing is more fleet- 
 ing than pleasure. — Of all things, the most fleeting (209, a) 
 is pleasure. — Grief is fleeting, pleasure more fleeting. — The 
 kino- is often more wretched than the beggar (7Tra);\;6^). 
 
IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 
 
 87 
 
 LESSON XXXIII. 
 
 Irregular Comparison of Adjectives. 
 (212.) Several adjectives are quite irregular iii their 
 comparison. The following are the most important. 
 
 -s- : 
 
 ( dfielvuv 
 
 f dpLGTog 
 
 1. dyadog, good, 
 
 J (3e?iTio)v 
 
 1 KpetTTUV 
 
 \ jielTLOTog 
 
 1 KpUTLGTOg 
 
 
 \?MWV 
 
 VXuGTog 
 
 
 I KaKLCiV 
 
 C KUKLOTOg 
 
 2. KOKoc, bad, 
 
 \ X^tpuv 
 
 \ X^ip^(^^og 
 
 
 ( TjTTuv, inferior 
 
 { TjKtaTa (adv.) 
 
 3. KaTiSg, beautiful, 
 
 KaTiTiicjv 
 
 K.u7i2.i(yTog 
 
 4. d?i,yeiv6g, painful, 
 
 i dy^yetvoTepog 
 \ d2,ylo)v 
 
 ( dTiyELvoTarog 
 \ dXyLGTog 
 
 5. fiQKpog, long. 
 
 uaKpSrepog 
 
 ( fiaKporarog 
 \ fxijKtarog 
 
 6. fiLKpog, small. 
 
 ( fiLKpoTepog 
 \ k'KaTTuv 
 
 ( fiLKpoTarog 
 ( k'kdxLCTog 
 
 7. bliyog, few. 
 
 flElUV 
 
 oTilyccTog 
 
 8. fieyag, great, 
 
 flEt^CJV 
 
 jueyiOTog 
 
 9. TToTiiJg, much. 
 
 nXsluv or TrXeuv 
 
 TxlelGTog 
 
 10. (jadiog, easy. 
 
 fidtdv 
 
 ^darog 
 
 11. TTLtJV, fat. 
 
 TTLorepog 
 
 moTarog 
 
 Rem. Refer to (207) for the inflection of the comparatives in cuv. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (213.) Vocabulary. 
 
 ^^ The comparative and superlative hetter, best, are often used in 
 Greek for braver, bravest, nobler, noblest. [Compare English, " the best 
 people," " the best soldier."] 
 
 To deem, think, vofiL^-ELV. I To bear, (pep-ELV. 
 
 Disease, voaog, -ov (77). The most (the majority), ol nTiElaroi. 
 
 (214.) Exam2:)les and Rides. 
 
 {a) He tvas deemed the 
 best of all. 
 
 fcpaTLOTog evofiL- 
 
 Havrcjv 
 
 ^ero, 
 
 (a) Ride of Syntax. — ^Verhs signifying to be, to be 
 deemed, to be named, &cc. (all verbs denoting an in- 
 
88 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 complete idea), admit a nominative in the predicate 
 as well as in the subject. 
 
 (b) In all respects the best. 
 
 Udvra (neut. pi. ace) Kpd- 
 
 TLGTOg. 
 
 MeyloTCJV riiiCov a^Log eoriv. 
 
 (c) He is worthy of the 
 greatest honours. 
 Rule of Syntax. — The genitive is used with words 
 denoting worthiness, &c., to denote the price o* 
 value. 
 
 (215.) Translate into English. 
 
 [When the infinitive is used as a noun, its predicate-adjective is pu 
 in the neuter.] 
 
 Ol rCdv dpLGTcov IlepGU)V iraldsg em raig (iaoiXicdr 
 '&vpaLg (145, c) ixaidevovraL. — "Ore Yivpog enaLdevero ov>- 
 TGJ ddeX^GJ (79, a) Kal gvv rolg rojv dpiGTOdv Uspoojr 
 TTaiGt, T:dvT(x}v updr iGTog evo{j,l^eTO, — Udvrcjv Tojr 
 TTaldcdV ndvra (214, a) KpariGTog evofiL^eTO. — Oi ''EAAryvet, 
 diielvoveg {or dfieivovg) rjGav tgjv (3ap[3dp(i)v. — Ol "EA- 
 Xr^veg tipetrroveg {or Kpeirrovg) rjGav rCdV (3apf3dpG}v. 
 — Kvpog rovg tojv GTparriyCdv Kpeirrovq (accusative) 
 fier-e-TTSiiip-aTO. — 'H Kop?] tcaXXiGTT] rjv. — KpelrTOV 
 EGTi voGov 7] XvTTrjV (pepsiv. — UdvTMV KaKG)V {evils) 
 YeipiGTOV EGTi ipEvdog. — ol tXeIgtol ru)v Grparto)- 
 Tov TjGav "EXXrjveg. — 'O dinaiog fiey larov t^juwv d^Log 
 eariv. — 'O didaGKaAog iiel^cjv egtI riov fiadrjrcjv. 
 
 (216.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The most of the barbarians were running away. — Colosse 
 was a very great city. — The general is greater than the 
 commander. — The general sent away the bravest (== best) 
 soldiers. — The best of the soldiers were Greeks. — My 
 ( = the) brother was (the) best of all in-all-respects. — The 
 gifts of God are best. — The best of the citizens are admired. 
 —Cyrus sent-for Clearchus (accusative), the best of the 
 generals. — Of all (things), (the) worst is a lie. — Socrates 
 was-deemed the best of the Greeks in-all-respects. 
 
§ 10. 
 THE VERB (continued). 
 
 (217.) Thus far we have used only verbs of the tlurd 
 person. Before entering on the study of the pronouns, the 
 student must learn, also, the forms of the 1st and 2d persons, 
 present, future, imperfect, and aorist mdicative. 
 
 LESSON XXXIV. 
 Forms of Present and Future, 1st, 2d, and 3d Persons, 
 (218.) The presenttand future tenses have the same 
 
 ENDIXGS. 
 
 1 
 
 ACTrV'E. 
 
 MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. | 
 
 Sing. 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 
 -u 
 -oiiev 
 
 2. 
 
 -eig 
 -ere 
 
 3. 
 
 -EC 
 
 -ovaL(v) 
 
 1. 
 
 -ofj.at 
 
 2. 
 
 -V 
 -Ecde 
 
 3. 
 
 -ETat 
 -ovrat 
 
 Rem. 1. The dual endings are omitted for the present. 
 Rem. 2. The future passive has a connecting syllable peculiar to itself; 
 its use, therefore, is postponed for the present. 
 
 (219.) 1 . To form any person of the present (Act., Pass., 
 or Mid.), simply add to the stem the proper person-ending ; 
 
 English present. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 Person-ending. 
 
 Greek present. 
 
 I advise, 
 
 PovAEV-, 
 
 w, 
 
 (3ov2,EV-o}. 
 
 We are advised. 
 
 (SovIeV; 
 
 ojueda, 
 
 [SovlEV-SjUEda. 
 
 We send, 
 
 TrefiTT-, 
 
 ouev. 
 
 ne/HTT-ojUEv. 
 
 We send-for (mid.), 
 
 flETaTZEUTZ; 
 
 OfMEda, 
 
 flETaiTEHn-OfiEQa 
 
 l^ Rule of Accent. — Put the acute accent on i\\e penult, if the ulti- 
 mate is long ; on the antepenult, if the ultimate is short. [Remem 
 ber that the ultimate ai is considered short in accentuation. 1 
 
90 
 
 VERB, PRESENT AND FUTURE. 
 
 2. In pure verbs (stems ending in a, e, or o) apply the 
 rules of contraction given in (95) ; e. g., 
 
 
 Stem. 
 
 Person-ending. 
 
 Contracted forms 
 
 I honour, 
 
 TLfld-, 
 
 a>, 
 
 rnj-G). 
 
 Thou lovest, 
 
 (pae-, 
 
 etf, 
 
 (ptTiEtg. 
 
 He is honoured, 
 
 TLfid; 
 
 ETai, 
 
 Ti/LidTat. 
 
 We are loved, 
 
 ^lU; 
 
 oixeda, 
 
 (pilov/ieda. 
 
 i^^ Rule of Accent. — If the first of the contracted vowels has the 
 acute, then circumfi,ex the contracted syllable ; if the second, acute 
 the contracted syllable. 
 
 (220.) Remember that the future-stem adds c to the present-stem ; e. g., 
 ^ovlev; (^ovlevG- ; TL/xa-,* rL[irjG- ; tteutt-, TrsjuiT-tj = 7re/j,ip: Then, to 
 form any person of the future, simply take the future stem and add the 
 proper person-ending ; e. g., 
 
 English future. 
 / will advise, 
 T will deliberate, 
 Thou shall love, 
 He will honour, 
 They will deliberate, 
 He will send-for, 
 Thou shall lead. 
 
 Present stem. 
 fSovXev; 
 
 Future- 
 sign. 
 0--, 
 
 Person- I 
 ending. 
 
 (SovXev; 
 
 0"-, 
 
 oiiai, 
 
 ^tle-,* 
 
 (T-, 
 
 etc, 
 
 Ttfxa-,* 
 
 0-, 
 
 EL, 
 
 ^OvTiEV-, 
 
 <T-, 
 
 ovTat, 
 
 /j,eTaTTEfj.Tr-, 
 
 c-, 
 
 Etat, 
 
 ay-, 
 
 d; 
 
 Etc, 
 
 Greek future. 
 (3ov?bEva-o). 
 j3ovl£va-o/xai. 
 
 ^L7ir]G-£tC' 
 
 Tiiirja-EL. 
 
 f3ov2,EV(y-ovTai. 
 
 liETaTCEfxip-Erai. 
 
 a^-ELQ. 
 
 Accent the future by the same rule as the present (219 I^''). 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (221.) Give the Gj-eek forms for the following words. 
 (Put the accents.) 
 
 [All the words have been used before.] 
 
 T am brought-up. — We are brougbt-up. — I send-for 
 (middle). — You send-for (give both 2d singular and 2d 
 plural). — Thou w^ilt-send for. — We shall send-for. — I tell. — 
 Thou tellest. — Thou wilt tell. — We shall tell. — I endure 
 [(pspeiv). — We endure. — I obey {nsLd-eadat, middle). — You 
 obey (both singular and plural). — I shall obey (121). — 
 Thou shalt obey. — We shall obey. — Ye shall lead (dy-etv). 
 
 * Remember, also, that pure verbs in a, e, or j lengthen the short vow^ 
 before cT (120). 
 
IMPERFECT AND FIRST AORIST. 
 
 91 
 
 — I lead. — Thou leadest. — We lead. — Ye lead. — I shall 
 lead. — He will lead. — I honour. — Thou honourest. — We 
 honour. — Ye honour. — We are honoured. — I will honour. 
 — Thou shalt honour. — I A\dll love. — We shall love. — We 
 will dehberate. — Ye will deliberate. — I advise. — I am ad- 
 vised. — I shall deliberate. 
 
 LESSON XXXV. 
 
 Forms of Imperfect and 1st Aorist, 1st, 2d, and Sd 
 Persons. 
 
 (222.) The person-endings, singular and plural, of the 
 imperfect and 1st aorist are given in the foUomng table of 
 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 II MIDDLE AND PASS 
 
 ... 
 
 IMPEKF. 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 ^[ 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 Sing. 
 Plur. 
 
 -01' 
 
 -ofiev 
 
 -ec 
 
 -ere 
 
 '^^^H -Ofieda 
 
 -ov 
 -eade 
 
 -£T0 
 -OVTO 
 
 1st AOK. 
 
 
 
 ^^m MIDDLE ONLY 
 
 
 Sing. 
 Plur. 
 
 -a 
 -afiev 
 
 -a? 
 -are 
 
 -e ' -afXTjv -u 
 -av 1 -dfieOa -aade 
 
 -aro 
 -avTo 
 
 Rem. Observe carefully that the middle and passive have the same 
 endings in the imperfect, but not in the lut aorist. The passive end- 
 ings for 1st aorist will be given hereafter. 
 
 {223.) The verh-stem of f3ov?[,EV-etv is . . . (3ovlev- (a). 
 The imperfect stem (being a past tense) prefixes the 
 
 sign of past time (the au^menO e-l3ov7.£v- (b). 
 
 The aorist-stem (a past tense) does the same, and adds, 
 
 also, the tense-sign g ... . k-(3ov7.eva- (c). 
 
 BIPERFECT. 
 
 (224.) To forai any person of the imperfect (Act., Mid., 
 or Pass.) simply take the imperfect-stem and add the proper 
 person-ending ; e. g.. 
 
92 
 
 '^ VERB, 
 
 FIRST AORIST. 
 
 
 
 EXAMPLES. 
 
 
 English imperfect. 
 / was advising, 
 Thou ivast ordering. 
 We were deliberating, 
 Ye werejighting, 
 
 Augm. 
 e-, 
 
 £-, 
 
 Stem. 
 [SovTiEV; 
 
 KeTlEV; 
 fiovTlEV; 
 
 Pers.-ending. 
 ov, 
 
 E^, 
 
 ojueda, 
 eade, 
 
 Greek imperfect 
 
 £-(S0V?i,EV-0V. 
 
 ^-keXev-ec. 
 
 k-(3ov2.ev-6jueda 
 
 e-fidx-EodE. 
 
 J!^^ 1. Remember that if the stem begins with a vowel, the e (augment; 
 blends with that vowel into a long one (68, b) ; e. g., 
 I was driving, \\ k- \ eXavv-, \ ov, W 7]7iavv-ov. 
 
 m^^ 2. And if the verb is compounded with a preposition, you put the 
 augment between the preposition and the verb. (70, 2.) 
 
 11 Prep. I Augm. I Stem. I Pers.-ending. ij Greek imperfect. 
 / was ascending, ]| dva, \ e-, \ jSatv-, \ ov, \\ ave-(3atv-ov. 
 
 U^^ 3. In contracted verbs, apply the rules given in (95). 
 
 FIRST AORIST. 
 
 (225.) To form any person of the 1st aorist (active or 
 aiddle, not passive) simply take the 1st aorist stem and add 
 he proper person-ending ; e. g., 
 
 Greek aorist. 
 e-TTE/xip-a. 
 e-KE^Eva-ag. 
 £-f3ov?isva-d/ivv. 
 
 English aorist. 
 
 Augm. Stem, 
 e, 7rE/j,TC-, 
 
 Aor. sign. Pers.-ending. 
 
 1 sent. 
 
 a-, a. 
 
 Thou didst order, 
 
 £, KeIeV; 
 
 (T; ag, 
 
 I resolved*. 
 
 E, (SovTiEV-, 
 
 ^^^ -ajiTjv, 
 
 1^^ If the stem begins with 
 in 1^* 1 , above ; if it be 
 in 1^^ 2, above. 
 
 Bpui 
 
 , use the temporal augment as 
 unded with a preposition, do as 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (226.) Give the Greek for the following words (with the 
 
 accents). 
 
 [Observe the rules (219, li^^') in accentuating.] 
 
 I was sending. — I sent. — I was honouring. — I honoured. 
 — Thou wast dehherating. — We were ordering. — We were 
 ordered (imperfect passive). — We were sending-for (middle). 
 — We sent-for (middle). — Thou wast driving. — We were 
 ascending. — Ye were ascending. — I was persuading. — I per- 
 
 This verb in 1st aori.^t middle properly means to resolve, decide. 
 
ViJRB, FIRST AOllIST. 93 
 
 saaded. — We were obeying (middle). — We obeyed (1st aorist 
 middle). — We resolved {(3ovXev-eLv). — I was brought-up 
 (imperfect passive). — Thou wast brouglit-up. — We were 
 brought-up. — Ye were brought-iip. — I was pursuing. — Ye 
 were pursuing. — We were pursued 
 
4 11. 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 (227.) We make six classes of pronouns : (1) Personal; 
 (2) Demonstrative ; (3) Relative; (4) Indefinite; (5) In- 
 terrogative; (6) Correlative. Each will be explained under 
 its proper head. 
 
 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 (228.) The personal pronouns represent persons only. 
 They are divided into 
 
 {a) Substantive ; so called because they are used as 
 substantives, and not as adjectives. They are ei- 
 ther (1) Direct (/, thou, he, she, it) ; (2) Reflex- 
 ive {myself, thyself, &c.) ; (3) Reciprocal {one an- 
 other). 
 {h) Adjective ; so called because they are used as ad- 
 jectives, and not as nouns {my, thy, his, &cq,.). 
 
 LESSON XXXVI. 
 
 Substantive-Personal Pronouns, Direct. 
 
 (229.) The personal pronouns eyw, I ; gv, tlwu ; ov, of 
 
 him, of himself, are called direct, because they directly ex- 
 
 *>ress the person speaking, the person spoken to, and the 
 
 person spoken of. 
 
 [I^ Instead of the cases of ov, of him, of himself the 
 Greek more commonly uses those of avrog, he (249), 
 and eavTOv, of himself {235). 
 
PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 
 
 93 
 
 (230.) 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 
 [The forms marked thus (f) are enclitic (25, Rem. 2).] 
 
 SINO. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 hyu, I. 
 
 av, thou. 
 
 - 
 
 ■Gen. 
 
 kfiov or /^ov,t of me. 
 
 Gov,-\ of thee. 
 
 oi;,t of himself. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 e/Ltot or fj.oi,i to me. 
 
 CT04,t to thee. 
 
 of,t to himself. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 kfii or /ic,t me. 
 
 C7e,t thee. 
 
 e,t himself 
 
 Idctai.. 
 
 
 
 
 IN., A. 
 
 v6, we both, us both. 
 
 (7(i>tj. you both. 
 
 
 ,G.,D. 
 
 vuv, of or to us both. 
 
 a<j)uv, of or to 
 
 CT^wiv,! of or to them\ 
 
 
 
 you both. 
 
 both. 
 
 1 PLXTK. 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 rjiiEig, we. 
 
 vfing, ye. 
 
 (T^eif , neut. a(pea, they. . 
 
 iGen. 
 
 TI/J.CJV, of us. 
 
 v/xuv, of you. 
 
 aouv, of them. 
 
 jDat. \t]uIv, to us. 
 
 i'filv, to you. 
 
 aoL(7c(v),f to them. 
 
 |Acc. )7,uuf, vs. \vfiu^, you. 
 
 cToaf, neut. aoea, them. 
 
 Rem. In the singular, all the monosyllabic oblique cases are enclitic, 
 
 and in the dual and plural G(Putv and g^lgl. 
 ^^ No case of a pronoun is enclitic when governed by an accented 
 
 preposition ; and the long forms are then preferred to the short ones ■ 
 
 e.g., irpbg kuoi (not Tvpog iiol). 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (231.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To read (aloud), ?Jy-Elv. 
 Son, vloc, -ov (6). 
 
 Without, dvev (adverb, used as prep- 
 osition with genitive). 
 Hostile, TToXef^ior, a, ov. 
 
 (232.) Examples, 
 (a) I read. 
 
 Iread, but thou ivritest. 
 
 To see, (3?J7r-ECv. 
 For, yap (conjunction). 
 Philip, ^i?uTCT:og, -ov (6). 
 To conquer, viKav (96). 
 
 Aeyw. 
 
 eyo} AeyG), av 6e ypacper^. 
 (a) The personal pronoun is not expressed, except for 
 emphasis or antithesis (as in the example). 
 
 Goi de Kal (biXog Kal marbg 
 riv. 
 
 (b) But to you he was 
 both friendly a7id faith- 
 
 ful. 
 {b) Both — aiid —Kal — Kal. 
 
 (c) No one fights udth us. \ ovdelg ruiiv nax^-Tat. 
 
96 PRONOUN -^ .^ . _ 
 
 (233.) Translate into English. 
 
 Kvpog iioi (f)iXog kartv (100, Excep. 1). — 'E/zot yap 
 Kvpoq (piXog Tjv, Kat fie erifjirjaev. — Aeys fioi rrjv enia- 
 ToXrjv. — Aeye fioL Trjv emcfToXrjv rfiv rov ^cXlnnov. — 'O 
 arparriybg to) (3aaiXel noXefjtiog 7]v, oot de Kat (piXog Kai 
 TTidTog. — BaaiXevg e^'* vfji.dg orpaTevaerai. — 'Kfielg 
 VLK(x>ii8V paaiXea, Kat ovdelg rjfilv p,dxsrai. — 'O Qeog 
 Vfjidg del jSXenet. — OlTToXefiioL ecf)' rjiidg earpaTevaavro. 
 — 'Eyd) diw^o), Gv 6e (pevyetg. — KeAevw ae ypdcpeiv. — 
 "Avev GOV, Kvpog ov arparevaerai. — Ol Qeol rjfilv IXecj 
 (113) elaiv. 
 
 ^^ Observe that the enclitic retains its accent at the beginning of a 
 sentence (e. g., coi, in the fifth passage above) ; and after a paroxytoned 
 word simply loses it (e. g., Tieye /xoi). 
 
 (234.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 I write, but thou readest. — I will read you (dative) the 
 letter. — Cyrus wiU trust me. — The general orders us (ac- 
 cusative) to fight. — The young-man was hostile to thee, but 
 friendly to me. — The citizens are friendly to you, but hostile 
 to us. — The gods always see thee. — The king wiU conquer 
 us — Cyrus will honour thee. — The young-men are with 
 {avv) us. 
 
 LESSON XXXVII. 
 Substantive Pronouns, Reflexive and Reciprocal. 
 (235.) The Reflexive pronouns are formed from e^ie, 
 me ; (re, thee ; e, him, and the oblique cases of avrog, self; 
 thus, 
 
 (1st Pers.) i/x{e) + avr-ov, -jjg, = k/xavr-ov, -Tic, of myself. 
 (2d Pers.) ae -{- aur-ou, -Tjg, = aeavT-ov, -ijc, of thyself. 
 (3d Fers.) e -^ avT-ov, -Tjg, -ov,^=- kavT-ov, -tj^, -ov, of himself, of 
 herself, of itself 
 
 * Against, kiti, before a consonant ; hiz' before a vowel ; k(p' before an a» 
 pirated vowel. 
 
REFLEXIVE AND RECIPROCAL. 
 
 97 
 
 Rem. 1. They have no nominative form. In the plural, the pronouns 
 of which they are composed are declined separately (except in 
 iavTOv). 
 
 Rem. ?• 'F^avTov and aeavrov are often shortened to avrov, aavrov. 
 (236.) PARADIGM. 
 
 SING. 
 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 PLT7BAI.. 
 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 Myself. 
 kfiavT-ov, -fjg 
 hfjLavT-C), -^ 
 kfiavT-6v, -^v 
 
 Tjiiibv avT-uv 
 
 Tjfjidc avT-ovg, -d<; 
 
 Thyself. 
 aeavT-ov, -7jc 
 
 aeavT-ov, -rjv 
 
 vfiuv avT-cJv 
 vfilv avr-olc, -aiQ 
 Vfiac avT-oii^, -af 
 
 Himself, herself, itself 
 savT'OV, -Tig, -ov 
 eavT-Q), -ri, -6j 
 kavr-6v, -^v, -6 
 
 iavT-uv 
 
 kavT-olg, -alg, -olg 
 
 kavT-ovg, -dg, -a 
 
 Rem. cavT-ov, -Tjg, is declined like aeavr-ov ; and avr-ov, -Tjg, 
 iavT-ov. 
 
 like 
 
 (237.) The Reciprocal pronoun dXXrj?Mv, of one an- 
 other, is formed from aXX-OQ, -r], -o, another. 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 DUAI-. 
 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 d7i2,fjl-uv, of one another. 
 uXkifk-oig, -atg, -oig 
 aXkifk-ovq, -aq, -a 
 
 dX7irjX-0LV, -atv, -oiv 
 aKkr]\-oiv, -aiv, -oiv 
 oXhrj'k-io^ -a, -0) 
 
 Rem. The reflexive and reciprocal pronouns are thus distinguished : 
 the reflexive refer the action back to the subject ; e. g., I praise 
 myself. The reciprocal indicate that two or more persons act on 
 each other; e. g., we praise one another. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (238.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To praise, kiraivelv (96). 
 Father, TzaTrjp (Trarep), og (6). 
 To call together, cvyKaXelv* (avv ■ 
 
 KaXelv) (96). 
 Tent, (TK7]v-ij, -fjg (jj). 
 To love, dyaTcq.v (96). 
 
 Few, bXtyog, -rj, -ov. 
 
 To exercise, train, yv/ivd^-ecv. 
 
 To ride back, or away^ a())i7nTev-Eiv 
 
 (arrd + iTnreveLv). 
 To flee down, or to betake one's self, 
 
 KaTa(pevy-eLv (Kara -\- (pevyeiv). 
 
 V before «, y, or ;j; =: y with the ^onnd of ng (5, 1). 
 
 E 
 
 /k^ 
 
98 PRONOUN 
 
 (239.) Examples. 
 
 Mij oivn father. 
 
 His own tent. 
 
 A few of his oivn attend- 
 ants. 
 
 Efiavrov irarrjp. 
 
 (Greek, the of -myself father.) 
 
 rj eavTov aKTjvrj. 
 
 {The of-himself tent.) 
 
 oXiyoi ol irepl avrov. 
 
 {Few the [meri] about himself.) 
 
 (240.) Tra7islate into English. 
 
 Kvpog yvfjLvd^et e avrov aal rovq CTrnovg. — KXeapxog 
 drpLTTTTSvei em ttjv e avrov oktjvtjv. — KXeapxog d(ptn7TevEi 
 avv oXiyoK; rolg nepl avrov. — 0/ dyadol ntoreijovaiv 
 dXXrjXotg (62, b). — Vviiva^e oavrov. — Tbv efiavrov 
 rrarepa dyanoj. — Kvpog ovyKaXel rovg Grparrjyovg elg 
 rrjv e avrov Ofcrjvrjv. — Kvpog dcpircnevei dtd rov orparev- 
 uarog ovv oXiyoLg rolg irepl avrov.- — KXiap^og nap- 
 ayyeXXet elg rd onXa. — KXeap^og Kara<pevyet elg to 
 e avrov GrpdrEvpta, Kal r^apayyeXXei elg rd oirXa. — 
 Kvpog eneXevoe rovg <pvyd8ag ovv avrCJ Grpareveodat. 
 
 (24 i.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The general praises his- own soldiers — The bad do not 
 love one-another. — I exercise myself and the horses. — Clear- 
 chus rides-back through the village, with a few of his own 
 attendants. — Exercise yourselves. — I love my-own friends. 
 — The general calls-together his-own soldiers. — Menon calls- 
 together the soldiers to his-own tent. — Clearchus rides-back 
 to his-own soldiers and summons (them) to arms. 
 
 LESSON XXXVIII. 
 Adjective Personal, or Possessive Pronouns, 
 - (242.) From the Substantive Personal Pronouns are de- 
 rived the Adjective Personal, called, also, Possessive, b©- 
 sause they express possession {niy^ thy, his, &c.). 
 
POSSESSIVE. 
 
 yt) 
 
 (243.) They are formed from the genitive-stem of the substantive-per 
 ecmal; thus, from 
 
 ea-ov we get £M-of , -7, -6v, my. 
 
 a-ov " a-6g, -t], -ov, thy. 
 
 ov " Of, f], ov, his, &c. 
 
 r/fi-cJv " 7]ftETep-og, -a,* -ov, our. 
 ifi-uv " v/i£Tep-og, -a,* -ov, your. 
 a(p-€)V " a(pETep-og, -a,* -ov, their. 
 Rem. 1. They are declined like adjectives of Class I. (A), (98). 
 Rem. 2. Instead of 6g, y, ov, the forms eavrov, of himself, and airov 
 of him, are often used. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (244.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Orontes, 'OpovTTjg, ov (6). 
 Proxenus, lipo^EVog, ov (6). 
 
 (245.) Example. 
 Mij frieiul. 
 
 Benefactor, Evepyerrig, ov (6). 
 
 6 kiibg (piXog. 
 
 (Greek, the my friend.) 
 
 (246.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O Kvpog kfiog (102, a) dSeXcpog tanv. — '0 abg dovXog 
 dyadog eoriv. — '0 eiibg dovXog dyadog eotlv, 6 6s Gog, 
 Kanog. — ^Op6vT7]g tg) efiio ddeXcpC) (115) TToXefiLog egtlv. 
 ^OpovTTjg kfiol (115) kari Kal (piXog Kal niarog. — 'OpovTTjg 
 TW Efi(^ ddeXcpC) TToXeiiLog eanv^ ejiol de Kal (j)tAog Kal 
 TTtarog. — Upo^evog Kal MevG)v viierepoi evepyeraL eIglv. 
 — Upo^Evog Kal Mevojv rjfj,£rEpoL eIgl GrparTjyoL — 
 
 npO^EVOg Kal MeVCOV eIgIv VflSTEpOC llEV EvspyETaif 
 
 rjfjbirepoL 6e aTparrjyoL 
 
 (247.) Translate into G^-eeh. 
 
 My father is good. — Your brothers are faithful. — Our 
 slaves are bad, but yours good. — Proxenus, on-the-one-hand 
 (153, c), is our general; Clearchus, on-the-other-hand, is 
 
 * The feminine forms are paroxytone, the final syllable being long ; e. 
 g., r//j,erepa, vixerepag, &.c. 
 
100 
 
 PRONOUN 
 
 your benefactor. — Proxenus and Menon are both friendly 
 and faithful to me. — Proxenus and Menon are hostile to my 
 brother, but both faithful and friendly to me. — Orontes is 
 not your general. 
 
 LESSON XXXIX. 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns. 
 
 (248.) The Demonstrative pronouns are b6e {this, the 
 
 latter), ovrog, this; avrog, same; eKslvog, that. 
 
 They (except kKelvog) are formed from the article 6, 57, to,* the (original 
 meaning this) ; d-de, ^-df, To-de (this), is formed by suffixing the enclitic 
 6e ; ov-Tog, cv-ttj, tov-to {this), by prefixing ov (or tov), av (or Tav) ; thus, 
 
 Article. Demonstrative. 
 
 6, T], TO .... b-6e, f]-6e, to-Se. 
 
 Tog,* Trj,T6 .... oV'Tog, av-T7], tov-to. 
 
 1^^ As o-ds is declined like the article, no separate paradigm is 
 necessary. 
 
 (249). The pronoun av-rog, -rrj, -to may be called the 
 emphatic pronoun, as it means self, or the same. 
 
 ^^ It is also used for the personal pronoun (him, her, it) in the oblique 
 cases. 
 
 (250.) 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 SING. 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 
 ov-Tog 
 
 TOV-TOV 
 
 This. 
 av-T7] 
 Tav-TTjg 
 
 TOV-TO 
 TOV-TOV 
 
 Self, same, he, she, it. 
 av-Tog av-Tri av-To 
 av-Tov av-TTjg av-rov 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TOV-T(f) 
 
 Tav-Ty 
 
 TOV-TO) 
 
 av-TO) av-Ty 
 
 av-TO 
 
 Ace. 
 
 TOV-TOV 
 
 TaV-TT}V 
 
 TOV-TO 
 
 av-Tov av-TTjv 
 
 av-To 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N., A. 
 
 TOV-TO) 
 
 Tav-Tu 
 
 TOV-TO) 
 
 av-TO av-Ta 
 
 av-TO 
 
 G.,JD. 
 
 TOV-TOCV 
 
 Tav-Taiv 
 
 TOV-TOLV 
 
 av-Tolv av-Toiv 
 
 av-Toiv 
 
 PLUR. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 OV-TOC 
 
 av-Tac 
 
 Tav-Ta 
 
 av-Toi av-Tai 
 
 av-TO, 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TOV-TOV 
 
 TOV-TUV 
 
 TOV-TOV 
 
 av-Tov av-Tov 
 
 av-Tov 
 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 TOV-TOtg 
 TOV-TOV g 
 
 Tav-Taig 
 Tav-Tag 
 
 TOV-TOig 
 
 Tav-Ta 
 
 av-Tolg av-Talg 
 av-Tovg av-Tag 
 
 av-Toig 
 av-Ta 
 
 Rem. 'EKEtv-og, -tj, -0, that (derived from iKel, there) and the adjective 
 a2,X-og, -T], -0, another, are djeclined like avTog. 
 
 * The regular nominative of the article would be Tog, ttj, to ; but the 
 r is softened to the rough breathing, and the masculine ending g rejected 
 In the same manner, from rot, rat, to,, we get ol, al, rd. 
 
DEMONSTRATIVE. J 01 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (251.) Vocabulary. 
 These things, rdde {nent. ace. of ode). I In {during), tv Cprep. with dat.). 
 Day, i}fiip-a, -ag {fj). \ 
 
 (252.) Examples. 
 
 (a) This messenger. ovTog b ayyeAof , or J ayyelog ovrog. 
 
 That messenger. hKelvog 6 ayyeXog, or 6 ayye?.of 
 
 iKelvog. 
 (a) In using ovrog or kKslvog, put the article with the noun, either be- 
 fore or after the pronoun. 
 (6) He himself is come. i avrbg tjkei. 
 
 The messenger himself. \ avrbg b ayye?iog, or 6 ayyelog avrog. 
 
 (6) avrbg in the nominative without a noun, or in any case with one, 
 means self. (The article, if used, goes with the noun, not with 
 avrog.) 
 (c) He sent them. \ eTre/j-ipev avrovg. 
 
 (c) avrbg, in an oblique case, without the article, means him, her, it, 
 them. 
 
 {d) The same messenger. i b avrbg ayyeTiog. 
 
 In the same house. | kv ry avry olKta. 
 
 (d) With the article, avrbg (in any of its cases) means the same. 
 
 (253.) Translate ijito English. 
 
 Keys [101 ravTTjv rriv e-maToXrjv. — Kvpog Xeyei rav- 
 ra Tolg arpaTTjyolg. — Kvpog keXevel avrovg (them) 
 XeyeLV ravra roig orparii^raig. — 'Ev ravraig ralg 
 Tiiiepaig 6 f^aaiXevg ov fidx^Tai. — Mevwv avveXe^e to 
 avTOv (of him = his) orpdrevfia. — Mevwv ovveXe^e ro 
 avTOv arpdrevfjLa, Kal eXe^e rdde. — 0/ naldeg iv t'q 
 avT'Q olKta enaidevovTO. — 'O Kvpog avrbg e^eramv 
 TTOLelrai (144). 
 
 (254.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The soldiers and the citizens are in the same house. — 
 This slave is not faithful. — These soldiers are both friendly 
 and faithful. — During (kv) these days the Persians did not 
 fight. — The Greeks and the barbarians are in the same 
 tents. — The king himself leads the right wing (153, b). — 
 Tell (ye) these things to the soldiers. 
 
102 
 
 PRONOUN 
 
 LESSON XL. 
 Relative, Interrogative, and Indefinite Pronouns, 
 
 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 
 
 (255.) The Relative Pronoun of, ?J, b, who, which, 
 what, is declined like avT-6g ; e. g., 
 
 Nom., og, ^, o. | Ge?i., ov, rig, ov, &c. 
 Rem. 6a--Kep, Tj-Tcep, 6-Trep is a more emphatic form of the relative. 
 
 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 
 
 (256.) (a) rig (with acute accent) is the interrogative. 
 Who? 
 
 (b) rig (with grave accent) is the indefinite, Any, some 
 one, something. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Who? 
 
 What? 
 
 Some one 
 
 
 Something. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 nf 
 
 TL 
 
 nf 
 
 
 Tt 
 
 Gen. 
 
 
 Tivog or TQv 
 
 
 Tivoc or Tov 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 
 rivi or rcj 
 
 
 TLvi or rcj 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 TLVa 
 
 TL 
 
 TLVa 
 
 
 TC 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 
 
 Tcve 
 
 
 TLVi 
 
 
 G.,D. 
 
 
 TLVOLV 
 
 
 TLVOLV 
 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Tiveg 
 
 TLVa 
 
 Tcvcg 
 
 
 Tivd 
 
 Gen. 
 
 
 TLVOV 
 
 
 TLVUV 
 
 
 Dat. 
 
 
 TLGLiy) 
 
 
 TI(7L{v) 
 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Tcvac 
 
 Tiva 
 
 Ttvac 
 
 
 TLVa 
 
 1^^ Observe that the indefinite rig is accented throughout the oblique 
 cases on the ultimate ; the interrogative rig on the penult. 
 
 (257.) In bang, whoever {bg, who + "^^f? any), hoth 
 words are declined. 
 
 
 SINGULAK. 
 
 PLUKAL. 1 
 
 N. 
 
 ba-TLg 
 
 fi-TLg 0-Tl 
 
 0l-TiV€g 
 
 al-TLveg a-riva 
 
 G. 
 
 ( OV-TLVOg 
 
 ( or OTOV 
 
 > 7ja-TLvog ov-Tivog 
 
 
 UV-TLVUV 
 
 D. 
 
 ( (l)-TLvi ; 
 ( or OTO) ' 
 
 ij-TLVL (b-TLVC 
 
 ol(T-TLat{v) 
 
 al(T-Tl(JL{v) olc-TlfJL{v) 
 
 A. 
 
 OV-TLVa 
 
 7jV-TLVa 0-Tl 
 
 ova-TLvag 
 
 acr-TLvag a-TLva 
 
 1 ^^^^- \ 
 
 N, A. 
 
 
 iO-TlVe a-TLVE 
 
 0)-TLVe 
 
 G., D. 
 
 
 Olv-TLVOLV aiv-TLVOLV 
 
 OLV-TLVOLV 
 
INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE. 
 
 103 
 
 Rem. 1. ovTig {ov -f- rl^), ovri, /litjti^ {/ht/ -}- r2f ), fi^TC, no one, no thing, 
 
 have the same inflection ; e. g., gen. ovriv-og, fXTjrcv-og, &c. 
 Rem. 2. In indirect questions, who ? what ? is uarir, f/ng, ore.* 
 
 (258.) 'O delva, a certain one, is always preceded by the 
 article 6, tJ, to. 
 
 Sing. 
 Plur. 
 
 N. 
 
 (Jetv-a 
 
 G. 
 
 delv-uv 
 
 D. 
 
 detv-t 
 
 A. 
 
 6eiv-a 
 Setv-ag 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (259.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To see, opav (96). I To encamp, aKTjvovv (96). 
 
 Opinion, yvufiT], -rjg (rj). I To receive, dix-eodaL (dep.). 
 
 (260.) Examples. 
 
 {a) These barbarians, whom you see, I ovToi, ovg opaTe, ^ap^apoi 'Kolefiiol 
 are hostile. I elaiv. 
 
 (a) Rule of Syntax. — The relative agrees with its antecedent in gender 
 and number (c. g., ovg is plur. masc, to agree with l3up(3apoi), but its 
 case is fixed by the construction of the relative sentence (e. g., ovg 
 is ace, governed by opdre). 
 
 y^o) A (certain) messenger. — A boy. I "AyyeMg rig. — Halg rtg. — Kdp;? 
 — A girl. I Tig. 
 
 (b) The indefinite rig, any, is enclitic (25, Rem. 2). But if the pre- 
 ceding word be perispome or paroxy tone, the enclitic simply loses its 
 own accent, as in the examples. 
 
 (c) Some of the Greeks. \ ribv 'EAA^vwv TLvig. 
 
 (c) After a. paroxytoned word, every dissyllabic enclitic keeps its accent 
 (e. g., Ttvig in the example). 
 
 (261.) Translate into English. 
 
 OvTOt ovg opdre dyyeXoc tclgtol elotv. — 0/ orpa- 
 TiCnat EOKTjvovv. — A/ Kioiuac ev alq eoKTjvovv, KaXal 
 ijaav. — Kvpog dnsnEfjbips rDvg arparLU)rag ovg Mivcjv 
 elxev. 
 
 * Direct; e. g., "what (ri) do you see?" Indirect, "tell me what (on) 
 you see.'" 
 
104 PRONOUN 
 
 Tig £TroL7]as ravra; — Aeye [iol oarig (257, Rem. 2) 
 £noL7]Ge ravra. — Tlva yvcjfirjv e%£ff ; — Aeye fioL rivnva 
 yvcjfirjv e%eif. 
 
 Ualg rtg Xdyojv elx&v, — TCdV orparicjrojv riveg em 
 rag oiKiag dvejSaivov. — HoXiTrjg rig dov?iOV et;^ev. — ToJv 
 TToXirCiV nveg rbv dovXov edlcjKov. 
 
 (262.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The messenger whom we sent is faithful. — The village 
 was beautiful. — The village in which we encamped was 
 beautiful. — These villages which ye see are beautiful. — 
 Cyrus sent-away the army which Menon had. 
 
 What are-you-admiring ? — A (certain) boy had five hares. 
 — A citizen had three slaves. — Who will receive us ? — 
 Some of the citizens were hunting on horseback (85, a). 
 
 LESSON XLI. 
 Correlative Pronouns. 
 (263.) Correlative pronouns are such as answer to each 
 
 other ; e. g., How great ? So great. 
 
 They have a common stem, and are distinguished from each other by 
 heir prefixes, or by their accent. 
 
 (a) Those beginning with tt are interrogative, if accented on the penult 
 {e.g., TTOGog, how great?), or indefinite, if accented on the ultimate 
 (e g., Tzoaog, somewhat great). 
 
 ^^ Indirect interrogatives prefix 6 to the 7r-form ; e. g., birocog." 
 
 {b) Those beginning with r are demonstrative, answering to the others 
 
 (e. g., TOGog, so great). 
 (c) Those without r or tt are relative (c. g., daog, as great). 
 
 * e. g., " Can you tell me how great {dnoaa) iney are ?" 
 

 CORRELATIVE. 
 
 loa 
 
 (264.) TABLE OF CORRELATIVES. 
 
 
 j QCANTITY. 1 
 
 Interrog. (jiaroxytone). 
 
 Indef. {o-nftone). j Demonstrfttive. 
 
 Relative. 
 
 Hoxo great. 
 Direct. 
 
 Trdff-oc, -?7, -OV 
 
 Somewhat great. 
 noo-6c, -TJ, -6v 
 
 So great. 
 Toa-og, -TJ, -ov 
 
 As great, 
 ba-og, -V, -ov 
 
 Indirect 
 OTTOOr-Of, -J7, -OV 
 
 
 Toa-Sade 
 -T)8e 
 -6v6e 
 
 Toa-ovTog 
 
 -aVTTJ 
 -0VT0(V) 
 
 
 flino old? June great ? 
 Direct 
 
 irTi?iiK-og, -rj, -OV 
 
 Indirect 
 
 dmjTiCK-oc, -T}, -ov 
 
 [Wanting] 
 
 So old, so great. 
 
 TT/TiiK-og, -7}, -ov 
 
 Tr}2,tK-6a6e 
 -Tj6e 
 -6v6e 
 
 TTj'kLK-OVTOg 
 
 -avTij 
 
 -OVTO(v) 
 
 As old, as great. 
 fjlU-og, -71, -ov 
 
 QUALITY. II 
 
 Of what kind? 
 Direct 
 TTOi-Of, -d, -OV 
 
 Indirect 
 OTTOi-Of, -a, -OV 
 
 Of some kind. 
 TTOi-oc, -a, -ov 
 
 Of such, a kind. 
 
 Toi-og, -a, -ov 
 
 TOL-oaSe 
 -dde 
 -6v6e 
 
 TOl-OVTOg 
 
 -avTij 
 
 -OVTO(v) 
 
 Of what kind, 
 ol-og, -a, -ov 
 
 1 
 
 (265.) Tooovrog, roLovroq^ and TTjXtKovrog are declined 
 like ovTog. But neut., nom., and ace. have two endings, o 
 and ov. 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 ' SINGULAB. 
 
 1 PLUBAX. 
 
 N. 
 G. 
 D 
 A. 
 
 ToaovTog ToaavTT] ToaovTo{v) 
 ToaovTov ToaavTTjg tocovtov 
 
 TOaOVTU TOCaVTIJ ToaovTcp 
 ToanvTov roaavrijv ToaovTo(v) 
 
 ToaovTOL ToaavTat Toaavra 
 ToaovTuv ToaovTuv roaovTuv 
 ToaovToig Toaavratg Toaovroig 
 ToaovTovg rocavrag Toaavra 
 
 
 DtTAI.. 
 
 N., A. 
 G.,D. 
 
 T0<7-0VTU -avra -ovtcj 
 Toa-ovTOLV -avTaiv -ovtolv 
 
 E 2 
 
106 PRONOUN. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Season, ibpa, ag {rf). 
 To prod?jice, (pv-etv. 
 After, fierd (with ace.) 
 
 eXe^e TOiavra. 
 eXe^e roLade. 
 
 (266.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Combustible, Kavac/x-og, -rj, -ov. 
 To collect, to muster, udpol^-etv. 
 So many, roaovrot. 
 
 (267.) Examples. 
 
 (a) 1. He said such things. 
 
 (i. e., the foregoing.) 
 
 2. He said such things. 
 
 (i. e., the following.) 
 
 (a) 1. Totavra refers (commonly) to what precedes. 2. Toidde to 
 what follows. 
 
 (b) All who. I navTEg ogol (not ol). 
 
 (b) The relative after TvavTeg {all) is oaoL or oTvoaoi (not oi). 
 
 (268.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O KXeapxog eXe^e rocavra. — Merd rov KXeapxov 
 Mevcov eXe^e roLdde. — At ojpai ndvTa (all things) <pvov- 
 GLV. — 'O napdSeLOog exec rravra boa at 0)paL (pvovoiv. — 
 Ol "EXXrjveg elaiv togovtol (so many). — 0/ "EXXrjveg 
 eIglv togovtol oGovg (as) gv bpag. — Oi GrpaTicJTaL 
 TrdvTa EKaiov. — 0/ GrpaTLiOTac sKatov ndvTa boa (267, 
 b) KavGifia TjGav. — Kvpog egtc GTpaTTjyog ndvTCJV boot 
 (267, b) ddpoi^ovTai (pass.). — 0/ (SdpjSapoL eIglv to- 
 GOVTOiy boovg bpaTE. — Iir]Xtiiog kortv b GTpaTTjyog ; — 
 Aeye iiot bnrjXcKog egtIv b GTpaTTjyog. 
 
 (269.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 [In indirect questions use the indirect interrogatives ,"] 
 
 How-old are the boys ? — Tell me, how-old the boys are ? 
 — The soldiers burned all-things that (267, b) they found 
 (89, 3). — The citizens said such things (as the foregoing). 
 — This park produces all things. — This park has all things 
 which (267, b) the seasons produce. 
 
^ 12. 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 LESSON XLIL 
 
 (270.) Table of numerals (cardinal, ordinal, adverbial), 
 from 1 to 12. 
 
 [For a full table of Numerals, see Appendix.] 
 
 CAKDINAL. 
 
 ORDINAI,. 
 
 ADVERBIAL. 
 
 
 
 One, two, &c. 
 
 First, second, &c. 
 
 Once, twice, &c. 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 a' 
 
 /3' 
 
 6vo or 6vid 
 
 TvpuT-og, rj, ov 
 Sevrep-OQ, a, ov 
 
 dTraf 
 dig 
 
 3 
 
 y' 
 
 rpetg 
 
 rptr-og, 7], ov 
 
 Tptg 
 
 4 
 
 6' 
 
 T£(7Gapeg* 
 
 TerapT-og, rj, ov 
 
 TerpaKcg 
 
 5 
 6 
 
 7 
 
 
 nivre 
 eiTTd 
 
 TrefiTTT-og, rj, ov 
 ei(T-og, rj, ov 
 ej36ofj,~0(;, r/, ov 
 
 TrevTUKLg 
 
 e^uKig 
 
 i-KTaKtg 
 
 8 
 
 v' 
 
 OKTU 
 
 oydo-og, rj, ov 
 
 OKTaKig 
 
 9 
 10 
 11 
 
 12 
 
 i' 
 
 la' 
 
 evvea 
 6eKa 
 SvdeKa 
 dudeKa 
 
 evvar-og, rj, ov 
 dsKar-og, ?/, ov 
 evSeKQT-og, rj, ov 
 6o)6eKaT-og, rj, ov 
 
 evveaKcg 
 deicdKtg 
 kvdeiidKLg 
 duSeKUKLg 
 
 Rem. The cardinals from Tzevre {five) to ^kutov (hundred) are inde- 
 clinable. The ordinals are declined as adjectives of the 1st class 
 (98). The adverbials are adverbs, and of course undeclined. 
 
 (271.) Declension of the first four cardinals. 
 
 
 M. F. 
 
 N. 
 
 M., F., N. 
 
 Norn. 
 
 eig fxia 
 
 EV 
 
 dvo and 6v(o 
 
 Gen. 
 
 evog jiiag 
 
 evog 
 
 dvotv, Attic also Svecv 
 
 4 Dat. 
 
 evL jjLLa 
 
 hi 
 
 dvotv, more rarely Svai(v) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 eva jiiav 
 
 ev 
 
 66 
 
 
 M. and F. 
 
 Neut. 
 
 M. and F. Neut. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Tpeig 
 
 Tpta 
 
 rerrapeg or Teaaapeg rerrapa 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TpLUV 
 
 
 TETTapUV 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Tpiaiiy) 
 
 
 TeTTapaL(v) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Tpetg 
 
 Tpta 
 
 rerrapag rerrapa 
 
 * Attic rerrapeg (note *, p. 
 
 85). 
 
108 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 Rem. 1. Like dg are declined oi)Selg {no one) and fnjdelg (no one] ; e. g.. 
 Singular. Plural. 
 
 N, ovdei^y ovde/xia, ovdev. N. ovdeveg. 
 
 G. ovdevog, ov6eficdg, ov6ev6g. G. ovdevuv. 
 
 D. ovdevl, ovde/iLd, ovdevi. D. ovdeai. 
 
 A. ovdeva, ovdsjulav, ovdev. A. oiSivag. 
 
 Rem. 2. 'Afi(j)0), both, is like dvo. 
 
 N., A., V. a/i0w. 
 G., D, u/i<polv. 
 Rem. 3. Both dvo and a/^^w are sometimes used indeclinably. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (272.) Vocabulary. 
 
 The M(Bcmder (river), Maiaydp-og, 
 
 -ov (6). 
 Breadth, evpog, to (156). 
 Plethrum (100 Greek feet), TcTiedp-ov, 
 
 -ov {to). 
 The Sarus (river), Jidp-og, -ov (6). 
 Thence, kvTevdev (adv.). 
 There, kvTavQa (adv.). 
 
 (273.) Examples. 
 
 {a) He asks three months' 
 
 pay. 
 (b) There Cyrus remained 
 
 eight days. 
 
 Parasang,* Tcapaadyy-rjg, -ov (d). 
 
 To remain, ^ev-elv (1 aor., e-/iEiv-a). 
 
 Day, ?jfiip-a, -ag {rj). 
 
 Month, fir)v, {/Lt.7]v)6g (6). 
 
 To ask, alTElv (96). 
 
 Pay (wages), /ncad-og, -ov (6). 
 
 Phrygia, ^pvyi-a, -ag {tj). 
 
 alrel [iiaddv rpLcov [i7]V(ov. 
 
 (He asks (the) pay of three months.) 
 
 evravda Kvpog efiSLvev rjne- 
 
 [b) Duration of time is put in the accusative. 
 
 (^274.) Translate into English. 
 
 Kvpof e^eXavvEL 6td rrig AvSiag GraSnovg rpelg (79, 
 c), em rbv MaiavSpov ■norafiov. — Tovtov {of this) rb 
 evpog rjv dvo nXedpa. — To rov Idpov evpog rjv rpia 
 TrXedpa. — 'Y,vrev6ev e^eXavveu did ^pvyiag oradfjibv eva, 
 napaadyyag 6 fcr cj, elg KoXoaodg (181). — 'Evravda efzei- 
 vev 7]iiepag enrd. — To rov TTOTajiov evpog 7]v evvea 
 TzXeOpa. — ^Fjvravda efieivs rerrapag fxi^vag. — ^EvrevOev 
 
 * A Persian measure of length, between three and four English miles. 
 
NUMERALS. 
 
 109 
 
 i^eXavvei did rrig Baj3vX(jJVLag aradfiovg rpelg, napaodyyag 
 6cjd€Ka. — 'Ej^ de tcj rplrco aradfjLC^ Kvpog e^eraaiv 
 noielrai, (144) rcjy 'E/lA^vwv. — 'O arpaTTjydg alrei iicaddv 
 
 rpLCJV fJ,7]V0JV, 
 
 (275.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Cyrus marches-forward five stages, eleven parasangs, to 
 the river Sarus. — Of this (river) the breadth was six 
 plethra. — There he remained twelve days. — In the fourth 
 stage Cyrus makes (mid.) an inspection. — In the sixth stage 
 (he) makes an inspection. — He remained one month. — The 
 generals ask six months' pay. 
 
 LESSON XLIII. 
 Numerals (continued). 
 (276.) The numerals from 13 to 19 (inclusive) are formed 
 simply by connecting three, four (or third, fourth), &c., with 
 ten, by means of Kal (and) ; thus. 
 
 j CABDINALS. 
 
 
 OKDINALS. 
 
 13 
 
 14 
 
 Tpi(T-Kai-6eKa 
 reaaapea- Kal-6eKa 
 &c. 
 
 13th 
 14th 
 
 rpLa-Kat-deKarog 
 Teaaapea-Kat-deKaTog 
 &c. 
 
 (277.) Twenty is eiKoai ; twentieth, eiicoa-rog. 
 
 From 20 to 29 (inclusive) combine these with one, two (first, second), 
 &c., with or without /cat ; thus, 
 
 ( 
 
 CAEDINALS. 
 
 
 ORDINALS. 
 
 ! 21 
 i 22 
 ! 23 
 
 i .._ 
 
 ELKOaLV ctg 
 
 duoai 6vo (or eiKoai kol 6vo) 
 etKOOL rpelc (or, &c.) 
 &c. 
 
 21st 
 22d 
 23d 
 
 emoaTog npuTo^ 
 ELKoaTog devrepog 
 UKoarbg rptrog 
 &c. 
 
 i;^^ In the same way (after learning 30, 40, 50, &c., belo'v) you can 
 make 31, 32, 33 ; 41, 42, 43 ; 51, 52, 53, &c. 
 
 (278.) The numbers 30, 40, 50, &c., to 90 inclusive, are 
 
 iltrined 
 
110 
 
 NUMERALS. 
 
 (a) In cardinals, by adding kovtu to the stems of 3, 4, 5, &c. (generally 
 with some euphonic change), by means of a connecthig vowel. 
 
 (b) In ordinals, by adding Koarog. 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 1 
 
 CAEDINALS. 
 
 
 OBDINALS. 
 
 1 30 
 
 TpL-d-Kovra 
 
 30th 
 
 Tpi-a-KOOTog, r], 6v 
 
 40 
 
 reaaap-a-KovTa 
 
 40th 
 
 Tsaaap-a-KoaTog, ij, ov 
 
 50 
 
 TzevT-rj-Kovra 
 
 50th 
 
 TcevT-y-KoaTog, y, 6v 
 
 60 
 
 i^-rj-KovTa 
 
 60th 
 
 i^-Tj-KoaTog, 7J, 6v 
 
 70 
 
 ej36ojj.-7J-KovTa 
 
 70th 
 
 e(3do/j.-7j-KoaT6g, tj, 6v 
 
 80 
 
 bydo-^-KOvra 
 
 80th 
 
 bydo-rj-KoaTog, rj, 6v 
 
 90 
 
 Evev-rj-KovTa 
 
 90th 
 
 evev-rj-KoaTog, 7J, 6v 
 
 100 
 
 - 
 
 iKarov 
 
 100th 
 
 EKaToaTog, ?j, 6v 
 
 (279.) The cardinals from 200 upward are declinable adjectives of these 
 endings, oi, ac, a. The corresponding ordinals are formed by adding 
 oarog to the stems of the cardinals. 
 
 
 CARDINALS, 
 
 
 ORDINALS. 
 
 200 
 
 diaKoac-oc, ac, a 
 
 200th 
 
 dcaKocrc-oaTog, rj, 6v 
 
 300 
 
 rptaKOGL-oi, ac, a 
 
 300th 
 
 T-pcaKoat-odTog, 7], ov 
 
 
 &c., &c. 
 
 
 &c., &c. 
 
 1000 
 
 Xi'^c-oc, at, a 
 
 1000th 
 
 XiT^i-OGTog, ri, ov 
 
 2000 
 
 dcaxfkc-oc, ac, a 
 
 2000th 
 
 dccxi^i-oarog, t], ov 
 
 10000 
 
 [xvpc-oi, at, a 
 
 10000th 
 
 fivpi-OGTog, 7], ov 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (280.) Vocabulary. 
 
 CeloBncB (city), Kelacv-ac, -uv {ac), I Proxenus, Ilpo^ev-og, -ov (6). 
 used only in plural. | 
 
 (281.) Eooamples. 
 
 {a) He had up-to three- 
 hundred soldiers. 
 
 (b) He had about two- 
 hundred soldiers. 
 
 Eix^ orparicjTag etg rpiaKO- 
 
 Giovg. 
 eIx^ GTpanodTag <hg diaKo- 
 
 GLOVg. 
 
 {a) EZf , with numbers, means up to ; ug, about. 
 
 (282.) Translate into English. 
 
 ^'Eivravda YLvpog eiieivs rjfiepag ■nevTSKaideKa, — Kvpor 
 
NUMERALS. Ill 
 
 e^eJ.avvEL did t^^* Avdlag aradixovg Tpelg, Trapaadyyag 
 ecKoat Kai 6vo. — '0 orparrjydg alrel fiLodov rptaKal- 
 6 e K a uTjVLjv . — Zevlag elx^ birXiTag elg rerpaKLGx^^^- 
 ovg. — Upo^evog ei%e onXlrag elg nevTaKoaiovg Kal 
 Xi-Xtovg. — 'E(i)KpdT7]g elxs onXcrag (bg ETrraKoaiovg. 
 — ^liv(t)v eZ;^e OTTXirag dLGXf-Xtovg, Kal TceXraardg rpt- 
 aKoalovg. — 'Evrevdev Kvpog k^eXavvsi napaodyyag 
 ecKOOLv, elg KeXaivdg, ttoXlv [leydXrjv Kal evdalfiova. — 
 ^Evravda eiieivev rjiiepag rpidKOvra. 
 
 (283.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 There Cyrus remained fourteen days. — There (he) re- 
 mained forty days. — (He) had ten-thousand soldiers. — He 
 had two-hundred men-at-arms. — Xenias had about eighty 
 horsemen and three-himdred men-at-arms. — (He) marches- 
 forw^ard sixteen parasangs. — Xenias asks twentj^-three 
 months' pay. 
 
§ 13. 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 LESSON XLI7. 
 
 Adverbs. 
 
 (284.) Adverbs are either Primitive or Derivative. 
 [The primitive adverbs should be learned from observation.] 
 (285.) Derivative adverbs are nearly all formed from 
 adjectives by adding G)g to their stems. 
 
 Adjectives. Adverbs. 
 
 ao(j>-6g, wise. aocp-ug, wisely. 
 
 i^'tX-og, dear. 0t/l-wf, dearly. 
 
 ao)<j)pcJV, prudent. (yo)(j)p6v-o)g, prudently. 
 
 Xapiecg, graceful. xo-ptevT-idg, gracefully. 
 
 aTiTjdrjg, true. a2,7]6(i-(jg) ug, truly. 
 
 ^^ Accent.— U the adjective is oxytone, the adverb will be perispome 
 
 as above. (Except those from adjectives in vg, which are paroxy- 
 
 tone ; e. g., ijde-og, sweetly, from ^dvg, sweet.) 
 
 (286.) Cases of adjectives are often used as adverbs ; e. g., 
 
 1. Dat. sing. fem. ; drjfiocia, publicly ; KOtvy, in common. 
 
 2. Neut. sing, or plur. ; fieya, greatly ; jSpaxia, briefly. 
 
 (287.) By adding -Osv, -dt, -de to nouns, we get adverbs 
 of place, /row, at, and to; e. g., 
 
 From heaven, ovpav6-6ev ; from home, OLKO-dev. 
 In heaven, ovpavo-dl ; at home, oIko-6l. 
 To heaven, ovpavov-de ; home, oiKOv-Se, otKa-Se. 
 
 ^^ In plural accusatives in ag, the letters ad blend into f ; e. g., to 
 Athens, 'Adrjva^e. 
 
 (288.) The Correlative adverbs are such as express 
 different relations answering to each other. Each set is 
 formed on one stem, with different prefixes and accents. 
 
 (a) Those with n are interrogative (c, g., where ? = nov) ; or indefinite (e. g.. 
 
ADVERBS. 
 
 113 
 
 somewhere = ttov), according to their accent. (Indirect interrogatives pre- 
 fix 6 to the TT-form (e. g., ottou*). 
 
 (6) Those with r are demonstrative, answering the others (e. g., rdre, 
 then). 
 
 (c) Those without tt or r are relative {e. g., in the place, where (o{)) T saw 
 him). 
 
 (289.) 
 
 TABLE OF CORRELATIVE ADVERBS. 
 
 Interrogative. 
 
 Direct. Indirect 
 
 Where ? -kov ; Sttou 
 From "i 
 
 what ^ TTddev ; bTtddev 
 place? } 
 
 To what } Trot ; brroi 
 
 place? 3 mj; bnri 
 
 Indefinite. 
 
 Somewhere, irov 
 From f 
 
 some ^irodiv 
 
 place, ) 
 To some > n-oi 
 
 place, > Tn? 
 
 Demonstrative. 
 There [wanting]! 
 
 Relative. 
 
 Where, oi 
 From -i 
 
 which >50£j/ 
 
 place, 3 
 To which ) ol 
 
 place, 3 g 
 
 At what ^ 
 
 time > 770 re; hirdTe 
 
 (when) ? ) 
 At what 1 
 
 point of ^ TTTjviKa ; bnriviKa 
 
 time ? S 
 
 [wanting] 
 
 ■Tore 
 
 At that time 
 (then), 
 
 At that ^ 
 point of s TTjviKaura 
 time, ) 
 
 At which ^ 
 
 time \ Bre 
 
 (when), ) 
 At which ^ 
 
 very \ iiviKa 
 
 time, ) 
 
 In wha 
 way 
 (how)? 5 ""'I 
 
 TTWj : 
 
 &'7ru)5 
 Utttj 
 
 
 Zti this way lovrajs 
 (thus), 3 TfiSe 
 
 In which 
 
 (how) 
 
 
 iJem. 1. The Interrogative adverbs are perispome, if monosyllables; 
 paroxytone, if more than one syllable. 
 
 Rem. 2. The Indefinite adverbs are oxytone at the beginning of a sen- 
 tence ; after other words they are enclitic. 
 
 * Did he tell you where (ottou) he was going ? 
 
 t Supplied by evravda, there. 
 
 t Supplied by evdevde (Jiinc) ; hvrevdev, inde. 
 
§ 14 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 (290.) Some prepositions govern but one case, others twOj 
 and others, again, three. 
 
 LESSON XLV. 
 Prepositions governing hut one Case, 
 (291.) Prepositions with the genitive only : avrl, npo, 
 and, etc, evena. 
 
 [With these the genitive idea of antecedence, or origin, is obvious.] 
 
 1. 'AvTf, instead of. 
 
 A slave instead of a king. \ SovTiog uvtI ^aaiTiEug. 
 
 2. IIpo, {a) before (either of time or place) ; {b) for, in 
 behalf of 
 
 (a) Before the gates. Before day. 1 IIpo TTf /Iwy. IIpo Trjg r/fiipag. 
 
 (b) To fight for one^s country. I Trpo TTJg TtaTpidog /idx£(ydai. 
 
 3. 'Atto, (a) from (of place) ; {b)from (of time) = after ; 
 (c) fro7n = by means of 
 
 (a) From the province. I airb TTJg apxv^- 
 
 (6) After supper. i (itto deiizvov. 
 
 id) From {by means of) the money. \ utto ribv ;j;p?7/zdr6;v. 
 
 4. 'Eft; (e^), {a) out of {in place) ; {b) out of (in time") = 
 after ; (c) out of =z in consequence of. 
 
 (a) Out of the house. 
 (6) After this. 
 
 (c) In consequence of these things. 
 
 5. "EvsKa, on account of, in respect of. 
 
 (292.) Prepositions with the dative only : ev, ovv, ayia. 
 [With these the idea of the dative as the t/>Aere-case, or the case of the 
 instrument, is obvious.] 
 
 e/c r^f oLKiag. 
 
 tK TOVTOV (SC. XPOVOV). 
 ^K TOVTOV. 
 
PREPOSITIONS. 115 
 
 1. 'Ev, {a) in (of place or time) ; (5) in — hy means of. 
 
 (a) In the city. 
 
 During the time that (= while), 
 (fc) It is evident in (by) the victims. 
 
 kv Ty TToTiei. 
 ev 0) ixpovu). 
 kv lepolg 67J%ov. 
 
 2. Ivv, (a) ivith, along vdth (cum) ; {b) vnth =:hy the 
 help of. 
 
 (a) With the soldiers. I avv Tolg arparcuraic. 
 
 (b) With the help of God. \ avv Qeip. 
 
 3. "Afia (properly an adverb of time) = at the same tim^ 
 with. 
 
 At daybreak. \ u/aa r^ W^P9' 
 
 (293.) Prepositions ivith the accusative only : avd, etc. 
 
 [With tnese the sense of the accusative as the case of the object is ob- 
 vious.] 
 
 1. 'Avo, {a) up (motion upward) ; {b) up (from bottom 
 
 to top) = throughout. 
 
 avh Tov "Korafiov. 
 
 avcL TTjv 'E/lAdJa. 
 
 ava ndaav ttjv rjjuipav. 
 
 avh Trdnav i^fiepav {without the art.). 
 
 ava Kpdrog. 
 
 2. Elg (to, into) corresponds very closely with the Latin 
 m, with ace. 
 
 (o) Up the river. 
 
 (6) Throughout Greece. 
 
 Through the whole day. 
 
 Every day. 
 
 With all one's might. 
 
 (a) To Creon. 
 (6) Into the city. 
 
 (c) For gain. 
 
 (d) In respect to virtue. 
 
 (e) He made war against Attica. 
 if) ^P '" ^"'o hundred. 
 
 elc KpeovTa. 
 
 elg T7]V ixokiv. 
 
 elg Kipdog. 
 
 etc dpeTTjv. 
 
 eig T7]v 'Attcktjv harpdrevaev. 
 
 eig diaKoatovg. 
 
 3. 'i2^, to = Latin ad, is used with persons, or objects 
 taken as persons (not things). With numerals it means 
 about. 
 
 He sends to the king. I Qf (SaaiXia Ttefnrei. 
 
 About two hundred. I (hg diaKoaiovg. 
 
 ^p* The student should be able to give the Greek sentences readily 
 
 for the corresponding English, in the above lesson, before passing 
 
 to the next. 
 
116 PREPOSITION. 
 
 LESSON XL VI. 
 Prepositions governing two Cases. 
 (294.) Prepositions with genitive and accusative : did 
 Kara, vnep. 
 
 1. Aid, radical meaning, right through. 
 (a) With genitive, (1) through (of place or time); (2) through (by 
 means of). 
 
 ai 1. Through the land. 
 
 Through the whole time. 
 2. To see by means of one's eyes. 
 
 6ta r^f X^P^C- 
 6ia TcavTo^ Tov xpovov. 
 6l' 6<l>da?i/LiiJv bpav. 
 (6) With accusative, (1) generally, on account of; (2) sometimes, by 
 means of. 
 (b) 1. On account of this. I dta ravra. 
 
 On your account I am come. did, as rJKU. 
 2. Through the gods I prosper. I dia rov^ Seoiic ev Trparrw. 
 
 2. Kara, fundamental meaning, from above down. 
 
 (a) With genitive, (1) dofum, under (from above) ; (2) figurat'vely, 
 against. 
 
 KOrh TOV TELXOVQ. 
 
 KarcL tG>v TveTpuv. 
 Kara tlvo^ Tiiyeiv. 
 Kara tov Qeov ipevdeadai. 
 (i) With accusative, (1) down through (= throughout, of place or 
 time) ; (2) as to, in respect to (the uses to be modified by the cor:text). 
 
 (a) 1. Down from the wall. 
 Down from the rocks. 
 2. To speak against any one. 
 To lie against God. 
 
 (b) 1. Through Greece. 
 
 Kad' 'EUdda. 
 
 During the same time. 
 
 KaTO, TOV avTov xpovov. 
 
 2. By land and sea. 
 
 Kara yyv Kal KaTa &d?ia<Taav. 
 
 According to law. 
 
 KCTd v6[iov. 
 
 Day by day (daily). 
 
 Kod' jj/aepav. 
 
 By villages (vicatim). 
 
 KaTO, KUfiag. 
 
 3. 'Trrep, over, above. 
 
 (a) With genitive, (1) above, beyond (with the idea of rest) ; (2 over 
 for defence =for, in behalf of 
 
 (a) 1. Over the earth. 1 vn^p tt^c y^g. 
 
 Beyond Egypt. [ VTrep AlyvrvTOV. 
 
 2. To fight for one's country. ^ VTvep T^g TzaTpidog /idxsadat. 
 \fi) With accusative, over, beyond (with the idea of motion). 
 
 (b) To throw over the house. I vnEp tov do/iov f>tirTeiV. 
 Beyond description. I vTzep %6yov. 
 
PREPOSITION. 117 
 
 LESSON XLVn. 
 Prepositions governing three Cases. 
 (295.) Prepositions ivith genitive, dative, and accusa- 
 tive : dfi(pL, TTEpij em, fierd, -napd, Trpdf , vno. 
 
 1. 'A|u0t and Trepl both mean about, around (but d\i(^t 
 properly denotes on both sides ; irepl, all around). 
 
 (a) With genitive, about (^ of, concerning), (irepc more used than afi<f>i). 
 
 afi<j>l TLVog fidxecdai. 
 (poj3ec(jdaL nepi r^g TrarpitJof. 
 
 (a) To fight about (for) any one. 
 To fear about (for) one's coun- 
 try. 
 
 (6) With dative, about, around (with sense of nearness). 
 (6) About the head. \ nepl ry Ke<pa?.y. 
 
 (c) With accusative, around, in a more general sense, (1) about, of 
 place ; (2) of time or number. 
 
 (c) 1 . About the mountains. 
 
 They dwell about the river. 
 2. About ten thousand. 
 About these times. 
 
 dfj,(pl TO. opt]. 
 
 irepl Tov Tiorafibv o'tKOvvTai 
 
 afi<pl Tovg fivpiovg. 
 
 nepl TOVTovg rovg XP^^^'^^C- 
 
 2. 'ETTi, fundamental meaning, upon, at. 
 
 (a) With genitive and dative, upon, at; the dative implying closeness. 
 (6) With accusative, motion toward (upon) ; object (e.g., he went upon 
 such an errand) ; then in a hostile sense, against. 
 
 [These meanings have all been illustrated.] 
 
 3. Merd, fundamental meaning, toith (fieoog, midst). 
 
 (a) With genitive, with, along with (either of place or manner). 
 
 (a) To be among (with) men. 
 TVith many dangers. 
 With (in conformity with) the 
 laws. 
 
 fzer' uvOpuTTuv elvai. 
 fierd tco7Jmv kiv6vvuv. 
 jierd Tuv v6/j.o)v. 
 
 (b) With dative, only used by the poets, in sense of among. 
 
 (c) With accusative, almost always used, in prose, in the sense of after 
 next after. 
 
 (c) After this. j uerd ravTa. 
 
 The greatest river after the Ister. \ noTa/xbg fiiyiarog fierd Icrpov. 
 
 4. Hapd, fundamental meaning, by the side of (compare 
 English parallel). 
 
118 
 
 PREPOSITION. 
 
 (a) With genitive, motion from beside a parson. 
 
 (a) Messengers from the king. \ ayye/lo; Trapo; (3aai2,io)g. 
 
 (b) With dative, position near by a person. 
 
 (6) With (by) you ; by us. | Trapd aol ' Trap' ijfuv. 
 
 (c) With accusative, (1) motion to near a person; (2) motion along by 
 the side of; (3) beyond, on the other side of. 
 
 (c) 1. To the king. Trapa (SaatXea. 
 
 2. Along the road-side. Trapd Tr]v b66v. 
 
 3. Along the river, napa Tov TTOTa/ndv. 
 Beyond justice. Tcapa rb dUatov. 
 
 5. Upog, fundamental meaning, before, in front of. 
 
 (a) With genitive, in front of, on the part of. 
 (a) Before gods and men. I Trpof 3-ewv ical npog avdpuirtJV. 
 
 To speak on my side. | Ttpog kfiov TieysLV. 
 
 (6) With dative, position in front of, before, in presence of; also, about , 
 then, in addition to. 
 
 (b) Before the judges. 
 About business. 
 Beside these things. 
 
 irpoc Totg Kptratg. 
 Ttpbg TTpdy/naacv. 
 Ttpbg TovTocg. 
 
 (c) With accusative, (1) to (motion towards) ; (2) to, in regard to ; (3) 
 against. 
 
 (c) 1. He sends to the king. 
 
 2. With reference to this (on ac- 
 
 count of this). 
 
 3. To make war against the king. 
 
 TTpof jSamMa irefiTret. 
 Tcpbg ravra. 
 
 irpbc (Saailia TTolefjiElv. 
 Ttto, fundamental meaning, under (yno, vnep = sub. 
 
 (a) With genitive, (1) motion from under ; hence, (2) the author, agent 
 {by), Virith passive verbs ; (3) cause, means. 
 
 VTTO rr/g apfiarog. 
 
 VTTO TcJv TToTiLTLJv &avfiu^eTai. 
 
 vtt' bpyfjg. 
 
 (a) 1. From under the chariot. 
 
 2. He is admired by the citizens. 
 
 3. Because of anger. 
 
 (b) With dative (sometimes genitive), position under. 
 (6) Under (at foot of) the ?nountain. | vrrb Tu opet. 
 
 (c) With accusative, (}) motion towards, under; (2) of time. 
 
 (c) 1. To go under the earth. 
 2. Towards night. 
 During the night. 
 
 VIVO rfiv y-qv itvai. 
 
 virb vvKva. 
 
 vrrb TTjv vvura {with article). 
 
15. 
 
 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 
 
 (296.) A CLOSER analysis of the verbal forms thus far 
 given will show that each of them contains three parts ; viz., 
 
 1. Tense-stem, embracing (a) the verb-stem, and (b) (in some tenses) 
 the tense-sign, to indicate the tense. 
 
 2. Mood-sign ; viz., a vowel to indicate the mood. 
 
 3. Person-ending, to indicate the person. 
 And, in past tenses, also 
 
 4. The Augment, to indicate joasf time. 
 
 (297.) We give, also, now the dual endings. 
 
 LESSON XLVin. 
 Analysis of the Present and Future Tenses. 
 (298.) The person-endings of the present and future are 
 
 jriven in the following 
 
 table. 
 
 [ ACTIVE. 
 
 ! PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. ] 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 DuaL 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. Plur. 
 
 1 
 
 -0 
 
 -fiev 
 
 -jxev 
 
 1 
 
 -[lat 
 
 -/ledov -fieda 
 
 2 
 
 -if 
 
 -TOV 
 
 -Te 
 
 2 
 
 -a at 
 
 -adov -ade 
 
 3 
 
 -L 
 
 -TOV 
 
 -VTCl 
 
 3 
 
 -Tat 
 
 -adov -vTai 
 
 (299.) The indicative mood-signs are o and e ; viz., o for 
 1st person, e for 2d and 3d (except 3d plural, which is o). 
 
 
 Sinarular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 2 
 
 e 
 
 e 
 
 e 
 
 3 
 
 E 
 
 e 
 
 
 
 For illustration, Ave take tlie stem (iovXev- 
 
120 
 
 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 
 
 (300.) PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 J^°* No tense-sign. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. [ 
 
 Stem. 
 
 t 
 
 r6 
 
 a 
 
 Form complete. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 1 
 
 'T3 
 
 a 
 
 Form complete. 
 
 0ovX£V- 
 
 
 £ 
 £ 
 
 £ 
 £ 
 
 £ 
 
 
 
 
 i-C 
 c 
 
 JLIEV 
 TOP 
 TOV 
 fXEV 
 T£ 
 
 vrat. 
 
 ■=^ov'k£V-tj 
 ■=(Sov%£V-£Lg 
 
 =(3ov2.£V-£t 
 
 =(30V?iEV-0fi£V 
 
 =l3oV?i£V-ETOV 
 
 =(30V?l£V'£T0V 
 
 =[30V?i£V-0jU£V 
 
 =f30V?i£V-£T£ 
 
 =(3ov?iEv-ov(n* 
 
 ftovXsv- 
 
 
 E 
 E 
 
 £ 
 £ 
 
 E 
 
 
 /nat 
 
 aac 
 
 Tat 
 
 fi£dov 
 
 adov 
 
 adov 
 
 fjLEda 
 
 ad£ 
 
 vrat 
 
 =l3ov?iEv-ofiac 
 =^(3ov?iEv-rif 
 
 =l3ovX£V-£Tai 
 
 =l30V?i£V-6fJ.£d0V 
 
 =j3oV?l,EV-Ec6oV 
 
 =(3ovl£v-£a6ov 
 =l3ovl£v-6fi£6a 
 =(3ovXev-eg6£ 
 =(3ov?[,Ev-ovTat 
 
 (301.) 
 
 FUTURE TENSE. 
 
 Tense-sign c. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. ll 
 
 Tense-st. 
 
 1 
 
 
 Form complete. 
 
 Tense-st. 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 cS 
 
 Form complete. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 P 
 
 00 
 
 i 
 
 a 
 
 Stem. 
 
 en 
 
 jSovXsv- 
 
 a- 
 
 
 £ 
 £ 
 
 £ 
 £ 
 
 E 
 
 
 
 
 iC 
 I 
 
 fJ.EV 
 
 TOV 
 
 TOV 
 
 flEV 
 
 TE 
 
 VTCt 
 
 =l3ov?i£V-a-cj 
 =f3ov2,Ev-a-Eig 
 
 =(3ov7lEV-(7-Et 
 
 =(3ov2.EV-a-ofi£v 
 
 =^(iov7l£V-G-£T0V 
 
 =:(30V?lEij-G-ET0V 
 
 ^=j3ov7i£V-G-OllEV 
 
 ^^fiovTlEV-a-ETE 
 
 =:j30V?i£V-C-0Vai* 
 
 (3ov?i,£V- 
 
 a- 
 
 
 E 
 E 
 
 
 £ 
 
 e 
 
 
 £ 
 
 
 (iat, 
 cat 
 Tat 
 
 (lEdoV 
 
 adov 
 adov 
 fxeda 
 adE 
 
 VTUl 
 
 =l3ovA£v-a-ofiat 
 
 =f3ov?i£v- a-'gf 
 
 =(3ov?i£v-a-ETai 
 
 =(3ov?[.£v-a-6fj,£dov 
 
 =j3ovX£v-a-£a6ov 
 
 =l3ovX£v-a-£adov 
 
 =j3ovX£v-a-6fj.£6a 
 
 ■=-^ov7\.EV-a-£ad£ 
 
 =^(3ov'X£V-a-ovTac 
 
 Rem. The contracted verbs (in a, e, or o) present no difficulty in anal- 
 ysis, if you remember the rules (95) ; e. g., 
 
 Stem. 
 Tl/l<I)-/X£V = Tifxd 
 ^iXov-fiEV = ^l7i£ 
 Ti/iij-aofiEV = riud (ri/z?;)t 
 
 Tense-sign. 
 
 Mood-sign. 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 Pers.-end. 
 
 fi£V 
 fJ.EV 
 flEV 
 
 * OVT(TL = OVGL (137, 4). 
 
 t e(o")ai {a dropped) = eul (contracted) : 
 X Say, a lengthened into rj before a. 
 
 TjL (the L subscript) =^. 
 
ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 
 
 121 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (302.) Analyze the following forms. 
 
 Tpexf-c. — ^T]pev£Lg. — d7]pevovai(v). — natdeveTai. — nat^ 
 devofiedov. — TraidevovTac. — (bevyofiev. — (pevyerov. — (pL?Lrf 
 0(0. — (l>i?i'qaeL. — dicj^eLg. — dtcj^ovoLV. — T^rjpevaeL. — niarev- 
 oovaL^v). — TTLaTeverac. — [leranenxperaL. — vLKTjaei. — vircTj- 
 aovoLv. 
 
 (303.) Form thefollotoing. 
 
 Present. 
 
 3d dual act. of rpix'^iv. — 3d plur. act. of SicjKEtv. — 3d 
 sing- mid. of neranifnretv. — 3d plur. mid. of TTcareveLV. 
 
 Future. 
 
 3d sing, and 3d dual act. of marevELv. — 3d sing. mid. 
 of fiETanifinetv. — 3d plur. mid. of ?iELn£tv. 
 
 [When you wish to form any part of the verb, do not try to remember 
 it from a paradigm, but form it from its elements ; thus, if asked for 1st 
 fut. mid. 3d dual of izifj-n-ecv, say, verb-stem Tre/xnr -\- tense-sign a -j- mood' 
 sign e + ending adov =^7re/x^-e-c6ov.] 
 
 LESSON XLIX. 
 Analysis of the Imperfect and First Aorist Tenses, 
 
 IMPERFECT. 
 
 (304.) 1. The imperfect tense-stem is composed of (1) 
 the augment ; (2) the present-stem ; e. g., E'PovXev-. 
 B^" It uses no tense-sign suffix. 
 
 2. The MOOD-SIGNS are the same as in the present. 
 
 3. The PERSON-ENDINGS are given in the following 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 
 
 ACTr^E. 
 
 
 PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. || 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1 
 
 -V 
 
 -fi£V 
 
 -fiev 
 
 1 
 
 -fi7]V 
 
 -fiedov 
 
 -fieda 
 
 2 
 
 -c 
 
 -TOV 
 
 -re 
 
 2 
 
 -ao 
 
 -adov 
 
 -ode 
 
 3 
 
 
 -T7]V 
 
 •V 
 
 3 
 
 -TO 
 
 -adrjv 
 
 -VTO 
 
 F 
 
122 
 
 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 
 
 (305.) With the stem (3ovXev- we ohtain the following 
 forms. 
 
 IMPERFECT ACTrVE. 
 
 IMPERFECT PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. || 
 
 Tense-Stem. 
 
 Mood- 
 sign. 
 
 Person- 
 ending. 
 
 Tense-Stem. 
 
 Mood- 
 sign. 
 
 Person- 
 ending. 
 
 Augta. 
 
 Pres.-stem. 
 
 Augm. 
 
 Pres.-stem. 
 
 
 ,_ 
 
 fSovTiev- 
 (SovXev- 
 jSovXev- 
 jSovXev- 
 f3ov?i.ev- 
 ^ov'kev- 
 ^ovXev- 
 (SovXev- 
 (3ov2,ev- 
 
 0- 
 
 e- 
 e 
 
 0- 
 
 e- 
 i- 
 
 0- 
 
 e- 
 
 0- 
 
 V 
 f 
 
 flEV 
 TOV 
 TTJV 
 
 fiev 
 
 TS 
 V 
 
 !" 
 e- 
 
 ^- 
 
 £- 
 £- 
 £- 
 £- 
 k- 
 
 (SovIev- 
 (3ovXev- 
 (3ov2.ev- 
 
 (3oV?iEV- 
 PoV?.EV- 
 [^OvTlEV- 
 (30V?,EV- 
 
 (iovXEV- 
 (3ovXev- 
 
 d- 
 e- 
 e- 
 6- 
 e- 
 i- 
 6- 
 
 £- 
 0- 
 
 fllJV 
 ao Hem. 
 TO 
 
 [ieOov 
 
 adov 
 
 odrjv 
 
 fiEda 
 
 adE 
 
 VTO 
 
 Rem. In 2d sing. mid. and pass, the a is dropped, and eg contracted 
 into ov ; thus, E-l3ov?i£v-E-{a)-o =■ k-/3ov2,£V-£-o = ^(SovXev-ov. 
 
 FIRST AORIST. 
 
 (306.) 1. The 1st aorist tense-stem is composed of (1) 
 the augment ; (2) the verh-stem ; (3) the tense-sign a ; 
 e. g., e-(iovXev-a-. 
 
 2. The MOOD-SIGN (differing from those of the pres., fut., 
 and imperf.) is a for all the persons except the 3d sing, act., 
 which is e ; thus, 
 
 ■ 
 
 Singular. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Plural. 
 
 1 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 2 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 3 
 
 £ 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 1^^ Remember that in the middle the mood-sign is d throughout. 
 
 3. The PERSON-ENDINGS are the same as in the imperfect 
 (304), except that v is ivanting in the 1st sing. act. 
 
 (307.) With the same stem povXev- wo ohtain the fol- 
 lowdng forms : 
 
ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 
 
 123 
 
 1st aokist active. 
 
 1st aorist middle. ii 
 
 Tense-Stem. ^^_^ ^ 
 
 Tense-Stem. \r„,j 
 
 Person- 
 ending. 
 
 . i Verb- 
 
 A^^S™-; stem. 
 
 Tense- 
 sign- 
 
 sign. ending. 
 
 Augm. 
 
 Verb- 
 stem. 
 
 sign. 1 ^ 
 
 e- (3ov?.ev- 
 
 o- 
 
 a 
 
 
 £- 
 
 fiovlev- 
 
 o- 
 
 d- 
 
 flTjV 
 
 e- 
 
 PovXexf- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 f 
 
 £- 
 
 (iovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 CO Rem. 
 
 k- 
 
 (SovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 e 
 
 
 k- 
 
 fSovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 TO 
 
 e- 
 
 (iovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 fiev 
 
 e- 
 
 jSovXev- 
 
 c- 
 
 a- 
 
 fiedov 
 
 e- 
 
 fiovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 TOV 
 
 e- 
 
 ^ovXev- 
 
 o- 
 
 a- 
 
 adov 
 
 E- 
 
 30V?.£V- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 TTjV 
 
 k- 
 
 (3ovAev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 adjjv 
 
 k- ^ovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 o- 
 
 fi£V 
 
 k- 
 
 ^ovIev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 ueda 
 
 e- \(3ovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 TE 
 
 k- 
 
 (iovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 ads 
 
 k- 1 fiovXtv- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 V 
 
 e- 
 
 (SovXev- 
 
 a- 
 
 a- 
 
 VTO 
 
 Rem. In 2d sing, mid, a is dropped, and ao contracted into cj ; thus, 
 
 k-l3ov7.£v-a-a-{a)o = k-^ov7.ev-a-a-o = e-fSov/.sv-a-u. 
 
 (308.) (a) In analyzing verbs that begin with a vowel, remember that the 
 
 temporal augment is used ; thus, ij/.avvETO : say, augment g 
 
 lengthened into tj; pres.-stem, k/.avv ; imperf.-stem, jyAai^v-; 
 
 mood-sign, 3d pers., e; 3d pers, imperf. pass, ending to. 
 
 (b) Analyze v^rbs compounded wiili prepositions thus; e. g., 
 dvESacve: avd, prep., a cut oflF by apostrophe; e, augment; 
 jSaLV; pres.-stem ; dvEj3aLv, imperf.-stem ; r. mood-sign ; pers 
 ending wanting ; hence the verb is imperf. 3d sing. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (309.) Analyze the following. 
 
 edrjpevero. — eTp£;^£(v). — kdcdjKe-ov. — e6LG)fccv. — ecpevyi- 
 TTJV. — SKaiov. — dve(3aiV8g. — eKalovro. — eypaipe. — enATjal- 
 a^e. — eypaxpav. — EOTparevGaro. — fzerenifiiparo. — ners- 
 TTEfiipavro. 
 
 (310.) Form the following. 
 
 Imperfect 
 
 2d sing. act. of -dripeveLV. — 3d plur. act. of Kaieiv. — 2d 
 sing. pass, of naideveLv. — 3d plur. pass, of 6lqkelv. — 3d 
 sing. mid. of arparevELV. — 3d sing. mid. of TLfidEiv {av). 
 
 1st aorist 
 
 1st sing, act. of tteiittelv. — 2d sing. mid. of XeineLV. — 1st 
 plur. act. of 6lg)K£LV. — 2d plur. act. of (piXsELV {elv). — 3d 
 sing. mid. of iiEra-neinKEiv. — 3d plur. act. of ttoleecv (elv). 
 
PART II. 
 
 FULLER EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF NOUNS AND 
 VERBS. 
 
NOUNS OF THIRD DECLENSION, FULLER 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 LESSON L. 
 
 (311.) Nouns of third declension are divided, as stated 
 (135), into MUTE, LIQUID, vo\\'EL, and SEm-vowEL nouns. 
 
 INFLECTION. 
 
 (312.) Most of the changes in inflection depend upon the 
 following principles : 
 
 1. No consonant can end a word but v, p, g. 
 
 2. A p-mute -\- g = ip ; a k-n\ute -j- f = ? ; a t-mute before ct is dropped. 
 
 3. The liquid v cannot stand before cr ; either the v or cr will be rejected. 
 
 4. If VT come before a, either vr or a will be rejected. 
 
 (a) If a be retained, vr is rejected, and the preceding vowel, if short, 
 lengthened for compensation ; e. g., yLjavTai = yr/dGt ; Movrai = 
 
 ?J0V(JI.. 
 
 (b) If (T be rejected, then r must be dropped, and the preceding vowel, 
 if short, lengthened for compensation ; e. g., leovTg ; reject q, 
 Tiiovr ; reject r, \eov ; lengthen vowel, "kiuv. 
 
 5. The J-ccusaiive-ending is a for consonant-stems, and v for vowel- 
 gtems ; e. g., Ti^a^nzdd-a, TT67,t-v. 
 
 [A few barytones with t-mute stems have v (324, c).] 
 
 6. The Vocative presents the simple stem ; e. g., (jfjTup, voc. (jjirop. But 
 if the stem ends in a letter which cannot stand (312, 1), then either 
 
 (a) the voc. will be the same as the nom. ; e. g., lal^atp ; or 
 
 (b) it will drop the final letter of the stem , e. g., Tralg (stem ttq/cJ), 
 voc. Ttal; ytydg (yLyavr), ylyav. 
 
 GENDER. 
 
 (313.) The personal gender-sign {masc. ox fern.) is g. 
 
 (a) All nouns which addg to the stem to form the nominative are either maS' 
 evltne or feminine. 
 
128 THIRD DHCLENSION. 
 
 (6) Neuter nouns, of course, do n jt take the personal gender sign, and 
 therefore they present the unchanged stem in the nominative, unless euphony 
 requires a change. 
 
 [Rules of gender are given under each head,] 
 
 ACCENT. 
 
 (314.) The following rules for accent-changes should he 
 thoroughly learned. 
 
 (a) Monosyllables always accent the ending of the gen. and dat. ; the 
 short endings (-oo, -l, -gl) acute; the long endings {oiv, wv) circumflex; 
 c. g., yvip, yvTr-og, yvir-i, yvrr-olv, yvir-cjv, yvipi.* 
 
 {b, In words of more than one syllable the accent remains on the same 
 syllable as in the nominative, so long as the rules (26) permit ; e. g., Kopa^, 
 KopaK-og, &c. 
 
 ^^ Observe that the rules (26) require, 
 
 1. That the gen. dual and pi. should be always paroxytone (if the ult. 
 is not accented), because their endings are long; e.g., KopaK-oiv, 
 
 KOpUK-CJV. 
 
 2. That if the nom. be circumflexed, the addition of a short ending will 
 change its accent into the acute ; e. g., 2,aHa'>p, ?iai?iaTr-og. 
 
 3. That if the accent be kept upon a long penult with short ult., it 
 must be properispome ; e. g., 6e2.<pig, deTidlvog. 
 
 I. MUTE NOUNS. 
 LESSON LI. 
 
 Nouns with p-mute and k-miite Stems ; all Masculine 
 or Feminine. 
 (315.) All nouns with p-mute or k-mute stems add g to 
 form the nominative, and are (313, a) either masculine or 
 feminine. 
 
 * The following have the gen. dual and plur. paroxytone instead of per- 
 ispome; viz., 
 
 57 daf, torch, 6g,dotv, 6a6o)V ; 6, tj, Tcalc, child, Tratdoiv, iraiduv. 
 6 (5/i(jf, slave, 6iiuoLv, d/j,6o)v ; to (pcJg, light, purotv, ^6to)v. 
 1 &o)C, jackal, SuoLV, ^uav ; 6, 57, Tpug, Trojan, Tpuoiv, Tpuuv. 
 rb ovgs ear, uTOtv, UTUV ; i) (puig, burning, ^<^doiv, 0^<Jqv. 
 
MUTE NOUNS. 
 
 129 
 
 NOUNS WITH P-MUTE STEMS (tT, /3, (f)). 
 (316.) Form paradigms of 6 yv\p iyvn), vulture ; ij "Xatkaylt (AaiXoTr), 
 storm; b'Aparp CApa(3), Arab. 
 
 [Refer to 312.] 
 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 PLUKAL. 1 
 
 Stems 
 
 yVTT- 
 
 XaiXuK- 
 'Apafi- 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 Of 
 
 D. 
 
 i 
 
 A. 
 d 
 
 V. 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 
 G.,D. 
 
 otv 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D. 
 
 A. 
 
 V. 
 
 (317.) Accent. 
 
 1. On the changes of accent in inflection, see (314). 
 
 [The student should be required to accent the words inflected through 
 all the cases.] 
 
 2. On the accent of nominatives* the following rules hold : 
 
 (a) All p-mute monosyllables are oxytone in the nominative ; e. g., yvijj. 
 
 (b) No p-mute polysyllable (except compounds of uxfj) is oxytone in 
 nora. ; they are all paroxytone {e. g., 'Apatfj), except such as have 
 short ult. and long penult, which are properispome (e. g., Aat/laV')- 
 
 (318.) Rule of Gender. — Nouns with p-mute steins 
 are masculine. 
 
 Exceptions, seven ; viz., 
 
 ^ KoXavpo^l), crook. 
 7} Xal^aip, storm, 
 i] oijj, voice, 
 71 uijf, countenance. 
 
 7f ^2,Ei]j, vein. 
 
 71 x^pvtfpt water for washing. 
 
 i] KarfjXfil), garret. 
 
 NOUNS WITH K-MUTE STEMS (y, K, %, yy). 
 
 (319.) Form paradigms of al^ (aiy), goat (6, ^) ; Kopa^ {KopuK.), ravem 
 (<}); Tidpvy^ (kapvyy), throat (6) ; av2.a^ {avXdK) furrow (Jj). 
 [Refer to 312]. 
 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 DHAL. 
 
 PLUBAL. (1 
 
 Stems 
 aly. 
 
 KOpUK- 
 
 ■kapvyy- 
 avXaK- 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 Of 
 
 D. 
 t 
 
 A. 
 
 a 
 
 V. 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 
 e 
 
 G.,D. 
 oiv 
 
 N. 
 
 G. 
 
 D. 
 
 at 
 
 A. 
 
 V. 
 
 — 1 
 
 ♦ Rules are given on the accent of nominatives to help the student ; 
 but, as no summary rules can be devised to cover all cases, he should ac- 
 custom himself to get the accent of every word when he first sees it, just 
 as he does its spelling. 
 
 F 2 
 
130 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 (320.) Accent. 
 
 1. On the changes of accent in inflection, see (314). 
 
 2. On the accent of nominatives, the following rules hold ; viz , 
 (a) All k-mute monosyllables are oxytone in the nominative.* 
 
 (6) No k-mute polysyllable is oxytone ; they are all paroxytone (e. g., 
 Kopa^) except such as have short ult. and long penult, which are 
 properispome (e. g., riTCt^, avTia^). 
 
 (321.) Rule of Gender. — Nouns with k-mute stems are 
 
 either mascuHne or feminine. 
 
 Rem. Which, must be learned by observation ; although most, except 
 names of animals and personal designations (like /co/laf, flatterer 
 (6) ), are feminine. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Make paradigms of the following nouns. Accent them throughout, and give 
 the rules for accent and gender. 
 
 b pi'il) {ptn), bulrush. 
 6 ypvif) {ypv-n), griffin. 
 6 ^a/lvi/) (x^Xvj3), steel. 
 
 6 KoXa^ [koXcLk), flatterer, 
 rj [xdart^ (fiaOTly), scourge 
 7] ipl^ ii^i-X)' orumb. 
 
 LESSON LII. 
 Nouns with t-mute Stems (r, 6, 6, kt^ vt). 
 
 (322.) On t-mute nouns observe the following : 
 
 I. All masculine and feminine nouns with t-mute stems add g to form 
 the nominative, except stems in ovt and uvr. 
 
 II. Stems in ovt (all masculine) do not add g, but (312, 4, b) lengthen 
 the short stem-vowel to compensate. 
 
 III. T-mute stems of neuter nouns end in ar or it, and do not add c to 
 form the nom. 
 
 * Except contracts; e. g., Qpg,^ (for Qpal^), o)%^{iox avXa^) ; also yTiav^ 
 {y2,avK), owl, in Attic. 
 
MUTE NOUNS. 
 
 13i 
 
 (323.) 
 
 (I.) T-mute stems adding f (all Masc. or Fem.) 
 
 
 II 
 
 Torch (^). 
 
 Helmet (i^). 
 
 Bird (6, ,)). 
 
 King (6). 
 
 Giant (5). 
 
 j - Stems 
 
 Aa/iTTCcJ- 
 
 Kopvd- 
 
 bpvid- 
 
 avaKT- 
 
 yiyavT- 
 
 SINGULAK. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 XajUTTug 
 
 Kopvg 
 
 opvig 
 
 dva^ 
 
 yiyag 
 
 Gen. 
 
 lafiKCld-OQ 
 
 Kopvd-oc; 
 
 bpvlQ-oQ 
 
 avanT-og 
 
 yiyavT-oc 
 
 Dat. 
 
 XafiTrdd-i 
 
 Kopvd-t 
 
 opvld-t, 
 
 UVOKT-t 
 
 ytyavT-L 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ?i,afiTrd6-a 
 
 KOpVV 
 
 OpVLV 
 
 uvaKT-a 
 
 yiyauT-a 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Aa/iTrdc 
 
 KOfW^ 
 
 opvlc 
 
 dva^ 
 
 yiyav 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 
 ^nfXTud-e 
 
 Kopvd-e 
 
 OpvW-E 
 
 uvaKT-e 
 
 yiyavT-e 
 
 G., D. 
 
 ?iafJ.Trd6-oiv 
 
 KOpvd'OLV 
 
 bpvtd-OLV 
 
 aVUKT-OLV 
 
 ytyavT-otv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 la(ind6-eg 
 
 KOpvd-EC 
 
 opvld-eg 
 
 avuKT-eg 
 
 ycyavT-eg 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ?,ajUTru6-uv 
 
 KOpvd-CJV 
 
 bpvtd-oiv 
 
 aVUKT-UV 
 
 ytyavT-uv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ?,afj.7rd-(7i{v) 
 
 K6pv-at{v) 
 
 bpvl-ai(v) 
 
 uva^c{v) 
 
 ytyu.-(7L{v) 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Aa//7ra(J-af 
 
 Kopvd-ag 
 
 bpvld-ag 
 
 uvaKT-ag 
 
 yiyavT-ag 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Aa^u 7ru(J-£f 
 
 Kopvd-eg 
 
 bpvW-EC 
 
 uvaKT-eg 
 
 yiyavT-eg i 
 
 (324.) Inflection. 
 
 (a) The t-inute is dropped before g : 2,a/j.TTd6c= Xa/^Kug, &c. If k stands 
 befoue r, it unites with g, and makes f when r is dropped : uvaKva-t = 
 ava/c(r)(Ti = uva^t. 
 
 (b) If avT precede g, drop vr and lengthen a (312, 4, a) : yiyavTg=: 
 ylydg ; yiyavrai = yiydat. 
 
 (c) All barytone (27, 3) nouns with t-mute stems make the ace. in v (in 
 prose) ; e. g., 
 
 epig, strife, stem epi6, ace. epi{d)v = epiv. 
 
 Kopvg, helmet, stem Kopvd, ace. K6pv{6)v == Kopvv. 
 
 bpvig, bird, stem bpvid, ace. bpvL{d)v = bpviv. 
 
 (325.) Accent. 
 
 1. On the changes of accent in inflection, see (314). 
 
 2. On the accent of nominatives, the following rules will hold : 
 
 (a) Monosyllables are oxytone (e. g., irovg, {-iTo6)6g,foot). 
 
 [b) Of Polysyllables, (1) Stems in 6 are oxytone {e. g., Tiajindg), ex- 
 cept a few in l6 (with ace. in v), which accent the penult (e. g., 
 epcg). (2) Stems in 6 and r are barytone, and follow the general 
 rules (26), except l/ndg (l/xavr), thong (o) ; dvdpidg {uvdpidvT), statue 
 (6) ; a few abstracts in TTjg, with i6p6g, sweat (6). 
 
 (326.) Rule of Gender. — Stems in t or vt, adding ^ to 
 
 hxm the nom., are masculine; those in d or 6, feminine. 
 
 (a) Stems in (5 or are feminine ; e. g., epig {epcd), strife; Kopvg (KopvO), 
 
 helmet. 
 
 Exc. Tzovg (Trod), foot (6) ; opvcg {bpvid), bird (6, i)) ; nalg (rraiS), 
 child (6, 37). 
 
132 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 (b) Stems in vr, adding g, are masculine ; e. g., yiyag (ycyavT), giant (6) 
 (except names of cities). 
 
 (c) Stems in r, adding g, are masculine ; e. g., I6p6g (IdpuT), sweat (6) 
 (except abstract nouns in ttjt), and a few others. 
 
 Rem. Abstracts in t7]t- (e. g., Kovcporrjg (K0V(p6Tr]T), lightness) are fem- 
 inine. Also eadijg {kadrjT) (7), garment ; ^^^ptg {x'^P'''^) (^)' ^'■^c^* 
 
 (II.) Stems in ovt, uvt, not adding g (masculine). 
 
 (327.) 1. Stems in vr, with an o-sound preceding, do not add g to form 
 the nom., but lengthen the preceding vowel, if short, both in nom. and 
 dat. pi. 
 
 2. The vocative is the stem, dropping r of course (312, 6, b). 
 
 Stem 
 
 Xeovt, (lion) 6. 
 
 Stem 
 
 A£vo(j)uvT (Xenophon), 6. 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Voc. 
 Dat. pi. 
 
 Aewt- (for /ieovrg) 
 
 MovT-og 
 
 Uov 
 
 leov-ai (for Xiovr-cn) 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Voc. 
 Dat. pi. 
 
 ^evoipuv (for aevo^uvrg) 
 
 Aevo(j)C)VT-og 
 
 Aevo<pcJv 
 
 Zevo<pC)at (for AsvocpUvrai) , 
 
 ^^ Full paradigms are unnecessary. 
 
 Rem. oSovg (^bdovr), tooth (6), is the only noun in ovt which adds g m 
 the nom. 
 (328.) Accent. — All in ovt paroxytone (e. g., 2,iuv) ; in uvt, perispome 
 (e. g., A£VO(pcJv). 
 (329.) Gender. — All masculine. 
 
 (III.) Stems in or, lt, not adding g (all neuter). 
 (330.) Neuters do not add g, but present the simple stem 
 in tbe nom. But as no word can end in r, they either, 
 
 1, Drop r in nom. ; e. g., <jo)/-taT, N. cw^aa ; fieliT, N. fxili. 
 
 2. Or change it into <;•* or p ; e. g., icepaT, N. Ktpag, horn ; tjizct, N. rjTrap, 
 liver. 
 
 Rem. The r is dropped if fxa or t precede ; otherwise it is changed 
 generally into g, sometimes into p. 
 
 (331.) 1. Nouns in fiar, lt. 
 
 No paradigms necessary, as r is simply dropped (see 150) ; e. g., au/ia 
 i^aufiaT), body ; iieli (fieTiLT), honey. 
 
 Rem. Only one ends in kt. It drops both letters ; thus, stem yaXaKT, 
 N., A., V. ydT^.a, milk. 
 
 * This g must not be confounded with the gender-sign g, added to masc. 
 and fem. nouns. You may readily distinguish theip by fhis, viz., that if a 
 precedes r, the noun is always neuter. 
 
MUTE NOUNS. 
 
 133 
 
 2. Nouns in ar (not fiar), 
 
 (a) Change r into g, and are contracted ; e. g., Kipac, below. 
 (6) Or change r into p ; e. g., ^irap. 
 (c) Two; viz., yovar, knee; dopar, spear, change ar into v. 
 
 1 Stems 
 
 Horn {to). 
 Kepar- 
 
 Liver (to). 
 
 TJTVaT- 
 
 Knee (j6). 
 yovar- 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 Ki-pag 
 
 KEpaT-og(Kepaoc), Ktpuc; 
 Kipar-t {Kepai), Ktpa 
 
 ^irap 
 T]naT-og 
 
 f]TVaT-C , 
 
 yovv 
 
 yovar-og 
 
 yovar-L 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 ;N., A., V. 
 I G., D. 
 
 Kipar-t (Kepae), Kepa 
 Kspdr-OLV {Kepdoiv), nepibv 
 
 TjnaT-E 
 
 TJKUT-OIV 
 
 ySvar-E 
 yovdr-OLV 
 
 ; PLURAL. 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 KEpar-a (Kipaa), Kipa 
 KEpdr-uv {KEpduv), KEpcJv 
 
 KEpa-CTl 
 
 TjTzaT-a 
 
 TjTcdT-idV 
 
 Tjna-at 
 
 yovar-a 
 
 yovdr-uv 
 
 yova-GL 
 
 Rem. 1. Here belong, also, ro (pug {(par), light, and rb ovg (wr), ear. 
 Rem. 2. Two neuters change ar into up ; e. g., stem vSar, nom. vdup, 
 water ; CKar, nom. CKup, dicng. 
 
 (332.) Accent. 
 
 1. Monosyllabic neuters are penspome ; e. g., <pu)g, ovg. 
 
 2. Polysyllabic neuters take the accent as far back as possible ; e. g., 
 vrpdy/ia, aujua, /jLeIl, alvcy/j.a, rspag. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Make paradigms of the following nouns, and give the rules for gender and 
 accent. 
 
 7} danig [damd), shield (325, 
 
 . *^- 
 
 Tj raxvTf]q [raxvTriT), speed 
 (325, 326, R.) 
 
 Tj Ktofivg (KCJfivd), sh£af{324:, 
 c, 326, a). 
 
 6 bXi(f)ag [eXEcpavr), elephant 
 (324, b, 325, 326.) 
 
 6 add flag {ddafiavr), dia- 
 mond (324, h, 325, 326). 
 
 6 dpaKov [dpaKovr], dragon 
 
 (327, 328). 
 TO Gr6[2a {(JTOfjtaT), Tnouth 
 
 (331, 332). 
 TO dpiia (dpfiar), chariot 
 
 (331, 332). 
 TO ovdap (ovdar), tedder 
 
 (331, 2, b). 
 TO vdcjp (vdar), water (331. 
 
 2, R. 2). 
 
134 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 II. LIQUID NOUNS. 
 
 (333.) 1. The stems of liquid nouns end in v or p. 
 Rem. Only one in 2 ; viz., alg (d/l), 6, sea. 
 
 2. As V or p cannot stand before g at the end of a word, 
 either the liquid or g must be dropped. 
 
 (a) With stems in p, the g is always dropped ; e. g., stem ^TjTop, nom. 
 f>^Tup. — (ft) With stems in v, the v is dropped if i or i; precede 
 (e. g., l)lvg = ^LQ, ^6pKvvg= ^opKvg); otherwise the f (e. g., /xr^vg 
 =fj.r/v, TToi/iivg = Troifiijv). — (c) In neuters, of course, g is never as- 
 sumed. 
 
 3. Hence the division of hquid nouns is 
 
 I. Masculine and feminine liquids, 
 
 A. Those which add q to the stem to form the nominative, 
 
 B. Those which do not add g. 
 
 II. Neuter liquids, presenting the unchanged stem in thft 
 nominative. 
 
 LESSON LIIL 
 Liquid Nouns. 
 
 (I.) Masculine and Feminine Liquids. 
 (334.) 1. Stems in Iv add g to form the nomina^dve ; 
 e g., pig {pi-y), nose. 
 
 ^^ There are but one or two in vv ; e. g., ^opKvg (^opKVv), Phorcyn. 
 2. All other liquid nouns either 
 
 (a) Present the simple stem in nom., if its last syllable be long ; e. g. 
 ^P. mp)og ; aloiv, {alo)v)og ; x£^P> ix^tp)og ; or, 
 
 (b) Lengthen the last vowel, if it be short ; e. g., iT0i/j.7Jv, {'KOLfiev)og\ 
 lyfjTCip, {^TJTop)og ; 6ai.fiui>, {6aL/iov)og. 
 
LiaUID NOUNS. 
 
 135 
 
 (335.) 
 
 
 PARADIGMS. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nose (f,). 
 
 Deity (6). 
 
 Shepherd(6).!Beast(S). 
 
 Orator (S). 
 
 Hand(^). 
 
 Stems 
 
 i>LV- 
 
 daifiov- 
 
 noLfjev- 
 
 ■&VP- 
 
 (yriTop- 
 
 x^^p- 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 i>k 
 
 Saifiuv 
 
 TT0l/^7]V 
 
 ^rjp 
 
 l)T]TUp 
 
 Xeip 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ()Lv-6g 
 
 daijxov-oq 
 
 TTOtfiiv-og 
 
 ■&r]p-6g 
 
 ^T/Top-og 
 
 XEip-6g 
 
 Dat. 
 
 (jLV-t 
 
 daifiov-t 
 
 TTOI/LIEV-C 
 
 dnp-i 
 
 f)T}TOp-L 
 
 Xeip-i 
 
 Ace. 
 
 (ilv-a 
 
 6alfiov-a 
 
 noLfiev-a 
 
 ■&7jp-a 
 
 f>^Top-a 
 
 Xecp-a 
 
 Voc. 
 
 (iiv 
 
 6aifj.ov 
 
 iroifiTjv 
 
 ^fjp 
 
 1)7] TO p 
 
 X^^P 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 
 ()lv-e 
 
 daifjLov-e 
 
 TzoLjiiv-e 
 
 ■&fip-E 
 
 l)flTOp-E 
 
 Xelp-e 
 
 G.,D. 
 
 ^iv-olv 
 
 6aifi6v-0Lv 
 
 TTOlfieV-OlV 
 
 ■&TJp-Olv 
 
 ()7]T6p-OLV 
 
 Xep-otv 
 
 PLUKAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. and V. 
 
 ^Lv-ec 
 
 daifiov-eq 
 
 woifiev-eg 
 
 ^Tjp-eg 
 
 i^^Top-eg 
 
 Xeip-eq 
 
 Gen. 
 
 ()LV-C)V 
 
 daLfi6v-o)v 
 
 TTOLflSV-CJV 
 
 ■&7]p-CJV 
 
 prjTop-uv 
 
 XEip-uv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 ^L-ai 
 
 daiiio-ai. 
 
 TToifxe-ni 
 
 ^Tjp-ai 
 
 ^TJTop-ac 
 
 XEp-oi- 
 
 Ace. 
 
 (fiv-aq 
 
 dalfiov-ag 
 
 TTOi/Ltev-ac 
 
 ^fip-aq 
 
 ^Vrop-ag 
 
 Xscp-ag 
 
 Rem. 1. xetp presents the short stem xep in dat. dual and plural. 
 Rem. 2. In liquid nouns the vocative presents the simple stem, except 
 the oxy tones, which lengthen it (like the nom.) ; e. g., ttoi/itjv. 
 
 (336.) Syncopated^ liquids. 
 
 1. Five nounsf in ep drop e in gen. and dat. sing, and dat. pi., and insert 
 a before g in dat. pi. ; e. g., TraTTJp below. 
 
 2. 'AvTJp, man, stem avep, drops e throughout (except in voc. sing.), and 
 assumes d in its place. 
 
 3. Kvwv, dog, stem kvov, drops o (except in voc. sing.). 
 
 
 Father (5). 
 
 Man (5). 
 
 
 Dog (6, f,). 
 
 Stems 
 
 ■Karep- 
 
 uvep- 
 
 
 KVOV- 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 TcaTTjp 
 
 avTjp 
 
 
 KVUV 
 
 Gen. 
 
 (Trar^p-og,) Tcarpog 
 
 (avip-og,) 
 
 avSpog 
 
 Kvv-og 
 
 Dat. 
 
 {■KaTsp-L,) TTarpt 
 
 (dvep-t,) 
 
 dvdpi 
 
 KVV-L 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Tvarep-a 
 
 {avep-a,) 
 
 avSpa 
 
 Kvv-a 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Tzarep 
 
 avep 
 
 
 KVOV 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Tca-ep-e 
 
 uvep-e. 
 
 uvdpe 
 
 Kvv-e 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Trarep-OLv 
 
 avep-oLv, 
 
 avdpolv 
 
 KVV-OLV 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 
 
 
 N. & V. 
 
 naTEp-eg 
 
 avep-sg, 
 
 dvSpsg 
 
 Kvv-eg 
 
 Gen. 
 
 narep-ov 
 
 avep-uv, 
 
 dvdpcjv 
 
 KVV-0)V 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TTaTpa-at 
 
 av6pd-aL 
 
 
 Kv-ai 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Tzarip^ag 
 
 avep-ag, 
 
 uvSpag 
 
 Kvv-ag 
 
 * To syncopate is to take a letter or letters from the middle of a word ; 
 e, g., Trarepog is syncopated into irarpog. 
 
 \ Viz., TTUT^p, ptTjTijp, ^yaTTjp, yaarrjp, ArjfzijTijp. 
 
136 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 Rem. Observe that the syncopated nouns accent the endings (G, and 
 D.) in sing., like monosyllables. Avdpuv, Kvvtiv (G. pi.) are per- 
 ispome. 
 
 (II.) Neuter Liquids. 
 (337.) {a) Stems of neuter liquids end in ap or op ; e. g., 
 vEKrapj {yeKrap)og, nectar ; aop^ {aop)og, weapon. 
 Rem. 1. One in vp, nvp i'Kvp)6c,fire (to). 
 Rem. 2. Three in up, eXSop (ilSop), wish {to) ; sTiCjp {iXup), booty 
 
 {to) ; 7rE?,cjp {TzeTiup), monster {to). 
 Rem. 3. Two are contracted; viz., cap, fjp, spring; Kiap, K^p, heart. 
 
 {b) They all present the unchanged stem in N., A., V. 
 
 [Paradigms are unnecessary.] 
 
 (338.) Accent of liquid nouns. 
 
 1. For the changes of accent in inflection, see (314). 
 
 2. On the accent of nominatives the following rules hold : 
 
 {a) Of monosyllables, the masc. and fern, are oxytone (e. g., ^ig, ^fjp) , 
 
 neuters, perispome (e, g., nvp). 
 {b) Polysyllables : 
 
 1. Nominatives from stems in v or p, preceded by any vowel but an 
 o-sound (o or u), are oxytone {e. g., ttolimtiv, ttut^p), except proper 
 names and neuters. 
 
 2. Stemsinov, uv,op,o)p aregenerally oxytone, if feminine ; paroxytone, 
 if masc. (e. g., dat/xuv, ^JJTup) (but must be learned by observation). 
 
 3. Neuters throw the accent back as far as possible ; e. g., vinTap. 
 
 (339.) Rule of Gender. — Liquid nouns adding q to form 
 the nom., or lengthening . ov into wv, are feminine ; the rest 
 are masculine, except nom. in ap or op (neut.). 
 \. Liquids adding f to form the nom. are feminine. 
 Except 6e2.(pig, {6E?i(piv)oc, 6, dolphin; Te2.fj.ic, (re/l/iZ'v)of, 6. mud: 
 ^if, (■Siv)df, 6, 7j, sand; ktslc, {iiTev)6g, 6, comb. 
 2. Liquids presenting the unchanged stem, if stem-vowel be long {i. e., 
 av, 7]v, Tjp, vp, cov, up), are masculine ; if short (op, op), neuter. 
 Exceptions, 
 \. dv, none. 
 •z. 7]v ; xV'^i {xV'^)oc («» ^)> goose. 
 
 3. Tjp ; KTjp, {Kr]p)6g, fate {ij). 
 
 4. Dp ; none. 
 
VOWEL NOUNS. 137 
 
 5. uv ; aXuv, threshing-floor (^), and a few other rare words. 
 
 6. up ; ^Awp, lldap, izilup (neuter). 
 
 3. Liquids lengthening stem-vowel {ev into rjv, op into up) are mas- 
 culine. 
 
 1. Exc. in ev, <Pp7jv, (^p£v)df, mind (Jj). 
 
 2. In op, up, none. 
 
 4. Liquids lengthening the stem-vowel {ov into uv) are feminine ; e. g., 
 X£^i6uv, swallow (^7). 
 
 Except cLKfiuv {aKHOv), anvil {b) ; kuvuv (Kavov), rule, canon {6); a^uv 
 {d^ov), axle (6) ; with many names of living beings which are 6, tj. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 Make paradigms of the following nouns, and give the rules for accent and 
 gender. 
 
 ri cLKrig (aKrlv), ray (338, 
 
 b, 1, 339, 1). 
 6 TTwywv (TTwywv), beard 
 
 (338, b, 2, 339, 2). 
 6 a-nivSrip (amvdrjp), spark 
 
 (338, b, 1, 339, 2). 
 6 Xifirjv (Afjuev), haven (338, 
 
 b, 1, 339, 3). 
 
 rj d7]36v {dr)3ov)y nightingale 
 
 (338, b, 2, 339, 4). 
 6 dXeKTLdp (dXeKTop), coc^ 
 
 (338, 5, 2, 339, 3). 
 6 natdv {iraidv), pcean (338, 
 
 5, 1, 339, 2). 
 6 Kavcov [Kavov), canon (339, 
 
 4, Exc). 
 
 III. VOWEL NOUNS. 
 
 (340.) Vowel nouns are of two classes, viz., 
 
 (I.) Those which add g to the stem to form the nominative (all mascvr 
 
 line ox feminine). 
 ill.) Those which do not add g (all neuter). 
 
 LESSON LIV. 
 Vowel Nouns. 
 
 (l.) VOWEL stems adding f (mASC. AND FEM.). 
 
 (341.) Stems of all vowel nouns end in e, i, v, o, or O). 
 
138 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 (342.) A. Stems in e adding f, all Masc. or Fern. 
 
 Stems 
 
 City ®. 
 
 TTO/le- 
 
 Horse-soldier (5), 
 CTTTre- 
 
 Cubit (6). 
 TCTJxe- 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voc. 
 
 Tcble-ug 
 Trd/le-i', Trd/lei 
 
 TTO'ki 
 
 LTT-KEVg 
 
 'nnre-ug 
 CTnre-c, crenel 
 cTtne-a 
 
 CTZTZeV 
 
 izrjxvg 
 
 nrjxe-vdg 
 
 nrixe-i, nnxu 
 
 nfixvv 
 
 Tzfixv 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 
 7rd/le-£ 
 
 TTOM-OLV 
 
 cmre-E 
 cTrne-ocv 
 
 Trfjxe-E 
 TVTJxe-ocv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 TTo^e-eg, TzoXeig 
 
 TToXe-uv 
 
 Tr61e-ai(v) 
 
 CTTTTe-eg, cTorecc; 
 
 CTTTTE-UV 
 
 CTTire-VGciy) 
 IrtTce-dg, CTrttelg 
 
 nrjX^-eg, irjjxecg 
 Tzrixe-tiv 
 7T7Jxe-oc{v) 
 nrixe-ag, irvx^cg 
 
 Rem. 1. Stems in e take the Attic genitive ending, and are contracted, 
 
 as in the paradigm. 
 Rem. 2. The ace. ending is v, except for nouns ending in evg in nom. 
 
 (343.) Accent. 
 
 1. The Attic w in inflection is regarded as short for accent; hence gen. 
 TrdAecjf (not TroAewf). 
 
 2. On the accent of nominatives : 
 
 (a) Those changing e into i or u in nom. are never oxytone, but follow 
 
 the general rules (26). 
 (6) Those changing £ into ev in nom. are always oxytone. 
 
 (344.) Rule of Gender. — Vowel nouns which change 
 e into i before adding g in nom. s^xq feminine ; into v or ev, 
 masculine. 
 
 Exceptions : e into c, masculine, 6(pcg, i6<l>E)o)g, snake; KOTZcg, {K6'KE)ug, 
 prater. 
 
 (345.) The word rpiTjprjg [r]), galley, is an adjective 
 {trireme) used as a noun. It is declined like the masculine 
 ofdA??%(l77). 
 
 N. 7] TpcijpTjg, 
 G. Tpi7]pe-og, rpcrjpovg, 
 &c., &c. 
 
 KP^ For masculine proper names in -7j<^ (sog, ovf), see 
 
 (352). 
 
VOWEL NOUNS. 
 
 139 
 
 (346.) 
 
 B. Stems in l, v, u, and o, adding g. 
 
 
 Stems 
 
 WeevU (6). 
 
 Kt- 
 
 Fish (6). 
 
 Jackal (6). 
 
 Hero (6). 
 vpo)- 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 Gen. 
 
 Dat. 
 
 Ace. 
 
 Voe. 
 
 Kl-g 
 Kc-6g 
 
 Kt-t 
 Kl-V 
 Kl 
 
 ixdv-g 
 
 ixdv-og 
 
 ixdv-i 
 
 ixdv-v 
 
 Ixdv 
 
 ^(O-g 
 ■&0)-6g 
 
 ■&G)-t 
 
 ^cj-g 
 
 f]pu-g 
 fjpu-og 
 ^pu-l 
 
 7ipu-a, TjpUi 
 7ipo)-g 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 G.,D. 
 
 KL-e 
 KL-Olv 
 
 ixdv-e 
 
 Ixdv-OLV 
 
 ■&U-OLV 
 
 TjpOi-E 
 TjpU-OLV 
 
 PLUBAL. 
 
 N. and V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 Ace. 
 
 KL-eg 
 
 Kl-UV 
 
 Ki-ai(v) 
 KL-ag 
 
 LxGy-£Q, Ix^vg 
 
 lx6v-o)v 
 ixOv-ai{v) 
 Ixdv-ag, IxBvg 
 
 ■d-Co-eg 
 
 ■&o)-ai(v) 
 d-ij-ag 
 
 Vpco-eg 
 
 TjpCJ-UV 
 T]pU-(JL{y) 
 
 Vpu-ag, Tjpug 
 
 (347.) The stem o belongs only to feminine nouns ; e. g., 
 aldcjg, (^al6o)og, modesty. 
 
 1. But most feminines in o drop the g in nom. ; e.g., r]X(^, {vXo)og, echo. 
 
 2. In dual and plur., nouns in o are declined regularly after the second 
 declension ; e. g., aldol, aidcJv, aldolg, &c. ; i^;i;oi, &c. 
 
 
 Modesty (^). 
 
 Echo (fi). 
 
 Stems 
 
 al6o- 
 
 VXO- 
 
 SINGULAB. 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 T] alSug 
 
 V f}X<^ 
 
 Gen. 
 
 (alSo-og) aldovg 
 
 (iixo-og) ijxovc 
 
 Dat. 
 
 (alSo-l) aldol 
 
 iVXO-l) vxol 
 
 Ace. 
 
 (a'tdo-a) ac6u 
 
 {nxo-a) rix^ 
 
 Voc. 
 
 {ai66-c) aldol 
 
 (,TJX6-1) 7]X0l 
 
 Rem. Observe the peculiar voc. ending ol. 
 (348.) Accent. 
 
 1. Monosyllables which make ace. in v are perispome (e, g., juvg, avg, 
 Ki'g) ; others oxytone (e. g., &cjg). 
 
 2. Polysyllables, 
 
 (a) With V stems are oxytone, except jSorpvg, grapes, and a few others. 
 (6) With stems, oxytone ; e. g., jjxu (r/xo). 
 (c) With 0) stems, paroxytone ; e. g., fjpag (ripo)). 
 
 (349.) Rule of Gender. — Vowel nouns in i, v, o, adding 
 g to form the nom., axe fe?nimne ; in co, masculine. 
 
 1. Except m i, Kig (6), weevil; Tug (6), lion. 
 
 2. Except in v, (iorpvg (6), grapes ; &prjvvg (6), footstool ; ixdvg (6), 
 fish ; [jLvg (6), mouse ; veKvg (6), corpse ; crdxvg (6), ear of com. 
 
140 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 (n.) VOWEL STEMS NOT ADDING g (nEUTER). 
 
 (350 .) These are very few. 
 
 1. In v ; e. g., duKpv, tear {to). [Paradigms unnecessary.] 
 
 2. In E, only a few foreign words which change e into c in nom. ; e. g , 
 oivdm, {atvd7re)og, mustard; and one which changes e into v; \iz.,&(7TV, 
 {ac!T£)og, oity. 
 
 Stems 
 
 Mustard (jS). 
 acvane- 
 
 City (,To). 
 dare- 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 GlVdlTC 
 
 atva-rre-oc 
 {aivd-KE-i) aivdnec 
 
 darv 
 dare-oc 
 
 (d0T£-i) dOTEL 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 G., D. 
 
 GLvuTce-e 
 atvaTTe-oiv 
 
 dcTE-e 
 dari-oLv 
 
 PLURAL, 
 
 N., A., V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 {aivdire-a) aLvdivTi 
 aivaTTE-uv 
 (TtvdTre-aL(v) 
 
 (dcTE-a) darn 
 doTE-ov 
 daTE-ci{y) 
 
 A.CCENT. — Neuters are never oxytone : they follow the rules (26). 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 Make paradigms of the following nouns, and give the rules for accent and 
 gender. 
 
 7] otpig {dips), eyesight (342, 
 
 344). 
 7j noLTjaig (TTOiTjoe), poetry, 
 r) dpvg {Spy), oak (348, 1, 
 
 349). 
 jj ttelOg) {TxeiBo), per&uasion 
 
 (347, 1, 348, b). 
 
 6 ireXenvg (rreAe^c), axe (342, 
 
 344). 
 6 vofievg {vofie), shepherd 
 
 (342, 344). 
 Tj 7]cjg {rjo), dawn (348, b, 
 
 349). 
 
 IV. SEMI-VOWEL NOUNS. 
 
 LESSON LV. 
 
 (351.) Semi-vowel stems all end in ag or e^. 
 1. In Of, only a few, all neuter. The g is dropped, except in N., A., V 
 sing., and contraction ensues (see cre/laf, below, and 330, note *). 
 
SEMI-VOWEL NOUNS. 
 
 141 
 
 2. In cf, 
 
 (a) Many neuters which cnange e into o and drop f in the nom., and 
 are contracted in several cases (c. g., yivog, below) ; 
 
 (J>) Some masculine proper names, derived from neuter nouns in cf 
 (nom. Of) (see 158). 
 
 Stems 
 
 Light (ro). 
 
 Race (rd). 
 yevec- 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 N., A, V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 (aeXaa-og), aela-OQ 
 (aeXaa-L), aela-i, CEkq, 
 
 yivog 
 
 (yevEG-oc), yive-oc, yivov^ 
 {yivEG-i), yivE-l, yevEL 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 G., D. 
 
 {atkaa-z), atka-t 
 
 (ysvecr-E), yivs-E, yivrj 
 (yEvia-oiv), yEvi-OLv, ysvolv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 N., A., V. 
 Gen. 
 Dat. 
 
 (aeXaa-a), ciXa-a, atka 
 (aekda-uv), celd-uv 
 {(xekaa-ai), Gika-cn{v) 
 
 (yivEa-a), yivE-a, yivTj 
 
 iyEVEG-UV), yEVE-UV, yEVCOV 
 lyEVEG-Gl), y-£V£-GL(v) 
 
 Rem. The accents follow the general rules (26). 
 
 (352.) The masc. proper names, with steins in eg (derived 
 from neuter nouns), are declined as follows : 
 
 
 Socrates. 
 
 Pericles. 
 
 Nom. 
 
 2w/cpdr^f 
 
 {HeplkIet]^), JlEpLKliiq 
 
 Gen. 
 
 2(j /cpdrotJf 
 
 (JIeplkTiee-oq), TlEpcKkiov^ 
 
 Dat. 
 
 IcJKpaTEC 
 
 {UepikIee-i, JIeplkXeel), Hepi/cAet 
 
 Ace. 
 
 ^COKpaTJ], "ZuKpdTTJV 
 
 (Ilepi/cAee-a), TiEpLKXiCL 
 
 Voc. 
 
 luKpaTEQ 
 
 (UePLkXeEC), TiEpLKkEL^ || 
 
 Rem. The ace. sing, uses the ending rjv of the 1st decl., as well as j; 
 of the 3d. But the nouns in KlTjg do not, in good Attic prose. 
 
 EXEK.CISE. 
 Make paradigms of the folloiving, and give the rules for accent cmd gender. 
 
 rd denag (denag), goblet (351, 
 
 !)• 
 TO TSLxog (retxeg), wall (351, 
 
 2, a). 
 TO KaXXog (KaXXeg), beauty. 
 TO dvdog (dvdeg), flower. 
 rd bp&g (dpeg)^ matmtmn. 
 
 TO ETog {sTeg), year. 
 
 b ATjfjboadevTjg (Arjiioadeveg), 
 
 Demosthenes (352). 
 6 ^kpLaroTeXrig CAptaTOTE' 
 
 keg), Aristotle (352). 
 6 '^LKOKXrjg, Nicocles (352, 
 
142 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 (353.) LESSON LVL 
 
 Summary of Rules of Ge7tder from the Nominative 
 Formation.^ 
 
 I. Masculine : 
 
 1, Adding g: (a) P-mute steins; e. g., yvip (yvTr). 
 
 (6) Stems in r ; e. g., yeZwf (yelcor) ; ifidg (l/iavr). 
 
 (c) Vowel stems in w ; e. g., &cog {&o)). 
 
 (d) All in e changing e into v or ev before g ; e. g., -kjjxvq 
 (jTrix^) ; (3a(rt2,evg ifiaaiXe). 
 
 2. Not adding g : (a) Stems in ovr (nom. uv) ; e. g., Hcjv {leovr). 
 
 {b) Liquids presenting the unchanged stem with 
 long vowel ; e. g., firjv ; ^rjp ; aluv ; ix<^P- 
 
 (c) Liquids lengthening ev into ^yv, op into up ; e. g., 
 TToifiTJv {iroifzev) ; f!)7jTCjp {(irjTop). 
 
 IL Feminine : 
 
 1. Adding g\ (a) Stems in 6 or d\ e. g., epig (epid) ; "Kafnzdg Qiafi- 
 
 Trad) ; Kopvg (Kopvd). 
 
 (b) All liquid stems; e. g., (yig (/5iv). 
 
 (c) Vowel stems in l, o, v, e. g., dpvg (dpv), ij ; ai6ug 
 {aido). 
 
 (d) Vowel stems in e which change into t in nom. ; e. 
 g., TToTiig (TTO/le). 
 
 2. Not adding g : (a) Vowel stems in o, and liquid stems in ov, length- 
 
 ening into (J in nom, ; e. g., 7jx<^ i^xo) j A^eAidwv 
 (xs^i-^ov). 
 
 III. Neuter : 
 
 1. All stems in ar ; e.g.,acJjj,a{ao)iJ.aT); ^Trap (^Trar) ; Kepag (Kepar) ; 
 vdup (vSar) ; yovv (yovar). 
 
 2. All liquids which present the unchanged stem, if last syllable be 
 short ; e. g., veKxap. 
 
 ^^ Here belong the contracted forms Ksap, KJjp, &c. ; also nvp (ttu/j). 
 
 3. A^ vowel stems which do not add g in nom. (except those in o). 
 
 4. All semi-vowel stems in ag, or in eg nom. og ; e. g., a€kag ; TElxoi 
 {ruxtg)- 
 
 * Not including nouns with k-mute stems, which must be learned by 
 practice. Most of them (except personal and animal names) are feminine. 
 
rules of gender. 143 
 
 (continued). 
 
 Exceptions. 
 
 L 
 
 1. (a) Kokavpo^l}, KaTTjlif, "kallaip, ^XeTp, %epvii/>, ot//, uip, all /cm. 
 (6) Abstract nouns in -ttit- (e.g., Kovcpdrrjg (kov^ottjt) M. feminine ; 
 
 with kod'ng {kadriT) ; x^Pf-^ Ct^P^^) (^) 5 ^^'^ 'P^^ (^"^) (r6),and 
 (c) None. iov£, {cot) {to). 
 
 {d) None. 
 
 2. (a) None. 
 
 (6) In 77V, xV'^ Uvv) {rj) ; in VP> i^VP {i^VP) (v), with neuter con- 
 tracts ; e. g., Keap, Kfjp ; in up, the neuters eTiup, eXdcjp, tek- 
 fiup, Trilcjp ; in ov, several rare words {?)). 
 
 (c) ev into ^v, <l>pTjv {<f>pev), ij ; op into up, none. 
 
 II. 
 
 1, (a) TTOvf (TTod), 6 ; opvic {dpvid), 6, i] ; Tvalg {itaid), 6, ij. 
 
 {h) 6e?i<j>lc {6el<l>Lv), 6 ; ^Ig {^iv), 6, tj ; T£2,fiic {te1{ilv), 6 ; KTeig 
 
 {ktev), b. 
 (c) In L, Klg, Tug (6) ; in v, (SoTpvg, ^p^vvg, ix^vg, fivg, vsKvg, oto,- 
 
 Xvg (all b) ; in 0, none. 
 {d) b^ig {o^e), Koiztg {kotte), 6. 
 
 2. (a) In 0, none ; in ov, aK/j.o)v {uKfiov), Kavuv {kuvov), a^uv [a^ov), 
 
 all 6 ; with many names of living beings which are 6, t]. 
 
 m. 
 
 1. None. 
 
 2. None. 
 
 3. None. 
 
 4. None. [Stem in Eg (nom. rig), belongs to proper names (352).] 
 
144 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION. 
 
 LESSON LVII. 
 
 Irregular Nouns of Third Declension, 
 
 (354.) H^ Only those cases which differ from the reg- 
 ular forms are given. The stems are placed in parentheses 
 
 1. 'Pvvp (6), man (336). 
 
 2. 'AttoA/Iwv {' kiroHciv), Apollo, ace. 'Atto/IAw, voc. 'knoT^lov. 
 
 3. Bo Of ((5, 7]), ox, cow. 
 
 Sing. Dual. Plur. 
 
 Nom. ^ovQ (3e-ec 
 
 Gen. l3o-6g N., A., V. j36-e jSo-uv 
 
 I>at. Po-i G., D. j3o-ocv (3ovaciv) 
 
 Ace. /3o{;z; (J36-ac)Pove 
 
 Voc. ^oi; /?6.£f 
 
 4. rdvv {yovar) {to), knee (331, 2, «). 
 
 5. Pw^ (57) (yi;vai/c*), woman. Voc. yvvai. 
 
 6. Aopv {to) {dopuT), spear (331, 2, c), 
 
 7. ZexSf (6), Jupiter, gen. Ai-df, dat. At-i', ace, A^a, voc. Zev. 
 
 8. epi^{&pix) (^), Aazr, gen. rpf;t-of, dat. pi. &pi^i. 
 
 9. Kdpa (/cpar) (ro), head, gen. Kpar-dc, dat. /cpar-/ and /cdpji. 
 
 10. K;ie/f (/c/lcifJ) (y), key, ace. /c/leZd-a, commonly K?iEtv; plur., nom., 
 and ace. K?ielg (also /c/leid-ef, /c/le6(J-af). 
 
 IL Kvo)V {6), dog {336, 3). 
 
 12. Aaaf, Auf (Aa) (6), sfone, gen. Aa-of, dat. ?M-i, ace. Aav (rarer, 
 2a-a), plur. nom. Xd-eg, gen. /Id-wx', dat. Tid-ecai. 
 
 13. Mdprvf {/lapTvp) (0), witness, ace. fidpTvp-a and (rarer) fidprw, 
 dat. pi. adpTi;o"f. 
 
 14. Nai5f, ^, aAjp. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Nom. vaiif 
 
 
 
 v^ec 
 
 Gen. vcwf 
 
 N., A., V. wanting. 
 
 
 vzdv 
 
 Dat. vTjt 
 
 G., D. veoiv 
 
 
 vavaiiv) 
 
 Ace. vaiiy 
 
 
 
 vaic 
 
 15. Oi5f (ur) (r<5), car (331, iZem. 1), gen. utoc. 
 
 dat. 
 
 UTl, &c. 
 
 * In gen. and dat. sing, and plur. accent the ult. ; e. g., yvvacKoc, &c 
 in other cases, the penult ; e. g., yvvaiKa. 
 
IRREGULAR NOUNS. 
 
 16. IIo<T£i6Qv (6), Neptune, ace. TioaeidC), voc. Hdcreidov. 
 
 17. 'T(5wp (vcJar) (ro), u;afer (331, Re,n. 2). 
 
 18. XeipiTi), hand {335). 
 
 145 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (355.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To hear, iiKOV-Eiv. 
 
 To punish, Ko7M^-ELV. 
 
 To become, befit, TTpeK-etv (with dat.). 
 
 To reverence, aEJS-ecdat (mid.). 
 
 Hen, opvig, {opvi6)o^ (6, 7f) (323). 
 To guard, take care of\ (pvXuTT-ecv. 
 To comb, KTevc^-eiv. 
 
 (356.) Examples. 
 
 Modesty becomes a ivoman. \ yvvaiKl rj aldcjg Trpenei. 
 
 (357.) Translate into English. 
 
 Ol avdp(jj7Tot iiLOovGL Tov dvSpa Kafcov. — 0/ arpaTicJTac 
 Sopara [leydXa elxov. — Tolg (holv^ aKovofiev. — 01 "EA- 
 Xrjveg rov HoGecdcJ etliicjv (96). — Ot AdTjvaloL rdv 
 'AttoAAcj ETLiicjv. — 'Eycj KeXevu) as (pevysLV gvv ralg 
 vavaiv. — 0/ TroXefMLOL vavg elxov TpiaKOvra. — ^Q Zev, 
 KoXa^s rovg ddiKOvg. — Talg yvvai^lv r) aldcbg npenei. 
 — ^vXarre, c5 Tcal, rag Trjg oltctag KXslg. — ^.Tivt^e rag 
 Tpixcig, c5 nal. — Ol AdTjvalot asfSovraL Hi a. — Ol arparL- 
 Ldrai rag vavg ecpvXarrov. — ^^ yvvac, (pvXaTre ttjv 
 olKiav. 
 
 (358.) Trandate into G-reek. 
 
 Bad men do not reverence Jupiter. — Hear with your ( = 
 the) ears, O woman. — (There) were twenty ships. — He 
 had a great spear. — Jupiter always punishes the unjust man. 
 — A certain (260, h) woman had a hen (324, c). — "WTio 
 (256, a) guards the keys of the house ? The woman. — The 
 boy is-combing his (= the) hair (pi.). — The ships became 
 visible (182, c). — Many women were with the army. 
 
 * With the ears. 
 
 a 
 
§ 2. 
 QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ON ACCENT. 
 
 [If the student wishes to be accurate in his Greek scholarship, he will 
 not quit this section until he can give every answer with entire 
 promptness.] 
 
 LESSON LVIII. 
 
 Accent. 
 
 (359.) 1. How many accents can a Greek word have ? (Only one, unless 
 it receives another from an enclitic.) 
 
 2. What syllables admit of accent ? (None but one of the last three). — 
 Which accent can stand on any of the three ? (The acute.) — Which only 
 on the penult or ult. ? (The circumflex.) — What is the quantity of a cir- 
 cumflexed syllable ? (Always long by nature.) 
 
 3. What do you call a word with no accent on the ult. ? (Barytone.) — 
 With the acute on the ult. ? (Oxytone.) — On the penult? (Paroxytone.) 
 — On the antepenult? (Proparoxytone.) — With the circumflex on the 
 ult.? (Perispome.) — On the penult? (Properispome.) 
 
 4. How do you mark an oxytone when followed by another word (not 
 enclitic) in the same sentence ?* (With the softened acute \) 
 
 GENERAL RULES. 
 
 (360.) 1. If the ult. be accented, what is generally its accent ? (Oxytone, 
 except the following perispomes ; viz., (a) contracted syllables ; (6) the 
 gen. pi. of 1st decl. ; (c) the gen. and dat. of the article, and of all nouns of 
 1st and 2d decl. which are oxytone in the nom. ; (d) the voc. of nouns in 
 evg; and, (c) many monosyllables long by nature.) 
 
 1^^ What long ultimates are regarded as short for accentual pur- 
 poses? ((1) Case-endings with the Attic w; (2) the diphthongs 
 oi and at-i) 
 2. If the ultimate be unaccented and long, what accent will the word 
 have? (Paroxytone ; e. g., ^■^rcop, aarpdirrjv.) 
 
 * By " in the same sentence" we mean, not separated by a punctuation 
 mark denoting a transition of thought. 
 
 t Except in the optative mood (see hereafter). 
 
ACCENT. 147 
 
 3. If the ult. be unaccented and short, what accent will the word have, 
 (o) if a dissyllable ? ( (1) With short penult, paroxytone ; e. g., Xdyoc ; (2) 
 with penult long by nature, properispome ; e. g., aufia.) — {b) If a polysyl- 
 lable? (Proparoxytone ; e. g., avOpuirog, (pevyovatv.) — (c) But if the ac- 
 cent be kept on the penult, and it be long? (The word rmist be properi- 
 spome ; e. g., noXlrd.) 
 
 ATONICS AND ENCLITICS. 
 
 (361.) 1. What are atonies? (Unaccented words.) — What words are 
 atonies? ((1) The nom. article, 6, i], ol, at ; (2) the prepositions elg, ev, 
 EK, cjf ; (3) the conjunctions el, ug ; (4) the adverb ov (ovk, qvx)-) 
 
 2. Are ov, ek, dg ever accented ? (Yes ; ov, when it means " no," or 
 stands at the end of a sentence ;* ek, when it stands after the word it 
 governs ;t (if, when it means ''thus," or stands after the word it refers 
 to.t) 
 
 (362.) 1. What are enclitics? (Little words so closely united to preced- 
 ing words as to be pronounced with them, and throw back Llieir accent 
 ■upon them.) — What words are enclitic? ((a) The personal pronouns fxov, 
 fiOL, fit', GOV, act, GE ; oi), oi, e, with acputv and acpiai ; {b) the pres. indie 
 forms of elfxi {I am) and (prjfii (/ say), except the 2d pers. sing. ; (c) the in- 
 definite (not interrogative) pronoun Tig, and the indefinite (not interrogative) 
 adverbs beginning with it (i. c, ncjg, ttt], -ttote, &c.) ; (d) the particles 
 ^^v, vvv, KEV, ye, 
 nip, /6d, Tot, T£.) 
 
 ^^ What is the accent of the interrogative r/f ? (Always oxytone.) 
 
 2. Are the personal pronouns always enclitic after other words ? (No ; 
 after (1) a copulative or disjunctive conjunction, or (2) an accented prepo- 
 sition, they keep their accent ; e. g., £/j.i koI ce, npbg aoL) — Do you use 
 the short forms iiov, fioi, fj.E after accented prepositions ? (No, the long 
 ones, Efiov, &c. ; c. g., Tvepl kpLOv, not nEpl /lov.) 
 
 3. Is eifit, in any of its forms, always enclitic after other words ? (No ; 
 it is paroxytone (a) when it is apredicate (not a copula) ; e. g., ^sbg egtlv ; 
 (6) after the words 
 
 aXk'j oTt, Kai, TOVTo, 
 d)g, fiT], ovK, and ttov.) 
 
 4. W'hen do all dissyllabic enclitics retain their accent ? (After a paroxy- 
 toned word ; e. g., (plXog egtIv, not (piXog egtiv.) 
 
 5. When do all enclitics retain their accent ? (After a word which has 
 lost its accent by elision ; e.g., KaXbg 6' iGTtv.) 
 
 6. What effect has an enclitic on the preceding word, (a) if it be oxytone 
 
 * e. g., TTug yap ov ; {how not '') Kal, ov, (brjGtv {he says " no"). 
 
 t e. g., KaKdv l^. X Kal ug kdeAOi : KaKoi ug 
 
1 ±y ACCENT. 
 
 (i. e., softened acute) ? (The softened acute becomes acute ; e.g., ^p ti(„ 
 not ^fjp Tig.) — (6) If it be perispome or paroxytone? (No change ; e. g., 
 (pug eariv ' (plXog jiov.) — (c) If it be proparoxytone or properispome ? (Puts 
 an acute on its last syllable ; e. g., avOpuTvog rig ' aijfid fiov.) 
 
 7. What if an enclitic begin a sentence ? (Of course it keeps its accent, 
 as it has no preceding word to incline upon.) 
 
 CONTRACTION. 
 
 (363.) 1. When do you circumflex a contracted syllable? (When the 
 first of the contracted vowels has the acute ; e. g., rifido), ri/nu.) — 2. If the 
 second vowel has the acute ? (Then the contracted syllable is acute ; e. 
 g., Ti/iiaETO), TLfiaTu ; unless it be a long penult with short ultimate ; e.g., 
 iaraoTog, iarcoTog.) 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (364.) Fut the accents on the foUoiving words. 
 
 1^^ Remember that in diphthongs the accent is always put over the 
 second vowel ; e. g., k[iov, e/iot. 
 
 1^^ In the exercise a dot is placed over words that are accented on 
 ult,, and on such as have the accent kept on the penult (360, 3, c). 
 
 'Enei, (360, ly—PamXevg (360, 1).— TroAiraJv (360, 1, 
 
 d).—TOv (360, 1, c).—roig (360, 1, c).—Tif^7]g (360, 1, c). 
 
 — .nnev (360, 1, d). — Aapewv (360, 2). — aTpancjTai (360, 
 
 o, c).—TOVTOV {360, 2).— Aeya (360, 2).—dUd (360, 1).— 
 
 ravTd (360, 3, a, (2)). — fieyLOTOv (360, 3, b). — dovXog. — 
 
 repTTOvalv (360, 3, b). — hfc rovrov. — ova oldd (360, 3, a, 
 
 (2)). 
 
 LESSON LIX. 
 Accent {continued). 
 
 NOUNS. 
 
 (365.) What rule applies to the inflection of nouns in all three declen- 
 sions ? (The accent remains on the same syllable as in the nominative, 
 unless the rules (26) forbid.) 
 
ACCENT. 149 
 
 First Declension. 
 
 (366.) Variation of accent in inflection. 
 
 1. If the nom. is oxytone, what will the gen. and dat. be? (Perispome, 
 in all three numbers.) — 2. What is the accent of the gen. pi. '' {Always 
 perispome.)— 3. What if a long ultimate becomes short ? (A paroxytone 
 with long penult will become properispome ; e. g., yv(l)[iri, yvufiaL ; no- 
 Utt]^, TTo/lird.)— 4. What if a short ult. becomes long ? (The accent is 
 drawn forward ; e. g., jiovaa, /xovaTjg ;* Tisaiva, 7\-eatvrig.) 
 
 (367.) Accent of nominatives. \ 
 
 I. Nouns ending in a, (a) with vowel stems. — 1. What is the accent ot 
 most abstractX nouns in ia or etat (Paroxytones ; e. g., <pi?iiu, (SaatXeid 
 (dominion).) — 2. Of abstracts in eta from adjectives in tjCj as well as con- 
 cretes in eia ? (Proparoxytone ; e. g., aXr/deia, truth {uTirjOfig) ; (SaaLTiEiay 
 queen.) — (b) Consonant-stems. — Are nouns in a, whose stems end in a mutCy 
 or in /I, fi, V, a, ever oxytone ? (No ; they generally throw the accent 
 back as far as possible. $) 
 
 II. Nouns in 7/? (The greater part are oxytone; but they must be 
 earned by observation.) 
 
 III. Masculines. — 1. Nouns in cf? (All paroxytone; e. g., veaviag.) — 
 2. Verbalsll in rT/f, preceded by a vowel or f ? (Oxytone ; e. g., [ladijTrig.) 
 — 3. Nouns in Trjg, not verbals ? (Generally paroxytone ; e. g,, Tro^iTijg.) 
 
 Second Declension. 
 
 (368.) Variatimi of accent in inflection. 
 
 What changes occur in inflection ? (The same as in the 1st decl. (366), 
 except that the gen. pi. is not perispome unless the nom. sing, is oxytone.) 
 
 (369.) Accent of nominatives. 
 
 1. What is the accent of nominatives in of, (a) with mute stems ? (Most 
 go by the general rules (26) ; but verbals in rog, with dde/l^df, ^rjyog, 
 KapTcog, ayog and its compounds,^ with some others, are oxytone.) — (6) 
 With stems in /^ ? (Mostly oxytone, if the penult be long by nature or po- 
 
 * The accent is said to be drawn forward, not only when it is taken a 
 syllable nearer to the end, as in Tieaivrjg, but also when it is changed from 
 ~ to ', as in fiovarjg ; because the circumflex fills two accent places ; e. g., 
 luovcra = pLovaa. t See note (*) to paragraph (317, 2). 
 
 X An abstract noun denotes a quality (e. g., goodness, friendship) ; a con 
 Crete noun denotes a person or thing (e. g., queen). 
 
 ^ e. g., 66^a, dtacTa, ujutTiXa, fzepifiva. 
 
 [| By verbals, we mean nouns derived from verbs. 
 
 IT e. g., GTpaTTjyog, general. 
 
150 ACCENT. 
 
 sition; e. g., S-v/^dg, 6<p6a?^/u.6g.^} — (c) With vowel stems ?t (Mostly oxy- 
 tone ; e. g., vaog, vlog-t) 
 
 2. Are neuter nouns of 2d decl. ever oxytoae? (Only two or three ; all 
 he rest throw the accent back ; e. g., epyov, l/xdrLov.) 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (370.) Put the accent on the folloiving woo'ds. 
 
 riizcov, Tiiiaig (from tljit] ; 366, 1). — rjfiepdg (from rifxepd', 
 365). — iieXtaaxj (from fjie?uaaa; 366, 4). — lepeia {priest- 
 hood; 367, I., 1), — dyyeXia (367, 1., 1). — evaej3eLa {rever- 
 ence, from £va£(3r]g ; 367, 1., 2). — fiaKsXXa, deacva, -daXaa- 
 (Ttt, cLKavda (367, I., h). — ra^iag (367, III.). — diKaarrjg 
 {verbal; 367, III., 2). — ro^oTTjg {archer, from to^oj^, how ; 
 367, III., 3). — dv6pG)7TOV, dvdpwnov [dvdpojTrog). — KTjnog, 
 rpoTTog, TiXovTog, '\pri<pog, oXfiog, Xoyog (369, 1, a). — daafiogj 
 ^EGiiog, dpiOfiog (369, 1, b). — Xaog, ^AaKXrjmog (369, c). 
 
 LESSON LX. 
 Accent (continued). 
 
 Third Declension. 
 (371.) Variation in inflection. 
 
 1. What change of accent occurs in monosyllables ? (They accent the 
 ending in gen. and dat.)— Any exceptions ? (Yes (314, note *) ; viz., 
 
 6d8uv, Sfiucjv, (j)d)TO)v, -S-cjov, 
 Tval^uv, (t>u6o}v, o)Tuv, Tpuuv.) 
 
 2. What dissyllables also accent the ending in gen. and dat. sing. ? (The 
 syncopated liquids (336).) 
 
 3. What is the general rule in polysyllables 7 (Keep the accent as in thf 
 nominative, so long as the rules (26) allow.) 
 
 * tyriiioq., people, is properispome, to distinguish it from 6rifiQg,fat. 
 t Adjectives, with vowel stems, used as nouns, must not be confounded 
 (vith these ; e. g., 'AOrjvaioc Athenian, 
 t Bhc, life, is parcBcytone, to distinguish it from f3i6c, bow. 
 
ACCENT. 151 
 
 ACCENT OF KOMIXATIVES. 
 
 (372.) MonosyllaUes. 
 
 What is the accent oi monosyllables ? (All oxytone ; e. g., yvtp , except 
 the following perispomes ; viz., 
 
 1. All monosyllabic neuters ; e. g., 0wf , ovg, Tzvp. 
 
 2. All vowel stems taking v in ace. ; e. g., fivg, vavg, Kig. 
 
 3. Contracted nominatives ; e. g., Qpa^ (for 9pdif ), iracg (Traif ) 
 
 (373.) Polysyllables. 
 
 1. What is the accent of all neuters ? (Barytone.*) 
 
 2. Mdte Nouns. — What is the accent of nouns, (a) withp-mute or 
 k-mute stems? (All paroxytone, except those with short ult. and long 
 penult, which are properispome ; e.g., XalAa^.) — (6) With stems in 6. ad- 
 ding g in the nom. ? (Oxytone, except those in l6, with ace. in v, which 
 accent the penult ; e. g., eptg {Epi6).)—{c) With stems in 8 or r, adding gl 
 (Barytone, except l/idg, uvdpcdg, Idpug, uSovg, and some abstracts in rrjg.) 
 
 3. Liquid Nouns. — (a) With stems in v or p, preceded by any vowel 
 but an o-sound? (Oxytone (e. g., ttol/xtjv, alOfjp), except some proper 
 names (e. g., "EA/It/v).) — (6) With stems in ov or uv ? (Generally oxy- 
 tone, if fem. ; e. g., xeTiiduv ; paroxytone, if masc. ; e. g., daificjv ; but must 
 be learned by observation.) 
 
 4. Vowel Nouns. — (a) Nouns in evg from stems in £? (All oxytone; 
 e. g., fSacrcXevg.) — (6) Nouns in tg, from stems in e? (All barytone ; e. g., 
 7r6?ug, KTjjoLg.) — (c) Stems in o or v? (Oxytone, except jSoTpvg, vEKvg, 
 and a few others.) — {d) Stems in cj ? (All paroxytone ; e. g., rjpug.) 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (374.) Put the accents on the folloiving ivords. 
 
 fjtrjrpog, fiTjTpt [fLTjrrjp ; 371, 2). — pi7]vog, firivt, fvrjvojv 
 {fiTjv ; 371, l).—ip7]v, -drip, cppr^v, vv^ (372).— Gvg (372, 2) 
 — f3p£(pog {to), erog {to), ovo^a {to), OTOfia {to), Kv^a {to), 
 yepag {to) (373, l).-^dAG}7T7]^, KvicXcoip, dcjpd^ (373, 2, a), 
 —(bvyaq (stem (pvyad), (bpovTig (ace. (ppovTid-a) (373, 2, b). 
 — yeX(^g (yeAwr), epw^ (epwr), (373, 2, c). — Xlii7]v {Xl^iev), 
 CLKTig {duTLv) (373, 3, a). — yovevg, lepevg, vojievg (373, 4, 
 a). — noatg, andvLg, npd^ig (373, 4, b). — TTEido) (stem ttelBo), 
 r]0)g {rjo) (373, 4, c). — naTpoyg {-naTpo)) (373, 4, d). 
 
 ■» /. e., unaccented on the ult., and following the general rules (26). 
 
52 ACCENT. 
 
 LESSON LXL 
 
 Accent (continued). 
 
 ADJECTIVES. 
 (375.) 1. What is the prevailing accent of adjectives ? (Oxytone ; e. g. 
 dya66c,u?iTjd7jg, &c.) — 2. What of adjectives of Class!., A, with stems in fi, 
 and with short penults in ?i ? (Generally put accent back; e. g., epijfiog 
 Tiokoq, <pi?iog.) — 3. Vowel stems ? (Generally back ; e. g., diKaiog, uvayKClZ 
 Of.) — 4. Compound adjectives in of? (Back as far as possible ; e. g., adt 
 Koq.)—b. Comparatives and superlatives ? (Follow the general rules.) 
 
 PRONOUNS. 
 
 (376.) 1. How are the substantive pronouns accented ? (Always on the ul- 
 timate ;* e. g., kyo), ejuavrov, &c.) — 2. Where is the accent of the adjective 
 pronouns of more than one syllable ? (On the penult ; c. g., Troaog, ovrog.) 
 — Any exceptions? (Yes; eiiog, avrog, and the indefinites Tvoaog, Tzotog, 
 are oxytone.) 
 
 VERBS. 
 
 (377.) What is the general rule in verbs ? (Accent as far back as the 
 quantity of the final syllable will allow ; e. g., ^evyu, (pevye, k(Sov7\.EVGa.) 
 [I^^ The exceptions, which are few, will be noted as they occur. 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 (378.) What is the accent of adverbs in (jf ? (Perispome, if derived from 
 oxytone adjectives; e. g., KUKog, Kaiccjr; a7irjQ7]g, alrjOug ; otherwise par- 
 oxytone ; e. g., opdcoc, bpOiug. 
 
 1^^ 'H(5ewf is paroxytone, though from Tjdvg. 
 
 PREPOSITIONS. 
 
 (379.) 1. What prepositions are unaccented? {elg, ev, eK, d)g.) — 2. What 
 is the accent of the others ? (Oxytone, except ctfia and evEKU.) 
 
 PARTICLES. 
 
 (380.) 1. What is the accent of interrogative particles? (Perispome; 
 e. g., TTug ; fiuv ;) — 2. Any others perispome ? (Yes ; ovv, therefore ; vvv, 
 now.) — 3. Of others, if monosyllabic, and not enclitic ! (Generally oxy- 
 tone ; e. g., Kai, (irj, &c.) — 4. What accent has ovkovv when it means 
 " therefore''' ? (Perispome, ovkovv.) — What when used interrogatively '; 
 
 Except, of course, the enclitics 
 
ACCENT. 153 
 
 (Perispome also, ovkovv ; = nonne xgitur ?) — What when it means " there- 
 fore not" 1 (Paroxytone, ovkovv-) 
 
 COMPOUND WORDS. 
 
 (381.) 1. What is the general rule in compound words? (Accent as far 
 back as possible ; e. g., uTTtaTog (d -|- Tricrrdf), (l)i?,dao<pog {(l>t?.o + (jo(p6g).) 
 — 2. But can you put it back in verbs beyond an augment, or beyond a syl- 
 lable of the prefixed word that was accented before? (No; e. g., Trpoor- 
 etxov (from elxov), not TzpoosLxov.) 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (382.) Put on the omitted accents in the following par- 
 agraph. 
 
 ^^^ Remember that the acute in continued discourse is marked^ (359, 
 4), and that final ol and au are sliort for accent. 
 
 "Hv 6e^ Tig" avrcjv^ '''P^'^V* '^^^^ yvcofidg,^ (bg'' [irp rovro^ 
 (j,6vov EvvocjVTaLj^ rL^° TTeLGovraL^^ dXXd Kat^^ Ti^° Troirjaovai,'^ 
 noXv^^ £vdv[j,or£poL^^ eaovrat^ encGraads^ yap^ Srjnov, ore 
 ovre nXTjdog^ ianv,^^ ovre iaxvg,^* r)^^ ev^° tq^'' ttoXe^g}^^ 
 rag^ viKag nocovaa, dXX' OTTorepoL av'^ avv^^ rolg^"^ ■deoig^'^ 
 raig^'' ipvxaig^^ eppG)p,EveGTepoL^^ lcjglv eni^^ rovg^ TroXefiL- 
 ovg,^^ rovrovg"^ (bg^ em'-^ ro^ noXv^^ ol^^ kvavrtot ov^^ 6&- 
 Xpvrai.^ 
 
 1 380, 3, and, as the next word is enclitic, observe 362, 6, a.— 2 362, 1, c. 
 — 3 376, 2, exc, gives the accent of the nom. ; gen. pi. then by 360, 1, c. 
 —4 Verb, 377.-5 See paradigm, 67.-6 IS'om. yvuixrj, then, 365.—" 361, 1, 
 (3).— 8 360, 3, a, (2).— 9 Contracted from evvoeuvTai, 363, 1. — 1° Interrog., 
 362, 1^=.— n 375, 1.—^-^ 375, 5.— 13 362, 6, c— 14 373, 4, c— is 361, 1. 
 —16 361, 1, (2).— 17 360, 1, c— 18 Nom. TrdZeyUOf , 360, 2.-19 379, 2.-20 q^^^, 
 360, c— 21 ijwxv, 360, c— =2 360, 2.-23 380, 3.— 2^ 361, 1, (4). 
 
 G 2 
 
§ 3. 
 THE VERB, FULLER VIEW. 
 
 LESSON LXIL 
 
 Classification of Verbs hy the Characteristic. — The 
 
 Tenses. 
 
 (383.) The characteristic of any verb is the final letter 
 
 of its stem. 
 
 Thus, of j3ov2,ev-etv, the characteristic is v ; 
 of Xey-£iv, the characteristic is y. 
 
 (384.) Verbs are divided, according to their characteris- 
 tic, into Pure and Impure ; 
 
 I. Pure, when the characteristic is a vowel ; viz., 
 
 (I.) Uncontracted (stem ending in i or i>) ; e. g., ti-slv, to honour ; TiV- 
 
 eiv, to loose ; (SovXev-Etv, to advise. 
 (II.) Contracted (stem ending in a, e, or o) ; e. g., TL/j,d-eLV, rtjudv ; 
 
 (PtXe-etv, (piXelv ; 6ri7i6-£Lv, StjTiovv. 
 
 II. Impure, when the cha,racteristic is a consonant ; viz., 
 
 (I.) Mute (stem ending in a mute) ; e. g.^ ypdcp-eiv, to write. 
 (II.) Liquid (stem ending in a liquid) ; e. g., (SdXX-eLV, to throw. 
 
 (385.) An action may be expressed either (1) with relation to the time 
 of speaking, or (2) with relation to some other time. The primary tenses 
 denote the former; the historical the latter. 
 
 I. Primary tenses ; i. c, such as express action relatively 
 to the time of speaking ; viz., 
 
 1. Present, " I am req,ding ;" i. e., at the present time. 
 
 2. Future, " I shall read ;" i. e., at some time after the present. 
 
 3. PeiTt^ct, "7 have read :^^ i. e.. at some time hffnre ; I hnve v^v^ (\c\vq 
 
 rfiadinji'. 
 
TENSES. 
 
 15;) 
 
 II. Historical tenses; i. e., such as express action rela- 
 tively to some other time than the present ; viz., 
 
 1. Imperfect, " 1 was reading ;" i. e., " while you were writing." 
 
 2. Aorist,* " / read ;" i. e., " after you came." 
 
 3. Pluperfect, " I had read;" i. e., " before you came." 
 
 (386.) (n) Thus the present tense expresses the same relation to present 
 time that the imperfect does to past time ; in the same way the aorist cor- 
 responds to the future, and the pluperfect to the perfect. And in Greek 
 these corresponding sets of tenses have common stems, thus indicating 
 the point in which they agree. 
 
 (b) But the historical tenses differ from the primary, inasmuch as they 
 all denote past time. This difference is indicated by the augment, which 
 is prefixed to every past tense in the indicative mood. 
 
 Stem. Stem. Stem. 
 
 Primary. [I Pres. [ypd0-lw 11 Fut. 1 ypdi/)- 1 o 11 Perf. lyeypa^-la. 
 
 Historical.il Impf e-\ypa(p-\ov || Aor. e-iypaip-la II Plup. i-lyeypdcp-ieiv. 
 
 (387.) The primary tenses use one set of person-endings 
 in common ; the historical another. 
 
 PERSON-ENDINGS. 
 
 PRIMARY TENSES. j 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASS. AND MID. || 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 fiev 
 
 fXEV 
 
 2. 
 C 
 TOP 
 
 re 
 
 3. 
 
 TOV 
 
 vrat 
 
 1. 
 
 fiai 
 fiedov 
 
 2. 
 oat 
 adov 
 ade 
 
 3. 
 
 rat 
 
 cdov 
 
 vrat 
 
 
 
 
 HISTORICAL 
 
 TENSES. 
 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASS. AND MID. | 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 
 (lev 
 fiev 
 
 2. 
 f 
 
 TOV 
 
 re 
 
 3. 
 
 rrjv 
 
 V or aav 
 
 1. 
 
 ixrjv 
 
 fiedov 
 
 fieda 
 
 2. 
 ao 
 
 adov 
 cde 
 
 3. 
 
 TO 
 
 adrjv 
 vro 
 
 (388.) The person-endings with the indicative mood- 
 signs (299) are given in the following table of 
 
 ♦ The aorist is very commonly used in Greek in an indefinite sense, 
 without reference to any other time ; and hence its name (ddpicrrof), in- 
 definite. 
 
156 
 
 VERB. 
 
 INDICATIVE ENDINGS. 
 
 PKIMAEY TENSES. | 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASS. AND MID. ( 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 u 
 o-juev 
 
 O-fiEV 
 
 2. 
 
 e-Tov 
 e-Ts 
 
 3. 
 ec 
 
 E-TOV 
 
 ovaL(v) 
 
 1. 
 
 0-fiat 
 
 O-fiEdoV 
 
 6-fiEda 
 
 2. 
 71 or El 
 E-c6ov 
 e-cds 
 
 3. 
 
 E-rat 
 
 E-cdov 
 
 o-vrat 
 
 
 
 HISTORICAL 
 
 TENSES. 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 PASS. AND MID, | 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 o-v 
 
 0-flEV 
 
 o-fj,ev 
 
 2. 
 e-g 
 e-TOv 
 e-re 
 
 3. 
 E 
 
 i-T7]V 
 O-V 
 
 1. 
 0-[jLr]V 
 
 6-/xe6ov 
 o-fiEda 
 
 2. 
 ov 
 
 E-cdov 
 
 e-cOe 
 
 3. 
 
 E-TO 
 
 i-c6j]v 
 
 O-VTO 
 
 ^^ The aorist, perfect, and pluperfect tenses use different vowels 
 as mood-signs, and therefore are not given in this table. 
 
 HCF^ We now take up in order, 
 
 I. Pure verbs, page 157. 
 
 II. Mute verbs, page 172. 
 
 III. Liquid verbs, page 184. 
 
PURE VERBS.— IXDICATIA'E MOOD. 
 
 (389.) The tenses used by pure verbs are, 
 
 1. Pritnary, the present, 1st future, 1st perfect, and fu- 
 ture perfect. 
 
 2. Historical, the imperfect, 1st aorist, and 1st pluperfect. 
 
 [We say First Aor., First Fut., First Perf., because Impure verbs have 
 a second form of each of these tenses.] 
 
 (390.) Of these, the forms of pres., imperf., fut., and aor. have already 
 been given (Part I.) ; viz. {of jSoiO.eveiv), 
 
 Act. 
 Mid. 
 
 Present. I Imperfect. 
 fSovXev-o), k-^ov/.ev-ov, 
 i3ov?^ev-ofj.ac, \ k-iSovAtv-oiirjv, 
 
 Future. i 1st aorist. 
 
 [3ov?.eva-o), I e-(3ov?.eva-a. 
 (SovAEVG-ofiaL, I E-i3ov7.ev(j-dfi7jv. 
 
 We now give the remaining tenses, indicative. 
 
 LESSON LXIII. 
 
 Pu7^e Verbs. — 1st Futui^e Passive and 1st Aorist 
 Passive. 
 
 1st future passive. 
 (391.) For:m of 1st person, (SovXev-Oria-oiiaL, I shall be 
 advised. 
 
 1. Tense-sign, drjc. 
 
 2. Tense-stem = verb-stem -f- tense-sign = [Sov7.£vdr]C: 
 
 3. Endings, the primary passive endings (388). 
 
 (3ov?.evdr}(j- 
 
 ofiat 
 
 ofiedov 
 
 ofieda 
 
 V 
 
 eadov 
 
 eade 
 
 erat 
 
 Eddov 
 
 ovrai 
 
 ^^=° Accent as far back as possible ; i. e., on the penult when the ult. 
 is long ; on the antepenult when the ult. is short. 
 [The pupil should write out paradigms of this arid the other tenses as he 
 learns them, putting the accents.'] 
 
158 
 
 PURE VERBS. 
 
 1st aorist passive. 
 (392.) Form of 1st person, s-jSovXev-drjv, I was advised. 
 
 1. Tense-sign, 6. 
 
 2. The person-endings, united with the tense-sign, are shown on the 
 right hand of the following paradigm. 
 
 k-j3ov2.ev- 
 
 d7]v Otj/lcsv 
 6r]g 67]Tov 
 drj 6r]T7]v 
 
 6rj/j.EV 
 
 drjTs 
 
 drjaav 
 
 ^^ Accent as far back as possible. 
 
 (393.) In pure verbs, lengthen the final stem-vowel, if 
 short ; e. g., 
 
 1st future passive. 
 Ku7iv-drjaofiai, 
 TLiiTj-drjaojiai., 
 ^iTiTj-drjGOfiaL, 
 6r)7iu-6r]G0iiai, 
 [Exceptions to this rule must be noted as they occur.] 
 
 (394.) Some pure verbs insert g before the endings Briv 
 and drjaoiiaL ; e. g., 
 
 Infinitive. 
 To hinder, Ko2.v-etv, 
 To honour, Tl/J,a-£tv, 
 To love, (pL?i£-etV, 
 
 To show, drjXo-etv, 
 
 1st aorist passive. 
 e-KuXv-6j]v. 
 
 k-TLfJLTJ'drjV. 
 
 k'^iTiiQ-drjv. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 To hear, ukov-elv. 
 To order, KeXev-av, 
 
 1st future passive. 
 dKOV-a-drjaoixaL, 
 K£2,ev-a-6rjao/j.at, 
 
 1st aorist passive. 
 TjKov-a-Orjv. 
 k-Ke7iev-G-6rjv. 
 
 EXERCISE 
 
 (395.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To carry, to cause to go, Tcopev-ELV 
 
 (act.). 
 To go, to proceed, izopev-eGdai (mid.). 
 Robber, XtjGT-tic, -ov (6). 
 
 ^ff^ TTOpev-eadai uses the 1st aor. pass, instead of 1st aor. mid. ; e. g., 
 I proceeded, sTTopEvdrjv (not £TropevGd/U7jv). So most verbs whose 
 act. and mid. are similarly related use 1st aor. pass, instead of 1st 
 aor. mid. 
 
 To put-to-death, tpovev-eiv. 
 Achilles, 'Axi^^£Vg, ('A;\;t/l/l£)6;f 
 (342). 
 
 (396.) Example. 
 For fhf's ( p?frpnse). 
 
PERFECT TENSES. 159 
 
 (397.) Translate into E7iglish. 
 
 Ol TTaldEg VTTO rov avrov (251, d) SidaanaXov e-nai- 
 dev-drjoav. — 0/ orparicJraL nopeveodat e-KeXev-a-O?]- 
 oav. — 'E-TTopev-drjaav Gradfxovg rerrapag. — '0 Xi^orTjg 
 (povEv-dr]GeraL. — '0 "E/trwp virb rov 'A;^i/l/l£a)^ e-cpo- 
 VEv-dr}. — TC) dde/iCpd} (dual) vnb rov avrov dtdaoKaXov 
 e'TTaidev-OrjTTjv. — IIoAAot eniKovpoL vnd rtjv Uepacjv 
 i-fiLadio-drjaav. — Ovk eni tovtcd e-fitaOcj-drjaav ol 
 arparLCdrai. — 'Tiro Trdvrcjv rcjv ttoXltuv aKov-a-drjoxi' 
 
 (398.) Translate i?ito Greek. 
 
 I was educated by the good teacher. — Thou wast edu- 
 cated by the same teacher. — I shall proceed (fut. mid.) to 
 (elg) the great city. — The (two) young-men were put to- 
 death by robbers. — Cyrus proceeded five stages. — The slaves 
 will be hired. — I was ordered by the general to proceed. — 
 We were advised. — We shall be honoured. — He was hin- 
 dered. 
 
 LESSON LXIV. 
 
 Pure Verbs, — Peif. and Pluperf. (Act.), and Fut. Perf. 
 {Mid. and Pass.). 
 
 (399.) 1. The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect 
 tenses all denote (as the name perfect impUes) action com- 
 pleted (not continuing) ; e. g., 
 
 {Present perfect.) — Perfect, I have advised. 
 {Past perfect.) — Pluperfect, I had advised. 
 
 (Future perfect.) — Future perfec*-, / shall have deKherated (mid.); the 
 r.iUCH will have been broken (pass.). 
 
 2. The sign of completed action in Greek is a prefix 
 
 called REDUPLICATION. 
 
 1. In verbs beginning with a consonant, prefix that consonant with e ; 
 F. ff.. flov'^FV-C), Sf-'Sov'^.FV-K-a. I hcve ndviard. 
 
160 
 
 PURE VERBS. 
 
 2. In verbs beginning with a vowel, simply lengthen the vowel (as in 
 augment) ; e. g., £?i,ev6ep6-cj, I free; TjXevdepu-K-a, I have freed. 
 
 8t^ Of course the three perfect tenses above named take the reduplica- 
 tion to form their tense-stems. 
 
 PERFECT ACTIVE. 
 
 (400.) Form of 1st person, (Se-fiovXev-K-a, I have ad' 
 vised. 
 
 1. Tense-sign, k. 
 
 2. Tense-stem = redup. -\- verb-stem -\-k; e. g., fie-^ovlev-K-. 
 
 3. Person-endings (with mood-sign) are shown on the right hand of 
 the following 
 
 (401.) Paradigm. 
 
 ^E-^ovlevK- 
 
 a 
 
 ag 
 
 e 
 
 ajxEv 
 arov 
 arov 
 
 a/iiEV 
 
 aTE 
 
 dativ) 
 
 Accent as far back as possible 
 
 PLUPERFECT ACTIVE. 
 
 (402.) Form of 1st person, e-(3e-l3ov?^ev-ic-siv, I had ad- 
 vised. 
 
 1. The pluperfect (as a past tense) takes augment in addition to re 
 duplication. 
 
 2. Tense-stem = augment -j- perf.-stem ; e. g., k-(3E(3ov2,£VK- 
 
 3. Person-endings (with mood-signs), 
 
 1. 
 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 S. 
 
 EiV 
 Etc 
 Ei 
 
 D. 
 
 ElfiEV 
 EtTOV 
 ELTrjV 
 
 P. 
 
 ElflEV 
 ELTE 
 
 Etaav or Eaav 
 
 Rem. In 3d. plur., eaav is more commor than ELoav. 
 (403.) Paradigm. 
 
 k-^epovlEVK- 
 
 ELV 
 Etc 
 EL 
 
 ELfXEV 
 EtTOV 
 EtTTJV 
 
 EtfXEV 
 ELTE 
 
 Eaav 
 
 ^^ Accent as fa.r back as possible. 
 
PERFECT TENSES. 
 
 161 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT. 
 
 (404.) Form of 1st person, fSe-fSovXev-a-ofiac, I sltall have 
 deliberated. 
 
 1. It takes reduplication, of course : f3£-f3ov2.ev-. 
 
 2. The tense-sign is ct. 
 
 3. Tense-stem = redup. -f- verb-stem -{- ct = f3e-(3ov2,ev-<T-. 
 
 4. Endings (with mood-sign), primary middle (388). 
 
 1^^ The future perfect has no active form. Its use is hoth passive 
 and middle. 
 
 Paradigm. 
 
 l3e(3ovXeva- 
 
 ofxaL 
 
 V 
 ETac 
 
 ofiedov 
 
 eadov 
 
 eadov 
 
 ofxeda 
 
 eade 
 
 ovrai 
 
 ^^ Accent as far back as possible. 
 
 (405.) Recollect in all these tenses to lengthen the final 
 stem-vowel of pure verbs, when short; e. g., 
 
 Tnfinitire. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Future perfect. 
 
 K0)2,v-stV, 
 
 KEKulvK-a, 
 
 KeKu?\,va-ofJ.(U. 
 
 Tlfid ilV, 
 
 TeTLfirjK-a, 
 
 TeTifiija-o/xai. 
 
 <f>tle-eLv, 
 
 'Ke<pLlr]K-a, 
 
 ne(j)iXi]a-ofiai. 
 
 6r)7i6-eLv, 
 
 6t6Tj2.uK-a 
 
 SeSyXua-ofiat. 
 
 (406.) If your verb begin with a rough mute (0, %, t9), 
 you must make it smooth (rr, k, r) in the reduplication 
 (430) ; e. g., 
 
 ^tM-eiv, 
 
 Xopev-etv, 
 
 ^-eiv, 
 
 ■3Te-^il7iK-a. 
 
 Ke-x6pEVK-a. 
 
 Te-dvK-a. 
 
 EXERCISE 
 
 (407.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To free, elevdep6-eiv (-oijv) (96). 
 Eubcea, 'Ev^oc-a, -af (t/). 
 A hundred, iKarov (indecl.) 
 
 To conquer, viKa-eiv {-g.v) (96). 
 To do, TTOie-Eiv (-eiv) (96). 
 Such (things), roiavra (267). 
 
 (408.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O dvrjp roiavra {.isv ne-noLTj-K-s, roiavra de Asysi. 
 
162 PURE VERBb. 
 
 — 'O GTpaTTjyd^ rag ev ttj Evf^oia rrokeLg i]Xevde 
 pcj-K-e. — 'H TToXtg ev l3E-j3ovXEv-G-erai. — Ol ttoXeixioi 
 
 kaarbv TroXirag 'TTS-<povEv-K-aaiv Tovg naldag ev 
 
 TTE-TraldEV-K-ag. — ''Ore ol knlKovpoL EnXrjGLa^oVj ol 
 'Adrjvalot rovg liipaag i-vE-viicrj-KEGav. — Tig ravra 
 nE-nolrj-fc-Ev ; — Ol X'ijGral rovg jroXirag e-txe-^ovev- 
 
 K-EGaV. 
 
 (409.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Such (things) they have done, and such they say. — Who 
 (256) has freed the cities in Eubcea (56, KF^)1 — The 
 general had put-to-death four messengers. — They have edu- 
 cated the young-men well. — Thou hast hindered. — He has 
 shown. — They shall have hindered (themselves). — He has 
 loved his (= the) brother. 
 
 LESSON LXV. 
 
 Pure Verbs. — Perfect and Pluperfect, Passive and 
 Middle. 
 
 PERFECT, PASS. AND MID. 
 
 (410.) Form of 1st person, (ie-fiovXEV-nai, I have he&n 
 advised (pass.), or I have deliberated (mid.). 
 
 1. Tense-stem = redup. + verb-stem ; e.g., (3e-l3ov2,ev: 
 
 2. No mood- vowel or tense-sign is used ; but the primary endings (307) 
 are added directly to the stem. 
 
 (411.) Paradigm. 
 
 Pe-f3ovlev- 
 
 aat 
 
 Tat 
 
 fiedov 
 cdov 
 cOov 
 
 jueda 
 
 ode 
 
 vrat 
 
 ^^ Accent as far back as possible ; i. e., on the antepenult throughout. 
 PLUPERFECT, PASS. AND MID. 
 
 (412.) Form of 1st person, £-(3£-(3ovXev-fj,7]v, I had bten 
 advised (pass.), / had deliberated (mid.). 
 
PERFECT TENSES. 
 
 163 
 
 1. Tense-stem = augm. -|- redup. +verb-stem ; e. g., i-(3e ^ov^tv- 
 
 2. The historical endings (387) are added directly to the stem. 
 
 Paradigm. 
 
 i-l3e-^ovlev- 
 
 fXTjV 
 
 GO 
 
 TO 
 
 y.eQov 
 
 adov 
 
 adrjv 
 
 fieda 
 cde 
 
 VTO 
 
 J3^ Accent as far back as possible. 
 
 (413.) 1. Remember to lengthen the final stem-vowel of pure verbs 
 when short ; e. g., 
 
 K(j?iv-eiv, KE-KuXv-ixat, l-Ke-Ko)Xv-fij]v 
 
 Tifia-eiv, TE-Tijuij-fiai, i-re-rifi'^-jUTjv. 
 
 <f)t?.e-etv, Tre-(pL?LTi-fj.ai, e-TXE-(f>LXf]-fXr]v. 
 
 &Tlk6-ELV, 6t-6T]2.G)-liaL, E-6£-dril6-/IT/V. 
 
 2. The same verbs which insert a in 1st aor. pass. (394) insert it also in 
 perf. and pluperf. ; e. g., 
 
 KeXev-etv, | K£-K£7iEV-<y-y.aL, | e-ke-ke7^ev-g-ixt]v. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (414.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To die, TElEvrd-ECv (dv) (96). I Book,* Tioyo^, ov (6). 
 
 Li front {former), E/nTrpoudEV (adv.). | How, ug (adv.). 
 
 (415.) Example. 
 
 (a) How Cyrus died, has been shown 1 ug 6 Kvpog krelEVTrjaEV, ev tl) tfi- 
 in the former book. \ Tvpoadsv {b) Tioyui dEdrjluraL. 
 
 (a) A whole clause may form the nominative to a verb, as in the ex- 
 ample, 
 
 (6) An adverb with the article has the force of an adjective ; e. g., t(^ 
 e/j,7tpog6ev. 
 
 (416.) Translate into English. 
 
 *Qg at "E?i?L7iveg enopevdrjaav, sv rw sfiTvpoadev Adyw 
 Se-6rjX(t)-TaL. — 0/ XrjoTal 7TS-<p6vev-vraL vno tC)v 
 TToXirCyv. — Tw ddeXcpCj (dual) vtto tov avrov dtdacKaXov 
 Tre-natdev-adov. — 'H TcoXtg ev (3£-l3ovXsv-raL. — 'O 
 
 * I. e., part of a whole work ; e. g., 1st book, 2d book, &c. 
 
164 
 
 PURE VERBS. 
 
 nalg ev e-ire-naldev-ro. — Ovdslg ent tovto) (396) //&- 
 liCadcj-rac. — Ovk ent tovtg) e-fie-fjiLaday-TO 6 arpaTj]- 
 yog. — ^Td arpdrevfia TToXefielv e-Ke-KeXev-G-TO. 
 
 (417.) Trandote into Greek. 
 
 These (things) have been shown in the former book. — 
 This had been shown by the messenger. — Thou hast well 
 resolved. — The general is-determined* to proceed. — Thou 
 hast been well brought-up. — He has been honoured. — We 
 had been honoured. 
 
 LESSON LXVI. 
 
 Pure Verbs varying from the General Rule of For- 
 mation, 
 (418.) Some pure verbs deviate from the general rules. 
 
 1. They keep the short vowel of the stem, instead of lengthening it 
 according to the rule (120); e. g., rzkt-nv {to finish), teIegeiv (in- 
 stead of Te'k'^aeLv). 
 
 2. Before the passive endings, most of these verbs insert o (to com- 
 pensate for not lengthening the vowel) ; e. g., reTeXe-c-^ac (instead 
 of TETeTie-fiai). 
 
 1^^ The most common of these are found in the following list :t 
 
 Present. 
 Laugh, yeTid'CJft 
 Draw, (TTTtt-w, 
 Heal, aKe-ofiai, 
 Suffice, dpKi-u, 
 Finish, reXe-o), 
 
 Future active. 
 ye7\.aa-ofiai,() 
 
 aKea-ofiac, 
 
 apKEG-CJ, 
 
 teXec-o), 
 
 Aorist. 
 EjETiua-a, 
 EGTcua-a, 
 
 7JKE(T-dfJ,7]V, 
 
 Perf. mid. or pas, 
 
 IdTxaa-nai, 
 
 7]KEa-{iai, 
 
 TjpKEa-iiai, 
 
 TETEXEa-fiai, 
 
 Aorist passive. 
 EysXda-dTjv. 
 EGTzda-drjv. 
 
 7jKEG-6r]V. 
 
 rjpKEG-drjv. 
 
 kTEXEG-drjV. 
 
 kTE%EG-a, 
 
 (419.) Some also insert g before the passive endings, even 
 though they do not shorten the stem-vowel (394) ; e. g., 
 
 * Perf pnss. of (3ov2,EVEtv, I have deliberated ; hence, lam determined. 
 
 t The tenses not given here follow the same rules (but those left blank 
 in the columns are not used). 
 
 t With most verbs whose stems end in Xa- ; e. g., iMo, ^Ido, kMu, 
 Xa2,do). 
 
 $ The fut. mid. of this verb is generally used instead of fut. act, 
 
PECULIARITIES. 
 
 165 
 
 Present. 
 Hear, ukov-cj, 
 Order, Ke?iEV-iJ, 
 
 Future. 
 (iKOva-o/iai,* 
 KEleva-ci, 
 
 Aorist. 
 jjKova-a, 
 EKE?.ev(j-a, 
 
 I Pel f. mid. or pas. 
 7/Kova-fxai, 
 
 I KEK£?iEVa-fJ.aC, 
 
 Aorist passive 
 fjKovaOrjv. 
 
 EKE'kEVa-OfJV 
 
 (420.) The following verbs (and a few others) form their 
 tenses with v. 
 
 Burn, Kai-U, 
 
 Kava-cj, 
 
 £Kav(x-a, 
 
 K£Kav-fj,ai, 
 
 kKav-drjv. 
 
 Weep, Klai-u, 
 
 Klava-Ofiat,* 
 
 EKlava-a, 
 
 KEK2,av-fiai. 
 
 
 Run, &E-(J, 
 
 ^Eva-0/j.at. 
 
 
 
 
 Sail, 7t?,E-CJ, 
 
 TC?LEVG-0/liaC, 
 
 HlEva-a, 
 
 TTETrXEva-fiai, 
 
 ETvTlEVa-OTJV. 
 
 Blow, J 
 Breathe \ ^^^■'^' 
 
 
 
 
 
 TtvEvaofiai, 
 
 EiTVEva-a, 
 
 
 ETTVEVG-07]V. 
 
 Flow, ^£-0), 
 
 (iEva-oixaL, 
 
 E^^Eva-a. 
 
 
 
 (421 .) Notice, also, the two following verbs in conmion use 
 
 Present. / Future. 
 
 Aor. act 
 
 Perfect active. 
 
 Aorist passive 
 
 Call, KaXi-'-^ ^ .vOAeff-w, 
 
 £KU?iEG-a, 
 
 KEKXlJK-a, 
 
 EKlTjdrjV. 
 
 Use, Xfji^ Ofj.ac, 
 
 Xpfia-ofiai, 
 
 kxm<y-<i[j-vy> 
 
 K£XPVf^(it-> 
 
 Expnadriv. 
 
 (422.) Pure verbs in e, with monosyllabic stems, use no 
 contraction except es or eec into el ; e. g., ttM-elv, nXelv^ 
 to sail. 
 
 ttXeo), I nXi-Eig, I ttTie-ei, 11 7r?J-0jU£v, 1 ttIe-ete, I n?i£-ov(7L{v). 
 I 7rAe?f, I TT/leZ", || | ttXeIte, \ 
 
 1. So &EU, run; irvio), breathe, 
 
 2. But d£(j, bind, sometimes contracts other forms also. 
 
 (423.) The veibs^dcjjive; dcipdo), thirst; txelvclg), hun- 
 ger ; ;^pdo/iai, use, and some others, contract ae into 7} in- 
 stead of a. 
 
 Ctt-w, I l^d-Etg, I ^a-EL, [I ^d-ETOv, I ^u-ete, &c. 
 
 CW. I C^f> I CV> i ^VrOV, I ^TJTE, &c. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (424.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Pasion, Tiaaiuv, (Tla(Tlo)v)og (6). 
 To sail away, divoTrT^E-ELV (diro -\- 
 
 TzM-ELv, tcTieXv, 422). 
 To sail out, EKTiXi-ECV {ek + ttXecv, 
 
 422). 
 Captain, "koxayoQi ov (369, 1, a). 
 
 To call together, cvyKuM-ELV {avv -\- 
 Ka?i.Elv) ; 1st aor. ovvEKaTieaa. 
 
 To burn down, KaraKaL-ELV {Kara + 
 KaL-ELv, 420). 
 
 To-morrow, avptov (adv.) 
 
 See preceding note ($). 
 
166 PUKE VEEBS. 
 
 (425.) Translate iyito English. 
 
 Kvpog kitdXeoE rovg (pvyddag, nal eneXevoev avrovq 
 avv avr<h (235, R. 2) orpareveadai. — "Eevlag Kal Iiaaii>)v 
 dnenXsvaav. — Kvpog GvveKdXsae rovg arparriyovg 
 Kal Xoxayovg rdv 'E/lA^vcji'. — Ot Xxioral r7]v olKia% 
 Karefcavaav. — 'O (pvydg rd nXola KarsKavaev. — At 
 viieg (354, 14) efcnXevaovrai. — 'O dpx^^v avpiov dno- 
 TrXevasraL. — Ildaa tJ iroXig KareKavdr}. — liaGo.i at 
 oliciaL KaTeKavdrjaav. 
 
 (426.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The ship sails-out. — The ship will sail-out to-morrow. — 
 The ships sailed-away (aor.). — The soldiers will burn-down 
 the city. — The city wdll be burned-down by the soldiers. 
 — The commander called -together the captains of the 
 Greeks. 
 
 LESSON LXVIL 
 
 Fuller View of Augment and Reduplication {in Clues- 
 tion and Answer). 
 
 AUGMENT. 
 (427.) 1. What is the use of the augment? (To indicate past time.) 
 
 2. What tenses take augment ? (All the historical tenses.) 
 
 3. What is the syllabic augment ? (e prefixed to verbs beginning with 
 a consonant.) 
 
 4. What if the stem begins with /6 ? (It is doubled, when the augment 
 is prefixed ; e. g., fyiivTu, eji^nrrov.) 
 
 5. What is the temporal augment ? (Lengthening the first vowel of verbs 
 beginning with a vowel.) 
 
 6. If the verb begins with e, what is it lengthened into? {rj.) — If with 
 a1 (,y.)_If with ? (cj.)— If with i ? (i.)— If with i) ? (i).)— If with au ? 
 {riv.) — If with at 1 (??, iota subscript.) — If with cj 'I (??.) — If with ol 1 (cj.) 
 
 7. What it the verb begins with rj, o), ov, or ec ? (It does not admit 
 augment; e. g., rjyioiiat, ■ijyovinjv, CxpeTiiu, dcpelovv; ovrd^u, ovra^ov 
 eiKo, eiKOv.) 
 
AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION. 107 
 
 8. What verb in ei is sometimes augmentea ? (f i/cafw has elKa^ov and 
 tjKai^ov.) 
 
 9. Are verbs beginning in ev augmented ? (Sometimes ; e. g., evxo/iai, 
 rivxofirjv.) 
 
 10. Is EvpLOKCi augmented 1 (No ; c. g., evpiOKOv.) 
 
 11. What verbs beginning with e take el instead of t] for the augment ? 
 
 {ex(Jy EOTTl), kTTOfiat, kdi^o), iaridu, 
 eTiKO) and kpyd^o/xac, iTiiaau and idu.) 
 
 12. What augment do the verbs opdo and dvoiyd) take ? (Both syllabic 
 and temporal, iupaov, dviuyov.) 
 
 REDUPLICATION. 
 (428.) 1. What is the use of reduplication ? (To indicate action com- 
 pleted.) 
 
 2. What tenses take it ? (All the perfect tenses.) 
 
 3. What is the reduplication? (The prefixing of the first consonant 
 with £.) 
 
 4. What if a verb begin with a vowel? (It takes augment in the per- 
 fect tenses instead of reduplication ; e. g., ovofid^o), uvofiaa/iai.) 
 
 5. What verbs reduplicate ? (Those that begin with a single conso- 
 nant, or with a mute and liquid ; e. g., 2,v-o), Xe-Xv-Ka ; Kpiv-u, Ke-Kpt-Ka ; 
 Ypd<p-cj, ye-ypacp-a.) 
 
 6. Do all that begin with a single consonant or with a mute and liquid 
 reduplicate ? (No ; those beginning with /5, yv, yA, (32, take augment in- 
 stead.*) 
 
 7. Three verbs with f3X do reduplicate ; what are they ? {(SIci-kt-u, 
 hurt; (Slaa^ritxe-u, blaspheme; (SXaardv-u, sprout.j) 
 
 8. What do verbs beginning with two consonants (not mute and liquid), 
 or a double one, take ? (Augment instead of reduplication.^) 
 
 9. If the verb begins with a rough mute ((j), x, ^) ? (Reduplicate with 
 the corresponding smooth, tt, /c, r; e. g., (ptMco, Tre^t/lT/zcc) 
 
 10. What verbs prefix ei instead of reduplicating ? i?Mfj.ddvu, 2,ayxdvu, 
 avX?^iy(A) ; e. g., Tiafi^dvo), ElX'i]<pa (stem 2,r]f3).) 
 
 * /5i7rr-cj, e^-^i(j)-a. l yAr^-w, £-ylv<j)-a. 
 
 yvupi^-o), E-yvupiK-a. \ P7^aKEv-u, e-f3?idKevK-a. 
 
 t PMtzt-g), pe-Bla^-a. I jSlaaTav-u, l3£'l3XdcrT7]-Ka and 
 
 (i'kaa<pT]fiE-(jij l3E-l37iaa<j)7JiJ,7j-Ka. \ h-^ldaTij-Ka. 
 
 ^EVO-C), E-^EVU-Ka. 
 
 ■4)dXk-u, i-7paX-Ka. 
 
 CTceip-u, E-cnap-Ka. 
 
 KTl^-CO, i-KTL-Ka. 
 TTTVaa-O), i'TTTVX'Ci- 
 
168 AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION. 
 
 Augment and R^uplication in Compound Verbs. 
 (429.) 1. Where do you put the augm. (or redupl.) in verbs compounded 
 with prepositions? (Between the prep, and the verb; e. g., 7rpoa-(^£pcj, 
 npoG-£-^epov.) 
 
 2. Suppose the prep, ends in a vowel ? (Elide it (32, 2) [except irpo and 
 TEpi] before e, but let it stand before redupl. ; e. g., airo-jSaXXu, dir-e- 
 ^aTCk'OV, a7ro-(3E-j3XT]Ka.) 
 
 3. What of 7Tp6 and irepi 1 (Let the final vowel stand ; e.g., Trpo-BuXko, 
 ■Kpo-e-(3a7Ckov ; tt e pi- 13 d?i?icj, 7repL-i-(3a?i?iov.) 
 
 4. What does Trpo-s- sometimes become ? {Ttpov, by crasis (32, 1) j e. g. 
 Tcpo-£-(3a7ikov = Tcpov(3a7Jkov.) 
 
 5. What if final v of the preposition was lost or assimilated in com- 
 position with the verb ? (It reappears before the augm. ; e. g., cv2,-Xeyij, 
 ovv-E'Tieyov.) 
 
 6. Where do you put the augm. or redup. in verbs compounded with 
 6vg 1 (In the middle, if the verb takes the temporal augm. ; at the begin- 
 ning, if it does not ; e. g., dva-apeariu, dva-rjpearovv ; dvuTvxecj, e-dva- 
 
 7. Verbs compounded with ev 1 (Generally do not take augm.) 
 
 8. Where do you put augm. or redup. in all other compound verbs ? f At 
 the beginning ; e. g., oIko6ou£0), u}Ko66fj.ovv.) 
 
^ 5. 
 IMPURE VERBS. 
 
 LESSON LXVIII. 
 Euphonic Changes. 
 
 [Before studying the impure verbs, fix thoroughly in your memory 
 the following rules of euphony.] 
 
 CHANGES OF MUTES. 
 
 (430.) If two successive syllables begin with a rough 
 mute, the first must be made smooth; e. g., Tre-cpLXrjfc-a for 
 (pe-<pl?i7}fc-a ; rpe^^ for dpex^- 
 
 Rem. 1. The passive endings beginning with 6 do not affect the pre- 
 ceding syllable ; e. g., k-dd^-6r]v, ^a(p-dr]G0VTai. 
 
 Rem. 2. The initial rough reappears again when the second rough falls 
 away in inflection ; e. g., Tpex-(o, ^pe^-cj. 
 
 (431.) A p-mute or k-mute before a t-mute must be made 
 of the same order as the t-mute. 
 
 j^p" That is, smooth before smooth, middle before middle, rough before 
 rough; thus, 
 
 1. (S or (j) before r becomes it : TirpLfS-rac = rerpLTrTai. 
 
 ■yeypacp-TaL = yeypaizTai. 
 
 2. y or X before r becomes /c : ?J?i,ey-Tai = ?ie?.eKTai. 
 
 (3e(5pEx-TaL = (3i(ipEKraL. 
 
 3. TCOT (3 before 6 becomes 0: k-eixTr-djjv = hTriii^drjv. 
 
 eTpc3-6r/v = i:TpL<p67]v. 
 
 4. « or y before d becomes x '■ e7r2,tK-6T}v = k-Klexdriv. 
 
 e7iey-6r}v =■ eXexOriv. 
 
 (432.) A t-mute before another t-mute becomes a ; e. g., 
 
 itpEvd-rai = eipevarat. 1 k-nd-drjv = iiTeiadTjv. 
 
 rjpei6-d^v = i/peiaQr/v \ vf.vouL^.-Tai. = vfvoiilotcu 
 
 11 
 
170 
 
 EUPHONIC CHANGES. 
 
 (433.) A p-mute -\- a — ip ; a k-mute -\- o — ^ ; a t-mute 
 before a is dropped. 
 
 Rem. The preposition e/c remains unchanged before a ; e. g., Ikgu^q 
 (not efw^w). 
 
 i'434.) A p-mute with k becomes : rirvTV-Ka = rervipa. 
 k-raute with /c becomes x '■ "^eley-Ka = Mlex^- 
 t-mute before /c is dropped : TreTcei.d-Ka = ireTzetKa. 
 
 (435.) A p-mute \ { becomes ^u : 7ieXEtTrfiai=2.i7i.eLfj.fiaL. 
 
 k-mute sbefore/i/ becomes y: (Sel3pEXfJ-ai = (SefSpeyfxat. 
 t-mute ) ( becomes a : TTEizeLdnat ==■ TzeireKTfj.ai. 
 
 (436.) The above changes of mutes are embraced in the 
 following 
 
 Table.* 
 
 
 with 
 
 r 
 makes 
 
 with 
 
 6 
 makes 
 
 with 
 
 e 
 
 makes 
 
 with 
 
 K 
 
 makes 
 
 with 
 makes 
 
 with 1 
 
 a 
 makes 
 
 Any p-mute 
 Any k-mute 
 Any t-mute 
 
 KT 
 
 
 xd 
 
 ad 
 
 X 
 
 K 
 
 nil 
 
 an 
 
 a 
 
 CHANGE OF 2. 
 
 (437.) The letter a between two consonants is dropped; 
 
 e. g., yEypd(p'a6aL = y£ypd(pdac. 
 
 CHANGES OF LIQUIDS. 
 
 {before a p-mute becomes /x. 
 before a k-mute becomes y. 
 before a liquid becomes that liquid, 
 before a or ^ is (generally) dropped. 
 
 P mute. 
 
 kv-TTEipLa = EWKEipia. 
 hv-puXku ■=■ £fif3dX2,o). 
 cvv-(pipcj = avjLC(l>£pQ. 
 kvipvxog = hnipvxog. 
 
 Examples. 
 
 2. K-mute. 
 
 kv-Ka2,Eu = EyKaTiECJ. 
 avv-y£vr/g := avyyEvfjq. 
 avv-xpovo(; = avyxpovog. 
 cvv-Ef.u = avy^iu. 
 
 * The pupil should be drilled on this table till he is thoroughly mastPi 
 of it. t This combination does not c-ccur 
 
IMPURE VERBS. 171 
 
 3. Liquid. 4. a or (,. 
 
 avv-?Jycj = av'X2,eyu. dai/iov-ci = dac/j.oai. 
 
 tf-fievu = i/u/xevu. cvv^vy-ia = avC,vyLa. 
 
 avv-piTTTCj = (n.'/5/5i7rra>. 
 Exceptions. — 1. v with enclitics remains unchanged ; bvirep, rovye (not 
 Ofi-Kep, Toyye). 
 
 2. kv before p remains unchanged ; h^l-rtru (not e^^Ltttu.) 
 
 3. V before a remains sometimes ; e. g., ireqiavaaL. 
 
 4. cvv becomes ava- before a followed by a vowel ; e. g.. 
 
 LESSON LXIX. 
 
 Impure Verbs. 
 
 TENSES IN IMPURE VERBS. 
 
 (439.) Impure verbs have (iii addition to the tense-forms 
 used by pure verbs (389)) seco?id forms of the aor., perf., 
 pluperf., and fut., called the 2d aorist, 2d perfect, 2d 
 PLUPERFECT, and 2d future. 
 
 (440.) Thus, for inipm-e verbs, we have. 
 
 Historical tenses. 
 
 Primary tenses. 
 
 1. Present. 
 
 2. Perfect, 1st and 2d. 
 
 3. Future, 1st and 2d, and fut. perf. 
 
 1. Imperfect. 
 
 2. Pluperfect, 1st and 2d. 
 
 3. Aorist, 1st and 2d. 
 
 Rem. 1. It must not be supposed that every impure verb has all these 
 tenses ; indeed, few or none have. As a general rule, those that use 
 the first tenses do not use the second, and vice versa. 
 
 Rem. 2. The 2d perf. and 2d pluperf. exist only in the active voice 
 (often, however, intransitive) ; the 2d fut. only in the passive. 
 
 CHANGED STEMS IN IMPURE VERBS. 
 
 ^441.) (a) Many impure verbs have two forms of the 
 stem, called the simple and the strengthened stem. 
 
 Rem. The strengthened stem always appears in such verbs in the pres. 
 and imperf. ; the simple stem in one of the second tenses (generally 
 the 2d aor,). 
 
 {J}) The stem is strengthened, either 
 1. By adding a consonant ; c. g., tvkt- {tvit) ; jSaXX- (J3aX). 
 
172 MUTE VERBS. 
 
 2. By lengthening the simple-stem vowel; e. g., ^evy- {(j>vy); Tieiir 
 
 (442.) Variable Vowel. — There is frequently a vowel 
 change in the formation of the tenses ; e.g., kXettt-, e-KXan-, 
 
 Ke-K?iO(p-. 
 
 Compare the English beget, begat, begotten. 
 
 DIVISION OF IMPURE VERBS. 
 
 (443.) Impure verbs are divided into 
 
 I. Mute verbs ; i. e., stem ending in a mute ; e. g.j 
 XeLTT-eiv, to leave ; Xey-etv, to speak. 
 
 II. Liquid verbs ; i. e., stem ending in a liquid; e. 
 g., (idXX-ELV, to throw ; (pOeip-eiv, to destroy. 
 
 [These are treated in the two following sections.] 
 
 I. MUTE VERBS. 
 
 LESSON LXX. 
 
 (444.) Mute verbs are divided into 
 
 I. P-mute verbs ; stems ending in tt, (3, (p (or ttt, strengthened from tt, 
 (3, or 0). 
 
 II. K-mute verbs ; stems ending in k, y, x (or aa, tt, strengthened from 
 ii, y, or x)- 
 
 III. T-mute verbs ; stems ending in r, 6, 6 (or f, strengthened from r, d, 
 
 Old). 
 
 Rem. The final letter of the simple stem is called the simple charac- 
 teristic ; the final letter, or letters, of the strengthened stem is called 
 the strengthened characteristic; thus, of tvtt-t-O) {tvtz), itt is the 
 strengthened, and tt the simple characteristic ; of Tzpdaa-a (Trpay), 
 ca is the strengthened, and y the simple characteristic. 
 
 FORMATION OF THE TENSES IN MUTE VERBS. 
 
 (445.) 1. The augment and reduplication follow the 
 same rules as in pure verbs. 
 
 2. The new tenses used are the second tenses ; viz., 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 173 
 
 (a) 2d Aorist (act., pass., mid.). 
 
 (6) 2d Perfect and 2d Pluperfect (active only). 
 
 (c) 2d Future (passive only). 
 
 f^T These tenses are all formed on the simple stem. 
 
 (446.) The follo^^inof table contains all the tense-signs 
 and endings (of 1st person) used in mute verbs. 
 
 < ! ACxrvE. 1 anoDLE. passive. 
 
 li Tense- 
 1; . sign. 
 
 bind- 
 ing. 
 
 Tense- 
 sign. 
 
 End- Tense-; End- , 
 ing. ' sign. ; ing. | 
 
 1, Class I— Formed 
 
 on the strength- Pres. 
 etied stem (if Imperf. 
 there be one). 
 
 — 
 
 o 
 
 o-v 
 
 — 
 
 o-fiai, 
 
 O-fiTlV 
 
 ! 
 
 0-fj.aL j 
 6-fii}v 
 
 Class II.— Form- 1st Fut. 
 
 ed on the sim- Fut.Perf. 
 i pie or strength-, 1st Aor. 
 
 ened stem. • 1st Perf. 
 1st PIup. 
 
 (7- 
 
 a- 
 
 K- 
 K- 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 a 
 ec-v 
 
 a- 
 a- 
 a- 
 
 o-fiac 
 
 O-fUU 
 
 d-firiv 
 fiai 
 
 flTIV 
 
 a- 
 d- 
 
 o-fjtai 
 o-fiai 
 V-v 
 
 unv 
 
 Class III.— Form- 2d Fut. 
 ed on the sim- 2d Aor. 
 pie stem only. 2d Perf. 
 
 2d Plup. 
 
 — 
 
 o-v 
 a 
 
 El-V 
 
 — 
 
 6-flTlV 
 
 fja- 
 
 o-fiat 
 V-v 
 
 (447.) On this table, observe 
 
 1. Those of Class I. have no tense-sign, and are always formed on the 
 strengthened stem, if there be one ; e. g., tvttt-g), e-rvrrr-ov, &c.). 
 
 2. Those of Class II. all have tense-signs (except 1st perf. and 1st pluperf. 
 pass, and noid.), and are formed, 
 
 (a) On the simple stem, if the strengthened stem adds a consonant ; 
 
 e. g., TV~T-u, rvn-Gu = Txnb-o), &c. 
 (6) On the strengthened stem, if it does not add a consonant; e.g., 
 
 ?.el~-co (?,in), 7M\b-u, &;c. 
 
 3. Of Class in. (the second tenses), none have a tense-sign but 2d fut. 
 pass. (;?f). They are all formed on the simple stem, with or without a 
 vowel change. 
 
 PRESENT AND DIPERFECT. 
 
 (448.) The present and imperfect tenses need no farther 
 illustration than has already been given (Part I.). 
 
 £^ Remember that they are always formed on the strengthened stem, 
 if there be one. 
 
174 
 
 MUTE VERBS. 
 
 Stem. 
 Strike, tvttt- 
 rarr- 
 
 Arrange, 
 
 TaCG- 
 
 Present. 
 
 Act. 
 rvTrr-w 
 
 TaTT-O) 
 
 TUG a -co 
 
 Mid. and pass. 
 rv7CT-o[iai. 
 TdTT-o/iat. 
 rdaa-o/xai. 
 
 Act. 
 
 E-TVTTT-OV 
 E-TUTT-OV 
 
 ^-Taaa-ov 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Mid. and pass 
 
 e-TVTTT-OflTjV 
 £-TaTT-6/J,1]V. 
 
 €-Tau(J-6/j.r]v. 
 
 [The remaining tenses will now be taken up in order.] 
 
 LESSON LXXI. 
 
 Mute Verbs. — Fi7^st Future, First Aorist, and Future 
 Perfect. 
 
 FIRST FUTURE (aCTIVE, MIDDLE, AND PASSIVE). 
 
 (449.) The tense-sign in act. and mid. is a ; in pass., drjo. 
 
 Add these to the stem, and affix the primary endings (388) ; e. g., 'AeiTC- 
 eiv, to leave, 
 
 Stem. I Fut. act. I Fut. mid. I Fut. pass. 
 
 /leiTT- I TiEtip-cj I ?i,£lip-o/j,ai \ ?^Et<p-d'^a-ofiat. 
 
 (450.) In verbs with strengthened stems (ttt, go {tt), ^) 
 you add the tense-sign to the simple characteristic. 
 
 1. Verbs in ttt have (generally) tt for simple characteristic ; e. g., 
 TVTZT-O), I strike, stem tvtt-. 
 
 2. Verbs in aa (tt) have (generally) /c, y, or x for simple characteris- 
 tic ; e. g., Tuaa-u {raTT-co), I arrange, stem ray-. 
 
 3. Verbs in f have (generally) 6 in simple characteristic ; e. g., (ppd^-u, 
 I say,* stem (ppad-. 
 
 (451.) Examples of mute verbs of the three different 
 
 classes. 
 
 [Give the rules for the euphonic changes by (436).] 
 
 1. P-mute (tt, (3, (f), ttt). 
 Fut. act. 
 {IeItt-g-o)) 
 
 Leave, ^-s . ' 
 
 Rub, 
 
 {rptfS-) 
 rpL(i-o) 
 
 Write^yP'it^ 
 Strike, (^'^^-) 
 
 ' TVKT-G) 
 
 {rpLfS-a-cS) 
 
 TpLTp-O) 
 
 {■ypd(^-G-o)) 
 ypd-tp-u 
 {tvtz-g-o)) 
 
 TV1p-0) 
 
 Fut. mid. 
 
 {TlECTr-G-O/LLat) 
 
 ?iEiip-o/iaL 
 (rpij3-G-o/iai) 
 
 TpLip-oiiai 
 {ypd(b-G-ojuat) 
 
 ypd'ip-o/u.ai 
 
 {TVTT-G-OJUat) 
 TVIp-OJLtaL 
 
 Fut. pass. 
 
 {T^.ELTr-drjG- ofiaC) 
 
 T^ELcp-drjG-ofiaL. 
 
 {Tpi(3-67jG-Ojuai) 
 
 TpL^-O-fjG-Oliai. 
 
 {ypa(p-6r]G-onai. 
 
 ypa(p-67jG-ofj,ai. 
 {rvTr-drJG-ojuai) 
 
 TV(p-QriG-onaL. 
 
 <Ppd(^-o,uat (mid.) means I think. 
 
FUTURE, AORIST AND FUTURE PERFECT. 
 
 175 
 
 
 
 2. K-mute (/c, 
 
 y, X, oo, tt). 
 
 
 Weave, 
 
 (TAe/c-) 
 
 (tAck-c7-(j) 
 
 {Tr/.EKa-0/j.aL) 
 
 {TTAeK-dTja-ojiaL) 
 
 TTA^K-iJ 
 
 TrAefw 
 
 TrAef-o/iCi 
 
 'K?.ex-t^7/<T-o/uaf 
 
 Speak, 
 
 aey) 
 
 (Aey-a-(j) 
 
 {?.ey-(y-ofj.ai) 
 
 {7^Ey-dT)G-ofj.aL) 
 
 ?Jy-u 
 
 Aef-6) 
 
 ?J^-ofiac 
 
 /.EX'Oi/a-Ofiai. 
 
 Prepare, 
 
 (revx-) 
 
 iTevx-(T-o}) 
 
 {Tevx-<y-ofJ.aL) 
 
 (TEVx-df/a-ouaL) 
 
 Tevx-(J 
 
 TtV^-CJ 
 
 Tev^-ofj.ac 
 
 TEVx-dTJa-o/Liai. 
 
 Arrange, 
 
 {ray) 
 
 (ruy-a-fj) 
 
 (jdy-a-ofiaL) 
 
 {ray-dria-ofiai). 
 
 TCLTT-U 
 
 rd^-cj 
 
 rd^-Ofj-ac 
 
 rax-d7Ja-ofj.ai. 
 
 
 
 3. T-mute ( 
 
 T, 6, e, 0. 
 
 
 Finish, 
 
 (awT-) 
 
 {dvvT-acj) 
 
 {avvT-G-Ofiat) 
 
 {dvvT-dTja-ofiat) 
 
 
 aVVT-D 
 
 dvva-u 
 
 dvv'7-o/.iai 
 
 dvva-Qfia-oyiai. 
 
 Deceive, 
 
 (jPeyS-) 
 
 {ipEv6-a-cj) 
 
 {rpiv6-a-o/j.ai) 
 
 {ip£v6-6rja-oiLiai) 
 
 \p€v6-(J 
 
 ipsva-u) 
 
 ijjsva-o/iaL 
 
 ■ipevG-ti/ja-Ofiat,. 
 
 Persuade 
 
 {izetd-) 
 
 {-Eid-a-u) 
 
 (rreW-a-ofiat) 
 
 {TTEtd-drj(T-o/iai) 
 
 7reid-(j 
 
 -rela-o) 
 
 TTeiu-o/iiai 
 
 TTEta-tiria-o^aL. 
 
 Say, 
 
 (<l>pa6-) 
 
 {opd6-a-(j}) 
 
 (<ppdd-a-ofzat) 
 
 {(^pad-drja-ofiac) 
 
 (ppd^-o) 
 
 (ppua-cj 
 
 <j)pu(j-ofiaL 
 
 (ppaa-tiTja-o/j-aL. 
 
 HF^ Tims it makes no difference which particula)- mute 
 the stem ends in ; the class only need he knoT\Ti to form the 
 future, for the future-stem 
 
 1. Of every p-mute verh ends in i/>. 
 
 2. Of every k-mute verb ends in ^. 
 
 3. Of every t-mute verb ends in a. 
 
 FIRST AORIST (aCTIVE, MIDDLE, AND PASSR'e). 
 
 (452.) Forms of 1st person, e-rvip-a, I struck; k-rvxp- 
 duTjv, I struck myself; E-Tvcp'drjv, I icas struck. 
 
 (a) Augment, tense-signs, and endings exactly as in pure verbs (392). 
 (6) Make the necessary euphonic changes by (436). 
 
 St^m. 
 
 1st aor. act. 
 
 1st aor. mid. 
 
 1st aor. pass. 
 
 rpi3- 
 
 E-rpcip-a 
 
 E-TpLlp-d-flT/V 
 
 E-Tplo-drjv. 
 
 7.enf- 
 
 E-AEirP-a 
 
 e-?.enp-d-fx7}v 
 
 £-/.Et^-d7]V. 
 
 TVTTT- (rVn-) 
 
 E-nnlj-a 
 
 e-rm}j-d-fj.Tjv 
 
 k-TV(j)-6l]V. 
 
 raaa- (ray-) 
 
 E-ra^-a 
 
 £--a^-d'fj.rjv 
 
 k-Tdx-Orjv. 
 
 V'evJ- 
 
 E-tpEVC-a 
 
 k-\l;£va-d-fii]v 
 
 k-'\l)EV(y-dT]V. 
 
 Tzetd- 
 
 E-TCEia-a 
 
 E-TTEta-d-flTjV 
 
 k-TTEia-ffrjv. 
 
 FUTURE PERFECT. 
 
 (453.) Form of 1st person, Xs-ASLip-ouaL, I sJiall have 
 been left (pass.); I sluill remnin (mid.). 
 
176 
 
 MUTE VERBS. 
 
 (a) Used only in middle and pass, (generally middle). 
 
 (b) Reduplication, tense-signs, and endings as in pure verbs (404). 
 
 (c) Euphonic changes by (436). 
 
 Stem. 
 
 Fut. pert". 
 
 Stem. 
 
 Fut. perf. 
 
 Xectt- 
 
 Tis-Xeiip-ofiai. 
 
 ilJEvd- 
 
 £-ipEva-o[xaL(,'^2S,%\ 
 
 rvTTT- (tvtt-) 
 
 re-Tvip-ojiiai.. 
 
 (j)pa^- 
 
 TTE-(l>pda-oiiaL. 
 
 raca- {ray-) 
 
 Te-rd^-ojuai. 
 
 TTEld- 
 
 irE-TCEity-o/Li.ac. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (454.) Vocabulary. 
 
 
 To receive, dix-^ddai (dep.). 
 
 To leave behind, KaraXecTT-siv (Kara 
 
 Rank (of soldiers), Ta^iQ, {Td^e)ug 
 
 -\- XsLTt-Elv). 
 
 (342). 
 
 To be mistaken, deceived, ipEvS-eadai 
 
 To cut through, diaKOTtr-ecv (did -f- 
 
 (pass.). 
 
 KOTTT-ELV). 
 
 Law, vo/xog, ov (6). 
 
 To cul-down, destroy, hK-KOTTT-etv 
 
 Very, irdvv (adv.). 
 
 {kK -\- KOKT-etv). 
 
 Another, u?i?iog, 7], ; the rest, oi 
 
 To guard, (pv?iaTT-ecv {(pvlay-, 450, 
 
 dJJ^Oi. 
 
 2). 
 
 Apart-from, X(^pk (adv. with gen.). 
 
 Island, vfjcog, ov {?]). 
 
 
 1^ To cut dou 
 
 m, eK-KOTTT-ecv ; I 
 
 cut down (Istaor 
 
 ), i^-E-KOlp-a. 
 
 (455.) ExaiJiples. 
 
 {a) Iivas mistaken in this. 
 
 {b) Apart-from the rest. 
 
 £ipEvo97]v rovTo (ace). 
 
 (b) %wpiV is used as a prep, governing the genitive. 
 
 (456.) Translate into English. 
 
 Ol (3dpl3apoL rovg irsXraordg e-ds^- avro, koI sfid- 
 ^ovTO. — ^IXog TjiJblv ovSeig Xe-Xelip-erat. — 0/ (3dp(3apot 
 rag rCdv 'EAAt^i/wi^ rd^etg diafcoij^-ovGiv. — 0/ dyyeXoi 
 e-Xe^-av roidde (267, a). — 0/ ^AdrjvaloL del -davfiacj' 
 drjo-ovrat. — 'OAiyot djicpl Kvpov Kar-e-XsLcp-drjaav. 
 — 'O Kvpog e-ipevG-Ori rovro. — Ovrog {252, a) 6 vo^og 
 e-cpvXdx-Or] vno JJepiKXeovg (352), Kal e-davfidcF-dr} 
 vno ^AXKifStdSov. — ^KvravOa tjv napddeiaog ndvv fisya^ 
 Kal naXog ' Kvpog t5' aijrdv (252, c) e^-E-Koip-e. — T(* 
 orpdrevfia ovTO)g (34, 2) k-Tceta-Orj' Mevwv 6e avv-i 
 
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT. 
 
 177 
 
 Xei-e TO avTov (235, R. 2) arpdrevfia x^^pk "^^^ dX?.G}v 
 (455, b), Kai £-/,e|-e rdde (248). 
 
 (457.) Tmiislate into Greek. 
 
 The boy will write. — Letters wiU be written. — The 
 soldiers wiU be persuaded. — The laws were admired (1st 
 aor. pass.). — The park was cut-down by the soldiers. — This 
 (252, a) city will always be admired. — PhiUp WTote this 
 (252, a) letter. 
 
 LESSON LXXII. 
 
 Mute Verbs. — 15^ Perfect and 1st Pluperfect (Act., 
 Pass., and Mid.). 
 
 1st perfect active:. 
 (458.) Form of 1st person, re-rvcp-a, I liave struck. 
 (a) Reduplicate on the stem, tvtt- ; te-tvtt-. 
 (Jo) Add tense-sign k, tc-tv--k = re-rvo- (436). 
 (c) Person-endings as in pure verbs (401), T£-Tv4>-a, &c. 
 
 (459.) By applying the euphonic rules (436), it will be 
 found that the perf -stem 
 
 1. Of every p-mute verb ends in 9. 
 
 2. Of every k-mute verb ends in x- 
 
 3. Of every t-mute verb ends in k. 
 
 TlELTT- 
 
 ■ypa(j>- 
 
 7r?L,£/C- 
 
 raaa- (ray-) 
 
 fpevd- 
 
 (ppa^- {(ppad-) 
 
 ypdcp-u 
 
 'tt/Jk-cj 
 rdaa-u 
 
 "ipevd-o) 
 <ppd^-o) 
 
 2,e-2,£i7T-K-a = Tte-lei^-a. 
 ye-ypa(p-K-a = ye-ypa<f>-a. 
 
 TTi-7r?iEK-K-a = ire-7r?iex-a- 
 T£-Tay-K-a = Te-rax-a. 
 
 E'ipev6-K-a = E-i[)evK.-a. 
 'Ke-<ppad-K-a = Tri-cppdK-a. 
 
 (460.) The following verbs change e of stem into in 1st 
 perfect : 
 
 Steal, K?U'rrT-u, 
 Send, Trejuir-cj, 
 Turn, rpiir-u. 
 
 Ki-K?.o(l>-a. 
 7re-7ro/z0-a. 
 
 TS'TpO<p'a. 
 
 H2 
 
178 MUTE VERBS. 
 
 PLUPERFECT ACTIVE. 
 
 (461.) Form of 1st person, e-re-rvcp-eiv, I had struck. 
 
 (a) Prefix the augment to the perf. stem. ; e. g., k-TSTV(t)-. 
 (6) Add the endings as in pure verbs (402) ; e. g., k-reTv^-eiv, -ei^, 
 &CC., k-yeypd(p-Eiv, -eig, &c. 
 1^=" Remember that if the verb does not take reduplication (428, 8), y )u 
 use the simple augment ; e.g., 
 
 Stem. I Pres. I Perf. I Pluperf. 
 
 Ipevd- I '\l)Ev6-(ji I E-tpEVK-a j k-tpEVK-ElV. 
 
 PEPv-FECT, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 (462.) Form of 1st person, re-rvii-y.ai, I have been struck 
 
 (pass.) ; / liave struck myself (mid.). 
 
 The person-endings are added directly to the stem, as in pure verbs 
 (410, 2). 
 
 (a) Reduplicate ; e. g., tvtt, re-rvTr-. 
 
 (b) Annex the primary endings (387): r£TV7T-/j,ac = TE-TV/j.-/iac, &c., 
 and make the euphonic changes by (436). 
 
 (463.) The 3d pers. plur. must be noticed separately. 
 
 When the ending vrac is affixed, three consonants are brought together ; 
 e. g., TE-rvcp-vrai, nobody could pronounce this readily, and hence the 
 v is either changed into a ; e. g., TE-TV(j)-aTac; or a periphrasis of the 
 perfect participle with Et(ji{v) is used. 
 
 Thus, for TE-Tpt(j)-vTat, we use Te-TpL^-jXEVoi eI(tI{v). 
 " TE-Tax-vrac, " rs-Tay'iiEvot EicL{v). 
 " E-ipEvd-vrai, " E-ipEVG-jnivoi eIgL{v). 
 
 (464.) We subjoin the perf mid. and pass, forms of 
 Xei-n-Eiv, to leave (p-mute) ; rdaa-eiv, to arrange (k-mute) ; 
 ifjEvd-ELv, to deceive (mid., to lie) (t-mute). 
 
 (a) Without euphonic changes. 
 
 Af-Ae^TT- \ 
 
 juat 
 
 cat 
 
 rat. 
 
 TE-ray- > 
 
 jueOov 
 
 adov 
 
 oQov. 
 
 E-ipevd- 5 
 
 fisda 
 
 ads 
 
 fiEvoL Elcrl(v) 
 
 {b) Making the euphonic changes (436), the forms wi]] 
 become 
 
 X£-?LElfJ.-ILiai 
 Xs-lEifX-jLLEdoV 
 
 'ke-'Kein-iuLEda 
 
 M-XsLip-ac 
 
 XE-?i,El(p-d0V 
 
 ?.i-'?iEL(l)-6e 
 
 TiE-lei.TT-Tat. 
 
 ?iE-?.EI.(p-d0V. 
 
 7vE-7i.ELu-iiFV0L elai(v) 
 
PLUPERFECT, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 179 
 
 Ti'Tay-fj.ai re-Ta^-at Tt-raK-rai. 
 
 Te-Tay-ixedov re-Tax-Oov re-rax-dov. 
 
 TE-Tay-fieda ri-rax-de TE-ray-fievoL elcliv). 
 
 t-ipeva-fxac l-Tpev-cat i-ipEva-rac 
 
 k--4)Eva-fi£dov e-tpEvc-dov e-ipeva-Oov. 
 
 i-ipEva-fiEda e-ipEva-dE E-ipEVU-fXEvoi Eiai{v). 
 
 Rem. 1. If the stem ends in ^77, the tt will be dropped before [x ; e. g., 
 
 nifJ-TT-U I {TT£-7TE/J,7i-fI.aL) I TT£-7TEfl-/J.aC. 
 
 KUflTTT-tJ I (Ke-KajUTT-fiai) 1 KE-KUfl-fiai. 
 
 Rem. 2. If the stem ends in yy, one y will be dropped before /z. 
 (T<piyy-o) 1 {£-a<f)iyy-fiac) \ E-a^Ly-fiai. 
 
 Rem. 3. Three verbs with e for stem vowel change it into a in perf. 
 mid. 
 
 Turn, arpicp-o) E-aTpaii-fiaL. 
 
 Turn, TpETT-cj TE-rpafi-fxat. 
 
 Nourish, rpicp-o) TE-6pafi-/uat.* 
 
 PLUPERFECT, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 (465.) Form of 1st person, e-re-rvfx-firjv, I had been struck 
 
 (pass.) ; Iliad struck myself (midi.). 
 
 E^* The pluperf. mid., Hke perf. mid. (462), adds the endmgs directly 
 to the stem. 
 
 (a) Augment the perfect stem ; e. g., k-TEXVfi-. 
 
 J^° No augment, of course, where perf. does not reduplicate ; e. g., 
 E-ip£va-. 
 
 (b) Annex the historical endings (387) ; e. g., k-TE-rvjii-fiTjv, i-ipEV(T- 
 IITJV, &c. 
 
 E^* Euphonic changes by (436). 
 
 (c) The 3d pers. plur. (as in perf.) uses a periphrasis of the participle 
 with Tjaav ; thus, instead of 
 
 E-T£-TV(p-vTo, we have te-tvii-jxevol rjaav. 
 k-M-?i£iir-vTo, " TiE-TiEL^-fiEvoL fjaav. 
 E-ipEvd-VTO, " k-ip£VG-fi£VOL 7]aav. 
 
 (466.) Pluperf. mid. forms of AeiV-eiv, raTT-uv^ il}£vd-eiv 
 
 (a) Without euphonic changes. 
 
 e-IeXeh 
 k-TETay- 
 k-t\}£v6- 
 
 -\ 
 
 flTJV 
 
 GO 
 
 cdov 
 gOe 
 
 TO. 
 
 g6t]v. 
 fXEvoi 7]aav. 
 
 * Why is d changed into r in rpki^-ul (Ans. 430.) 
 
180 
 
 MUTE VERBS. 
 
 (b) Making the euphonic changes by (436), the forms are 
 
 k-?ie-Xelfi-fZ7]v 
 k-Xe-Xeiii-iiedov 
 
 k-Te-rdy-iii]v 
 
 k-re-rdy-^eOov 
 
 e-Te-Taj'fieda 
 
 k-tpeva-fj,7]v 
 k-ipeva-neOov 
 k ipeva-fxeda 
 
 s-?ie-Xeiip-o 
 
 e-/ie-?ieL(p-Oov 
 
 k-2,£-Xec<p-ee 
 
 e-re-Ta^-o 
 
 £-T£-Tax-6ov 
 
 k-TE-Tax-de 
 
 E-1pEV(T-0 
 
 E-tpEva-dov 
 £-ip£va-ds 
 
 k-M-7\,eLTc-ro. 
 E-'XE-7\,ei<p-6rjv. 
 TiE-TiEipL-liEvoL fjaav. 
 
 E-TE-raK-ro. 
 E-TE-Tdx-dr]v. 
 re-ray-fMEvot. rjcav. 
 
 e-ipEva-ro. 
 k-'^EVG-6r]v. 
 i-i}jEva-/j,£vot Tjaav. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (467.) Vocahidary. 
 
 Battle, fJ.dxv> VQ ('?)• 
 
 To admire, d-avjuu^-siv (^av/iad-). 
 
 Very much, fidTiiara 
 
 To do, Tvpdaa-Eiv (irpay-). 
 
 To steal, kUtxt-eiv (460) 
 
 To arrange, draw-up, rdaa-ELV. 
 
 To ordain., dta-rdaa-ELV {Sid -\- ray-). 
 
 To post, put in order, Ttapa-Tdaa-Eiv 
 
 {Tvapd -\- ray-). 
 To prepare, get ready, TrapaGKEvd^- 
 
 civ {Tzapd -f- aKEvao-). 
 
 (468.) Translate into English. 
 
 'O -nalq rrjv efaaroXrjv eysypdcp-ei. — 0ed^ navra ev 
 dia-TE-rax-^y- — 0/ Imrelg npo avrov (251, b) j3aaLXeG)g 
 rs-ray-fisvoL rjoav. — lidvra irap-e-GKevaG-ro, Kal 
 01 Xoxayol navreg Trapa-re-ray-iievoi -rjaav. — Ba- 
 GiXevg elg fidx'>]v rrap-E.-oicevaa-Tai, — 0/ arpariCirai 
 ndvTeg elg [idxi^v napa-o tc Evao-fievoL elalv. — Tlvag 
 (256, KF^) dvdpG)n(i)v re-Oavfia-K-ag em (160, b) 
 GO(pia ; XcoKpdrrjv eyo) [id/iiora re-davp.a-K-a. — Tavra 
 vnb rojv TroXefiicjv e-ne-npaic-ro. — Ol Xrjaral noXXd 
 KE-KX6^-doLV (460). 
 
 (469.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 I had written the letter. — I have admired many men for 
 (their) wisdom (160, b). — I am prepared (= have prepared 
 myself). — The general had arranged the ranks. — These 
 (things) have been done by (our) friends. — The boy has 
 stolen (460) many (things). 
 
SECOND TENSES. 
 
 181 
 
 LESSON LXXIIl. 
 
 Mute Verbs.— 2d Aor. {Act, Mid., and Pass.), 2d Fut 
 {Pass.), and 2d Perf. and Pluperf. {Act.). 
 
 2d aorist. 
 (470.) Recollect, 
 
 1. That verbs which use the 1st aorist do not often nse the 2d ; 
 
 2. That the 2d aor. active is not formed in verbs in v^rhich it would 
 ^ look like the imperfect ; e. g., e-ypa<j)-ov ; 
 
 3. That the 2d aor. is always formed on the simple stem. 
 
 (471.) {a) Tense-stem = augm. + simple stem ; e. g., 
 [^^ Being a second tense, it uses no tense-sign (447, 3).] 
 
 Present-stem. 
 
 Simple otem. 
 
 2d aorist stem. 
 
 AELTT' 
 
 ?UTr- 
 
 i-liTT: 
 
 TVTTT' 
 
 Tvir- 
 
 e-TV7T-. 
 
 raaa- 
 
 ray- 
 
 e-ray-. 
 
 gevy- 
 
 (pvy- 
 
 e-cpvy-. 
 
 [b) iEiidings same as imperfect act. and mid., and 1st aor 
 pass. 
 
 Active. 
 
 Middle. 
 
 Passive. 
 
 -ov 
 
 -0I1T}V 
 
 -7]V. 
 
 e-?U7r-ov 
 
 k-TiiTT-ofnjv 
 
 E-Xt7r-T]V. 
 
 S-TVTV-OV 
 
 E-TV7r-6/l7}V 
 
 E-TVTT-rjV. 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 £-ypd^-7]v. 
 
 Paradigm of 2d aor. pass. 
 
 
 E-XiTC-rjv 
 
 e-?^l--7]c 
 
 k-?u7r-7]. 
 
 e-XcTT-Tj/zev 
 
 k-7iL7T-T]TOV 
 
 E-7\.i'iZ-7]T7jV. 
 
 k-lL-K-rijiev 
 
 e-Hk-tjte 
 
 E-?it7r-7](Tav. 
 
 (472.) Monosyllabic stems with e for stem vowel (after p) 
 generally change e into a in 2d aor. 
 
 Turn, rpETT-d) 
 
 ETOaiT-OV 
 
 Turn, arpEO-c) 
 I^Mirish, Tp£<p-(4) 
 
 E-rpa'n-oiirjv 
 
 E-Tpa-rz-rjv. 
 
 E-OTpU(p-T)V. 
 
 e-Tpd(j>-jjv. 
 
182 mute verbs. 
 
 2d future passive. 
 (473.) Form of 1st person, XLTT-rjO-oiiac. 
 
 (a) The 2d fut. is used only in the passive, and has the same meaning 
 
 as 1st fut. 
 ^6) Tense-sign 7]g. 
 
 (c) Tense-stem = simple stem + ^f , e. g., Tvn-Tjg-, ray-rja-. 
 {d) Add primary endings and mood-sign, oixai, 77, erci, &c. 
 
 Present stem. 
 
 Simple stem. 
 
 2d future passive 
 
 yleiTT- 
 
 /liTT- 
 
 7i,m-i]a-oixaL. 
 
 raaa- 
 
 ray- 
 
 ray-Tja-ofiat. 
 
 ^^ Monosyllabic stems, with e for vowel stem, change into a (as m 
 
 2d aor., 472). 
 
 rpeTt-o) 
 
 rpaTT- 
 
 rpaTT-Tjaofiai. 
 
 2d perfect active. 
 (474.) The 2d perf. act. uses the redup. and endings oi 
 the 1st perf. (401), but adds the ending to the simple stem, 
 without the tense-sign k ; e. g., 
 
 k6izt-0), I cut ; 2d perf, ke-kok-c, I have cut. 
 
 (475.) If the simple stem- vowel be any other than (as 
 in kott), the following changes occur in 2d perf ; viz., 
 
 1. e becomes ; (see) dipK-ojuaL 
 
 2. a becomes 7^ ; ) (escape notice) XtjO-cj 
 but after p, a;) (do) irpdaa-u 
 
 3. I becomes 01 ; (leave) 7iem-o 
 
 4. V becomes ev ;* (flee) <pevy-o) 
 
 depK- 
 lad- 
 Trpay- 
 
 "kin- 
 <pvy- 
 
 6e-6opK-a. 
 
 "ks-TirjO-a. 
 
 Tze-TTpdy-a. 
 
 M-XocTT-a. 
 
 Tre-^evy-a. 
 
 2d pluperfect active. 
 (476.) The 2d pluperf act. uses the 2d perf act. stem, 
 prefixes the augment, and adds the pluperf endings eiv, eig, 
 £L, &c. (402, 3) ; e. g., 
 
 KOTTT-O), I cut ; k-KE-KOTT-etv, I had cut. 
 
 1. dipK-u) (depK), k-8e-66pK-eiv. 
 
 2. ItjO-o) (lad), k-le-lrjQ-Eiv. 
 TipdacT-cj (TTpay), k-Tre-Trpdy-eiv. 
 
 3. lei-K-ci (Iltv), i-le-loiTT-Etv. 
 
 4. (pevy-o) (^vy) e-Tre-^evy-etv. 
 
 Rem. Few verbs use both forms of the perf and pluperf (the 1st and 
 
 ♦ That is, if strengthened stem have ev, as in 6evy-u, I flee. 
 
SECOND TKNSES. 
 
 183 
 
 2d) ; and those which do, generally use the 1st perf. in a transitive, 
 the 2d perf. in an intransitive sense ; e. g., 
 Present 1 1st perfect. I 2d perfect. 
 
 jreid-G), I persuade. \ jre-TreiK-a, 1 have persuaded. \ Tve-TiOLd-a, I trust 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (477.) Vocahdary. 
 
 After that, when, eTzeidrj. 
 
 Kear, hyyvg (adv.). 
 
 All, quite all, cnrag, dnaaa, uirav 
 
 (strengthened from Truf). 
 Place, xcjplov, ov (to). 
 To do ill, be unfortunate, KaKU^ 
 
 irpuaGELV. 
 
 (478.) Examples. 
 
 He turned {to flight). 
 They were put to flight. 
 
 To do well, prosper, ev Trpaffaeiu. 
 To desert, Kara-XeiTT-eiv. 
 Courageous, avdpelo^, a, ov. 
 Flight, <pvyT], 7}f [t]). 
 To abandon, aTVO-'AeiTT-etv. 
 To escape, a7T0-<pevy-etv. 
 
 k-rpuTT-ETO (2d aor. mid. ofrpeTT-etv). 
 erg ^vyr]v e-rpuK-rjaav (2d aor. pas.). 
 
 (479.) Translate into English. 
 
 Tovg fjtsv ovv TreXTaardg ede^avro ol (SdpjSapoL nal 
 kfidxovro' ETTEidfi 6e syyvf 7]aav ol dnXlraL, e-rpdn- 
 ovTo (478). — "Fj-cpvy-ov ol (3dp(3apoi, Kal drravTeg 
 e-Xltt-ov to x^pf-oy- — "OaoL {as tnany as) e-(pvy-ov slg 
 TTjv TToXiv, fcaiiojg Eirpa^av. — 0/ GTpaTtojTai rdq rd^sig aar- 
 e-XiTT-ov. — 0/ ttoXehiol Elg rrjv ttoXlv iTE-^Evy-aatv 
 (475,4). — Ol dvSpELOL kavrolg {236) tte- no 16- auiv (476, 
 Rem.) — At EntaroXal s-ypdcb-rjaav. — 0/ Uipoat sig 
 (pvyfjv s-rpd7T-7](jav (472). — Ol (3dp(3apoL dn-E-(pvy-ov, 
 — W^no-XE-XoiTT-aGLv rjiidg ZEvtag Kal Uaaldyv - dXX' 
 ovK dno-nE-dyEvy-aaLV. 
 
 (479|.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The young man fled. — The barbarians deserted the ranks. 
 -All have fled into the city. — The general trusts (to) him- 
 self. — My brother has abandoned me. — Who has fled ? — 
 When the men-at-arms approached, the barbarians turned 
 to flight. — The Greeks have deserted the ranks. 
 
184 LiaUID VERBS. 
 
 II. LIQUID VERBS. 
 LESSON LXXIV. 
 
 STEMS. 
 
 (480.) Liquid verbs are those whose stems end in A, fi^ 
 
 V, p. 
 
 They all (except a few whose stem-vowel is e, e. g., vifz-eiv) have 
 strengthened stems in the present and imperfect. This strengthening is 
 done in three ways : 
 
 1. By doubling ;i; e. g., c^6Xk-u) {o^uX) ; ayyiXk-u) {ayytk). 
 
 2. By adding v ; e. g-., riyiv-id {jEfi) ; Kdfiv-o) (ko.//,). 
 
 3. By lengthening the stem-vowel : 
 
 1. a into ai ; reKiiatp-u {reKjjidp) ; ^aiv-o (<}>av). 
 
 2. e into ei ; ktelv-u {ktev) ; <pdecp-o) {(pdep). 
 
 3. t into I ; Kptv-u (Kptv). 
 
 4. V into V ; dixvv-o) {ujivv) ; Gvp-(^ {ovp). 
 
 Rem. 1. The simple stem is always to be found mfut. act. 
 Rem. 2. The verbs ve/x-siv, distribute ; niv-etv, remain, do not strength- 
 en the stem, 
 
 TENSES. 
 
 (481.) (a) Liquid verbs use all the tenses used by mute 
 verbs except the future perfect. 
 
 Rem. Not many use the 2d aor. act. or 2d perf. 
 
 (b) The tenses (except the pres. and imperf.) are all 
 formed on the simple stem. 
 
 tense-forms of liquid verbs. 
 (482.) 1. The tense-signs are the same as in mute verbs 
 except that 
 
 (a) Fut. does not add a. 
 
 (6) 1st Aor. does not add <y, but lengtheni the stem-vowel instead. 
 2. The endings are as in mute verbs, except that the Fut 
 uses a contracted ending. 
 
 \ 
 
fTURE AND AORIST TENSES. 
 
 185 
 
 r 
 
 Short stems. 
 
 To annoxmce. 
 dyyel- 
 
 To deceive. 
 
 To destroy.* 
 <pdep- 
 
 Pres. Act. 
 Pres. M. & P. 
 Impf. Act. 
 Impf. M. & P. 
 
 dyye?i?.-o) 
 dyye?i?.-ofiaL 
 ?jyye?iX-ov 
 r]yyEl2.-b(J.T]V 
 
 atpuTCk-ofiat 
 k-(y<paXk-6ixr)v 
 
 (j)d£ip-U 
 (pdEip-OfiaL 
 
 E-cpdeip-ov 
 E-cpdEip-ofirjv 
 
 1 1st Fut. Act. 
 ! 1st Fut. Mid. 
 i 1st Fut. Pass. 
 : 2d Fut. Pass. 
 
 dyye?[.-ovfiaL 
 
 dyyeX-d^aofiat 
 
 dyyel-TJaojLiac 
 
 G<pa7\.-ovjiat 
 
 G<pal-dTiaofiai 
 
 c(pa7i-rjaonaL 
 
 (j)d£p-ij 
 (pdEp-ov/iat 
 
 (pdap-TjaofjLaL 
 
 1 1st Aor. Act. 
 1 1st Aor. Mid. 
 ! 1st Aor. Pass. 
 
 fiyyeiA-a 
 
 TjyyeLk-dfj.r}v 
 
 Tjyyel-driv 
 
 e-cfTj^-dfiTjv 
 k-acpdl-drjv 
 
 E-<l)dEip-a 
 
 £-<p6£ip-dfL7JV 
 
 1 1st Perf Act. 
 
 1st Perf M. & P. 
 1 1st Plup. Act. 
 
 1st Plup. M. & P. 
 
 fiyyEl-K-a 
 ^yysTi-fiaL 
 rjyytk-Keiv 
 Tjyyi'k-iiriv 
 
 e-a(paX-K-a 
 £-a(l)a?:,-jj.at 
 e-0(pdl-Kecv 
 
 E-(J(pd'A-fX7lV 
 
 £-(j)dap-K-a 
 £-<pdap-fiai 
 E-ipOdp-KEiv 
 e-(pddp-p.Tiv 
 
 i 2d Perf Act. 
 ! 2d Plup. Act. 
 
 
 
 
 
 £-<pdup-a 
 
 E-(j)d6p-ElV 
 
 1 2d Aor. Act. 
 1 2d Aor. Mid. 
 1 2d Aor. Pass. 
 
 7]yyel-ov 
 
 T}yytk-6y.riv 
 
 7]yya-7]v 
 
 E-(y(paX-ov 
 
 E-G<pa7i-blJLT}V 
 E-G(pdX-7]V 
 
 E-<j)6dp-riv 
 
 ^^ Thus the formation is perfectly simple. The only tenses that re- 
 quire special notice are the future, aorists, and perfects. 
 
 LESSON LXXV. 
 Liquid Verbs. — Future and Aorist Tenses, 
 
 FUTUE-E, ACTIVE AND MIDDLE. 
 
 (483.) The future act. and mid. use the simple stem ; 
 e. g.y G(f)d?i?i-eiv, to deceive, fut. stem G(paX-. The tense- 
 sign G is not used. 
 
 The a was added at an early period of the language, with the connect- 
 ing vowel E ; thus, c(pa/.-£-ao), a<pa?i-£-a£Lg, &cc. ; but it was afterward 
 dropped, and contraction occurred ; e. g., ocpaX-co, a(pa2.-£lg, Sec. Hence 
 the fut. endings are precisely those of the pres. of contracted verbs in eo, u. 
 
 Inflection of ocpaX-o), o(^aX-ov[Lai, I sliall deceive. 
 
 1 ACTIVE. 
 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 
 c6ol 
 
 -C) 
 
 -OVfiEV 
 -OVfJ.EV 
 
 -Elg 
 
 -ELTOV 
 
 -eIte 
 
 -EL 
 
 -EITOV 
 
 -OVGL 
 
 -oi'/uac 
 
 -oi\ue6ov 
 
 -ov/iieda 
 
 -77 or -el 
 
 -eladov 
 
 -eladE 
 
 -elrat 
 
 -EioBov 
 
 -ovvrai 
 
 
 * In pass, to perish. 
 
186 
 
 LiaUID VERBS. 
 
 i^' The rule to form the fut. act. and mid. then is, take the simple stem 
 and affix the contracted endings, O), ovjuai, &c. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Simple stem. 
 
 Future active. 
 
 Future middle. 
 
 Deceive, G(pd7i7i-u 
 
 ccpaX- 
 
 acpaTi-u 
 
 a(pa7i-oviiaL. 
 
 Show, (paLv-io 
 
 (pav- 
 
 (j)av-a) 
 
 (pav-ovfiai. 
 
 Destroy, (pdelp-o) 
 
 cpdep- 
 
 (pdep-C) 
 
 (pdep-ov/j-at. 
 
 Pluck, nAA-w 
 
 Til- 
 
 Tll-Q 
 
 TiX-ov/iac 
 
 1st and 2d future passive and 1st aorist passive. 
 (484.) Use the simple stem ; endings and augment same 
 as in mute verbs. 
 
 1st fut. pass. 2d fut. pass. 1st aor. pass. 
 
 (j)av-dT](7-o/u.ai (pav-Tjcr-o/iai e-(pdv-6t]v. 
 
 (j^a?^-67}a-o/j,at a(paX-T]G-oiJiaL k-a(pak-dr}v. 
 
 Announce, ayyk'Kk-ut (dyyeA) ayyzk-Qija-oiiai hyytk-Jia-Ofiai. rjyye7\,-dr)V. 
 
 Rem. 1. All monosyllabic stems with e for stem-vowel change it into 
 a in 1st and 2d fut. and 1st aor. pass ; e. g., 
 Send, cTiXk-iji (areX) | GraTi-dria-Ojuat {(xraX-i^a-ofiac | k-GTaX-drjv. 
 
 Rem. 2. Three verbs drop v before the endings in 1st fut. and 1st aor. 
 pass. ; viz., 
 
 Present. 
 Show, <j)aiv-u {(pav) 
 Deceive, c^aXk-O) (acjiaX) 
 
 Present. 
 Judge, Kpiv-O) (Kptv) 
 Bend, kXiv-cj (/cAiv) 
 Wash, Tz7ivv-<j) {ttTivv) 
 
 1st fut. pass. 
 KpL-dria-oixat 
 K'ki-drja-oiiaL 
 TxTiv-driG-otiai 
 
 1st aor. pass. 
 
 k.-Kpi-dT}V. 
 
 e-nTiL-Brjv. 
 e-TrXv-dijv. 
 
 1st aorist, active and middle. 
 (485.) Instead of adding the tense-sign g, hquid verbs 
 lengthen the simple stem-voivel in 1st aor. act. and mid. (not 
 pass.) ; thus, 
 
 1. a into 7] ; {(pdv), e-(pr]v-, e-^r]v-a. 
 
 2. e into ei ; i/J^ev), e-/ietv-, £-/xeiv-a. 
 
 {uyye?i), vyyecTi-, riyytCk-a. 
 
 3. I into I ; (Kptv), e-Kplv-, e-Kplv-a. 
 
 4. V into i) ; (dfivv), t/juvv-, rj-pLvv-a. 
 
 Present, 
 Show, (pacv-o) 
 Announce, ayye/l/l-a) 
 Judge, KpLV-cj 
 
 Short stem. I 1st aor. act. 1st aor. mid. 
 
 (puv- e-^7]V-a E-(pr]v-u-firjv. 
 
 dyyeX- Tjyyetl-a 7jyyscX-d-fi7]v. 
 
 liplv- I e-Kplv-a 8-Kplv-d-u7jv. 
 
 Rem. The 1st aor. uses d instead of?; in 
 
 1. All verbs in -patvo) ; e.g., Trepacvco, accomplish, h-izepdva. 
 
 2. A few others in -atvoi ; e.g., KepSaivu, gain, e-Kipddv-a 
 
PKRFECT TENSES. 
 
 187 
 
 2d aorist, active, middle, and passive. 
 (486.) Take the simple stem, and affix the same augment 
 and endings as in mute verbs. 
 
 Present I Simple stem. I 2d aor. act. I Sd aor. mid. I 2d aor. pass. 
 3d2.%-u I jSaA- | e-jSaTi-ov \ k-^al-ofirjv \ h-(id7^-r]v. 
 
 Rem. Monosyllabic stems, with e for stem-vowel, change it into d. 
 areTCk-i^ I are'k- I c-oru/l-ov I ^-aTaX-6/j.rjv I k-ardl-ijv. 
 Tifiv-u I re/i' I e-Td/x-ov I — I k-rdfi-Tjv. 
 
 ^^ Few liquid verbs use the 2d aor. act. and mid. ; and none in which 
 it would be of the same form as imperfect ; e. g , Kptv-u, ^icpivov. 
 But these verbs can use 2d aor. pass., as it has a different ending 
 from the imperf. ; e. g., eKplvrjv. 
 
 LESSON LXXVI. 
 Liquid Verbs. — Perfect Tenses. 
 1st perfect and 1st pluperfect active. 
 (487.) Use the simple stem ; affix the endings and re- 
 duphcation as in pure verbs (399, 402). 
 
 Present. 
 Deceive, acpaAX-u 
 
 Pluck, TikX-i^i 
 
 Simple stem. 
 tlX- 
 
 1st perf. act. 
 
 E-G(paX-Ka 
 
 Te-Ti'k-Ka 
 
 1st pluperf. act. 
 
 t-G^d'k-KEiV. 
 k-TB-TlTi-KELV. 
 
 Rem. 1. Monosyllabic stems in e change it into a. 
 Send, Gre?i-2,o) \ gteTi- I s-aral-Ka I i-ard'X-KEiv. 
 
 Destroy, (pdEip-o \ (bdEp- I E(pdap-Ka I E-<pddp-Keiv. 
 
 Rem. 2. Stems in v, coming before Ka, would make jKa. But the 
 Greeks did not like this, and tried to avoid it, 
 (a) By omitting v ; e. g., Kplv-co, KEKptKa (so kVlv-u, ttXvv-u, 
 
 KTEtV-o). 
 
 {b) By adding the ending by means of a connecting vowel ; e. g. 
 
 flEV-U, lie^lEVT]Ka. 
 
 (c) By using 2d perfect instead of 1st. 
 
 Rem. 3. A few verbs change the order of the letters, and lengthen 
 the stem-vowel, in order to avoid awkward sounds. (This is called 
 metathesis) . 
 
 Cast, (3dll-u 
 
 (idl- 
 
 (3£-l37\,r]-Ka. 
 
 Labour, Kafiv-o 
 
 Kdfi- 
 
 KE-K/LITJ-Ka. 
 
 Cut, Tinv-od 
 
 TEfi- 
 
 TE-TflTJ-Ka. 
 
188 
 
 LiaUID VERBS. 
 
 2d pehfect and pluperfect active. 
 i.) No tense-sign : the augment, reduplication, and 
 endings are affixed as in mute verbs (474-6). 
 (489.) The following vowel changes occur : 
 (a) Stems in which e is the vowel take o in 2d perf. and pluperf. 
 
 Pres. act. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 2d perf. 
 
 2d pluperf. 
 
 Destroy, ^dslp-u 
 
 (t>dep- 
 
 £-^dop-a 
 
 k-^dop-ELV. 
 
 Sow, (jTcelp-o) 
 
 CTTSp- 
 
 E-anop-a 
 
 E-GTTOp-ELV. 
 
 Kill, KTecv-cj 
 
 KTEV- 
 
 e-KTov-a 
 
 E-KTOV-EIV. 
 
 (6) All others lengthen the stem-vowel as in 1st aor. (485). 
 Show, <j)alv-u I ^dV' I Tri-^jjv-a* I k-TTE-^riv-Eiv. 
 
 Bloom, MTil-u I ^al- 1 TE-Qrfk-a \ h-TE-QifK-Eiv. 
 
 i^^ Very few liquid verbs use the 2d perf. and pluperf. 
 
 PEP^FECT AND PLUPERFECT, MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 (490.) No tense-sign : augment, reduplication, and end- 
 ings same as in mute verbs (462-5). 
 
 Pres. act. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 Perf. mid. 
 
 Pluperf. mid. 
 
 Pluck, TiX-Xu 
 
 tlI- 
 
 TE-TLTl-fiai 
 
 E-TE-Til-fir]V. 
 
 Announce, ayy£/l/l-a> 
 
 ayyEl- 
 
 fiyye^-ixai 
 
 Vyya-/xrjv. 
 
 (491.) Monosyllabic stems with e change it into a. 
 
 cteTOi-g) I crre/l- j E-araX-juat j E-(7Td?i-/j,7]v. 
 
 ^dEip-o) 1 (pdsp- I £-(pdap-fj,ai I E-(p6dp-ixrjv 
 
 (492.) Stems in v require special attention 
 
 1. In most verbs v becomes o before ii ; (paiv-o), Tr£-(pao-/Li.ai. 
 
 2. In a few it is assimilated ; aiaxvv-u, 7)axvfJ--fiai. 
 
 3. In Kptvcj, kTiivcj, tz2,vvu, kteovu, teIvo), it is dropped ; Kpiv-u, Ki- 
 KpLjXai, TELV-U, TE-ra-iiaL, &c. 
 
 Rem. 1. When v becomes cr before fj, it reappears before other single 
 
 consonants; e. g., Tzi-cpacj-fzai, I have appeared, 
 7iE-(paa-fj.ai rcE-cpda-jUEdov 7rE~(j)da-/iEda. 
 
 TCE-<pav-aaL TVE-^iacr-dov TVE-ipaa-dE. 
 
 TTE-cpav-rac iri-ipaa-dov Tre-<pacF-jLi£VOL Elai{v). 
 
 Rem. 2. Such forms as TS-Ta-fiai (i. e., such as drop v) do not use the 
 
 periphrastic form in 3d plur., as TE-ra-vrai, and the like, are easily 
 
 pronounced. 
 Rem. 3. The remarks in (492) apply to the pluperf mid. as well as to 
 
 the perf 
 
 * In the mid. and in 2d perf act. this verb means appear. 
 
PERFECT TENSES. 
 
 189 
 
 EXEHCISE. 
 
 (493.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To send word, Trap-ayyelX-Eiv. 
 To bring word, kTT-ayye2,?y-£LV. 
 Victory, viKT], T]^ {r}). 
 To lay iciste, destroy, 6ca-<pdelp-ECV. 
 To send off, uTTO-aTe/J.-etv. 
 
 (494.) Example. 
 
 He gauied much. 
 (Get much gain.) 
 
 To accuse, 6ta-^d?.?.-€tv. 
 To kill, a~o-KTeiv-etv. 
 Chirisophus, Xecpi(JO(l)Og, ov (6). 
 A sophist, OQQLGT-Tjg, -ov (6). 
 To gain, Keodalv-etv. 
 
 iTToAAd E-Kepddv-e (1st aor.). 
 
 (495.) Tra?islate into English. 
 
 Kvpog rrap-'qyyei.X-e (48 o) ru) KAedp;^(t) ^kelv. — 'O 
 ayycAof en-TjyyeiX-e t?)v vlktjv. — Ot TTO/JfLCOi ttjv 
 ;^Ci3pav di-ecbdeip-av. — 0/ Tro?Jfiioc ttjv %a)pav dia- 
 (f)dep-ovaLv (483, [IF^). — Ol nepaai TTO/J^dg vavg (354) 
 elg 'EAAdda d7:-e-aTd?^-K£Gav (487, il. 1). — '0 arpa-7]- 
 ybg rbv dyyeXov aTT-e-ardX-Kei. — TLGaa(pepv7]g di-e- 
 j3ak-£ (486) rov Kvpov rrpog rbv d6eA(pbv. — 'O (SaatXsvg 
 Kvpov d7r-e-/crov-e (489, (z). — 'K.Xeapxog aTT-e-areiX-e 
 roig dyyeXovg, Kal ovv avrolg (252, c) Xetplaocpov. — At 
 VTjeg (354) dTT-e-ardA-rjGav (486). — UoXXovg rcov 
 rroXei-uoyv diro-KTev-ovfiev (483, [CF"). — To) d6eX(pC) 
 (dual) dXXriXovq (237) aTr-e-KTELV-drriv (485). — 0/ 
 GO(piaral ek rrfg Godytag noXXd E-Kspddv-av (485, R. 2.). 
 
 (495^.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The robbers will kiU aU the messengers. — Who sent word 
 (to) the boy to come ? — Tae general ^t11 send word. — 
 Chirisophus tnoQ bring word (of) the \nctory. — The barba- 
 rians wiU lay waste the territory. — The ships were sent-oif 
 by the king. — The young-man has killed his (= the) brother. 
 — The enemy will deceive us. — Who mil kill Cyrus ? — 
 Your brother shall be judged (484, R. 2). 
 
§ 6. 
 PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORMATION. 
 
 LESSON LXXVII. 
 Attic Future. — Doric Future. — Attic Reduplication, 
 
 ATTIC FUTURE. 
 
 (496.) Some verbs in which g of the future is preceded 
 by the short vowel a, s, or I, drop the a, and annex ca/i- 
 traded endings. These verbs are, 
 
 (a) With a\ eXavv-u (eAa), drive ; fut. {k?Mau) kX-u. 
 
 (b) With e; Koke-u, call; fut. {Kokia-o) KaX-Cd. 
 
 TeXe-o, accomplish ; fut. (TeTiia-cj) reA-w. 
 
 (c) With I ; all polysyllables in ifcj ; e. g., 
 
 vofiL^-o), think; fut. {vo^La-u), vofiL-cJ. 
 
 KOfii'C-CJ, carry ; fut. {Kopcia-G)), KO/iL-co. 
 
 ^^ I fight, fidx-0/J.at, makes fut. uax-ov/iai, -d, -etTat, &c. 
 
 (497.) Inflection. 
 
 kk -w, -dg, -d, 
 teX ) 
 
 1^0//. r'^' '"f' ■"' 
 
 nax-ovpLati -el, -elrai, 
 
 -ufiev, -arov, -arov, 
 -ov/j,ev, -eiTov, -eItov, 
 -oviiedov, -eladov, -eladov, 
 
 -cjfiev, -uTe, -coai{v). 
 •ov/xev, -elTe, ovaiiv). 
 -ovfZEda, -£C(yde, -ovvtul. 
 
 ^^ This Attic future occurs only in indie, infin., and participle. 
 DORIC FUTURE. ' 
 
 (498.) The following verbs in the future middle (used 
 actively) sometimes employ the contracted endings : 
 
 (a) Four in e ; viz., ttM-u, Trve-u, vi-u, &£-o), all have -evaovfiaL and -eve- 
 ofiai, e.g., TrXeva-ovjuai and TzTieva-ojiac. 
 (6) One in at; viz., Kkal-o, Kkava-ovuat, and Kkava-ouat, weep. 
 (c) Four mutes ; viz., 
 
 <l)£vy-o), (pEV^-ovf^ai, and (pev^-o/j,ai, flee. 
 7raiC-(o, Tvai^-ov/xai, and rral^-ofiat, play. 
 
ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 191 
 
 TTLTtT-o) (Trer), 'xea-oifiat,fall. 
 
 Kvvddvofjtai {ttevO), Treva-ovuat, and KEva-ofj,ai (more common), find 
 out. 
 
 ATTIC REDUPLICATION. 
 
 (499.) Some verbs that begin with a, e, or o not only 
 take the augme?it in perf. and pluperf., but also prefix to it 
 the fi.rst syllable of the stem. This is called the Attic re- 
 
 duplication. 
 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 First syllable. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Wim Attic reaupL 
 
 Plough, dp6-(j 
 
 dp. 
 
 7]pOKa 
 
 dp-TjpoKa. 
 
 Convince, e/.eyx-u 
 
 hi- 
 
 V'>^eyxa 
 
 fX-fjTieyxa- 
 
 Dig, bpVTT-O) 
 
 op. 
 
 upvxa 
 
 op- upvxa- 
 
 Rem. 1. If the last stem-syllable be long, it is generally shortened ; e.g.. 
 Hear, dKOV-cj | uK- \ TjKoa \ dn.TjKoa. 
 
 Rem. 2. The verb ay-w, lead, augments the prefix, and leaves the 
 stem unchanged in 2d aorist. 
 Lead, dy-tj \ 2d aor. act. rjy.ayov | 2d aor. mid. Tjy.ayojirjv. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (500.) Give the Greek for the following. 
 
 They will drive. — He will call. — You vdll accomplish. — 
 He will think. — Thou wilt carry. — The soldiers will fight 
 (496, []:?=*).— I will sail (498, a).— They wiU sail.— The 
 citizens will flee. — The robber will flee. — The maidens will 
 weep. — The boys will play. — He will fall. — We shall find- 
 out. — He has ploughed (499). — They have dug. — Thou 
 hast convinced. — He has heard. — He led. — Thou shalt 
 drive. — We shall call. — He will accomphsh. — The young- 
 man will carry the burden. — They will think. — The king 
 will fight thee (dat.). — Who will fight? — The barbarians 
 will fight bravely. — Thou shalt flee. — We shall fall. — The 
 general will fijid-out. — I have not heard 
 
$ 7. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE, OPTATIVE, AND IMPERATIVE 
 MOODS. 
 
 [Heretofoee we have used only the indicative mood of the verb. We 
 now proceed to the remaining moods.] ^ 
 
 (501.) The SUBJUNCTIVE mood asserts something as de- 
 pendent on something else, or as not real, but tending (or 
 possible) to be realized. 
 
 X g-., "I am here that I maj/ see." ^^ He may come." " If he come." 
 ^^ Hence the subj. partakes of the nature of the fut. tense ; and, ac- 
 cordingly, it uses the primary endings (387). 
 
 (502.) The optative asserts something as not real, with- 
 out reference to its being realized, and generally as dependent 
 on something past. 
 
 E. g., " I might go." " Would that it could be so" " I was there that 
 I might see." 
 ^^ Hence the opt. uses the historical endings (387). 
 
 (503.) These moods are distinguished in form from the 
 indicative by their mood-signs. 
 
 Indie, mood-signs. i Subjunctive, I Optative. 
 
 0, e, a, I o, 7j, I 01, ei, ai. 
 
 LESSON LXXVIII. 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 (^504.) Forms of elvai, to be, in subjunctive present (" I 
 may be,'' &c.). 
 
 1 SINGULAK. 
 
 DUAL. 
 
 PLUHAL. 
 
 «i V^ V 
 
 dfLiV 7JT0V TJTOV 
 
 dfiev rjTE uoL^v) 
 
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 19.? 
 
 REGULAR \TERBS. 
 
 (505.) The subjunctive uses the tense fomis of the present, 
 perfects, and aorists. 
 
 [^^ The subj. aorist denotes a momentary action, but has no referencf. 
 to past time. Hence it does not use the augment. 
 
 (506.) The tense-stems and endings are the same as in 
 the indie, hut the mood-signs are w and ?/ (instead of o 
 and e). 
 
 (507.) The person-endings and mood-vowels are united 
 in the following table of 
 
 SUBJTXCTIVE EXDIXGS. 
 
 1 ACTITE. ij PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. j. 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 -U -7?f -77 
 -UUeV -TjTOV -TJTOV 
 -CJfiEV -T)TE -uac{v) 
 
 -uuai -77 -T/TaL 
 -uuedov -T/adov -T]odov 
 -6fie6a -T/ade -uvTai 1 
 
 ^ The 2d and 3d persons, rj-ig, rj-i, become 77^, 77 by subscribing 
 the I. 
 
 SUBJUXCTUV-E FORMS. 
 
 (508.) The following are the 1st person subj. forms of 
 Tvirr-ELV, to strike. 
 
 1 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. PASSIVE. | 
 
 Pres. 
 
 I may strike, 
 
 TV~T-0) 
 
 / may strike myself, j 
 
 TVTTT-OJ-fiai i 
 
 I may be struck, 
 
 TV~T-G)-jUai 
 
 ' 1st Perf. 
 2d Perf. 
 
 I may have 
 struck, 
 
 Te-TV<p-U 
 TE-rVTx-U 
 
 / may have struck j 
 myself, \ 
 
 T£-TV/U.-U£VOg CJ j 
 
 I may have been 
 struck, 
 
 TE-TV/U-UEVOC W 
 
 1st Aor. 
 2d Aor. 
 
 I may strike, 
 
 TVIp-CJ 
 
 rvTi-o) 
 
 / may strike myself, j 
 Tvilj-o-fiai 
 
 TVTT-U-fiai 1 
 
 / may be struck, j 
 
 TVtp-d-U ! 
 rVTT-Q { 
 
 Rem. 1, The perf. subj. forms are very little used. The perf. mid. 
 and pass, use the participle with the subj. pres. of slvat, to be; e. g., 
 TE-Tv/ii-fiEVog, 0), y^, 7}, &c. But some verbs which have a vowel be- 
 fore the person-ending have a perf. subj. form ; thus, KTa-o-fiac, I ac- 
 quire ; K£-KTT]-fj.ai, I have acquired = I possess ; subj. perf KE-KTio- 
 fiat, I may possess. 
 
 Rem. 2. The 1st and 2d aor. pass, use the act. endings cj. ■^f. ^, &e.j 
 circumflexed throughout on the mood-sign. 
 
 T 
 
194 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
 
 Subjunctive of Contract Verbs. 
 (509.) Apply the rules in (95) with the following ad- 
 ditional 
 
 with 7} or CO, forms w ; 
 with y, forms ot. 
 
 Rule. 
 
 ACTIVE, 1 
 
 
 TifM- 
 
 <pa- 
 
 67,-k- 1 
 
 Sing. 
 
 d(ii 
 dric 
 dr, 
 
 -id 
 -d 
 
 EU 
 
 -u 
 -V 
 
 6w 
 
 -oc 
 
 Dual. 
 
 dofiev 
 drjTov 
 drjTOv 
 
 -arov 
 -drov 
 
 £0)fJ.EV 
 EtJTOV 
 ETjTOV 
 
 -UflEV 
 -JJTOV 
 -JiTOV 
 
 OCOfiEV 
 OTjTOV 
 
 orjTov 
 
 -(i)(J.EV 
 -UTOV 
 -CJTOV 
 
 Plur. 
 
 do)fJ.EV 
 
 drjTe 
 
 do)(7t 
 
 -UflEV 
 
 -are 
 -coat 
 
 EUjUeV 
 
 irjTE 
 suae 
 
 -iJfJ.£V 
 -TJTE 
 
 -uat 
 
 OU/UEV 
 OTjTE 
 
 ouai 
 
 -0)/J,EV 
 -UTE 
 
 -coat 
 
 
 
 MIDI 
 
 )LE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 
 
 
 Ttfi- 
 
 </> 
 
 A- 
 
 dn'A- li 
 
 Sing. 
 
 dofjiat 
 
 dv 
 
 drjTai 
 
 -cbfiai 
 
 -9- 
 -drai 
 
 £0)jLl.at 
 
 ET, 
 
 ET)Tai 
 
 -V 
 -TJTat 
 
 oufiat 
 
 or, 
 
 OTjrai 
 
 -01 
 
 -urat 
 
 Dual. 
 
 aufiedov 
 
 drjadov 
 
 drjodov 
 
 -UflEdoV 
 
 -dadov 
 -dadov 
 
 Eu^edov 
 
 ETjadov 
 
 irjadov 
 
 -CJflEdoV 
 
 -rjadou 
 -ijadov 
 
 oujuedov 
 
 oTjadov 
 
 orjadov 
 
 -UflEdov 
 
 -cJadov 
 -Cbadov 
 
 Plur. 
 
 aufieda 
 dijade 
 
 duVTCLL 
 
 -6f/.Eda 
 
 -dads 
 
 -uvrat 
 
 EUjusda 
 
 ETjadE 
 
 ECdvraL 
 
 -6fj.Eda 
 
 -fjads 
 
 -uvrai 
 
 oCifjLEda 
 
 orjads 
 
 ouvTat 
 
 -tjfzeda 
 -Ojode 
 
 -uvrai 
 
 , 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (510.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Nobly, yEvvaiiog (adv.). 
 To turn, Tpiir-ELV (472). 
 To rejoice, ^(^cp-ELV. 
 To wait, dvafiEV-eiv (480). 
 To begin, apx-£tv (444, II.). 
 
 (511.) Examples. 
 (a) Let us fight. 
 {P) Do not steal. 
 
 {i, e., generally.) 
 
 Shamelessness, dvatdEia, af (rj). 
 To shun, (pEvy-ELV. 
 To fear, (po^-Eiadat (1st aor. pass 
 i-cpofS^drjv, used in middle sense). 
 
 jjLaxoJl^sOa. 
 
 Hf\ KXeirre (imper 
 
 pres.). 
 
OPTATIVE iMOOD. 
 
 195 
 
 w 
 
 Do iwt steal 
 (i. «., in a particular case.) 
 Where can I turn my- 
 self? 
 
 fiTj nXeip'qi; (1st aor. subj.). 
 
 TTOt rpdTTCJfjLat ; (2d aor. mid. 
 subj.) 
 
 Rule of Syntax. — The subjunctive is used (a) in 1st plural for the 
 imperative 1st pers. ; (6) in 2d pers. of aor. for prohibition with /j,t} , 
 (c) in questions implying doubt. 
 
 ^p> Has the subj. any future form ? (No (505) ). 
 
 (512.) Translate into English. 
 
 TevvaLCjg fiaxc^fJ'^dcL rcepl rijg irarpidog. — Hoi Tpandj- 
 ueda; — XaipcoiiE v, cj naldeg \ — M?) KXeipXfg rfiv bpviv 
 (324, c). — Mt) Tvipxjg rbv nalda, (h veavia. — M?) ava- 
 uevcj/j-ev, dAA' ap^cj/zev. — Trjv avatdeiav (fyevycjfjLev. 
 — M^ ^olBrjOyg nepl t^?* Tcarpidog, cj noXlra. — BovXsv- 
 iOfieda nepi rrjg ao)T7]plag Trjg noXecjg. — ^evy(jj[XEV to. 
 alaxpd (108, a). — Ti iroiCjiiev, 
 
 (513.) Translate into G-reek. 
 
 Let us not flee. — Wliere can we flee ? — What can I do ? 
 — Do not fear for the city, O citizens I — Let us wait. — Do 
 not begin. — Let us shun the bad citizens. — Do not steal the 
 golden goblet, O slave I 
 
 LESSoN LXXIX. 
 Optative Mood. 
 (514.) Forms of elvai, to be, in imperf, opt. {I might he^ 
 &c.). 
 
 [| SrNGULAK. 
 
 DUAI,. 
 
 ■PLXTRAL. 
 
 
 drjfiEv eiTjTov e'c^Trjv 
 
 or or or 
 elfiev ehov eIttjv 
 
 etTjfiev eirjTe eiTjaav 
 
 or or or 
 eI/j.£v elre elev 
 
196 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 REGULAR VERBS. 
 
 (515.) The tenses used by the opt. are the imperfect, fu- 
 tures, aorists, and pluperfects. 
 
 ^^ These tenses answer to our English might, should, would, &c. 
 But as they do not narrate past events, but speak of them as de- 
 pendent upon something else, as hypothetical, &c., the augment is 
 not used. 
 
 Rem. 1. The tense-stems are the same as in indie, omitting the aug' 
 ment. The person-endings are those of the historical tenses ; but 1st 
 person has fii instead of v. 
 
 Rem. 2. The mood-sign is oi, for all the tenses but 1st aor. act. and 
 mid., which has at, and 1st and 2d aor. pass., which have el. 
 
 (516.) The person-endings and mood- vowels are united in 
 the following table of 
 
 OPTATIVE ENDINGS. 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 All tenses but 1st aorist. 
 
 -01.-/11 -OL-g -OL 
 -OL-fl£V -Ot-TOV -OL-TIJV 
 -Ot-/l£V -OL-TE -OL-EV 
 
 All but 1st aorist. 
 -0L-jUT]V -OL-O -OL-TO 
 
 -ol-iieOov -ol-gOov -ol-gOtjv 
 -oi-fiEda -ol-g6e -ol-vto 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 1st aorist. 
 •ai-ixi -ai-q -at 
 -ai-^LEV -ai-rov -ai-rriv 
 -at-ju.£v -ai-T£ -at-Ev 
 
 1st aorist. 
 -aL-jir]v -at-o -ai-ro 
 -ai-fiEdov -aL-cdov -ai-Gdrjv 
 -ai-fj.e6a -aL-Gds -ac-vro 
 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 All but 1st and 2d aorist. 
 -oi-fir]v -ot-o -OL-ro 
 -OL-fXEdov -OL-aQov -OL-adrjv 
 
 -OL-flEda -OL-gOe -Oi-VTO 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 1st and 2d aorist. 
 
 -EL-TjV -EL-7]g -EL-rj 
 
 -EL-rifiEV -EL-rjTov -EL-rtrriv 
 
 -Ei-r]\LEV -EL-rjTE -EL-rjaav 
 
 or or or 
 
 -El-flEV -EL-TE -eI-EV 
 
 OPTATIVE FORMS. 
 
 (517.) The following are the 1st pers, opt. forms of tvttT' 
 eiVy to strike. 
 
OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 197 
 
 [ 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 1 MIDDLE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 1 
 
 / might slnke, 
 
 / might strike myself, 
 
 / might be struck, 
 
 1 Imperf. 
 
 TVTTT-Olfit 
 
 \ TVnT-OllurjV 
 
 rvTZT-OLfxriv 
 
 1 
 
 I would or 
 
 I would or should 
 
 I would or should 
 
 1 
 
 should strike, 
 
 strike myself, 
 
 be struck, 
 
 1st Fut. 
 
 TVTp-Olflt 
 
 TVljJ-OifiTJV 
 
 TV(j)-d7ja-Ol/I7]V 
 
 2d Fut. 
 
 — 
 
 I should have struck 
 
 TV7r-7]a-OL/J.7]V 
 
 
 
 myself. 
 
 
 Fut. Perf. 
 
 — 
 
 Te-TV1p-ol/J.TJV 
 
 — 
 
 
 / might have 
 
 I might have struck 
 
 I might have been 
 
 
 struck, 
 
 myself, 
 
 struck, 
 
 1st Plup. 
 
 Te-TV^-01/J.C 
 
 T€-TV/J.-jLlEVOg EiTjV 
 
 TE-rvfi-fiEvog etj]v 
 
 2d Plup. 
 
 Te-TVTT-Olflt 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 I might strike, 
 
 / might strike myself. 
 
 / might be struck. 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 TVIp-aijjiL 
 
 Tvrp-aifiTjv 
 
 TV(j>-6-eiTjv 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 TV7T-0lfJ.l 
 
 TVTT-OtfXTiV 
 
 TVT7-ei7]V 
 
 Rem. 1. The 1st aor. opt. act. has also the following (called ^olic) 
 endings ; viz., 
 
 -eta, -Etag, -eie, \ -eiafiev, -darov, -eidrrjv, | -elafiev, -Eiare, -etav. 
 Thus, Trnpeia, rvipeiag, Tvipeie, &c. 
 
 1^^ The 2d and 3d sing, and 3d plur. of this form are more common 
 than the regular forms. 
 
 Rem. 2. The perf. act. opt. is sometimes formed with the participle 
 and auxiliary ; e. g., rervipdg eIt^v, EiT/g, eIt], dec, for T£Tv<p-otiiit, -oig, 
 •01, &c. 
 
 Rem. 3. The syllables ol and ai are not regarded as short for accent in 
 the opt. Hence you accent 3d sing. opt. imperf of ^ovlev-Eiv, 
 Pov7i.EV-oL, not !3ov?i£V-oi. So 1st aor. opt., 3d sing., f3ov?.Evaai, not 
 (3ov?i£vaai. 
 
 Rem. 4. The fut. opt. of liquid verbs, being contracted (483), circum- 
 flexes the mood-sign ; e. g., uy-yE?>.-ot/j.t, ayyE?,-oig, dyyeA-o?, &c. 
 
 ^^ In all other cases the accent in opt. follows the general rules. 
 
 Optative of Contracted Verbs. 
 (518.) Rule. — In contraction wdth ot, a forms o) ; but 6 
 and o are absorbed. 
 
198 
 
 OPTATIVE MOOD. 
 
 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 Till- 
 
 (j)t'A- 
 
 6v^- 1 
 
 Sing. 
 
 doifit 
 
 doig 
 
 dot 
 
 -Uflt 
 
 EOlfiL 
 
 Eoig 
 
 EOL 
 
 -Olflt 
 
 -ok 
 -ol 
 
 OOlflt 
 
 ootg 
 dot 
 
 -olflL 
 
 -olg 
 -ol 
 
 Dual. 
 
 doi/j.ev 
 
 doLTOV 
 
 aoirriv 
 
 -UflEV 
 -(f>TOV 
 -d)T7JV 
 
 EOLflEV 
 EOITOV 
 EOLTTJV 
 
 -OlflEV 
 -OITOV 
 -0LT7]V 
 
 OOLjJ-EV 
 OOLTOV 
 OOLTJJV 
 
 -olflEV 
 
 -oItov 
 -oirnv 
 
 Plur. 
 
 doifiev 
 
 doLTE 
 doLEP 
 
 -CillEV 
 -C)EV 
 
 EOLflEV 
 
 EOLTE 
 
 EOIEV 
 
 -olflEV 
 
 -OlTE 
 
 -OLEV 
 
 bOLfJLEV 
 
 OOtTE 
 
 OOLEV 
 
 -ol/iEV 
 
 -oIte 
 -oIev 
 
 
 
 MIDI 
 
 LE AND PASSIVE. 
 
 
 
 
 TL/l- 
 
 ^a- 
 
 drjX- I 
 
 Sing. 
 
 aolfiTiv 
 doLo 
 
 doLTO 
 
 -C)TO 
 
 eoi/j.r]v 
 
 iOLO 
 EOLTO 
 
 -oLnrjv 
 
 -010 
 
 ■oIto 
 
 OOlfiTjV 
 
 0010 
 
 OOITO 
 
 -oifirjv 
 -olo 
 
 -OlTO 
 
 Dual. 
 
 aocfiedov 
 
 doiadov 
 
 aoiaQrjv 
 
 -ufiedov 
 
 -Ciadov 
 
 -uadrjv 
 
 EOlftEdoV 
 EOLcdoV 
 
 Eoladrjv 
 
 'OijueOov 
 
 -oladov 
 
 -oLadtjv 
 
 ool[ie6ov 
 
 dotadov 
 
 ooiadrjv 
 
 -oifjLEdoV 
 
 -oladov 
 -oiadrjv 
 
 Plur. 
 
 aolfieda 
 doiodE 
 do two 
 
 -6fj.E6a 
 -(Jads 
 
 -UVTO 
 
 EOlflEda 
 
 Eocade 
 
 EOLVTO 
 
 -oifiEda 
 -olads 
 
 -olVTO 
 
 ooiiieda 
 ootads 
 
 OOLVTO 
 
 -ocjUEda 
 -oIgOe 
 
 -OLVTO 
 
 Rem. I. The forms KEKTTi[xai {I possess, perf. from /crdo/^ai (508, iSem. 
 1) ) and /bi,ifj.vTjfj,ai (I remember, perf. of juvdofiai) use the contracted 
 endings in the opt. ; thus, kekt-uixtjv, -uo, -CiTo, &c. ; fiE/Ltv-u/iT/v, 
 
 -C)0, -C)T0, &c. 
 Rem. 2. The contract verbs use, also, for opt. endings, 
 
 olrj/XEV, oirjTE, oirjaav, see par- 
 adigms ( 558 ). 
 
 OLTlVy OLTjg, OlTj, OlTjUeV, OLTjrOV, OLfjTTjV, 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (519.) Vocabulary . 
 
 To be, become, ytyv-Eadat (2d aorist 
 
 £--y£V-6fJ.T]v). 
 
 Lucky, prosperous, evtvxV^, ef • 
 Good at hunting, Evdripog, ov. 
 Would that, eWe, eI yap. 
 
 To see, ^ed-a-aadat. 
 Passion, bpy-Tj, ^f (jy). 
 To requite, aTZOTi-ELV. 
 Gladly, 7]6EG>g (adv.). 
 Without., dvEV (with gen.). 
 
 (520.) Examples and Rules. 
 
 (a) Who could describe this ? 
 (6) May you be luckisr than your 
 father. 
 May it not be so. 
 
 Tig TavTa ?Jyoi ; 
 
 ysvoLO TTUTpog EVTVX£<yTepog. 
 
 llTj yivoLTO. 
 
SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. 199 
 
 Rule of Syntax. — The opt. is used (a) in supposed questions ex- 
 pecting the answer " No ;" (6) to express a wish (with or without 
 el, eWe, el yap). 
 
 (c) You will not escape. \ ovK av (pevyotg. 
 
 (c) The opt. with av is used (like the English future; to soften an 
 assertion. 
 
 OVK excj, oTTOi rpaTTUfiac. 
 
 (d) / do not know (have not) ivhere 
 to turn myself. 
 I did not know ivhere. See. ovK eixov ottoc TpaTTOijUijv. 
 
 (d) In dependent questions the subj. is used after a primary tense (e. g., 
 TpdnujiaL after ^x^) '■> ^^^ °P^- after a historical* (e. g., rpanoiuTjv 
 after elxov). 
 
 (521.) Translate into English . 
 
 Tig av TTiarevaeie (517, Rem. 1) ipevarxi ; — ^Akov- 
 aetdg fiov, od (piXe (520, b). — Ovk av rovg noXenLovg 
 (f>evyotg. — Ot ■deot dnorf-aaLvro (520, b). — EWe nalg 
 efjidg evdrjpog elTj. — EWe 6 vlog vevLKrjKOL. — EWe ndvreg 
 avev opyrjg (SovXevaacvro. — Ovk exsc ottol rpdn'qrai, 
 — EWe ndvreg veaviai KaXcog TTatdevBelev. — 'Udecjig av 
 i&eaaaijirjv ravra. 
 
 (522.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Who could escape (2d aor.) ? — 'Who would hear such 
 (things) (ace.)? — Would-that I could be deemed wise. — 
 They will not escape. — We do not know (= have not) 
 where to turn-ourselves. — We did not know where to turn- 
 ourselves. — They did not know where to turn- themselves. 
 
 LESSON LXXX. 
 Subjunctive and Optative in Subordinate Sentences. 
 
 THE PARTICLE dv. 
 
 (523.) The particle av (much used in Greek to modify the verb) cannot 
 be translated by any single English word. Its chief force is expressed in 
 the following brief 
 
 * So in English : " I do not know where I can go ;" " I did not know 
 •irhere I could go." 
 
200 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE AND OPTATIVE. 
 
 Rule of Syntax. — "Av makes an indicative less indicative ; an opt. 
 or subj. more indicative ; e. g., 
 
 Indic. He was striking, erratev. — He would, perhaps, strike (i. e., it was 
 his habit in certain circumstances), eTcaiev av. 
 
 Opt. You might not escape, ov (pevyoig. — You will not escape, ovk &v 
 ^evyotg. 
 
 (524.) "Av coalesces with various particles, so as to form 
 one word ; e. g., 
 
 el av = kdv, tjv or av : bre dv = orav : eTTEtdfj av = kireiddv, &c. 
 
 Rule of Syntax. — The compounds of dv are generally foliow^ed by 
 the subjunctive ; e.g.. 
 
 If you speak the truth. 
 Whenever we are angry. 
 
 kdv dlrjOEvarig (1st aor. subj.) 
 b-KOTav opyt^ujueda. 
 
 ^^ When dv stands at the beginning of a sentence, it is the conjunc- 
 tion {= kdv, if), and not the modifying particle dv, which always follows 
 one or more words. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (525.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To be present, napeivai (7rapd-f 
 
 elvac). 
 To see, Uelv (2d aor. infin.). 
 That, so that, iva. 
 I will give, dcjao) (fut. of 6tSo}fj.L). 
 A talent, Td2.avTOV, ov (to). 
 I shall have, efcj (fut. of ex(^)- 
 To bring, (psp-etv. 
 
 To benefit, dxpeXetv (96). 
 
 Greatly, fieya (adv.). 
 
 If, kdv or 7]v. 
 
 To take care, kmfjLeTielGdat (96). 
 
 Money, ivealth, XPW'^'^'C- (plural of 
 
 XPniJ-a)- 
 Rose, ^odov, ov (to). 
 How ? TTug (adv.) (289). 
 
 (526.) Examples and Rules. 
 
 {a) I am here to see (= that I may 
 
 irdpecfii., Iva I6u (2d aor. subj.). 
 
 / was there that I might see. irapTJv, 'iva Idoijici (2d aor. opt.), 
 
 (a) Rule of Syntax. — In subordinate sentences, purpose, aim, oi 
 pretext {that, so that, as if) are expressed, by the subj. after a. prin- 
 cipal tense {e.g., TvdpeLfMt) ; by the opt. after a historical {e.g., Tvapjjv). 
 
 ^^ The conjunctives 'iva, 6g, brrug, on, Iva fif], dig ixr], &c., intro- 
 duce such sentences. 
 
(6) 1. If we have any thing, we will 
 give it. 
 2. If a7iy one should do this, he 
 would greatly benejit me. 
 
 SUBORDINATE SENTENCES. 2(3 .i 
 
 Tig ravra irparToi, fieya jx uv 
 d)(j)sA7}ai;t£. 
 
 (fc) Rule of Syntax. — 1. An "if," supposed likely to be realized, i 
 expressed by l:uv with subj. in the conditional clause, and the indie 
 Alt. in the consequent clause. 2. An " if," without reference tc 
 realization, by el, with opt., in the conditional, and av, with opt., iii 
 the consequent. 
 
 (527.) Trmislate into English. 
 
 TcaoacpepvTjg dial3dXXeLJi tov Kvpov npbg rbv ddeXcpbv, 
 cjg enifiovXevot avTG). — Udpeifii Iva Trjv fjtdxv^ 16 cj. — 
 Ilap^v Iva Trjv ndx'^v tdoLfii. — Kvpog eTce[ie?{.elro, cjg ol 
 BdpfSapoL noXsfielv luavoi elrjaav. — Kvpog ovveKdXEoe 
 TO'j" GTparTjyovg Kal ouvetSovXevero rzGJg dv ttjv [idx'Tiv 
 noLolro. — 'O narrjp p,oi eXeyev on nopevGocTO.t — 
 'Edv dXrjdevoxjg, 6u)G0) gol deica rdXavra. — 'Edv e%aj- 
 jLicv XPVH'^'^^^ E^ofJ,sv (ptXovg. — 'Edv ri e%w, 6o)GG). — Ei 
 ravra irpdrrotg, [ieyiGrd y.'' dv dxfyeXrjGELag. — Et rig 
 ravra npdrroi, fisycGrd jf dv (SAdipeLe. — 'O nalg rcb 
 narpi podov cpepEi, Iva x^^^PXl' — nalg rid narpi podov 
 £((>EpEV, Iva x^^^poL. 
 
 LESSON LXXXI. 
 Imperative Mood. 
 (528.) The imperative mood expresses command, more 
 or less gently ; e. g., '' go !'"' ''let hitn go" 
 
 (529.) The mood-sign is e for all tenses but 1st aor. act. 
 and mid., which have a, and 1st and 2d aor. pass., which 
 have 7]. 
 
 * a' av = [IE av (by apostrophe). 
 
 t This is the narrative present, used for the past ; hence the opt. follows 
 it, according to the rule. 
 
 t Fut. opt., because the act of going was future to the time of telling it. 
 T 2 
 
202 
 
 IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
 
 (530.) The person-endings with the mood-signs are given 
 in the follovi^ing 
 
 
 
 TABLE. 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 1 
 
 AU but 1st Aor. 
 1st Aor. 
 
 Singular. 
 ov d-ro) 
 
 Dual. 
 e-Tov e-TO)v 
 a-TOv d--o)v 
 
 Plural. 
 e-re i-Tuaav or ovtuv 
 a-TE d-Tuaav oi uvtcov 
 
 MIDDLE. 1 
 
 All but 1st Aor. 
 1st Aor. 
 
 ov e-adio 
 ai d-adu 
 
 e-adov E-a6o)v 
 a-aOov d-ad(j)v 
 
 E-ade e-aduaav or ^.-atiuv 
 a-ade d-aduaav or d-aduv 
 
 PASSIVE. 1 
 
 Pres. ov e-a8o) 
 Perf. -ao -adu 
 1st and 2d Aor. i^-di rj-rut 
 
 e-adov E-aduv 
 -adov -adov 
 
 Tj-TOV rj-TUV 
 
 E-ads e-aduaav or e-aduv 
 -ade -aduaav or -adov 
 7J-TE TJ-Tuaav 
 
 (531 
 
 •) 
 
 PARADIGM. 
 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. 
 Sing. 
 
 Be striking. 
 
 Strike thyself. 
 
 Be struck. 
 
 TV7rr-E -ETC) 
 
 TVTZT-ov -iadu 
 
 
 Dual 
 
 TVTTT-ETOV -ETUV 
 
 TVTCT-Eadov -saduv 
 
 [Same as Mid.] 
 
 Plur 
 
 TVTTT-ETE -ETUOaV 
 
 TVTTT-tade -Eoduaav 
 
 
 
 -OVTUV 
 
 -saduv 
 
 
 
 Strike. 
 
 Strike thyself. 
 
 Be struck. 
 
 I Per. 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 Ti-TVCp-e, &C. 
 
 TE-TV1p-0 -TV(j)-du 
 
 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 I See Pres. ^ 
 
 TE-TVCp-doV -TV(p-duV 
 
 TE-TV(j)-dE -TV(j)-duaav 
 
 [Same as Mid.] 
 
 2 Per. 
 
 Te-TVTT-E, &C. 
 
 
 
 1 Aor. 
 
 Strike. 
 
 Sti-ike thyself. 
 
 Be struck. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 TVTp-ov -dru 
 
 Tvijj-at -dadu 
 
 TV^-d-TjTl -TjTU 
 
 Dual. 
 
 Tvip-aTOv -aTuv 
 
 Tvip-aodov -uaduv 
 
 TV(p-d-'fJT0V -TJTUV 
 
 Plur. 
 
 Tvib-aT€ -dTuaav 
 
 Tvip-aads -daduaav 
 
 TV<p-d-7jTe -TiTuaav 
 
 
 -avTuv 
 
 -daduv 
 
 
 / 2 Aor. 
 
 Strike. 
 
 Strike thyself. 
 
 Be struck. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 TVTT-E -E-TU 
 
 TVTT'Ov -eadu 
 
 TVTT-Tjdc -TjTU 
 
 Dual. 
 
 TVTT-ETOV -E-TUV 
 
 TVK-eadov -iaduv 
 
 TV7C-TJT0V -TjTUV 
 
 Plur. 
 
 TVTT-ETE -E-TUaaV 
 
 TVTT-EadE -eaduaav 
 
 TVTC-TjTE -fjTuaav 
 
 
 -OVTUV 
 
 -saduv 
 
 
 Rem. 1. No tenses are used but those given in the paradigm. The 
 perfect is very rarely used. In meaning, the tenses given all refer to 
 present or future time ; but the aorist denotes single or momentary 
 actions, the pres. repeated or continued acts. 
 
 Rem. 2. Observe, as to the endings, 
 
 (a) Those of the perf. mid. are added without a connecting vowel. 
 
IMPERATIVE MOOD. 203 
 
 (6) The ending dt. of 1st aor. pass, becomes n, after the tense sign 
 d (430). 
 
 Rem. 3. The accents follow the general rules ; but 
 
 (a) The 2d aor. mid. is perispome ; e. g., tvtt-ov, Xctt-ov. 
 (6) Five imperatives of irregular verbs are oxytone in 2d sing. ; viz., 
 e'lTT^, kWi, evpi, ?m(3e, ISi* 
 
 Rem. 3. In verbs with stems of more than one syllable, three forms of 
 the 1st aor. are alike; viz., infin. act., imper. mid., and 3d person 
 sing, opt., as they all end in at ; e. g., (Sovlevcrai. They are dis- 
 tinguished by the accent, the infin. being properispome, the opt. pa- 
 roxytone, the iraper. proparoxytone ; e. g., 
 
 fnfin. act., ** 
 3d sing, opt act., 
 2d sing, imper., 
 
 f3ov?iEvaai, to advise. 
 (iovXevaai, he might advise. 
 fSovXevaat, deliberate thou. 
 
 TTOLTJcrai, to do. 
 TTOtT/crai, he might do. 
 TTOtTjaai, do thou. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (535^.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Testimony, fiaprvpia, Of {?]). I To shut, kXei-eiv. 
 
 Judge, Kpirrj^, ov (d). I Comrade, eralpog, ov (6). 
 
 ^^ See examples and rules in (129) and (511, i). 
 
 (533.) Translate into English. 
 
 "Akovgov fiov G) (piXe. — ^AKOvaare royv fiaprvpicoVy 
 (b KpiraL — Ol -noXlraL Tolg v6fj,oig (62, b) nsidscdcjv. — 
 'H -dvpa KeKXeLaOb). — Aeye rriv eTnaroXrjv 7]v [260, a) 
 enefiipE ^iXnrnoc fiETo, ravra (295, 3, c).—Mr] as vLKdro) 
 KEpdog. — '^ralpog ETatpGi maTEVodTG). — Tdv dyadov 
 avdpa noiov etoIoov. — liLaTEvaov rdde. — Upb rov 
 spyov Ev (iovXEVoai, 
 
 ^^ In contracted verbs apply the rules (95) 
 
 (534.) Translate into Go'eeh. 
 
 Obey tlie laws, citizen. — Obey your seniors, O young- 
 men — Let the doors be shut (pf. pass.). — Let not the enemy 
 (^.onquer you. — Beheve (aor.) the messenger, citizens. — Hear 
 (aor.) the testimonies, O judge. 
 
 * 2d aor of imperatives of ettu (obsolete), epxo/xat, EvpiaKu, ?uifif3dvu, 
 eWw (obsolete). 
 
 I 
 
204 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 LESSON LXXXII. 
 Infinitive and Participles. 
 
 INFINITIVE. 
 
 (535.) The endings of the infinitive are as follows : 
 IC^ Observe the accents. 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 ; 1 jr 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. ) 
 Fut. ( 
 1st Aor. 
 2d Aor. 
 Perf. 
 
 at 
 
 ELV 
 
 Evai 
 
 Eodai 
 
 acdat 
 iadai 
 adai 
 
 Eddai 
 
 fjvai 
 iivat 
 oftai, 
 
 Rem. In liquid verbs, the fut. uses the contracted endings etv, -Eiadai. 
 
 (536.) The infin. forms of rvTTr.etv, to Urike, are as fol- 
 lows : 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 TVTZT-ELV 
 
 TVTTT-ecdat 
 
 TVTTT'Eadat 
 
 1st Fut. 
 
 rvip-ELv 
 
 Tvip-eadat 
 
 Tvcp-dija-Eodai 
 
 2d Fut. 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 TVK-TjG-EGdaL j 
 
 Perf 
 
 TE-TV<p-EVai 
 
 TE-TV(p-eai (437; 
 
 TE-TVCp-Oai 
 
 2d Perf 
 
 TE-TVTT-EVat 
 
 — 
 
 i 
 
 Fut. Perf 
 
 
 
 TE-TVlp-EodaC 
 
 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 Tvjjj-at 
 
 Tv\p-aa6at 
 
 Tv^-d-rjvaL 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 TVTT-elv 
 
 TVTT-iadac 
 
 TVTV-TJVai 
 
 Rem. 1. Liquid verbs, fut. infin. act., ayyt'k-Elv; mid., ayyel-eladai. 
 Rem. 2. In contracted verbs, apply the rules (95). 
 Rem. 3. Accents follow the general rules, except 
 
 (a) 2d aor. infin. bct., always perispoine ; e. g,, tvtt-eIv ; 2d aor. 
 infin. mid., paroxytone; e.g., rvTv-eadat. 
 
 (b) All infinitives in vat, with the 1st aor. act. and perf pass, in- 
 finitive, are accented on the penult ; paroxytone, when penult is 
 short; properispome, when long; e. g„ rerviz-Evat, Tv^-d-jjvai, 
 (pvXd^at, TTotTjaat, iSEJJovTiEvadat. 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 (537.) The endings of the participles are 
 
PARTICIPLES. 
 
 205 
 
 1 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. and Fut. 
 
 uv 
 
 6-fj.evog 
 
 6-fj.evog 
 
 Perf. 
 
 (Jf 
 
 fievog 
 
 fxevog 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 ag ■ 
 
 a-/j.evog 
 
 eig 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 uv 
 
 o-/j,evoc 
 
 eig 
 
 Rem. Liquid verbs, in the fut., use the contracted endings uv, ov/ievog. 
 (538.) The participles of rvnT-eiv, to strike, are as fol- 
 
 lows 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 TV7ZT-UV 
 
 Tvnr-djjLEvog 
 
 TVTiT-bjievog 
 
 Fut. 
 
 TVtp-UV 
 
 TVijj-6/j.epog 
 
 Tvf-drjG-dfiEVog 
 
 2d Fut. 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 Tvirria-ofievog 
 
 1st Perf. 
 
 re-TV(l)-C)g 
 
 Te-TVji-fj.£vog 
 
 Te-TVfj.-fxivog 
 
 2d Perf. 
 
 T£-TVK-Ug 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 Fut. Perf. 
 
 — 
 
 Te-rvip-6fj.Evog 
 
 — 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 Tvip-ag 
 
 rvip-d/LC£vog 
 
 TV(i)-6-eLg 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 TVTV-UV 
 
 TV-K-o-jxevog 
 
 TVTT-etg 
 
 Rem. 1. The ending fievog is added to the perf.-stem without any con- 
 necting vowel, and hence the euphonic rules (436) must be applied. 
 
 Rem. 2. On the accent, obsen'e that all in g of the third declension, ex- 
 cept 1st aor., are oxytone ; and that iievog (perf. mid. and pass.) is 
 paroxytone. The rest follow the general rules. 
 
 Rem. 3. Liquid verb, fut. part, act., ayyeTi-uv ; mid., ayy£2,ov/J.evog. 
 
 (539.) Declension of Participles, 
 
 1. Those in g)v are declined like e/cwv (170, 3, and 171), 
 except in accent ; e. g., tvttt-ojv, rvTrr-ovoa, tvjtt-ov. The 
 2d aor. part, tvtcgjv, rvrrovaa, rvnov, is accented exactly as 
 
 2. Those in ag are declined like nag (171), except in ac- 
 cent ; e. g., Tvijj-ag, rvxp-aaa, rv\p-av, &c. 
 
 3 . Those in eig are declined thus 
 
 1st aor. pass. I 
 
 IN. rv(pd-Eig, TV(pd-elaa, Tv4>d-EV. rvK-fig, 
 
 G. Tv^d-£VTog, rv<pd eiarjg, TV(l)d-ivTog 
 
 &.C., &c., &c. 
 
 V. TV(j)d-eig, rvcbd-elaa, rvfpd-iv. 
 
 2d aor. pass. 
 
 TVTT-Eiaa, TVTT-tV. 
 
 TVTT-evTog, rvK-eiarjg, rvTr-evrog. 
 
 fee, &c., &c. 
 
 TVTT-eig, rvTz-elaa, tvtt-ev. 
 
 4. The perf part, of all verbs, and the fut. part, of liquid 
 verh.s, are thus declined : 
 
206 
 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 SINGULAR. 
 
 
 
 
 i Nom. 
 
 T€TV<p-ug -via -Of 
 
 dyye2.-uv 
 
 -ovaa -ovv 
 
 Gen. 
 
 T£Tv^-6to(; -viae -orog 
 
 ayyeX-ovvrog 
 
 -ovarjg -ovvrog 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TETV^-OTi -via -on 
 
 ayye'k-ovvTi 
 
 -ovay -own i 
 
 Ace. 
 
 T£TV(j)-6Ta -vlav -oq 
 
 ayyeX-ovvra 
 
 -ovcav -ovv 
 
 Voc. 
 
 TeTV(l)-6g -via -og 
 
 dyyeX-uv 
 
 -ovaa -ovv 
 
 Dual. 
 
 
 
 
 N.,A.,V. 
 
 reTvcjt-OTe -via -ore 
 
 dyyeTi-ovvre 
 
 -ovaa -ovvre 
 
 G.,D. 
 
 tetv(j)-6toiv -viaiv -otoiv 
 
 dyys'k-ovvToiv 
 
 -ovaaiv -ovvToiv 
 
 PLURAL. 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. 
 
 TeTV(j)-6TEg -viae -bra 
 
 dyye'k-ovvTEg 
 
 -ovaai -ovvTa 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TeTVg)-OT0)V -VLUV -OT0)V 
 
 dyyeTi-ovvTuv 
 
 -ovauv -ovvTOiv 
 
 Dat. 
 
 TETvcp-dat -viaig -Sac 
 
 dyyEX-ovat 
 
 -ovaaig -ovai 
 
 Ace. 
 
 T£Tv^-6rag -viag -ora 
 
 ayyETi-ovvTag 
 
 -ovaag -ovvra 
 
 Voc. 
 
 TETv^-oreg -viae -ora 
 
 dyjEX-ovvTEg 
 
 -ovaai -ovvra 
 
 5. The participles of contracted verbs are declined thus : 
 
 N. 
 
 Tiud-MV, TinoJv, honouring. 
 
 ' riixd-wv -a-ovaa- d-ov 
 
 (_ TifiCov -dcra •wv 
 
 G. TifiCivT-os -da-riS -GivT-os 
 
 D. TlfJL'2vT-l -ii)<T-r] -U)VT-l 
 
 &c., &c., &c. 
 
 (pi\£-(jov, <pi\Gv, loving-. 
 (piXt-uv -i-ovaa -i-ov 
 iPi\(Sv -ovaa -ovv 
 <pi\ovvT-oi -ovarii -ovvt-os 
 
 (pl\0VVr-l -OVC-T) -OVVT-l 
 
 &c., &c., &c. 
 
 fjtiado-iov, liiaQStv, hiring. 
 fAiado-oov -dd-ovaa -dd-ov. 
 HiaQ{j)v -ovaa -ovv. 
 IxiaOovvTOS -ovatjs -ovvTOg. 
 IxiijdovvTi -ovar] -ovvn. 
 &c., &c., &c. 
 
 Analysis of Participles. 
 (540.) By observing the participle forms, the student will 
 see 
 
 1. That the stem-endingof every part. act. and 1st and 2claor. pass, is vr; 
 that of perf. act. is r ; and that the pass, and mid. ending is -fiEvog. 
 
 2. That the connecting vowel is o for all but 1st aor., which is a (act. 
 and mid.) and e (pass.). 
 
 3. That the perf. pass, uses no connecting vowel. 
 
 Nominative forms. 
 rvTTT-ovT TVTTT-o-vT-a-a rD7rr-ovr(312,4). 
 
 TVTZr-COV TVTTT-OV-a-a rVTTT-OV. 
 
 TVTT-IJV TVTZ-OVaa TVTT-OV. 
 
 Tvifj-avT-g Tvip-a-VT-a-a rvip-a-vr {312, 4) 
 Tvx{j-dg ~xnp-a-a-a rv\jj-av. 
 
 ~ETV(j)-0-T-g TETV<j)-0-T-CT-a TETV^OT. 
 TETV(})-d)g TETV(j)-Vl-a TETVcpog. 
 
 PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. 
 
 1. For all but 1st and 2d aor., add -/.levog: rvTrr-o-juevog, Tvip-d-jXEVog, 
 
 TETVfl-UeVOC &f. 
 
 
 Stem. 
 
 C. V. 
 
 End. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 TVTZT- 
 
 
 
 VT 
 
 2d aor. 
 
 TVTT- 
 
 
 
 VT 
 
 1st aor. 
 
 TVTp- 
 
 a 
 
 VT 
 
 Perf. 
 
 TETV<p- 
 
 
 
 T 
 
INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES. 
 
 207 
 
 2. 1st aor. 
 2d aor. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 
 TV(pee 
 
 VT 
 
 Tvne 
 
 VT 
 
 Nominative forms. 
 TV<j>6E-vT-g TV<p6e-vT-a-a -vcpdi-v. 
 Tvcpdeig TV(p6eiaa Tv<pdiv. 
 
 TVTTE-VT-^ TVKe-VT-a-a TVTZ-eV. 
 
 Tvirecg rvirelaa Tvivev. 
 
 LESSON LXXXIII. 
 
 Exercise on Infinitive and Participles, 
 (541.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To wish, f3ovX-ea6ai. 
 
 To be by, to be present, Trapstvac 
 
 To be discreet, <y(j(j)povelv (96). 
 
 To besiege, -noXiopKelv (96). 
 
 To take, lafiddvEiv (stem Aa,5-, 2d 
 aor. part. Xajiuv). 
 
 I spoke, eIttov (2d aor. of etto), obso- 
 lete) ; 2d aor. part. eIttuv, speaking. 
 
 Miletus, Mi^Tj-oc, ov {rj). 
 
 To be silent, aiydv (96). 
 
 Pretext, Trp6(paatc, {TTpo<pdae)u<; {tj). 
 
 To praise, kiraLvelv (96). 
 
 To flatter, Ko2.aKEVEtv. 
 
 To arrest, av2.?,afj.j3dv£iv. 
 
 To beg off, E^acTELV (96). 
 
 To favour, vrzdpx^tv (with dat.). 
 
 mrmiTivE. 
 
 (542.) [The use of the infinitive has been a good deal illustrated already, 
 and the student must have perceived that the Greek employs it more like 
 the English than the Latin. A few more uses are now given.] 
 (a) The gathering of an army. N. TO dd po i^ELV arpdrEVpLa. 
 
 Of the gathering of, &c. G. tov ddpol^ELV arpdvEVfia. 
 
 To the gathering, &c. j D. r<p ddpoi^etv arpaTEVfia. 
 
 The gathering, &c. 1 A. to ddpoi^ELV arpdTEVfia. 
 
 (a) Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is construed as a neuter noun. 
 t[^^ So without the article as well as with it. 
 
 ] (SovXojuai "Kejelv. 
 I fiKOfXEV fiavddvEiv. 
 (6) Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is used, as in English (unlike 
 Latin), to express an object or aijn. 
 
 ( s) 1. He tvished his son to be present. I ejSovXeto tov TCuXda TTapEiv ai. 
 2. I counsel you to be discreet. I (jvfii3ov7iEVU dot (Jucfipov eIv. 
 (c) Role of Synt.^x. — The subject of the infinitive stands in the ac- 
 cusative (p. g., Tzalda, ]) ; but if it be governed bj' a preceding verb, 
 it may stand in the case which that verb requires (e. g., aoi, in 2). 
 
 (6) / wish to speak. 
 We come to learn. 
 
 1 
 
208 INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES. 
 
 PARTICIPLE. 
 
 (543.) The participle is used a great deal in Greek, tc 
 abridge discourse, where the Latin or English would use 
 the finite verb. 
 
 (a) Cyrus collected an army and was] Kvpog, Gv'kH^ag {= having col- 
 Miletus, lected) (TTpdrev/Lia, eTroTiLopKet 
 
 MiTirjTov. 
 He orders Clearchus to take the I TrapayyeXket tg) KXEdpx(;i XajSov- 
 army and come. ti {= taking) rb arpdrEVfia, 
 
 rjKELV (to come). 
 
 (a) Translate a Greek participle and verb generally thus. 
 
 (6) yVhile he was speaking, all were eKEtvov e'cTTovTog, TvdvTEg kciyuv. 
 silent. (He speaking). 
 
 In the reign of Cyrus. Kvpov jS acriTiEVOVTog. (CyruJ 
 
 reigning.) 
 
 (b) Rule of Syntax. — A participle and noun, independent of the 
 subject (or object) of the leading sentence, are put in the genitive 
 
 ABSOLUTE. 
 
 (c) He who does. \ 6 TTpdrruv. 
 
 I admire him that does. \ &av/Ltd^cj Tov npuTTOvra. 
 
 (c) The art. with a part, is equivalent to a demonstrative, relative, 
 and verb (6, doing = he who does). 
 
 (d) Artaxerxes apprehends Cyrus, 1 'Apra^ep^Tjg avTiTiafijSdvei 'K.vpor 
 
 in order to kill him. \ ug drco kt ev C)v. 
 
 (d) Rule of Syntax. — The fut. participle is used to express ?i pur- 
 pose, with or without ug. 
 
 ^^^ But the wf indicates that the purpose is that of the person spoken 
 of in the leading sentence (e. g., ' kpTa^ep^rjg, in {d) ). 
 
 (544.) The aorist (1st and 2d) participle is a past par- 
 ticiple, and used as such, notwithstanding it has no augment. 
 
 I praise him that writes. I tov ypd^ovra ETraivco. 
 
 I praise him that WROTE. Itov ypdihavTaETatvcJ. 
 
 (545.) . Translate into English. 
 
 Aapelog ejSovXsro rcj (dual) TraldE ayi^orepcj) napelvat. 
 — 'O KXeapxo^, tcaXsaag (543, a) rovg orparriyovg nal 
 Xo^dyovg, eXe^s Toidde. — 0/ ao(poL fiiaovGt rovg KoXa- 
 KBvovrag (543, c). — BaoLXevg, aKovaag ruura, eXe^ev. 
 — Tiaaa(f)Epvrig diafidXXEt tov Kvpov, o)g E-mf^ovXEvoi 
 
INFINITIVE AND PARTICIPLES. 209 
 
 (527t) avru) • 6 6e {but he) avX?La[j,(3dvei Kvpov, o)^ 
 diTOfcr evCJv i] 6e fxrirrip, e^aiTTjaaiievT] avrov, dno- 
 TTEfinei enl rrjv dpx'rjv. — 'H f^rjrrjp vtttjpxs tw Kvpo), 
 (piXovaa avrbv fxdXXov rj rbv (SaaiXevovTa 'Apra^- 
 ip^Tjv. — Tdv ypdipavra rrepi rov noXefiov enaLvoJ. — 'O 
 Kvpog TO) KAeap%a) rrap^yyeiAe, Xa(36vTC ro arpdrevfiaj 
 an one fill) at npbg kavrov. — ^EmfiovXevovrog (543,5) 
 Tiaaacpepvovg, 6 Kvpog ovveXe^e ro arpdreviia. — Kvpog, 
 (hg noXefn)ao)v (543, d) TLaaa(l)epv£t, avvsKaXeae rovg 
 OTparrj-yovg. — "AXXtj npocpaaig ^v avrC)* rov ddpol^eiv 
 OTpdreviia (542, a). 
 
 (546.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 They wish to learii (542,' b). — I counsel you (dative) to 
 be silent. — The king comes, for-the-sake-of (e V£«;a) gathering 
 an army (542, a). — The king wished the generals to be 
 present (542, b). — The young-man called the boys and said 
 (543, a). — While h^ was speaking (543, b), the enemy began 
 to become visible (182, c).— I admire him (543, c) that 
 manages (= does) the (affairs) of the state (145, a). — I 
 praise him that managed (544) the (affairs) of the state. 
 
 LESSON LXXXIV. 
 
 (547.) We now give tables embracing together all the 
 forms of verbs in a>. 
 
 Table I. Endings with mood-vowels, active, page 210. 
 
 Table II. Endings with mood-vowels, passive and middle, page 211. 
 
 Table III. Synopsis of the possible mood-forms, page 212. 
 
 Table IV. Synopsis of the possible tense-forms, page 213. 
 
 Tabbe V. Paradigms of contracted verbs, page 214. 
 ^^ The student should now study these tables thoroughly, until he 
 can give any part of the verb with entire promptness. He should 
 also be required to account for the formations by the rules heretofore 
 given. A little practice will suffice for this, after the abundant il- 
 lustration which has been afforded. 
 
 * There was to him = he had. 
 
210 TABLE OF ENDINGS WITH MOOD-VOWELS UNITED. 
 
 j 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 — 
 
 o> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 «^ 
 
 
 
 
 Ov 
 
 (^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 t- 
 
 
 ;:^ ;:k 
 
 ni *- 
 
 (- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ?i ;^ 
 
 
 'S> '?> 
 
 2 ?^ ^ 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
 O) t- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 C „ ^0 ^0 
 
 '3 
 
 ^0 -0 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 s- 
 
 i 
 
 e ^ 
 
 §S.^ 
 
 
 t^ 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 ■c 
 53 
 
 §^^ 
 
 <I^E 
 
 
 § I' 
 
 ,2v3 
 
 
 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 ■a ^a 
 
 'S 'S 
 
 »2; 
 
 
 
 eu 
 
 
 <i 
 
 v^ 
 
 o,<?* 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 <^ 
 
 
 
 e ^ 
 
 o> 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t- 
 
 p 
 
 «^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ j~ 
 
 
 pi 
 
 1— 1 i- 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ?^ S 
 
 
 ^ 'S 
 
 " ?i 
 
 ^^ ■^ 
 
 ^ t- 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 '3 
 
 ^3 "O 
 
 'S « 
 
 -3^0 
 
 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 a5 
 
 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 > 
 
 
 S^ 
 
 
 fi 
 
 
 
 <i5 
 
 
 
 •43 
 
 
 >- 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 s 
 
 PL, 
 CO 
 
 
 
 S 
 
 a 
 
 ^to 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 
 
 a« 
 
 
 
 
 >; 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 
 1: 
 
 N 
 
 ..N 
 
 . &- 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 Dh 
 
 Ivj vS t-O 
 
 
 « 2 2 
 
 
 m 
 
 
 
 
 
 1— ( 
 
 000 
 
 S ^0 
 
 e e 
 
 C 
 
 I 
 
 H 
 
 
 ft 
 
 
 
 
 c» 
 
 to 
 
 to 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 «3 
 CD 
 
 000 
 
 S 
 
 S33 
 
 ^ 
 
 P 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 h3 
 
 
 
 
 
 C» 
 
 ^ s g 
 
 ■>^ to to 
 
 •^ to to 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 ,3-,3-,3- 
 
 3-3-3- 
 
 3-3-3- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 000 
 
 000 
 
 C3 e 
 
 
 
 rj 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 P4 
 
 35 R-- R- 3 
 
 
 
 <j3 n\ 
 r" rH 
 
 xfi 
 
 . 
 
 
 
 q5 
 
 s 
 
 = 1 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^ 
 
 i 
 
 a 
 
 i|:^^^ 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 «+^ — ' 
 
 % 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 H 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 cx 
 
 'yA 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 3 3 3 
 
 
 
 (M 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g 
 
 
 
 »-«./^*- 
 
 
 
 a5 
 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 
 6 
 
 I 
 
 P^ to 3 
 
 N<0 V(0 Vw ^O 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 §1 
 
 v:S2 
 6^ 
 
 A § 1 
 
 ^a -0 -a -0 
 
 
 § 
 2 
 
 l-J 
 
 
 Ik 
 
 
 
 ^Ie 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 CO CO (u 
 
 
 
 
 a <3 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 .■^/v^ 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 S 13 i 
 
 m 
 £ 
 
 .1.1 
 
 S «o 
 
 (o ^to 
 
 (osa 'a 
 
 to >e -f 
 
 Hi 
 
 00 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 &H 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 '':*< 
 
 iS 
 
 
 1 
 a 
 
 bj CO bj 
 
 C3 
 
 to eo to 
 
 to 
 to to to 
 
 to 
 
 'a >a )a 
 
 )« >a li) 
 
 a 
 
 CO to CO 
 
 
 
 
 ^ ;* 
 
 W 
 
 g g 
 
 ?^ A 
 
 ;^ ;^ 
 
 ;^ ^ 
 
 ;^ ;^ 
 
 
 
 
 3 §-^ 
 
 
 .'l-'l- 
 
 S to 
 
 . ^^ 
 
 .,^^ 
 
 S 3-3- 
 
 
 
 
 
 '3 
 
 s- 
 
 >a >a 'Q 
 
 'a >a 'a 
 
 to to to 
 
 
 
 
 <*-i 
 
 
 
 T3 
 
 s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 
 (N 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 2:2 ^ 
 If? 
 
 |S| 
 
 1 
 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 £ 
 
 1 
 
 111 
 
 S 
 
 Si 
 
 SI 
 
TABLE OF ENDINCrS WITH MOOD-VOWELS UNITED. 
 
 211 
 
 c S =* 
 
 *" O o 
 
 ^-: <J - 
 
 5 I 
 
 .3- 
 
 C3 O <3 a 
 
 o o 
 
 
 to Q 
 
 
 Sh^ 
 
 ^ b O 
 
 ??• to <o 
 
 52- to to 
 
 e o S 
 
 to to tj to 
 
 t, 15 ^ 
 
 to G 
 R-- R- R- 
 
 Q to to 
 
 03 V- 
 CU O 
 
 O to 
 iB-,'R-'R- 
 
 
 ^<P^ 
 
 3 3 
 
 15 OS 
 
 ^ to b 
 O C3 a 
 
 3 3 3 
 
 '^ O CO 
 
 e- s- R- 
 
 -.IS 
 
 U to Pi 
 
 (^ to <o 
 
 O to t5 
 
 =L =1. a. 
 
 •J o g 
 
 »- to .^^ 
 
 CJ 45 to 
 
 -J c a w 
 I- to ;i to 
 
 a to to 
 a. 5L 3. 
 
 =. ^ « 
 
 R- to to 
 
 a. :3. =L 
 
 R- O 
 
 t- to ;^ 
 
 qs <3i 
 » to to 
 
 O to to 
 
 R* Co to 
 
 3-.3-.3- 
 
 R- o 
 o as »- 
 J- to ?w 
 
 ^ •= *= 
 
 3 a o 
 
 ^ b a 
 
 R» to to 
 
 R-^R- R- 
 
 ^3 
 
 M 
 
 
 c P^ 
 
 si 
 
212 
 
 TABLE OF MOOD-FORMS IN 6). 
 
 3 'Z 
 
 •-I CO 
 
 X! 
 
 X 
 
 CO W W 
 
 T Q. 
 
 
 3^^ a-3 
 
 i.i 
 
 t 
 
 ■e-t: 
 
 
 U M 3-3- ,g.. 
 
 o o 
 
 3-J3-; 
 
 CO to-;i >»-5)S 
 
 3 ? 
 
 I I 
 
 
 I I 
 
 K I- 
 
 ►5 b g h- (;- <« {:f-^Ng g 
 -;5 7 -co -co V V -S f^ . V 
 
 - !>co t- t- -co -co t- -3 »co SCO 
 
 ^IZ 0) S-^5 S S O O 
 
 
 S CO S 5> 
 W t- 1^ K 
 
 to V ^ § § 
 
 gg 
 
 -co o i? — ' '^ ^ 
 
 =?- to ? ? .§■ I 
 
 Co p ;i Co ?) ?, 
 
 (- H t- t- I- t- 
 
 I ! 
 
 't 
 
 I I 
 
 K ^ 
 
 &•=?■ 
 
 vp I- -cL V S P CO . 7 
 t.-co K-co I- I- K-co-co 
 
 
 O, Co O. < 
 
 . g -s § 1 
 
 to I <t) 
 
 
 -co ft-, 2^ ft- ft- 
 
 CO ?> ?^ S S 
 
 I I 
 
 3 3 
 
 flfi I 1 ?'§ 
 S -co -S> S 
 
 S--0 ft- 
 
 Q r' ?k 
 
 h- t: g-<r 9^-^t: 
 
 ^ g h- |;j-^^«g g 
 S r -co r -S >^ 7 7 
 
 G'rtj '-"3 "^ o'i; 
 
TABLE OF TENSE-FORMS IN w. 
 
 213 
 
 
 jQ 
 
 :l 
 
 T 
 
 — 
 
 1 ^^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 lllll&lll 
 
 ? 3- a Q. a Q.^^1- ' 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 
 teiirg eig- 
 
 
 ~St;t=t;bt;§-a 
 
 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 
 
 b 2-b 
 
 oi 
 
 
 ] 
 
 ^bbbtoto toto^ 
 
 
 t^bbbbb^^t; 
 
 
 •? ^ «? 
 
 ^ -^ 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 b»<L»^-iU>iJ-A) Ko»<ob 
 
 
 b -co »co ~ij Ko -^ b b 
 
 
 <o b-co 
 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 6 S 
 
 5 Sk e CO « 
 
 |3^i=? 1 1 ?^ 1 1 
 
 
 II^N^Iifil 
 
 
 "if 
 
 
 
 
 
 g ii « « g « 
 5 b b b S b 
 
 
 g « ^ « « g S 
 ii b b t> to y V 
 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 b-<o •*> -<o b -io 
 
 
 b -co -ij -^ -ij t) "^o 
 
 
 b-^ 
 
 
 
 rf 
 
 
 S 3c§ S t; o t^ ? *? ? 
 
 
 a.^6 to^gS^ ;^^a-o b 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 =?-^? 1 =?- 1 
 
 2 2 
 
 
 
 
 
 i<ii S b *?^^ '^^S 
 
 
 
 W o 
 
 
 
 
 ci^«& S t: i b i) *? S'^ 
 
 
 <i s e ci;^?^ *?;:?-^ 
 
 
 •? S '^ 
 
 C4 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^tcvib>k;t;^St:t; 
 
 
 ^S Nxb te b t S^ cL 
 
 
 ^S t= t; 
 
 3 t 
 
 
 
 
 fe»to t:-<o t:-<o t;»<o»i 
 
 
 te-cl) t:-c;j-<;,~i, k tc b 
 
 
 t: -co -co 
 
 m 
 Pi 
 
 
 
 §, ;^ ^ ? 
 
 
 ilsll. Ill 
 
 
 Si 
 
 s ^ I 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 S" o e >^a ?.^ , , 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 g|gs^-?s-'??^' ' 
 
 
 ? b >,^3^ ^4b.S, 
 
 
 :i^a 1 1 1 
 
 ,, 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 b b e ir >^?^=3iv?>:^ 
 
 
 0'J!^ 
 
 m 
 
 3 
 
 M 
 
 ■'-Sg^K-U^? 
 
 > 
 P4 
 
 .§ K^ l;^ K-V ^^S 
 
 H 
 
 *? 
 
 
 
 
 K»to t--iJ l--«o t-*w 
 
 t--!0 l~-CO-CO-<0 I- I- t- 
 
 P 
 Q 
 
 K-C^J 
 
 1! 
 
 si 
 
 < 
 
 
 i 
 
 1^.11 II 
 
 -^ 3 o Q S 3 O 
 
 ^ 
 
 Ils&^llll 
 
 ^ 
 
 IIMI 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 
 o ^6 ::! :S.^ Qs 
 
 " 
 
 o^a 
 
 
 
 
 J^ >< >^ ^=J ^"J^ 
 
 
 ^^^e?^ N>^ >^ 
 
 
 '^fKKr 
 
 
 
 
 Q. CL CL<i Q- d 
 
 
 cri-cxc Q. <i Q. 
 
 
 Q-Q. 
 
 
 
 
 »3^S:-?>>S- 'S-JS- 
 
 
 'S -S^-S-f^'SS- -3 
 
 
 -3-Sr- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1- S-.^ 
 
 
 ;^ 
 
 w — 
 
 
 
 
 . 1 5 
 
 
 lis ^^. Jit 
 
 
 -? 
 
 h^ CO 
 
 
 
 
 fe' tL a S 1 1 ? 1 1 
 
 
 f- j!. :i a.cc> ft- to ? ° 
 
 
 o^fi 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 ? b ^^ 11 3 -^ 1 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 d 
 
 a 
 
 
 ^KX'CL<a. -^-Q. 
 
 
 ^^^^<v.^^^KJ. 
 
 
 ^-^ 
 
 ■^ 1 
 
 
 
 :|.:S-:5'-2- ^^ 
 
 
 '<5_-4o »vj -Co -co -Co 'Q.'<a,-co 
 
 
 :as- 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 3 -ie 
 
 
 Ph 
 
 
 2 CO 
 
 
 Co ^^ ^Co '^ ^^ ^^ Co -^ i^ 
 
 
 it 1 
 
 g = 
 
 
 
 
 S << xL <^ ^cL ^ S '^ '^ 
 
 
 
 Sc-< r< 
 
 
 
 
 r<»ic-<«cor<-<or<»co»co 
 
 
 f-<-wr<-co-:o-cor<c-<r< 
 
 
 --^-co -co 
 
 n 
 
 > - 
 
 as 
 
 3 
 
 C 
 
 
 5 * 
 
 
 
 
 ?-^i 1 1 fS 
 
 
 m H 
 
 "^ 
 
 
 
 
 => *? » 
 
 ^ »& 
 
 09 > 
 
 H 
 
 
 J 3 5.r< « b 5, 
 
 
 6 Sr< c^vi -^ <r< 
 
 
 b i 3 
 
 H E 
 
 ^ 
 
 P^ 
 
 
 v5,r<Ki,r< v5>r< 
 
 
 .i^^c^c^ ^ i. 
 
 
 1 
 
 02 
 
 
 <-<>cL,r<^ r<»i> 
 
 
 r< -<o c^ "^o -co r< r< 
 
 
 r-e-cl. 
 
 
 i 
 
 5 
 
 
 
 j: o til. o c>> 
 
 ! 
 
 
 
 -J 
 
 
 ^Sfa^o;! 
 
214 
 
 TABLE OF CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 LESSON LXXXVII. 
 
 TABLE V. CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 ACTIVE. j 
 
 (556.) Present. 
 
 Indie. 
 
 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 Tifj,{d-u)u 
 
 (j)i2.{£-0))cj 
 
 (lLGd{6-u)C) 
 
 2. 
 
 Ti/i{d-etc)dg 
 
 (l>tU£-£l^)£ig 
 
 fiLad{6-ELg)oLg 
 
 3. 
 
 Tifiid-ei)d 
 
 (pl}l{£-£t)£i 
 
 Hicd{6-£L)0l 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 TLfl{d-0)C)-fi£V 
 
 (pL7\.{£-o)ov-(i.ev 
 
 [ILg6{6-0)0V-[1£V 
 
 2. 
 
 Tiij,{d-e)d-Tov 
 
 (j)il{E-£)£l-TOV 
 
 fiia6{6'E)ov-Tov 
 
 I 3. 
 
 Tln{d-E)d-TOV 
 
 (pl?[,{£-£)£l-TOV 
 
 fiC(y6{6-E)ov-TOv 
 
 1 P. 1. 
 
 Tif2{d-o)C)-fiev 
 
 (j)t?i{£-0)0V-/Ll£V 
 
 /Liia6(6-o)ov-/j.Ev 
 
 2. 
 
 TLfi{d-E)d-Te 
 
 <pt/i{£-£)£t-T£ 
 
 fiic6(6-E)ov-Te 
 
 3. 
 
 TLfJL{d-OV)C)-aL{v) 
 
 (pt'k{£-ov)ovaL{v) 
 
 fjitcB{6-ov)ov-aL{v) 
 
 Subj. 
 
 
 
 
 S. 1. 
 
 TL[i{d-(S)G) 
 
 (j)l?l{£-Q})Cj 
 
 fiiad{6-ci)C> 
 
 2. 
 
 Tifi{d-yg)ag 
 
 (pil{£-vg)rig 
 
 Htad{6-riC)oig 
 
 3. 
 
 Tifi{d-ri)d 
 
 (j>cH£-V)^ 
 
 Htad{6-ri)ol 
 
 D. 1. 
 
 Tl/Ll{d-0))C)-fjl,£V 
 
 (j)t?^{i-0))u-jJ,£V 
 
 fiiad{6-u))cj-fi£v 
 
 2. 
 
 Tifj.{d-'ri)d-Tov 
 
 (l>a{£-7])V-T0V 
 
 fiL(rd{6-r/)(i)-Tov 
 
 3. 
 
 TlfJ,{d-7j)d-T0V 
 
 (l)tl{£-7j)7J-TOV 
 
 liLad{6-ri)Ci-Tov 
 
 P. 1. 
 
 TlfJ.{d-0))u)-/J,£V 
 
 (ptl{£-0))(0-fl£V 
 
 fiiad{6-o))u-fiEv 
 
 2. 
 
 Tc/j.{d-ij)d-Te 
 
 (l>i\{£--n)7i-r£ 
 
 fiia6(6-T})(o-T£ 
 
 3. 
 
 Ti.fi{d-o))C)-ai{v) 
 
 ^L'k{£-(x))C}-Gl{v) 
 
 fiia6{6-u)u-ai(v) 
 
 Imper. 
 
 
 
 
 S. 2. 
 
 Tlfi{a-e)a 
 
 <pi?i{E-e)£L 
 
 u[g6{o-£)ov 
 
 3. 
 
 ri/x{a-e)d-TU . 
 
 (pll{E-£)£L-T(J 
 
 fiLad{0-£)0V-TU 
 
 D.2. 
 
 TiiJ,{d-e)d-Tov 
 
 (pil{£-E)£l-TOV 
 
 IJ.tad{6-E)0V-T0V 
 
 3. 
 
 Ttf^{a-£)d-TUV 
 
 (j)l?l{£-£)EC-TO)V 
 
 fiia6{o-£)ov-Tov 
 
 P. 2. 
 
 Tifi{d-£)d-Te 
 
 ^l1{e-e)eI-te 
 
 /J,Lad{6-£)0V-T£ 
 
 3. 
 
 Ttfi{a-£)d-Tcjaav or 
 
 (l)cX{£-E)EL-TO)aav or 
 
 fj.Lad{o-£)ov-Tuaav or 
 
 
 Tifj.{a-6)6-vT(jv 
 
 (j>t7i{E-6)0V-VT(JP 
 
 flLad{0-6)0V-VTCJV 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Tlfi{d-£Lv)dV 
 
 (pL?i{F.-Etv)£iV 
 
 fitad{6-ELv)ovv 1 
 
 Part. 
 
 
 
 
 Nom. \Ti[i{a-uv)Civ 
 
 6l7i{e-(j)v)Cjv 
 
 liLa6{6-uv)C)v 
 
 irifi{d-ov)co-Ga 
 
 ^LX{£-ov)ov-aa 
 
 fiiG6ld-ov)ov-Ga 
 
 \TI/J,{d-OV)LJV 
 
 (pL?i{E-ov)oyv 
 
 fj,iGd{6-ov)ovv 
 
 Gen. 
 
 TifJ.{d-o)o)-VTog 
 
 ^i7i{£-o)ov-vTog 
 
 fj,ia6{6-o)ov-vrog 
 
 
 Tifx{a-ov)6-ar)g 
 
 (l)t7i.{E-ov)ov-aT]C 
 
 ULa6{0-0v)GV-<TTJC 
 
 1 1 
 
TABLE OF CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 215 
 
 LESSON LXXXVII. 
 
 TABLE V. (continued). 
 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 
 
 (557.) Present. 
 
 
 rf/i(d-o)w-;Uat 
 
 (pi^E-o)ov-fiac 
 
 /j.tGd{6-o)ov-fiac 
 
 TCfx{d-y)d 
 
 <ptX{£-r,)V 
 
 fiLad{o-ij)ui 
 
 Tifi{u-e)d-Tai 
 
 Oi.X{£-£)el-TaL 
 
 lutGd(6-£)ov-Tac 
 
 ] Tiix{a-6)iJ-fi£dov 
 
 (pl'X{£-6)0V-/il£d0V 
 
 /UlG6{0-6)0V-fJ.£d0V 
 
 Tijj.{d-E)d-adov 
 
 <pL7i{£-£)el-adov 
 
 /ittG0{6-£)(>V-GdoV 
 
 Tifi(d-e)d-Gdov 
 
 (pL2.{£-£)el-odov 
 
 IXlGd{0-£)()V-ad0V 
 
 Tifi{a-6)u-fj.e6a 
 
 <l>i'A{£-6)ov-/i£da 
 
 fj.tG6{o-6)ov-/j,£6a 
 
 TLfJL{d-E)d-ade 
 
 (pC?.{£-£)£i-Gd£ 
 
 [XLGd{6-£)0V-Gd£ 
 
 Tifi(d-o)Q-vrai 
 
 (j)iA{i-o)ov-vTat 
 
 fitGd{6-o)ov-vTat 
 
 Ttfi(d-o)u-/j.ai 
 
 (l>i7\.{i-u)o)-[iat. 
 
 fitG6{6-u)C)-fiai 
 
 TLfi{d-ij)qi 
 
 (l>iH£-V)V 
 
 fiLGB{6-ri)oi 1 
 
 Tifi{d-7j)d-Tac 
 
 (pL?i(£-7j)fj-Tai 
 
 flLGd{6-7])LJ-Tat 
 
 rt/Li{a-u)6-fi.e6ov 
 
 (j)t?.{E-6)0}-fi£doV 
 
 fiLGd{0-u)6-jU£60V 
 
 rLp.{d-T])d'o6ov 
 
 (j)i2.{E-T})rj-adov 
 
 liiad(6-7])(j-Gdov 
 
 TL/u{d-T))u-adov 
 
 (piA{E-7])TJ-Gd0V 
 
 fj.iGd{6-T])cJ-adov 
 
 TLfi{a-u)C)-pL£da 
 
 (PLA{£-(l))t}-[J.E6a 
 
 /uiGd{o- cj)o)- fzeda 
 
 Tifx{d-7])d-ad£ 
 
 <f)c2.(£-1j)7i-GdE 
 
 fllG6{6-T})tJ-G6£ 
 
 Tifi(d-o))u-vTat 
 
 fL7i{£-u)C)-VTaL 
 
 juiGd{6-cj)cj-vTai 
 
 Tl/J.{d-0V)U) 
 
 <f>ll{E-0v)0V 
 
 fJ,lGd(6-0V)0V 
 
 Ti/i(a-E)d-c6o} 
 
 <pl?^{E-£)£[-Gdo} 
 
 fIlG6{0'E)0V-Gdcj 
 
 Tifi{d-e)d-a6ov 
 
 ^Ll{£-£)£l-ad0V 
 
 /j.iad{6-E)ov-Gdov 
 
 Tijj.{a-e)d-cdtov 
 
 (j)i?i{E-E)ei-G6(Jv 
 
 IJ.lGd{0-E)OV-GduV 
 
 Tifi{d-e)d-a6e 
 
 (pa{E-E)ei-Ge£ 
 
 flLGd{6-£)0V-Gd£ 
 
 TLfj.{a-i)d-ado)aav or 
 
 (pi7i{E-E)£i-Gdo}Gav or 
 
 fiiG6[o-£)ov-GduGai> or 
 
 Tifi{a-i)d-Gdci)v 
 
 (pl?i{£-£)£t-G6o)V 
 
 fJ.LGd{0-E)0V-Gd(j}V 
 
 Tifi{d-£)d-adaL 
 
 Ol?i{£-E)£i:-Gdat 
 
 fitG6{6-£)ov-c6ai 
 
 rifi(a-6)u-^£uog 
 
 ^L7.{E-6)0V-flEV0g 
 
 ^ia6(o-6)ov-/Li£vog 
 
 TLfi{a-O)0)-fJ.£l'TJ 
 
 (pl?i{E-0)0V-fiEV7J 
 
 /bl,lG6(0-0)0V-/U£VT! 
 
 Tifi{a-6)u-fi£vov 
 
 (pL?i{E-6)0V-[l£V0V 
 
 HLG6{o-6)ov-[xevov 
 
 Ttn(a-o)o)-/j,£vov 
 
 ^l?i{£-0)0V-fI£V0V 
 
 jj.ig6{o-o)ov-^evov 
 
 Tifi{a-o)G)-jj.ev7]c 
 
 <l>l?.{£-0)0V-fJ.£V7}^ 
 
 flLa6{0-0)0V-fJ,EVT)( 
 
216 
 
 TABLE OF CONTRACTED VERBS. 
 
 LESSON LXXXVIII. 
 
 CONTRACTED VERBS (cONTINUEd). 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 (558.) Imperfect. 
 
 Indie. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1. 
 
 £TtlJ.(a-OV)(JV 
 
 e<I>H{e-ov)ovv 
 
 £fj,ia6(o-ov)ovv 
 
 
 2. 
 
 eri/i{a-eg)ac 
 
 £(j>L?l{£-Eg)EtC 
 
 hniad{o-Eg)ovg 
 
 
 3. 
 
 eTljLt{a-e)a 
 
 E(l>a{E-£)El 
 
 £filad{o-E)ov 
 
 Dual 
 
 1. 
 
 ETLfi{d-o)cJ-iJ.ev 
 
 E(f)l?l{£-0)0V-fI£V 
 
 EHia6{6'0)ov-iiEv 
 
 
 2. 
 
 kTLH{d-E)a-TOV 
 
 £(pl?.{E-E)£l-TOV 
 
 £flLad{6-E)0V-T0V 
 
 
 3. 
 
 £TLiLL{a-e)d-Trjv 
 
 £(plX{£-E)El-TrjV 
 
 £flia6(0-£)0V-T7]P 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 
 ercfx{u-o)co-fj.£v 
 
 E(pi\{E-0)0V-[JL£V 
 
 £l/.iad{d-o)ov-[i£v 
 
 
 2. 
 
 £Ttfi(d-s)d-Te 
 
 'E(piA{E-£)£l-TE 
 
 £/2lod(6-£)0V'TE 
 
 
 3. 
 
 eTLfj.{a-ov)(Jv 
 
 E(pi'k{£-0V)0VV 
 
 Elu[a6(o-ov)ovv 
 
 Opt. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sing. 
 
 1. 
 
 Tlix{d-0L)C)'[XL 
 
 (j>i?.{e-ol)oI-/lii 
 
 fiLa6{6-oi)oZ-fjiL 
 
 
 2 
 
 Ttjii{d-OLg)(^g 
 
 <pi7^{E-OLg)olg 
 
 liLGdl6-oLg)olg 
 
 
 3^ 
 
 TLfJ.{d-Ol)G) 
 
 (pLTils-ociol 
 
 fj.ta6{6-ot)ol 
 
 Dual 
 
 1. 
 
 ri/Li{d-ot)(})-/XEV 
 
 ^l1{e-oi)oI-iiev 
 
 fXia6{6-ot)oi-fj.€v 
 
 
 2. 
 
 TljLl{d-OC)(^-TOV 
 
 ^t2.(E-0L)0b-T0V 
 
 fJ,L(76{6-Ot}ol-TOV 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Tt/J,la-0L)6-T'f]V 
 
 (j)C?l{£-Ol)OL-TTjV 
 
 fiLadio-ol)oi-Tr/v 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 
 Tl/J.{d-Ot)oj-fl£V 
 
 (pL7i{£-0l)0t'jllEV 
 
 [J.Lad{6-OL)ol-fJ.£V 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Tiju{d-otyo-Te 
 
 (pL'X{E-0L)0l-TS 
 
 fiia6(6-oi)oL-rE 
 
 
 3. 
 
 Tlf.l(d-Ot)C)-EV 
 
 ipL?i{^-Ot)OL-£V 
 
 /j.i(yd{d-oi)ol-£v 
 
 Att. Opt. 
 
 
 
 
 Sing 
 
 1. 
 
 TciJ,(a-ot)(p-i]v 
 
 ^t?i{E-oi)oi-rjv 
 
 fii(y6(o-o't.)ol-')]v 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Tifi{a-oi.)6-r]g 
 
 (pLl{E-ol)Qi-r]g 
 
 ^Lad{o-oi)oL-7jg 
 
 
 3. 
 
 ri[J.{a-ol)d)-rj 
 
 <pL7.{E-oL)ot-r] 
 
 fitad(o-oi)ot-7] 
 
 Dual 
 
 1. 
 
 TLfl{a-0c)(l)-7ljU£V 
 
 (pik{£-OL)oL-7]ll£V 
 
 flLad{o-OL)ot-7}[J.£V 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Ti,fj.la-o[)6-r}TOv 
 
 (j)l?i{E-0i)0(.-rjT0V 
 
 fj.iG6{o-ol)oi-r]Tov 
 
 
 3. 
 
 TL[Ji{a-0L)({}-r]T7]V 
 
 (pLl{£-Oi)OL-rjTTIV 
 
 [lLGd{0-0L)0i-7]Tr]V 
 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 
 Tifj.{a-oi)(l)-7]iuev 
 
 (j)L?i{£-OL)oi-rjjU£V 
 
 fiLad^o-oVjoi-rjiXEv 
 
 
 2. 
 
 Tiij.{a-ol)u)-7jTe 
 
 <pi2.{E-0i)0L-r}TE 
 
 [iiad{o-oi)oL-r]TE 
 
 
 3. 
 
 TlfJ.(d-Oi)cJ-EV 
 
 (l>i?,{£-0i)0l'EV 
 
 fita6{6-ot)ol-£v 
 
 [I^ The other tenses are formed regularly as pure 
 verhs. 
 
TABLE OF CONTRACTED VERB3. 
 
 217 
 
 LESSON LXXXVIII. 
 
 CONTRACTED VERBS (cONTINUEd). 
 
 PASSn'E AXD MIDDLE. 
 
 (551).) Imperfect, 
 
 kTi/u(a-6)6-i2rjv 
 
 kTi/u{d-ov)CJ 
 
 €rifx(d-e)d-TO 
 
 £Tijnla-6yo-fi£dov 
 
 £Tifi{u-e)u-cdov 
 
 k-iii{a-£)d-G6rjV 
 
 eTtfila-6)6-/Lt£da 
 
 ETiu{d-£)d-ade 
 
 kTLu{d-o)C)-vro 
 
 £(!>l/.{£-6)'W-IU7]V 
 £C)t/.{£-0V)0V 
 £^l?.{£-£)et-TO 
 £OLA(£-6)->V-UtdoV 
 
 k(^U.{£-£)£l-(y6ov 
 £Ol/i{€-£)£C-c6r]V 
 
 £6t/.{£'6)ov-u.£6a 
 
 £OU.{£-£yi-a6£ 
 
 £<pu.{£-o)ov-vro 
 
 t]UlG6(0-6)0V-fI7jV 
 
 £/uL(yd(6'0v)uv 
 
 £fj.iad{6-£)ov--o 
 
 £[.iLaB{o-u)ov-u£dov 
 
 £U.LaB{6 £)uV-GdoV 
 £Ulg6{0-£)0V-g6t]V 
 £^LGfi{0-6)0V-U£da 
 
 £/uia6{6-e)ov-G6£ 
 e/j.iG6{6-o)ov-vTO 
 
 Tin{a-oi)6-fj.T]v 
 
 Tlfi{d-OL)cb-0 
 
 Tl/Ll{d-Ol,](l)-TO 
 
 Ttjj{a-Ol)(l)-fl£6oV 
 
 Tifj,{d-oi)u-a6ov 
 Tiix{a-ol)6-a6rjv 
 TLfi{a-oc)u-/uida 
 Tiu{d-ot)oj-ade 
 
 Tlflld-Ot)u-VTO 
 
 6u.(£-ot)oc-fJ.7iV 
 
 C>l/.{£-Ol)vL-0 
 
 6u{i-OL)oi-~o 
 
 0i/.l£-oi)oi-fj,£6ov 
 
 (pi/.{i-ot)oc-adou 
 
 6t/.{£-oi)oL-cdr]v 
 
 6u.{^-OL)ol-{/£da 
 
 (pL/.{£-0l)0C-G6£ 
 (i>L?i,li-0l)0C-VT0 
 
 1 
 
 fjitad{o-oi)n[-fi7]v 
 
 fiiG6{6-ot)ol-o 
 
 IilgB{6-ol)ol-to 
 
 fiia6{o-oi)ol-LL£floi> 
 
 fj.La6{6-oi)Gi-a6ov 
 
 fj.CG6{o-oi)ot.-Gdr)v 
 
 /UtG6(0-0l)0L-fl£da 
 
 jUlG0{6-Ol)ol-Gds 
 
 flLG6{6-0t)0t-VT0 
 
 1 
 
 
 
§ 8. 
 VERBS IN fit. 
 
 LESSON LXXXIX. 
 
 (560.) A SMALL number of verbs use the ending fit m the 
 Jnd. 1st sing., and are therefore called verbs in [il. The^ 
 are peculiar in two respects ; viz., 
 
 1. In using person endings slightly different from verbs ir u- 
 
 2. In using no mood-sign in the indicative. 
 
 ^^ Remember carefully that these peculiarities are found only in 
 the pres., imperf., (act., pass., mid.) and 2d aor. (act., mid.). Tha 
 other tenses are formed regularly from the stems. 
 
 (561.) Verbs in \ii are of two classes: (I.) those which 
 add the endings directly to the stem ; (II.) those which ir 
 sert vvv or vv between the stem and endings. 
 
 (562.) Class I. — Ending added to the stem directly. 
 
 1. Monosy-llabic stems, beginning with a single consonant, reduplica'9 
 that consonant with l, and lengthen the stem-vowel in the sing, ar 
 
 Stem. 
 
 do- 
 
 Reduplicated stem. 
 TL-de 
 6l-6o 
 
 Pres. Indie. 
 Ti-dr]-fj.i,, 1 place. 
 Si-Su-fj,t, I give. 
 
 2. Monosyllabic stems beginning with ot, ttt, or an aspirated vowel, pre 
 fix / (aspirated), and lengthen the stem-vowel in the sing. act. 
 
 Stem. 
 ara- 
 
 Augmented stem. 
 i-ara- 
 L-e- 
 
 Pres. Indie. 
 i-aTTj-fj.!,, I statio'ii.. 
 c-?]-/LiL, I send. 
 
 (563.) Class II. — Adding vvv or vv to the stem. 
 
 1. If the stem end in a vowel, add vvv ; e. g., 
 
 Stem. Pres. Indie. 
 
 CKeda- CKedu-vvv-juL, I scatter. 
 
 Kope- Kope-vvv-fiL, I satiate, 
 
 arpo- arpcj-vvv-fit, I strew. 
 
 2. If the stem end in a consonant, add vv ; e. g., 
 
VERBS IN fiC. 
 
 219 
 
 Stem. Pres. Indie. 
 
 detK- 6elk-vv-/j,c, I show. 
 
 o/Li- uju-vv-jLLi, I swear. 
 
 t^^" Only one verb of Class II. forms a 2d aor. ; viz., oiSiwDfii, I 
 quench, stem aj3e-, 2d aor. eafSrjv. 
 
 (564. 
 
 INFLECTION OF VERBS IN jUi. 
 PERSON ENDINGS. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. | 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 -liev 
 -fiev 
 
 Primary. 
 -q -ac 
 
 -TOV -TOV 
 -Te -VTCL 
 
 -[JLCi 
 
 -/.ledov 
 -fj.eda 
 
 Frimary. 
 -aai -Tat 
 -adov -adov 
 ■ade -vTac 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 -V 
 
 -fxev 
 -uev 
 
 Historical. 
 
 -TOV -TtjV 
 
 -Te -aav 
 
 -flT}V 
 
 -fxedov 
 -Heda 
 
 Historical. 
 -ao -TO 
 -adov -adrjv 
 -ade -VTO 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 — 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 -di -TO) 
 -TOV -TOV 
 
 -Te -Tuaav 
 
 — 
 
 Imperative. 
 -ao -adcd 
 -adov -adcov 
 ■ade -cduaav 
 
 
 Infinitive. 
 -vai 
 
 Infinitive. 
 -adat 
 
 Nora. 
 Gen. 
 
 -VTC 
 
 -VTog 
 
 Participles. 
 
 -VTaa -VT 
 , &C. 
 
 -fievog 
 
 Participles. 
 -fj.ei7j -fxevov 
 
 (565.) We now give the miiection of the four vei'bs 
 l-ar7)-[it, Tt-6r]-fiL, dl-dcj-i^t, decK-vv-fu, in the three tenses 
 (pres., imperf., and 2d aor.) in which the peciiHar forms are 
 used. 
 
 Rem. Remember that the verbs in vjul have no 2d aor. 
 ilP" The other tenses of these verbs (formed Hke those 
 of verbs in w) are given in (585). 
 
 LESSON XC. 
 
 Verbs in {u. — Indicative, Subjunctive, and Imperative. 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 [Repeat the primary and historical endings (564).] 
 
 (566.) 1. To form the imperfect, prefix the augment to 
 the strengthened stem ; 
 
 e.g.. e-Tidrj-v, l-gtij-v. 
 
220 
 
 VERBS IN fit. 
 
 2. To form the 2d aorist, prefix the augment to the 
 simple stem ; 
 
 e. g., rl-drj-pii, simple stem Qv-, 2d aor. hQiq-v ; l-gt7]-ij,l, simple stem 
 era-, 2d aor. e-arrj-v. 
 
 3. Endings added directly to stem in all three tenses; 
 but in sing. act. {not mid. and pass.) the stem-vowel is 
 lengthened. 
 
 (567.) Paradigm. 
 
 INDICATIVE ACTIVE. | 
 
 Pres. 
 
 lar-Tjjii 
 
 TiQ-TJIXL 
 
 Selkv-v/xc 
 
 7]g 
 rjg 
 
 vg 
 
 r](Ji 
 riGL 
 
 VOL 
 
 dpLEV 
 EtJLEV 
 
 ojuev 
 vjuev 
 
 UTOV 
 ETOV 
 OTOV 
 VTOV 
 
 UTOV 
 ETOV 
 OTOV 
 VTOV 
 
 dflEV UTE 
 EjlEV ETE 
 
 ofj,Ev ore 
 
 VjUEV VTS 
 
 dGL 
 
 eIgl or 
 ovGi or 
 VGL or 
 
 idGL 
 
 OdGl 
 VdGl 
 
 Im- 
 perf. 
 
 laT-rjv 
 
 £T16-7]V 
 
 srid-ovv 
 ediS-uv 
 i:dld-ovv 
 edecKv-vv 
 
 m 
 m 
 
 etg 
 og 
 ovg 
 vg 
 
 1] 
 
 V I 
 etS 
 
 OV) 
 V 
 
 li/LlEV 
 EfLEV 
 
 0/U.EV 
 
 v/xev 
 
 drov 
 
 ETOV 
 
 OTOV 
 VTOV 
 
 dTTJV 
 ETTjV 
 
 OTr/V 
 VTTjV 
 
 ufZEV are 
 
 EfXeV ETS 
 
 OUEV OTE 
 VfXEV VTE 
 
 dGav 
 EGav 
 
 OGav 
 vGav 
 
 
 2d 
 Aor. 
 
 eaT-7]v 
 
 sd-TJV 
 
 eS-cov 
 
 rjg 
 vg 
 ug 
 
 V 
 V 
 
 riiiEV 
 
 EflEV 
 O/LiEV 
 
 7JT0V 
 ETOV 
 OTOV 
 
 7]T7]V 
 ETnv 
 6t7]V 
 
 7}fJ.EV 7)TE 
 EUEV ETE 
 0/U.EV OTE 
 
 TjGaV 
 
 EGav 
 OGav 
 
 
 
 
 PASSIVE 
 
 AND MIDDLE. 
 
 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 lara- 
 TlOe- 
 SiSo- 
 6eiKvv- , 
 
 fiat 
 
 aai, rat 
 
 [XEdoV 
 
 gOov gOov 
 
 flEd 
 
 a ads 
 
 vrai 
 
 Im- 
 perf. 
 
 lard- ^ 
 ertdi- \ 
 
 edeiKvv- j 
 
 >IXT]V 
 
 GO TO 
 
 fisdov 
 
 gBov gBtjv 
 
 flEd 
 
 2 Gde 
 
 VTO 
 
 2d 
 Aor. 
 
 eard- ) 
 
 m- 3 
 
 fxrjv 
 
 GO TO 
 
 /usdov 
 
 gOov cdrjv 
 
 (zed 
 
 a, Gde 
 
 VTO 
 
 ^. 1 
 
 Bern. 1. No 2d aor. for dsuivviXL (5G3, i^="). 
 
 Rem. 2. In imperf. sing. act. of Tt6r]fj,i and diScofxi, the forms trWovv, 
 ELg, EL, kdlSovv, ovg, ov (formed from tiOeu, diSoo, as contract 
 verbs), are used instead of etW/jv, Tjg, rj, sdlSuv, cog, u. 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE. 
 
 (568.) Mood-signs a) and 77, vi^hich are contracted with 
 the final stem- vowels ; e. g., TL-de-co, tc-6g). 
 
 5^= The contraction differs from that of pure verbs in q. 
 at] =-7] (not a) and ari = 77. 
 07] = w, but oTj = o) (not ol). 
 
SUBJUNCTIVE AND IMPERATIVE. 
 
 221 
 
 (569.) 
 
 
 Paradigm. 
 
 
 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. j 
 
 Pres. 
 
 lar-cj 7/f 
 Tid-u ^g 
 Sid-cJ (pf 
 
 V 
 V 
 
 UfXeV JjTOV fjTOV 
 UfieV TJTOV tjTOV 
 C<JUeV UTOV UTOV 
 
 ufiev 7jT£ uat 
 u/uev fjTe uac 
 ufiev UTE uai 
 
 2d 
 Aor. 
 
 aru arrig 
 du (Joif 
 
 6u 
 
 oTUfiev aTfjTov aTTJrov 
 d-unev ■&f/Tov ■&fjTov 
 dujlEV 6uTov duTov 
 
 (fTUfj.EV aTfjTE aTuai 
 
 i&Cofj.ev ■&fjTe ^uai 
 dufiEV SuTE dual 
 
 PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. || 
 
 Pres. iar-ufxac i) 
 TiB-ufxaL ^ 
 6i6-ufiac CJ 
 
 fjrai 
 7] rat 
 urai 
 
 ufiedov ijadov fjadov 
 ufxeOov fjadov fjadov 
 ujiedov uadov uadov 
 
 ufiEda fjadE uvrac 
 ufiEda fjade uvTai 
 u/iieda uade uvTat 
 
 2d CT-Qfiat ^ 
 Aor. O^-ufiai y 
 Mid. 6-ufiai w 
 
 7] rat 
 Tjrat 
 urai 
 
 ufiedov fjadov fjadov 
 u/j.£dov fjadov fjadov 
 ufiedov uadov uadov 
 
 uueda fjads uvtul 
 uuEda fjade uvTai 
 ufieda uade uvTat 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 [Repeat the imperative endings (564).] 
 (570.) 1. PnESEXT. — Add the endings to the strejigth' 
 ened stem. 
 
 2. Second Aorist. — xA.dd the endings to the simjjle stem. 
 
 ^^^ In aTfjOi the vowel is lengthened. 
 (571.) Paradigm. 
 
 — . . 
 
 I-MPEEATIVE 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 1 
 
 Pres. 
 
 ij-;? or 'lara-di "j 
 ridei or ride-Ti ! 
 Si5ov or HSo-Bi 1 
 SeiKvv or SsiKvv-di J 
 
 -rw 
 
 TOV 
 
 70)1/ . 
 
 T€ 
 
 1 
 
 Tuiaav or vtu)v ; 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 arri-di cttj-tu) 
 66S {66-60 66-Tu) 
 
 (TTfj-TOV 
 ^-TOV 
 
 66-Tov 
 
 (X-p-TWl' 
 
 C-£-rwi' 
 
 6''!-Tu)V 
 
 arri-TZ 
 
 &i-T£ 
 6c-TE 
 
 aTrj-Tboaav or ara-VTiav 
 &k-r(i}(Tav or Se-vtwv 
 66--(j}aav or So-vrwv 
 
 PASSIVE AND 
 
 3IIDDLE. 
 
 
 Pres. 
 
 }'<77-u) or 'lara- ] 
 ndovOVrWe- I 
 6l6ov or 6J6o- j 
 
 000) 
 
 (jQov 
 
 c9ii)v 
 
 ads 
 
 c6b}(jav 
 
 !2d Aor. 
 Mid. 
 
 ard- 'i 
 
 &£• > (JO 
 
 66- 5 
 
 cO-^ 
 
 aOov 
 
 oOlov 
 
 aOe 
 
 c6u)aav ' 
 
 Rem. I. In present 2d sing., 6t is generally dropped, and the vowel 
 lengthened for compensation ; thus, l-cTa-dc becomes l-a-r] ; 6L-6o' 
 di, 6i-6ov; rl'-de-dL, ri-dsi; deia-vv dt, Seik-vv. In pass, and mid. 
 a is often dropped, and contraction ensues : t-aTa-ao, l-otu ; Tl-ds' 
 GO, ri-dov ; 6i-do-ao, Si-dov. 
 
 Rem. 2. In 2d aor. di is retained in arfj-dc ; but changed into g in &£-dc, 
 66-di ; thus, ^eg, 66g. 
 
 Re-in. 3. In cnmponnds, the ending fjdi often becomes d; t. g., Trapd- 
 
222 
 
 VERBS IN fU. 
 
 LESSON XCI. 
 
 Verbs in iii. — Indicative, Imperative, Subjunctive {con- 
 tinued). 
 
 E X E 11 C I S E 
 
 (572.) Vocabidary. 
 
 I put upon =z give, bestow, tWtj/il 
 
 Haste, (tttovStj, r/g (?/). 
 
 A thousand, -x^iXioi, at, a (279). 
 
 Ionian, 'luiVLKog, r], 6v. 
 
 A Naxian, Nu^iog, ov (o). 
 
 Ten thousand, fivptoc, at, a (279). 
 
 A dark,* (JapetKog, ov (6). 
 
 Peloponnesian, lieTiOTTOVVTjGLaKog, rj, 
 
 ov. 
 Justice, dcKatoavvT], rig (37). 
 World, Koajiog, ov (6). 
 Move, KLve-ttv {elv) (96). 
 Quarrel, dta<popd, dg {rj). 
 
 1^=" Remember that in 2d aor, 
 pounds, is used intransitively ; 
 was stationed). 
 
 (573.) Examples. 
 
 (a) Cyrus posts himself. 
 
 (b) The Greeks post themselves. 
 
 (c) The Greeks are posted. 
 
 (d) He has not what to give (= 
 
 what he may give) to each. 
 
 (e) I put or lead out of the way. 
 
 I station, post, establish, Kadiartj/it ; 
 2d aor. Karearrjv, I was establish- 
 ed, or I stood firm. 
 
 I post myself, or am posted, KaQLara- 
 ixai. 
 
 I separate, duGTrnii. 
 
 I put away or apart, iKptaTrjfxc ; 2d 
 aor. urciGTTjv, I revolted. 
 
 I set up, raise up, uvtarr]/MC. 
 
 1 assist, TraplaTTjiut (with dat.); 2d 
 aor. TrapsaTTjv, I stood beside. 
 
 I remove, put aside, change, /xsTa- 
 rWrjixi. 
 
 act. the verb LGTrjixt, with its com- 
 laTTjUi, I station ; earrjv, I stood (or 
 
 Kijpog KadiaraTat. 
 ol "EiTiTiriveg nadLaTavTat (mid.). 
 ol "E/lA'/^vef KadiGTavTai (pass.) 
 ovK £X£C 6 TL 6(1) iKaaro). 
 
 TTJg odoi) d(j)iaTr]!Xi. 
 
 (574.) Translate into E7iglish. 
 
 Tolg dyadoTg (102, b) Qsdg iroXXd ay add Tidrjaiv. — Ol 
 deol ndvra didddcLV. — Ol OTpartGJTac ovv ttoXa'^ ^'^^^^ 
 KaBiaravro. — Ol Irrnelg elg x^'^'-^'^C (281, a) irapd Wke- 
 apxov eoTTjoav. — Ol "KXXijveg di'iGTavro. — 'Apra^- 
 
 * Persian gold coin = about $3 50. 
 
OPTATIVE, INFIN'ITIVE, PARTICIPLES. 223 
 
 ip^Tjg KareaTTj elg t7]v jBaatXeiav. — Al ^loiVLnal rtoXeLg 
 dneoTTjaav. — Ol Na^iot and twv 'Adrjvalcjv a-nearr]- 
 oav. — Is.vpog dldcjat KA£ap;^a) ixvpiovg dapF.iKovg. — Ovk 
 ex(^ ri (257, R. 2) dw kfcdoTO) twv (pLXixiv. — 'Ev ro) 
 JleXonowTjaLaKU) noXefiG) 6 HspucXTJg ttjv tvoXlv dviari]. 
 — ^vXdrrov iirj to fcipSog as Tfjg dcKaioavvrjg d<f)i(TTfj. — 
 Mrj dcbLGTT] (571, R. 1) tov veaviav rrjg oSov. — Uapd- 
 ard (571, R. 3) rolg drvxeocv — 11^ arw; — A Of rjixlv ttjv 
 Xdpiv Tavrrjv. — Ad<* -nov orcj, Kal rbv koo^ov Kivrj(T(o. — 
 Aog fjioi TO (StjSXiov. — Tag 6ia(popdg fieTadojfjbev (511, a). 
 — MsTad ETE Tdg diacpopdg. 
 
 (575.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The gods bestow blessings. — The general was posting 
 himself. — The general and the horsemen were posted (im- 
 perf.) for (slg) the battle. — The young man was giving a 
 gift to the boy. — The soldiers revolted from {dno) Darius. 
 — The good assist the good (dat.). — Give me this sabre 
 (252, a). 
 
 LESSON XCII. 
 Optative, Infinitive, Participles, 
 
 OPTATIVE. 
 
 ■ (576.) 1. Endings, those of the historical tenses, pre- 
 ceded by 7) in the act. ; thus., 
 
 Act. \ Tjv vc V \ VfJ-^v 1JTMV 7JT7JV I 7]/j.ev rjTE TjGav or ev. 
 Mid. I fj.T)v TO I fiedov cdov cdrjv I ixeda ode vro. 
 
 2. Mood-sign t. 
 
 I^p* The I makes a diphthong with the final stem-vowel ; e. g., stem 
 Ti-6e-, opt.; TC-dei-7/v. 
 
224 
 
 (577.) 
 
 VERBS IN (J,C. 
 
 Paradigm. 
 
 OPTATIVE ACTIVE. }| 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 larai- 
 Tidel- 
 ciidot- 
 
 irjv 
 
 V^ V 
 
 rjfXEV 7]T0V TJTTJV 
 
 7][iev rjTS Tjoav or ev 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 GTal- 
 
 ^EC- 
 
 Sof.- 
 
 irjv 
 
 m V 
 
 r]ij,ev TjTOv rjTriv 
 
 rjfj,£V 7]Te rjoav or ev 
 
 PASSIVE AND MIDDLE. | 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 LGTaL- ^ 
 
 tlOel- or 1 
 
 ri6ol- Y'i'-' 
 StSoi- } 
 
 TO 
 
 fzedov oOov cdr/v 
 
 fieda c6e vto 
 
 2d Aor. 
 Mid. 
 
 ' 
 
 cral- 
 
 ■&d or 
 
 ^oL- 
 
 6oL- 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 TO 
 
 fioOov gOov gOtjv 
 
 ixeda ade vto 
 
 Rem. 1. In act. dual and plur. opt. ?? is commonly omitted; thus. 
 
 Dual. I Plural. 
 
 l-GT-al-fj.ev at-Tov ai-r^jv al-jnev al-Te al-ev. 
 
 Ti-d-el-juev Et-Tov ei-rrjv eI-jxev el-ts el-ev. 
 
 dt-d-Ol-fJ,£V ol-TOV oi-T7]V I Ol jUEV OL-TE Ol-EV. 
 
 Rem. 2. In pass, and mid. opt. of Ttdrifii, the forms with ol {TtOotiuTju, 
 ^oi,/Li7]v, &c.) are more common than those with ec {TtdslpLTjv, Set- 
 firjv, &c.). 
 
 INFINITWE. 
 
 (578.) Endings, vai for act., odai, mid. and pass. 
 The endings are added directly to the stem, but in 2d aor. act. the stem- 
 vowel is lengthened (a into rj, e into et, o into ov). 
 
 PRESENT. 1 
 
 2d aokist. 11 
 
 Active. 
 i-aru- \ 
 Ti-di- \ 
 6c.66.^ P^ 
 decK-vv- J 
 
 Mid. and Pass. 
 dELK-VV-) 
 
 Active. 
 
 '3-eI- > vat 
 6ov- ) 
 
 Mid. aud Pass. 
 ord- -j 
 
 d-E- > adai \ 
 66- ) 
 
 ^^ Observe that the pres. infin. act. is jyaroxyione, 
 PARTICIPLES. 
 
 (579.) 1. Act. ending vr; e. g., 
 
 TldE-VT-g I Tids-VT-G-a I 
 
 TidEcg I TidEla-a ! 
 
 Ttd-E-VT. 
 
 Ttdev. 
 
OPTATIVE, INFINITIVE, PARTICIPLES. 225 
 
 2. Mid. and pass. endings [levog, tj, ov. 
 
 PRESENT. II 2d AORIST. |] 
 
 Active. 
 i-ar-dc uaa dv 
 Wi-O-elg elaa ev 
 \dL-d-ovc ouaa ov 
 Idem-v-vg vaa vv 
 
 Pass, aud Mid. 
 i-ard-fj-evog 7} ov 
 Tt-de-nevog t] ov^ 
 6i-66-fievog tj ov 
 dtLK-vv-fievog t] ov 
 
 Active. 
 a~-ug uaa dv 
 ^-eig elaa ev 
 6-ovg ovaa ov 
 
 Pass, and Mid. 
 
 [ard-fievog tj ov] 
 
 d-e-fievog ij ov 
 
 do-fievog tj ov 
 
 ^ 
 
 LESSON XCIII. 
 
 Verbs in in. — Optative, Infinitive, and Participles {con- 
 tinued). 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (580.) Yocabidary. 
 
 Easy, ^ddiog, a, ov (212, 10). 
 Nature, ^vatg, {(pvae)ug, ij (342). 
 To desire, conseyit, ^e'AeiV or ede?.eLV 
 
 (1st aor. Tj6£?.7]aa). 
 A pledge, TztaTov, ov {to). 
 I'heban, Qr](5alog, a, ov. 
 
 (581.) Examples,. 
 
 {a) Be willing, consent. 
 
 {b) It is not lawful for a man. 
 
 (c) He enacts laws for the Lace- 
 
 dcBmoniayis. 
 {d) To make (a man or thing) bad. 
 (e) To make a bad man king. 
 
 I expose, kKTidrjfit. 
 
 A babe, Tzaidlov, ov {to). 
 
 To prosper, evTVxelv (96). 
 
 Miltiades, 'M.LJ.TLudrjg, ov (6). 
 
 Monument, trophy, TpoTtacov, ov {to). 
 
 d-e?.7]aov (1st aor. imper.). 
 
 oi'K e^saTtv dvdpi. 
 
 Tidijai AuKedaifiovLOig (dat.) vojiovg. 
 
 KaKov ^clvat. 
 
 KaKov &elvat (iaaiTiea. 
 
 (582.) Translate into English. 
 
 UapaaraLTjre rotg drvx^c^iv. — Ov paotov r?}y (pvoiv 
 liETariOivaL. — Tj)v xdpcv raijrrjv tiioi t^ sod at t&sXtjgov, 
 — Oi (3dpl3apoL deXovGL dovvai rd Tnard. — Ovu e^sotlv 
 dvdpi Qri^aiixi kudelvai TTaidlov. — AvKovpyo<;, 6 -^elg 
 (543, c) AaKtdaLfiovioLg voiiovg, GocpdjraTog rjv. — Islrjdeva 
 KaKOV dv -Secf^riv OTparrjyGv. — 'Tiulv evrvx^lv dolsv 
 (520, b) deoi. — QeiuGTotiArig Xeyerai eltteIv [to Imve said), 
 dg 70 MiX-LaSov rpoTratov avrbv (235, R. 2) en rw* 
 K 2 
 
226 VERBS IN flL. 
 
 VTTVcov dvLGTatr] (526, a). — 'H rvxr] ixdvra dv iierari- 
 delfj. — 'Faov (212, 10) e^ dyaOov -delvai icaKov, rj etc 
 Kafcov kodXov. — AvKovpyov^ ibv d^evra AafiedaifiovLoig 
 vofiovg, iidXiora T^avjid^ofjiev. — Oed^' fioi SoIt] (plXovr -ma- 
 Tovg. — Tolg ixXovoioig Trpinst (356) rotg nrcoxolg dovvai. 
 
 (583.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 It is not easy to make a bad (man) out of (eft;) a good 
 (one). — Consent to give (2d aor.) me the book. — The citi- 
 zens consent to give pledges. — The woman does not consent 
 to expose her child. — I admire him that gives (543, c) to the 
 poor. — I would not (opt. with dv) make a rich man gen- 
 eral. — May the gods give (2d aor.) you many blessings. 
 
 LESSON XCIV. 
 
 Yerbs in \ii. — Synopsis of all the Moods and Tenses. 
 
 [Having now gone through the inflections of pres,, imperf., and 2d. 
 aor. of verbs in [ii, the 1st person forms of these tenses through all 
 the moods are given in the following synopsis, which the student 
 should fix in his memory.] 
 
£RB3 IN (il. 
 
 227 
 
 (58-1. 
 
 ) 
 
 SY^-OPSIS. 
 
 
 
 ACTIVE. I 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Imperative. 
 
 tiubjuiutive. 
 
 Optative. 
 
 lufiuitive. 
 
 l^arriciples 
 
 Present. 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 l-aT7]IUl 
 
 Ci-ara-di) 
 
 /-(7™ 
 
 — 
 
 l-GTu-vat 
 
 l-GTug 
 
 Ti-Qrj-iiL 
 
 1 l-arv 
 
 {Ti-dE-Ol) 
 
 Ti-det 
 \6l-6o-di) 
 
 6i-dov 
 {dECK-vii-Oi) 
 
 deU-vv 
 
 
 — 
 
 ~i-6s-vac 
 di-So-vat 
 
 tl-Becc 
 6i-6ovg 
 
 ! 6eiK-vu-/xi 
 
 Jei/c-vv-w 
 
 — 
 
 d£CK-vv-vac 
 
 dsiK-vvg 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e-ri-dov-v 
 e-di-(hv-v 
 .'^-^eiK-vv-v 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 L-aTac-7]v 
 
 TL-dEL-nV 
 
 6t-doc-j]v 
 SeiK-vv-oi^c 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 2d Aorist. 
 
 \\[e-6o)-v\ 
 
 GTJj-dL 
 
 {^E-di) ^sg 
 ido-di) doc 
 
 crrw 
 6C 
 
 aTai-7]v 
 
 &£L-T]V 
 
 6oi-T)V 
 
 aTTJ-vat 
 6ov-vai 
 
 GT'aq : 
 
 ^Etq 
 
 &ovq 
 
 H 
 
 PASSIVE A 
 
 XD BIIDDLE. 
 
 
 1| 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 
 
 
 j 
 
 i-OTa-/zai 
 
 laTa-ao ) 
 
 i-GTCi S 
 
 l-GTU-lxaL 
 
 — 
 
 l-ara-adat 
 
 l-GTU;UEVOq 
 
 ri-Be-uai 
 
 Titr \ "•«^"- 
 
 — 
 
 Tt-dE-aBat 
 
 Tt'Oe-uevor 
 
 fU-do-fiai 
 
 *lor \ ^'•^"•'"" 
 
 — 
 
 61-doadai, 
 
 (U-66-,uEvog 
 
 ^SLKVV-fiai 
 
 dscK-vv-cro 
 
 SsiK-vv-u-juac 
 
 — 
 
 ^EiK-vv-aflai 
 
 6elk-vv-i.i<;vo<: 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 l-ara-lJ-'nv 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 l-aTaL-fj,r]v 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 E-TL-di-firjv 
 
 £-dL-d6-/J.7]V 
 
 E-deiK-vv-fir/v 
 
 = 
 
 = 
 
 Tl-6Et-fJ.7}V > 
 
 TL-doi-ni]v S 
 
 6i-6oL-fi,r]v 
 
 dsiK-vv-ni-jurjv 
 
 - 
 
 = 
 
 9A Aor. Mid. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 lE-aru-inrjv] 
 
 ^';rS°f 1^^™-""'! 
 
 [(Trat-/Z7?v] 
 
 [cr-a-o-/9a;] 
 
 {GTa-fXEVOg] 
 
 e-dE-fj.r]v 
 
 (^9•e-(T0) ^ov J &u-fxaL 
 
 
 ^s-gBcu 
 
 ^E'HEVog 
 
 k-6b-fMr]v 
 
 (6n-(7o) dov ' 6Cb-iiai 
 
 6ol-/Lir/i> 
 
 do-aBaL 
 
 ^o-f-iEvog 
 
 Rem. The 2d aor. mid. of tGrrjiic is not in use, 
 tense with the same form. 
 
 but other verbs use that 
 
 REMAINING TENSES. 
 
 (585.) The above synopsis includes the pres., imperf., and 2d aor. The 
 Other tenses are formed regularly, as if from gtu-o, ^e-(j, 66-u, deiK-d). 
 
228 
 
 VERBa IN fit. 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 PASSIVE. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 arrj-c-cj 
 
 ary-G-o-ftat 
 
 OTa-d^G-0-fj.at 
 
 
 ■&i]-a-(j} 
 
 ■&/}-a-o-fiat 
 
 T£-6rja-o-fiaL 
 
 
 6(A-G-U) 
 
 66-a-o-fj.aL 
 
 do-drja-o-fxaL 
 
 
 dei^-c) 
 
 6ec^-o-fiaL 
 
 6eix-0r]a-o-iJ.aL 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 t'-arrj-o-a 
 
 k-GTrj-a-a-fxi-jv 
 
 £-GTd-6l]V 
 
 
 h-etj-K-a'' 
 
 (e-d.']-K-d-/x.r]v) 
 
 £-T£-dr]V 
 
 
 e-du-K-a 
 
 {s-So}-K-d-flT]v) 
 
 £-66-6r}v 
 
 
 i-dei^-a 
 
 E-6ei^-d-fi7]v 
 
 k-ScLx-drjv 
 
 P^rf. 
 
 £-OT7j-K-a 
 
 E-ara-fxai 
 
 
 
 re-dsi-fc- a 
 
 T^.-dsi-i^iat 
 
 
 
 cU-6(o-K a 
 
 di-6o-(iaL 
 
 
 
 de-deix-a 
 
 Se-d£iy-/iac 
 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 e-arfj-K-HLV ) 
 d-ar/j-K-Eiv S 
 
 e-GTU-llTjV 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 e-Te-6ei-i:-eiv 
 
 c-Te'6c[-fiT]v 
 
 
 
 k-os-S6-i{-eiv 
 
 k-6e-66-jj.7]v 
 
 
 
 k-Se-dclx-£CV 
 
 e-Se-deiy-ii7]v 
 
 
 (586.) Observe the following peculiarities in the above 
 forms. 
 
 1. 1st Aorist. — Three verbs, tLOtjija, hiyn, and diSciiii, use /c for 1st aor. 
 tense-sign instead of a : e-Orj-K-a, y-K-a, £-ut}-K-a, instead of £-6r]-Ga, 7j-G-a, 
 idcj-Ga. 
 
 2. Perfect and Pluperfect. 
 
 (a) Two verbs, Ttdrj/ni and b]fit, lengthen e into e/. in perf. and pluperf. 
 
 act. and mid. : T£-6£i-K-a, T£-6£t-fiai, eiKU, eifj,ai, &c. 
 (6) The pluperf. indie, of iGTTjiit uses both forms, Igt'^kelv and elGT/j- 
 
 KSLV. 
 
 (c) The perf. indie, of 'iarTjf^i adds the endings in dual and plural 
 directly to the stem : £-GTa-/i£v, £-GTa-Tuv, &c., instead of £GT7]Ka- 
 fiEV, &c. So, also, the injin. and part. ; instead of 
 i-GT7i-K£vai, we have I s-GTrjK-ug, -via, -6g, we have 
 
 i-GTa-vac I Ecrdtg, -€)Ga, -ug. 
 
 (587.) The following differences of meaning in Iottjiil 
 must be carefully noticed. 
 
 Active. — All transitive, except 2d aor., perf., and pluperf . 
 Middle. — To place one's self ; to erect (as a monument). 
 Passive. — To be placed or stationed. 
 1^=" The perf. act. is used for the present ; the pluperf. for imperf. 
 
 * This tense is used only in indie, and in that mostly in the three per- 
 sons sing, and 3d plur. 
 
VERBS IN Ul. 
 
 829 
 
 Transitive. 
 Pres. laTTjjut, I station. 
 Imperf. larijv, I ivas stationing. 
 Fut. CTijau), I will station. 
 1st Aor. earrjua, I stationed. 
 
 Intransitive. 
 Perf. £GTj]Ka or etarijKa, I stand. 
 Pluperf ioTTjKELV or daT7]KeLv, 1 
 
 stood. 
 2d Aor. tOTTjv, I stood. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 A pillar, GTTjTiT], 7]^ {rj). 
 
 Temple, va6g,ov (6). 
 
 Peace, elprjvi], Tjg {rj). 
 
 To pay a penalty, diSovat dlKTjV. 
 
 Perhaps, lauQ (adv.). 
 
 Mortal, /SpoTog, ov (6). 
 
 To compel, avaynu^ELV. 
 
 The rest, ra /loiTrd. 
 
 To demand, u^iovv (96). 
 
 I betray, irpodldtJiiL. 
 
 Happy, rich, b7ipLog, a, ov. 
 
 (588.) Vocabulary. 
 
 I pay, give back, dTrodidcj/Lil. 
 
 Money, xpvalov, ov {to). 
 
 Crown, a-e(pavog, ov (6). 
 
 / put before, 'Kpot(JTi][ii ; pert. Tzpo- 
 eiaTTjKa, I command, am leader of. 
 
 An army of mercenaries, ^evcKOV, ov 
 iro). 
 
 Glory, renown, /cvdof (351, 2, a) to. 
 
 A letter, mark, ypd/^fia, {ypdnfjLa-)og 
 ijo) ; plur. ypu./j./xaTa, an inscrip- 
 tion. 
 
 (589.) Examf)le. 
 
 He demanded that the city should be | rj^iov dodr/vai ol ttjv 7r6?AV. 
 given to him. I 
 
 (590.) Translate into English. 
 
 T%i ovv orparLa rore an e Soke Kvpog uiodbv Terrdpov 
 fi7]vcov. — TovTO TO ;;^pi;criov rore Kvpcg drr Edcoaev. — 
 'Tliojv OT£(pavov sKdoTG) ;\;pvao{;i' dcjoo). — Hfii'/af npo- 
 SLorrjKEL Tov ev rale rrokeoi ^evlkov. — QEog e 6 coke Kvdog 
 "EXX7]aLV. — I>T7]?i7] eoTTjUE rrapd rbv vabv ypdpif.iara 
 Exovaa. — Kvpo^, Ev6aip,(jji> dvr]p, eOtjkev ElprjvTjv irdai 
 (pLXoig. — 0^776) dsdiOKag, aAA' iaog dcjastg, ditcrjv. — 'O 
 daifiwv as EdrjKEv (581, d) 6X!3iG)TaTov (Sporiov. — Ae- 
 dcjKibg rd rpta, rjvayKd^STO Kai rd Xoind didovai. — 
 Kvpoc, npbg (iaoiXia 7reu7rG)v, i^^iov doOrjvaL ol {to him) 
 raijrag rag noXEig, frnXXov 7) TioaacpEpvrjv apx^iv avrajv 
 (145, b). — 'O Tr6X£[j,og irdvra iieraTidELtcEV. — $/Ao{ 
 (piXov ov 7rpo(5o)GSi 
 
230 
 
 VERBS IN fit. 
 
 LESSON XCV. 
 
 Paradigms of tTjfii, eif-U, elfxc, (pTjfiC. 
 (591.) (I.) "I-Tj-i-U (stem e-), I send. 
 
 U^^ i may pass into el in augment. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Part 
 
 Pres. 
 
 IrjfiC 
 
 (tedO lee 
 
 Id) 
 
 
 Uvai 
 
 kig 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 ITjV ) 
 
 low ) 
 
 
 
 ieirjv 
 
 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 ivv] 
 
 h 
 
 d 
 
 ELTjP 
 
 Eivat 
 
 Eig 
 
 Fut. 
 
 Tjao) 
 
 
 
 7]G0LIXL 
 
 rjasLV 
 
 r/auv 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 Tjna 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Perf. 
 
 eiKa 
 
 ELKe 
 
 ECKO) 
 
 
 ECKEVat 
 
 ELKUg 
 
 Pluper. 
 
 eCKELV 
 
 
 
 ElKOlflL 
 
 
 
 MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. j| 
 
 Pres. 
 
 lefiat 
 
 Iego, lav 
 
 iC)fj.aL 
 
 
 leadat 
 
 UiiEvog 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 lEflTjV 
 
 
 
 tEifirjv ) 
 lolfirjv S 
 
 
 
 2d Aor. 
 Mid. 
 
 EL[ir]V 
 
 ov 
 
 o)/j.aL 
 
 eljxrjv ) 
 olnriv ) 
 
 'iadai 
 
 'ifievog 
 
 Fut. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mid. 
 
 r]ao^ai 
 
 
 
 ?J(T0l.fJ,7]V 
 
 TjceadaL 
 
 fja6fj,evog 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mid. 
 
 riKafiriv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Perf. 
 
 elfiai 
 
 1st Fut. Pass. e6r}aofj,ac 
 
 
 
 Pluper. 
 
 slftTJV 
 
 1st Aor. Pass, 'idrjv or eW 
 
 nv Part. 
 
 EdEtg 
 
 Rem. 1. Many of these forms are found only in compound verbs. The 
 
 inflections are like tiOtj/xi,. 
 Rem. 2. The 2d aor. is not found in sing. Its inflections are, 
 [^v- ?7f v] I elf^Ev eItov EiTTjv \ eI/xev elre elaav. 
 
VERBS IN fit. 
 
 231 
 
 (592.) 
 
 (II.) EijUi (stem ecr-), I am 
 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Optative. 1 Subj. 
 
 Imperative. | Infinitive. [ 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 
 
 
 .ei/j.i, I am, 
 
 
 w 
 
 
 Eivat 
 
 elg or el 
 
 
 9C 
 
 ladi 
 
 
 eaH 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 EOTU 
 
 Participle. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 uv, ovaa, ov 
 
 earov 
 
 
 ^rov 
 
 eoTuv 
 
 Gen. bvTog, ovarjg. 
 
 1 .X... 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 bvTog, &c. 
 
 eare 
 
 
 /}re 
 
 EGTE 
 
 
 daiiy) 
 
 
 <5CTi(v) 
 
 EGTUaaV, EGTUV, 
 
 rarely oi^tuv 
 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 
 
 ffV 
 
 elrjv 
 
 
 Tjq or ^ada 
 
 elvc 
 
 
 f]V 
 
 sir, 
 
 /Indie. EGOfcat, eaet, ectol, &,c. 
 
 f/Tov or rjGTOv 
 
 elrjTov 
 
 "Pnf J ^P^- EaoljUr^U, 010, olto, &c. 
 
 ^'^^•S Infin. e'aea^ai 
 
 fjTrjv or fjGTTjv 
 
 ec7]Triv 
 
 rjjiev 
 
 elTjfiev (elfiev) 
 
 V Part. eaofiEvog 
 
 rjTE or TjGTe 
 
 eiTjTe {elre) 
 
 
 Tjaav 
 
 elrjaav and ) 
 eUv C 
 
 
 
 
 (593.) 
 
 (III.) EliJ,L (stem 1-), I go. 
 
 Indicative. 
 
 Optati%-e. 
 
 Subj. ! Imperative. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Present. 
 
 
 
 
 
 el[iL, I will go. 
 
 el 
 
 elaiiy') 
 
 Itov 
 
 Itov 
 
 IfjLEV 
 
 Ire 
 
 
 CTjTOV 
 
 IrjTov 
 
 lufZEV 
 
 irjre 
 
 Wt 
 iro) 
 Itov 
 Iruv 
 
 he 
 
 lEvat 
 
 Participle. j 
 
 luv, lovaa, lov 
 Gen. lovTog, lovarig, 
 lovTog 
 
 taat{v) 
 
 
 lo)ai{v) 
 
 tTuaav or ) 
 lovTuv 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Imperfect. 
 yeiv, Tja, I went. 
 fjEtg or yetada 
 
 loiflL or loCTJV 
 
 loig 
 
 
 vet 
 
 COL 
 
 
 yeLTOV or yTOV 
 
 LOLTOV 
 
 
 yELTTIV or flTT]V 
 
 tOlT7]V 
 
 
 yeifiev or y/iEV 
 
 ioifiev 
 
 
 yEiTE or T/Te 
 
 LOLte 
 
 
 yeaav 
 
 LOLEV 
 
 
 Rem. The present of eIiml, I go, has, especially in the Attic dialect, 
 the signification of the future, I shall go or corns. The present is 
 supplied by ipxofiai, I com«. 
 
232 VERBS IN fjll. * 
 
 (594.) (IV.) ^7]fiL (stem (pa-), I say. 
 
 ACTIVE. jj 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Indie. 
 
 ^?7,ui (pyg (pi]ai{v) 
 
 E(p7]v £(prig or ecpijada t(pri 
 
 
 (pdfZEV (puTOV ^drov 
 
 Ecpdfisv ecpuTov ecpaTTjv 
 
 
 (pdfj.ev (pure (j)dai.{v) 
 
 Ecpafxev £(paTe ecpdaav 
 
 Opt. 
 
 (pairjv, <pairjg, <pac7], (patTjfxev and (pal/biev, (pairjre and (palre, 
 
 
 (pauv. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 (pcj, (j)f/g, ^ri, (p^TOv, (pijTov, (pufiev, (prjTe, (pcJai{v). 
 
 Imper. 
 
 (pd-6i or (pu-di, (puTo), (parov, furuv, (pdre, (pdruaav, and 
 
 
 (pdvTUV. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 (pavai. 
 
 Part. 
 
 <puc, (pdaa, <pav. Gen. (pdvrog, (pd<J7]c, &C. 
 
 Fut. 
 
 (pi^acj. 1st Aor. e(p7}(Ta. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 Imper. Perf. Trecjx'iadu, let it be said. 
 
 Rem. 1. In 2d person, ^yg, both the accent and t subscript are contrary 
 
 to analogy. 
 Rem. 2. (p7jfj.i. has two meanings : 1. To say, in general. 2. To affirm 
 
 {aid), to assert, &c. The fut. (prjao) has only the second meaning ; 
 
 the fut. of the first is expressed by M^u, epu. The imperf. £(p7]v, 
 
 with (pdvcu and <pug, is used as an aorist. 
 Rem. 3. (pTjiiL is enclitic in indie, pres., except 2d sing. (362, 1, b). 
 Rem. 4. The verb rj^l (inquam, I say) is the same as (p7]/j.t, omitting <p. 
 
 Imperf. tjv ; e. g., yv 6' eyto, said I ; ?; d' 6g, said he. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (595.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Quiet, enTjXog, 7j, ov. 
 
 Excessively, dyav (adv.). 
 
 Much-learned, TroTiVjuadijg, eg. 
 
 Gate, TTV?i7], Tjg (J]). 
 
 To insist on, uTraLTelv (96). 
 
 7o suspect, viroTVTeveiv {vtto -j- 
 
 oirrevetv). 
 Both, dfj.(p6TEpog, a, ov. 
 To come on, eTTUvat {eTri-\- eljui). 
 
 (596.) Examples. 
 
 (fl) He happened to be present, 
 (b) With shouting. 
 
 To be present, irapelvai (Trapu -|- 
 
 el^i). 
 Murmur, ^6pvj3og, ov. 
 Shouting, Kpavyrj, rjg (??). 
 Silence, alyr], ijg {f]). 
 To advance, irpoaLEvat {irpog -|- el/xt) 
 Barbaric, jSapfSapiKog, ?j, 6v. 
 Evenly, dju.a?[,C)g. 
 
 Tzapuv ETvyxave. 
 Kpavyy (dat.). 
 
VERBS IN l-U. 233 
 
 Rern. 1. Recollect that indie, pies, of levai, to go or come, has a future 
 
 meaning ; e. g., eTclaaiV = they will come on. 
 Rem. 2. The compounds of el/jc and elfii take the accent as far back 
 
 as possible ; e. g., ndpeifii, npoaeifii. Part, of 7rdpei/ii is napuv 
 
 (not Trapuv). 
 
 (597.) Translate into English. 
 
 Kvpog aKovaa(;,E^7], ''^ ovrodq earG)V' — Tig el ov -, — 
 "EnrjXog lodL, firjd' ayav (pojSov. — 'Edv ^^ (pLXofiadi]g, 
 easL noXv^adrjg. — "Ic^iiev eig oiKiav. — "Ire irpbg aK7]vdg. 
 — 'O GTpaTTjyog, ravra Xeycov, tJbl rcpbg rag irvXag. — 0/ 
 arpaTiGJTac, TxoXXdmg lovreg eni rag Svpag^ aTT'qTOvv rbv 
 fitodov. — 'TncjTrrevov ol arparicoraL Kvpov eni PaotXea 
 levai. — 0/ arparTjyol naprjoav. — /lapelog efSovXero to) 
 nalSe dfi(f)orepG) napelvai. — '0 npeG(3vrepog Trapcbv ervy- 
 ^ave. — Ol noXefjiLOL noXX'^ Kpavyfi e7TLdatv[596, R. 1). — 
 Kvpog Sopyfiov rjicovae dtd ru)v rd^eojv lovrog. — Olnade 
 PovX6[j,e6a dmevai. — Ov apavyx}, dXXd OLyrj ol (3dp- 
 (SapoL TTpoG'deaav. — To (3ap(3apLicdv orpdrevna ofiaXoJg 
 npoarjeaav. 
 
234 
 
 VERBS IN fit. 
 
 LESSON XCVI. 
 Verbs in [it which add vvv or vv to the Stem, 
 
 (598.) (A.) Stem ending in a, e, o. 
 
 ACTIVE. 1 
 
 
 Stem in a. 
 
 Stem in £. 
 
 Stem in o (cu). 
 
 Pres. 
 
 aneSd-vvv-jLit* 
 
 KOp£-VVV~[jLL* 
 
 GTpd)-VVV-fXi* 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 i-OKedd-vvv-v* 
 
 e-Kope-vvv-v* 
 
 E-GTp6)-VVV-V* 
 
 Perf. 
 
 E-(jKe6d-Ka 
 
 K£-Kope-Ka 
 
 £-GTpo)-Ka 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 e-aKeda-KSiv 
 
 k-KE-KOpi-KELV 
 
 E-GVpCd-KELV 
 
 Fut. 
 
 (7Kedd-a(j 
 
 KOpe-GO) 
 
 GTpO)-GCO 
 
 
 Att. oKedcJ, -dg, -a 
 
 Att. Kopo), -Eig, -el 
 
 
 Aor. 
 
 k-OKedd-aa 
 
 k-Kope-Ga 
 
 £-GTpO)-Ga 1 
 
 MIDDLE. Il 
 
 Pres. 
 
 OKeSd-vvv-fiat 
 
 KopE-vvv-fj,ai 
 
 GTpU-VVV-fiai 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 k-GKeda-vvv-ixriv 
 
 £-K0pE'VVV-fX7JV 
 
 £-GTpu-VVV-/X7]V 
 
 Perf. 
 
 £-GKeda-a-/j.ac 
 
 K£-lCOpE-G-/J.ai, 
 
 £-GTpCJ-fJ,ai 
 
 Pluperf. 
 
 k-aKedd-a-fir/v 
 
 E-KE-KOpE-G-firjV 
 
 E-GTpU-fXTJV 
 
 Fut. 
 
 
 KOp^-G-Ofiat 
 
 
 Aor. 
 
 
 k-KopE-G-dfirjv 
 
 
 Fut. Perf 
 
 
 KE-KOpS-G-OfiaL 
 
 
 PASSIVE. II 
 
 Aor. 
 
 k-GK£6d-G-dr]V 
 
 E-KOpi-G^dl^V 
 
 £-GTp(l)-drjV 
 
 Fut. 
 
 GKE6a-G-df]GOHai 
 
 KopE-G-6rjGOfj.ai 
 
 GTp(o-dr}GO(j.a( 
 
 (599.) 
 
 (B.) Stem ending in a 
 
 Liquid. 
 
 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 bl-2,v-ijiL,\ I de- 
 
 oTi-Xv-juat, 
 
 6/U.-VV-jiU,i I 
 
 6i/,-vv-fj.at 
 
 
 stroy. 
 
 perco. 
 
 swear. 
 
 
 1 Imperf 
 
 0)?i-?iV-vf 
 
 0)?i-lv-/J.J]V 
 
 0)jLt-VV-vf 
 
 Ofl-VV /UTjV 
 
 1st Perf. 
 
 b?i-6?iE-Ka, per- 
 didi. 
 
 — 
 
 Oll-(j)jLlO-Ka 
 {0(10-) 
 
 oiJ,-Cj)fj,o-G-/j,ai. 
 
 2d Perf 
 
 61-(j)/\.-a, I am un- 
 done. 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 1st Plup. 
 
 oTi-uTiE-KELv, per- 
 dideram. 
 
 — 
 
 OJX-UIJ.O-KELV 
 
 Ofl-0)/J.O-G-IU7]V 
 
 2d Plup. 
 
 b7i-67\,-Eiv, per- 
 ieram. 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 Fut. 
 
 oTi-C), Elg, &c. 
 
 oT^-ovnat, £1 
 
 
 biJ.-ovjuai, EL 
 
 1st Aor. 
 
 u\E-Ga 
 
 
 (j)^o-Ga 
 
 tOfjiO-GafZTJV 
 
 2d Aor. 
 
 
 ul-6(iriv 
 
 
 
 1st Aor. Pass, ufiodriv 
 
 
 
 
 1st Fut. Pass. oLtodrjGOfiaL 
 
 * Also GKE&a-VVVU, E-GK£6d-VVV0V — KOp£-VVVG), £-KOp£-Vl>VOV GTpU- 
 
 vvvo), E-GTpcJ-vvvov {v always short). 
 
 t Also bWv-(ji, oXkv-ov — Qfivv-u, ufivv-ov {v always short). 
 
 i 
 
VERBS IN fit. 
 
 235 
 
 Rem. The participle perf., mid. or pass,, of oixvvfj,c, is d/j,(jjuo(j/ievog. 
 In other parts of perf. and pluperf. the Attic usually omits a; e. g 
 
 ^lUfiOTat, dfjtUfiOTO. — '0^?iVfJ,L := 0?i-VV-/U. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (600.) Vocabulary. 
 
 I perish with, avvaizolXviiaL (mid.). 
 
 To harness up ; hence to march anew, 
 ava^evyvvvac. 
 
 Medicine, (l>dpfj,aKOV, ov (to). 
 
 I mix, Kepd-vvv-/ii. 
 
 I destroy, uTToXlvfii ; I perish, aTCoA- 
 XvjLiac. 
 
 I am undone, oXuTia; more com- 
 monly, aTToPowAc. 
 
 Treaty, avvdJJKai, ov (al). 
 
 Pythagoras, Uvdayopag, ov (6). 
 
 Seldorn, aTcavLug. 
 
 A Phrygian, ^pv^, {^pvy)6g (6). 
 
 Oath, bpKog, ov (6). 
 
 / tfcse, xpU'Ofiai (with dat.). 
 
 To cause (another) to swear, e^-opKOVV 
 
 (96). 
 / hand down, TrapaSidum. 
 Enmity, exOpa, ag (7). 
 Force, power, 6i)vaf/,Lg, (6vvdjj,£)o)g 
 
 iv). 
 
 (601.) Example. 
 
 To hand down to children's children. \ Tcapadcdovat Tzaiduv TzatULV. 
 
 (602.) Translate into English. 
 
 UvOayopag nap?iyyetXe rolg fiavdavovGcv, anavicjg ofi^ 
 vvvat. — ^pvyeg opicoig ov ^pcDvrai, ovr^ ofivvvreg, ovr 
 aXXovg e^opKovvreg. — 0/ "YiXXriveg ojfioaav rrapadcjaeLV 
 naldoiv natal Trjv npdg Hepaag exSpav. — $/Ao£ (piXotg 
 GwanoXXwrat. — Ol Adrjvalot iisrd ndoTjg TTJg 6vvd- 
 fiECjg £7Tt roi)g Uepaag dvi^sv^av. — Olvog noXXdKtg 
 (})apfidKotg Kepdvvvrat. — ^ApeTrj ova dnoXXvTat. — 'O 
 orpaTTjydg dnoXoyXe. — Ol noXifitot ^(xoaav Tag ovvd^- 
 Kag (pvXd^at. 
 
 (603.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Do not swear at-all {rt) (by the) gods (ace). — The Greeks 
 swear seldom. — The king swore to hand-down the treaty to 
 his children's children. — The citizen is undone (with) fear 
 (dat.). — The general was-perishing (2d pluperf.) (with) fear 
 lest the army should-be-dissolved (1st aor. pass. opt,). — The 
 glory of the good does not perish. 
 
236 
 
 DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 LESSON XCVII. 
 Defective Verbs. 
 (I.) Olda [eld-], I know. 
 (604.) Ol6a {iwvi) is a 2d perf. from sM- (vid-ere). 
 
 1 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Subjunc. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Sing. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 Dual 2. 
 
 3. 
 Plur. 1. 
 
 2. 
 
 3. 
 
 ol6a, I'know 
 
 olada 
 
 oldeiy) 
 
 loTOV 
 
 Igtov 
 la/bcEv 
 tare 
 iad(Tt{v) 
 
 ladi 
 
 I (IT CO 
 loTOV 
 
 larov 
 
 tare 
 luTuaav 
 
 e16u) 
 eldyc 
 eldf) 
 
 El6f/T0V 
 
 ecS/Jtov 
 eISu/hev 
 EldiJTe 
 elScJ(7t{v) 
 
 Euhlrjv 
 eldEirjg 
 
 EldEtTj 
 
 EldelrjTov 
 
 eldeiTjTTjv 
 
 Eldsir/jUEv 
 
 £l6et?}r£ 
 
 eISelev 
 
 elSevat 
 
 Participle. 
 
 eldiog, -via, 6g 
 
 Sing. 
 
 ychiv, I knew, Attic ydrj 
 y(hig, ySsLcrda, and Att. ydrjada 
 fidst, Att. ychj 
 
 Dual. 
 
 ?j6ecTov 
 ydeiTTjv 
 
 Piur. 
 
 fidei^EV 
 
 ydELTE 
 
 ySeaav 
 
 Future slaoiiai, I shall understand or experience. |{ 
 
 (II.) Keliiai (/££- or fcei-), I lie down. 
 (605.) YLeXiiai {jaceo), I lie down, is a contraction from 
 KEOfJiat or KELOuac. (Others say ^perfect for KSKeLjiaL.) 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Subjunc. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Part. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 Kslfiat 
 KEiaai 
 
 KELTai, 
 
 KEtao 
 
 KEiado), 
 
 &c. 
 
 KEUfiai, 
 
 Key 
 
 KETjrai, 
 
 &c. 
 
 
 KEladai 
 
 KsifiEVog 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 EKEijirjV 
 
 EKS- ao 
 
 EKEiTO, 
 &C. 
 
 
 
 KE0lfir)V 
 KEOLO 
 KEOtTO, 
 &C. 
 
 
 
 Future. 
 
 KEtao/utai, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (III.) ""H/^ai {r)6-), I sit doivn. 
 (606.) ^H^aai {sedeo) is in form a perfect passive. 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Imper. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Opt. 
 
 Infin. 
 
 Part. 
 
 Pres. 
 
 ftaai 
 riarai 
 
 &c. 
 
 rjao 
 7]aQu 
 
 UIJML 
 7] 
 
 Tjrat 
 &c. 
 
 
 TjadaL 
 
 TIliEVOg 
 
 Imperf. 
 
 Tjiiriv 
 rjao 
 Tjaro 
 &c. 
 
 
 
 ollXTjV 
 
 oLo 
 
 olro 
 
 &C. 
 
 
 
DEFECTIVE VERBS. 
 
 237 
 
 Rem. In prose, KudTj/iat, I sit, I seat myself (Kara + Vfiai), is generally 
 used, not rj/iac. It does not take a in 3d sing, pres., nor in imperf., 
 except when the temp, augment is dropped : 
 
 KaOrjiiaL Kadijaac Kddrjrat, &c. 
 
 f EKadij/XTjv EKadrjao EKudr^TO, Sec. 
 
 I KadTJfj.T]v kuOtjoo KadijCTO, &c. 
 
 ^^ Observe that when augment is dropped, the penult is circum- 
 
 flexed, if last syllable be short. 
 
 Pres. 
 Imperf. 
 
 (IV.) MSoLKa or dedta, I am afraid. 
 (607.) AedoiKa is 1st perf., and deSia 2d perf. oi detdo), 1 
 fear, which last is used only in 1st sing. 
 
 2d perfect. 
 
 |'2d PLUPERK.j 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Subjunc. 1 Imper. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 1 
 
 Sing. 
 
 dsdtE 
 
 dedlco 
 dediyg 
 6e617] 
 
 6£6Ldi 
 
 6£61to) 
 
 6£6tivac 
 
 e6e6leiv 
 E6£6cEig 
 e6e6lel 
 
 Dual. 
 
 didtrov 
 
 6edt7]Tov 
 
 6e6ltov 
 
 6£6tTG)V 
 
 e6e6ltov 
 
 E6E6iTT}V 
 
 Pai-ticiple. 
 6E6io)g 
 
 Plur. 
 
 didifiev 
 
 deStre 
 
 dedtuat 
 
 6E6l.CJfJ.EV 
 
 6E6t.r}T£ 
 6£6L(j)Gi 
 
 SEdiruaav 
 
 e6e6lij.ev 
 
 eS£6tTe 
 
 E6£6taav 
 
 1st Perf. didoLKa. 
 
 Lst Plup. e6e6olk£iv. Fut. 
 
 6£LaouaL. 
 
 Aor. i^E/'ja. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (608.) Vocabulary. 
 
 In order that, bivug (conj. with subj.). 
 I come, go, £pxo{J.ai. 
 Contest, aydyv, (uyaiv)of (o). 
 I teach, diddcKCJ ; fut. dtdd^o). 
 Hurt/til, ^AafiEpog, a, 6v. 
 Useful, u^OuiiOi^, rj, ov. 
 
 The whole, to 67.0V (neut. of b'Aog, ri, 
 
 ov). 
 Part, fiEpog, to (351, 2, a). 
 
 Not yet, OVKETL. 
 
 March, rropEla, ag {i]). 
 
 (609.) Example. 
 
 That you may know into what kind I oTTug El&fjre Eig olov Epx^ods ayuva. 
 of contest you are coming. | 
 
 (610.) Translate i?ito E7iglish. 
 
 Tavra ev lare. — "Oixcdg cldrire, elg olov ep^BoBs 
 
288 VERBS USING SECOND AORIST 
 
 aydva, eycj v\iaq £i(5a)f dida^w. — IIoAAoi avdpEq laaai 
 roj riiLETEpa epya. — Tuv (piXoaoipiiiv epyov eurlv eldsvai, 
 rlva (256) [lev jSXajSspd, rlva 6s 0)(})£Xifj,a dvOpdJnoig. — 'O 
 fiev TO bXov eldibg eld sir] dv Kal {also) rb uepoq' ol ds 
 y,6vov rb fiepog eldoTsg, ovkstl kol laaai to oXov. — 
 Kvpog enl tov dpfxaTog fcadrjOTO. — Kvpog, enl tov dpfia- 
 Tog Kad^fisvog, r^y nopsLav enotelTO. — Ov tovto 6e- 
 doifta. — Oi) tovto dedotKa, [Lf] ovtc e%a) o tl 6C) (573, d) 
 EKdaTCt) TG)V (ptXojv. 
 
 (611.) Translate mto Greek. 
 
 Know this well, young man I — The general is afraid ol 
 this, that he may not have what to pay to each of his ( = 
 the) soldiers. — Few know-how (= know) to do- well. — I will 
 teach you, young man, that you may know into what kind 
 of contest you are coming. — I do not know (olda) where to 
 turn-myself (520, d). — I knew not where to turn myself — 
 He shall experience these (things). — The young man Hes 
 down. — You shall not fear these (things). — I do not know 
 the whole. — The general seated himself in {enl with gen.) 
 his (=the) chariot. — We do not fear this. 
 
 LESSON XCVIII. 
 Verbs in od forming 2d Aorist like Verbs in ni. 
 (612.) Some verhs, with stems ending in a, e, o, or v, form 
 the 2d aor. by adding the endings directly to the stem, like 
 verhs in lit. 
 
 ^^ The other tenses are inflected as verbs in u. 
 
 We give the 2d aor. forms of Paivu (I3a-),lwalk or go ; alSevvvjui ((r/?e-), 
 I quench; yiyvuGKO) {yvo-), I know ; dvu idv-), I wrap up (2d aor, intrant, 
 I dipped in, went dovord. 
 
LIKE VERBS IX lit. 
 
 239 
 
 
 
 SECOND 
 
 AORIST. 
 
 
 
 Indie. 
 
 Jmper. 
 
 Subj. 
 
 Optat. 
 
 Infiu. 
 
 Part. 
 
 i-pn-v 
 
 (ifi-dL 
 
 l3u 
 
 (iaLi]v 
 
 f3f/-vat 
 
 /3ac 
 
 i-a^Tj-v 
 
 alSij-dL 
 
 g3C) 
 
 Cj3ei7jv 
 
 aj^ri-vaL 
 
 c^Ecg 
 
 e-yvu-v 
 
 yvu-Bt 
 
 yvu 
 
 yvoiT]u 
 
 yvuuat 
 
 yvovg 
 
 e-yvu-g 
 
 yvu-TCJ 
 
 yv(f)g 
 
 yvoiTjg 
 
 
 
 k-yvci 
 
 &C. 
 
 ■yvu) 
 
 yvoiij 
 
 
 
 i-yvu-Tov 
 
 
 yvurov 
 
 yVOLTjTOV* 
 
 
 
 E-yvo)-Tijv 
 
 
 yVDTOV 
 
 yVOL7]T7]V 
 
 
 
 e-yvu-fxev 
 
 
 yv(JfJ.£v 
 
 yVOLTJliEV 
 
 
 
 E-yvu-Te 
 
 
 yvure 
 
 yVOLTjTE 
 
 
 
 l-yvu)-(jav 
 
 
 yvucji 
 
 yvoiev 
 
 
 
 •e-6v-v 
 
 6v-et 
 
 6v-(j 
 
 — 
 
 dv-vat 
 
 dig 
 
 i-dv-c 
 
 6v-TU 
 
 6u-yc 
 
 
 
 
 1 &c. 
 
 &c. 
 
 &C. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 Rem. 1. £j3rjv and ia3rjv are inflected like larriv (567). 
 
 Rem. 2. Eyvov and edvv retain the long vowel throughout. 
 
 Rem. 3. The verb a7UaK0/j.at {a?.-), I am taken, caught, has 2d aor. 
 
 ^Awv and euAwv, / was taken (inflected like eyvuv), 2d aor. infin. 
 
 d/lwvai ; 1st perf. ^PbW/ca and Ed?MKa, I have been taken. 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (613.) Vocabidary. 
 
 [put on (as clothes), kv-6vcj. 
 
 To go up, ava-^aiveiv (2d aor. dve- 
 
 To run a risk, KtvdvvEVEiV. 
 To hasten, CTTEvdEiV. 
 
 (614.) Examples. 
 
 Mounting his horse. 
 
 He rart the risk of being taken. 
 
 In this I have been caught lying. 
 
 To learn, know, yiyvtoCKEiv (2d aor. 
 
 iyvov). 
 Mitylene, MiTvlyiVT}, Tjg {}]). 
 Lesbos, AsG^og, ov {?}). 
 Jacket, tunic, xtruv, (;t;frcjv)oj" (6). 
 
 dva^ag ettI tov ittttov. 
 
 EKivSvvEvaEV &?Mvai. 
 
 ToiJTo (ace.) ipev66fj.£voc id?MKa. 
 
 (615.) Translate iiito English . 
 
 Kvpog TOV Scopdica kvedv. — 'O orparriybg dve(37] em 
 TOV InTTOV. — Kal Kvpog, KararrTjdTjaag en rov apjiarog, tov 
 "dcdpaKa evidv, Kot dva(3dg errl tov Innov rd ira/iTd elg 
 
 And yvolrov, yvoLTrjv, yvoi/xsv, yvolrs, yvoiev. 
 
240 VERBS WITH SECOND AORIST IN fiC. 
 
 rag x^^pO'^ e?^ci(3e. — Tv(x)6l aeavrov. — 'H rcoXig e/avdvvev- 
 GEV VTTO riov noXefj,l(jJv aX€)vai. — 0/ avOpcdnoi. rrfv aX7]d' 
 eiav yvCjvai onevdovoLv. — Kara, rov lieXoiTovvriaiaKbv 
 noXsiiov, MLTvXrjvr], noXig ev rrj vrjocd Aeo(3(i), vtt' 'AOt]- 
 vaiGdv kdXo). — 'O nalg rov xf^rCdva eve 6 v. — Twv orpa 
 TLOJTcov Tiveg vnb ru)v (3apj3dpG)v edXcjGav. — Tovro 
 il^evdofxevog edXo)K,ag. 
 
 (616.) Translate into Greek . 
 
 The soldiers went-up (2d aor.) on the houses (72, a).— 
 The general leaped-down from his chariot^ and put on his 
 breast-plate. — The boys put on their (= the) jackets. — The 
 soldier, taking-ofF (2d aor. part.) his breast-plate, mounted 
 his horse. — It is well to learn (2d aor.) the truth. — The city- 
 has been taken by the enemy. — The ships ran the risk of 
 being taken by the Persians. — In this the boy has been 
 caught lying. — Cyrus went-up, having, of the Greeks, three 
 hundred men-at-arras. — (In) what have you been caught 
 ying, O boy ? 
 
 * Translate leaping from his chariot, put on, &c. 
 
§ 9. 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 (617.) Most of what are called Irregular verbs follow 
 t*,ertaiii analogies, and may be classified as follows : 
 
 I. Verbs which use the simple stem in the present and 
 imperfect, hut strengthen it by adding e in the other tenses. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Strengthened stem. 
 
 Future. 
 
 ^ovTi-ofiai 
 
 (3ov2,e- 
 
 
 l3ov?i,ij-aojuac. 
 
 Xalp-o) 
 
 Xaipe- 
 
 
 XaLp7]-(j(x). 
 
 II. Verbs which strengthen the stem 
 
 in the present and 
 
 imperfect. 
 
 
 
 (A) By adding av, lv, or vv, e. g., 
 
 alat 
 
 ?- alad-dv-ojuaL 
 
 
 U(3 
 
 XafijS-dv-o. 
 
 
 da- 
 
 Pa-cv-(j. 
 
 
 kla- 
 
 iXa-vv-o). 
 
 \^B) By reduplication, e. g.. 
 
 ■yev 
 
 yc-yv-ofzat. 
 
 (C) By adding a/c or lgk, e. g., 
 
 ^UT] 
 
 ^VT]-GK-0}. 
 
 
 evp- 
 
 evp-l(7K-CJ. 
 
 (D) By adding e, e. g., 
 
 6oK 
 
 6oK-e-cj. 
 
 (E) By adding v, vs, vv, oi vvv, e. g.. 
 
 (pda 
 
 ^dd-v-(o. 
 
 
 U(pLh 
 
 u(i)CK-ve-ofiai. 
 
 
 ay- 
 
 uy-vv-juc. 
 
 
 
 Kpep 
 
 a- Kpe^id-vvv-jxc. 
 
 III. Verbs which use two w Tnoj-e different roots inform- 
 %ng their tenser. 
 
 I take, alpio) (alps-) ; 2d aor. / took, eD^,ov (eA-). 
 
 [Specimens of each class are given in the following lessons.] 
 
 LESSON XCIX. 
 
 Irregular Verbs, Class I. — Simple Stem in Pres. and 
 
 Imperf.f strengthened by e in the other Tenses. 
 
 (618.) The e passes into ?y in all but axOopiai, fiaxofiac. 
 
 ^p= Only the most common verbs in each class are given in the lists 
 The student should learn them thoroughly. 
 
242 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Future 
 
 • 
 
 Perfect 
 
 Aorist. 
 
 1. Am vexed, dxO-opLat 
 
 dxOe-aojjLai 
 axdeadfja-o/iai 
 
 
 TJxG^adrjv. 
 
 2. Wish, l3ov?i-OfJ,ac 
 
 (iovTiTi-GoiiaL 
 
 Pepov2,7]/j.at 
 
 kPovlijdTjv. 
 
 3. Lack, de-u 
 
 SsTj-ao) 
 
 
 k^-.erjaa. 
 
 It is necessary, del 
 
 6eT]-aet 
 
 
 e6ET}GE{v). 
 
 Desire, Se-Ofiat 
 
 6eT^-aofj,ac 
 
 
 k6e7]dr}v. 
 
 4. Wish,&a(j 
 
 ^eXij-ao) 
 
 
 
 idel-o 
 
 edeXri-Gco 
 
 
 
 5. Ask, [elpofiaL']* 
 
 eprj-aoiiaLW 
 
 
 
 6. Place (on a seat), ta- 
 
 Kadiu (496, c) 
 
 Kenddma 
 
 EKddtaa. 
 
 ' 61^- 0) 
 
 
 
 EKadcadfiTjy. 
 
 I seat myself, KaOc^- 
 
 Kadci^/j-aofzat 
 
 
 
 OfJ.ai 
 
 
 
 
 I sit, Kadi^-ofiai 
 
 KadeSov/u.ai 
 
 
 
 7. Fighty f.idx-OfJ-ac 
 
 iliaxe-GoixaL) 
 [laxovixat (497) 
 
 HefidxVfJ-at 
 
 ifiaxe(ydfjtr]v. 
 
 8. Intend, delay, fieXX-cj 
 
 [xeXXrj-GG) 
 
 
 kixEllrjaa. 
 rifiEXk-qaou 
 
 9, It interests, /uel-et 
 
 He7.7]-aEi 
 
 HefiilriKE 
 
 hiiElrjcjE. 
 
 I take care, /ziTi-o/xac 
 
 
 
 
 kin[ieX-ofj.aL 
 
 eTtLjueTir^-aofiai 
 
 
 kTTEflElrjdTJV. 
 
 iTTijuelovfiai 
 
 eTZLHElrj-drjaofiai 
 
 
 
 10. Think, oi-0/j.at 
 
 oifj-aojuat 
 
 
 uTjdrjv. 
 
 ol/j.atf 
 
 
 
 
 11. Depart, olx-ojiai 
 
 olxv-f^opiai 
 
 uxvi^ai 
 
 
 12. Owe, 6(j)ei?i-(J 
 
 o^eiA^-cTcj 
 
 
 lo^eilrjaa. 
 
 13. Rejoice, x<J'ip-<^ 
 
 Xaiprj-U(j 
 
 KExdpr]KaX 
 KExdpri/xai^ 
 
 EXdpTJV 
 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 
 
 (619.) Yocahular 
 
 y- 
 
 - 
 
 
 I exhibit, EKLdeUvvfiL. 
 
 I Little 
 
 {e. g , of wor 
 
 dly goods), ra 
 
 I desire (request), diofxat 
 
 (618, 3). 
 
 fiLKf: 
 
 d (neut. pi.). 
 
 
 To ask, inquire of, epurd 
 
 V (96). 
 
 Thron 
 
 e, Spovog, ov (c 
 
 )■ 
 
 Little, iiLKpog, d, 6v. 
 
 
 
 
 
 * Not in use. Aorist. ijpdjurjv, epov, £poc.fi7]v, &c. Other tenses sup 
 plied by ^pwraw. t 2d pers. ohi ; imperf, g}6,u7]v, and o)fi7jv. 
 
 t 1 have rejoiced. (j I am rejoiced. 
 
 II Also £lprj(Jo/J.ai. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS. 243 
 
 (620.) Examples. 
 
 (a) Do you think the king will fight I uIel ool fiaxdadat Tov (SaatXia ; 
 you ? I 
 
 (a) The dative is used with /xaxofiat, fight. 
 
 (6) She begged of Cyrus. | kdETjOr] Kvpov- 
 
 He that stands in need of little. \ 6 (XiKpCJv derjaofievog. 
 {b) The genitive is used with deojuat. 
 
 (c) We have need of little. \ ijiilv /umpuv del. 
 
 (c) The dative of the person and genitive of the thing are used with dec. 
 
 (d) If it should be necessary to fight. | el jiuxeaOaL 6eoi (opt.)- 
 
 (621.) Trandate into English. 
 
 KXeapxog f'j ps t o Kvpov. — M ax^^Tal ooi 6 ddeA(p6g ; 
 — Olel yap gol, c5 Kvpe, iiaxelodai rbv adeXcpov ; — 
 'KprjOOfiaL rbv narepa, el rrjv e-ioroXrjV yey pacpev. — Ol 
 Pdpj3apoL dvdpetcjjg efiaxsoavro. — 'B. [Sao l Asia e6e7]0r] 
 ^vpov eiridel^ai (585) to arpdreiJfia avTrj. — 'H (BaoiXeia 
 Xiyerai 6erjd7]v ac Kvpov ktndel^ai ro orpdrevna avrxj. 
 — Kvpog ovK £p,eXXrja 8v. — Kvpog epcorrjdetg, el (3ov- 
 XoiTO [leveLv, ovfc efieXXrjoev, dXXd raxv eAe^ev, otl 
 uevetv (3ov XoLTO. — Ol arpaTiCdrai nopeveaOat e(3ov?irj- 
 drjaav. — Ukovotog eoriv, ovx o noXXd KefCT7][iei'og^ 
 (543, 6'), ftAA' 6 fiLKpcJv derjoofievog. — To; GotpcD fiLKpGJv 
 derjaet (620, c). — Aet Xeyetv, el fidx^odai 6 sot, (bg 
 Kpariara paxoLfieda. — Ol -rroXlrai enl rrj vlicri xO'tprjcrov- 
 GLV. — KadioviMEV (497) ge, g) GTparr]ye, elg rbv -^po- 
 vov. — 'O (3aGL?ievg em rov -^povov Kadc^rjGerat. 
 
 (622.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Clearchus asked Cyrus if it were (opt.) necessary to figlit. — 
 Will the enemy fight you ? — Do you think (that) the enemy 
 will fight you ? — The boy begged of his brother to say (Aey- 
 eiv). — The young-men fought (with) each-other. — The gen- 
 eral, (when) asked if he wished to set-out, did not delay. — 
 
 * Perf. part, of Kidojuac ■ 6 KeKTrifievog =: he who possesses. 
 
244 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 The good have need of Httle (620, c). — We will place Cyrus 
 on (elg) the throne. — We shall not delay. — The young man 
 will rejoice. — The general is rejoiced at [enl) the victory. 
 
 LESSON C. 
 
 Irregular Verbs, Class II., A {adding av, iv, or w to 
 the Stem in Pres. and Imperf.). 
 (623.) Of the verbs M^hich add av in pres. and imperf. 
 there are tv^o classes. 
 
 (a) Those which simply add a^ to the stem ; c. g., alad-, alod-dv-o/icai, 
 I perceive; aixapT-, a/xapT-dv-o), I miss. 
 
 (b) Those which, besides adding av to the stem, strengthen it by insert- 
 ing V ; e. g.,/iad-, Tiavd; /iavO-dv-co, I am hid ; ?ia,3-, TiavB- = 2,afj,(3-, 
 ?iafx[3-dv-cj, I take. 
 
 (G24.) (a) av simply added. 
 
 2^=" In these the fut. and perf. add e to the stem, and lengthen it into 
 V) ^- S-i o,l(^d-, alade-, aladfj-aoiiai. 
 
 Present. 
 
 1. Perceive, alad-dv-ofiac 
 
 2. Miss, err, afJ,apT-dv-cj 
 
 Future. 
 aladr^-aojuat, 
 a/xapTTj-Gojiac 
 
 d7r£x6r/-(yojuai 
 
 Perfect. 
 r/adrjiuai 
 rjixdpTrjKa 
 ijfidpTrjfJiai, 
 
 Aorist. 
 riad-6[j,rjv. 
 Tjiiaprov. 
 
 d7zr]xQ-6iJ.r}v. 
 
 3. Am odious, direxd-dv- 
 ofiai 
 
 (b) Stem strengthened by v before adding av. 
 J^p" V before a p-mute is changed into ju ; before a k-mute, into y. 
 Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. 
 
 1. Obtain (as my lot), ac- 
 
 Xrj^-o/iai, 
 
 quire, "kayx-dv-u 
 
 2. Take, get, receivA, 
 
 Tiafifidv-O) 
 
 3. Escape notice, Xav- 
 
 ^■dv-o 
 
 4. Learn, fiavd-dv-a 
 
 5. Inquire, TTVvd-dv-o/uat 
 
 6. Happen, obtain, rvyx 
 
 dv-cj 
 
 TiTJip-ojLtaff 
 
 "krjG-oixat {forget) 
 liadrj-aonac 
 (stem ij.a6e-) 
 TTEva-o/iat 
 Tsv^-o/xat 
 
 el-lrjx-o- 
 
 £t-?ir](l)-a 
 
 d-7ir}iJL-ixat 
 
 M-7^r)d-a 
 
 fxe-/j,dd7]-Ka 
 ifiade-) 
 Tze-TTva-fiai 
 re-TvxTj-i^o, 
 
 E-7iax-ov. 
 e-XajSov-t 
 
 e-?l7/(j)-d7]V.^ 
 
 e-?iad-ov. 
 £-{iad-ov. 
 
 £-TTvd-6/irjV 
 E-TVX-OV. 
 
 * 1 am hated. t / shall get. % £ took, got. § / was taken. 
 
i4'H> 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS CLASS II. 
 
 245 
 
 (025.) Verbs 
 
 adding lv or vv. 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 
 FuUire. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Aoriet. 
 
 1. Go,f3acv-u 
 
 
 13^-GO/u.ac 
 
 I3e-0T]-Ka 
 
 ef37}v (612) 
 
 2. Drive, kXavvu 
 
 
 kXd-co 
 a-u (497) 
 
 r499) 
 
 r]7.a-aa. 
 
 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 
 (626.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To go vp, avaSaiv-etv iuvd-\-i3a-). 
 To arrest, cv7Jkan3dv-eLV {avv -\- 
 
 Xa3-). 
 Plot, i7rt3ov7.7J, f}g (j]). 
 Even a bad man, Kal KaKog. 
 Without-fighting, dfiax^i (adv.). 
 To overtake, KarakafiSdv-Eiv {Kara 
 
 +2a,3-). 
 
 (627.) Examples. 
 
 (a) He happened to he ■present. 
 
 I hope, E277-OfJ.at. 
 
 To receive {from another), TzapaAajx- 
 
 (3dv-eiv {Tcapd -\- 7.a!3-). 
 To. ride vp, vTzeXavv-Etv {v~6 + 
 
 kla-). 
 To fall to, happen, (Tv/iij3acv-ecv (avv 
 
 + /?a-). 
 
 Trapuv ETv-'j^x'^'^^ (= ^^ happened 
 
 being present). 
 Trig e-c^ov/.rig ova yaddvETO. 
 
 (6) He did not perceive the plot. 
 (6) The genitive is used with aladdvofiai. 
 
 (c) He obtained glory (as his lot). [ 66^i]g E?Mx£v. 
 
 (c) The genitive (of participation) is used vfith. Xayxdvu and rvyrdv/j 
 when used actively. 
 
 (d) He will get these thirigs without 
 
 fighting. 
 (e) To escape the notice of God. 
 
 duaxEL ravra l^tperac. 
 Qeov ?.ad£iv. 
 
 (628.) Tratislate into English. 
 
 'ApTa^ep^7]g TrapCiV (627, «) krvyxO'Ve. — ^Ava(3qLV£t. 
 ovv 6 'Kvpog, Xafiibv Tiaaacpepvrjv cjg (biXov, Kal tgjv 
 'EAA^vwv e%6}v b-nXi-ag dvef^Tj rpianouLovg.- — AapELog 
 GvXXaiiiidvEL 'Kvpov,o)g aTTOfcrevCov [54^3, d). — 'O jSaoiX- 
 evg Trig rrpog eavrdv e-ijSovXrjg ova rjaddvero. — 'Att' 
 eadX(x)v kadXd fiadrjorj. — Kal Kanbg TroXXdiag rLfijig Kal 
 do^Tjg fc'Aa^sv.* — Ovk, dfiax^l ravra eyu Xrjipoiiai. — 'O 
 veaviag KareX7j(i)67]. — UoXXol rcjv ttoXsiilwv eXrjtpdr]' 
 
 Ohtnms. Aorist used to express what often occurs. 
 
246 irjii;gul.\r v::.ibs — class ir. 
 
 cav. — Et '&Ebv dvf]p ng 'iiXrterat XaOelv, aixaprdvet. — 
 Uapob TGJv -^eCdv 7T0/lAd ■irap&iAr](paii£v 6u>pa. — 'Esv- 
 0(pC}v ^Adrjvalog vTTfj Xao ev. — 'E£vo(pciJv 'Ad7]valoc;, vtte- 
 Xdaag, rjpero (649, 42). — Tolg orpaTLdj-atg -noXXd Kand 
 ovvejSelSrjiieL. — OvdEig -^eovg eXadev. 
 
 (629.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The soldiers were going up. — The general took (2d aor.) 
 the soldier as a friend. — The king arrested (2d aor.) the 
 messenger. — The king will not receive the messenger. — 
 Learn (2d aor.) to trust the gods. — The bad often obtain 
 (as their lot, 2d aor.) great honours. — We shall get all these 
 (things) without-fighting. — Thou hast received (napaXa[i- 
 BdvELv) many gifts from thy (= the) father. — The general 
 rode up (1st aor.). — Many evils have fallen-to the city. — 
 The young-man was overtaken. — The citizens did not per- 
 ceive the plots. 
 
 LESSON CL 
 Irregular Verbs, Class II. {continued). 
 (630.) Class II., B. — Stem strengthened by redupli- 
 cation. 
 
 1. ■yiyvo/j.ai, I become, am, begin to be ; stem yev-, prefix redupl. jt-yev-, 
 drop e, yl-yv-ofiac; fut, yev-rj-ao[iaL {ysve) ; perf. ye-yivrj-^iai, I have 
 become ; ye-yov-a, I am, I am born; 2d aor. k-yev-ofXTjv, I became or 
 was. 
 
 2. TTiTTTO), I fall; stem ttet-, reduplicated TTi-Trer-, drop e, m-TTT-o ; fut. 
 {TT£T-aoiiat) irea-ov/xat (497) ; perf. TTE-Trru-Ka (tteto, ttto) ; aor. 
 e-irea-ov {Tvea). 
 
 ^^ Several reduplicated verbs are found in the next subdivision. 
 (631.) Class II., C. — Stem strengthened hj ok or iok. 
 
 Present. 
 1. Am taken, a?i-ccTK-o/iat 
 
 Future. 
 u?.o)-ao/Ltai {u?io) 
 
 Perfect. 
 edXco-Ka* 
 
 Aorist. 
 iuXuv (612, 
 R. 3) or yXuv 
 (/ was taken). 
 
 * I have been taken. The active is supplied throughout by alpeiv, to 
 ake captive. 
 
Preseut. 
 
 2. Spe.id, avuk-ian-u 
 
 3. Know, jL-yvCd-aK-u 
 
 (Stem yvo) 
 
 4. Run away, di-dpd-GK-u 
 
 5. Find, Evp-icK u 
 
 6. Die, ^vfj-OK-G) 
 
 7. Remind, fiC-/J,VTj-aK-u 
 
 (Stem /jtva) 
 
 8. Suffer, Tzdax-oif 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS C1,AS-S II. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Future. 
 
 yvLj-aoiiai 
 
 dpd-aofiai 
 evpTj-au {evpe) 
 
 &av-ovfj.ai* {&av) 
 TedvTJ-^ojuaff 
 
 fiV7](j-di^a-o/iat\\ 
 /j,e-fiVTJ-(yofxat** 
 Treco-Ofiac {irevd) 
 
 uvfjXu-Ka 
 uvd?i,oj-icu 
 
 eyvu-Ka 
 
 dt-dpd-Ka 
 
 Ei>pj]-Ka 
 
 evpT]-/j.ai 
 
 T£-dvT]-Ka 
 
 fie-/j.v7]-/j,at\ 
 7re-Tzovd-a 
 
 247 
 
 Aori:=t. 
 uvr/'Au-aa. 
 Kar/jvu?iu)-aa. 
 eyviov (632). 
 
 s-6puv{Q\2). 
 
 evpov. 
 
 Evpo/j.yv. 
 
 evpidrjv. 
 
 £-6av-ov. 
 
 e-iivf]-G-driv.^ 
 
 £-TZad-OV 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (632.) Vocabulary. 
 
 To be with, to become intimate with, 
 - cvyyiyveudac (avv -{- yiyveadac), 
 
 with dat. 
 To be by, to come to aid, napayiyvea- 
 
 Oat {napd -f- ytyveaOac), with dat. 
 A guest, an intimate, ^evo^, ov (6). 
 Danger, KLvdvvog, ov (6). 
 To benefit, u(j>€?ieiv. 
 
 (633.) Examples. 
 
 (a) Proxenus, who was his guest. 
 
 (b) No one can find. 
 You cannot find. 
 
 (c) Every day {all one^s days). 
 
 To fall upon or into, ijUTiTTTStv {Iv 
 
 + TTLTTTeiv), with dat. 
 Fated, iJiQpat{i-og, -ov (106). 
 To die, d-odvrjCKELV {a-KO + QvTi- 
 
 aicetv). 
 Shameless, dvaLdrjg, eg (177, 1). 
 Happy, o7^(itog, ov (106). 
 Once for all, elaaTza^ (adv.). 
 
 Tipo^Evog, ^ivo^ uv avTu (being 
 
 guest). 
 ovK dv Tig EvpoL (2d aor. opt.). 
 ovK av Evpotg. 
 rag aiidaaq iiiiEpag (ace). 
 
 (634.) Translate into English. 
 
 AapeLov Kai Uapvadridog yiyvovrai Txaldeg dvo. — 'O 
 Kvpog, KXedpx(^ ovyyevoiievog, 6l6o)(jiv avro) nvpiovg 
 6apetKovg. — 'O Kvpog efceXevae TLpo^evov, ^evov bvra 
 
 * I shall die. f I shall be dead. % I remember. § / reminded. 
 
 II I shall remember. ^ I remembered. ** I shall be mindful. 
 
 tt Stem Trad- strengthened by ck, nad-CK-a, the aspiration transferred 
 from 6 to k, naax-(o- 
 
248 
 
 IRREGULAR VERBS CLASS II. 
 
 avTG), napayeveadaL.- — '0 dyanojv (543, c) Kivdvvov 
 eiineaslrat avrcp. — 0/ avdpoinoi, npog dperrjv yeyovd- 
 oiv. — 'OXlyovg evprjaecg dvdpag TTiGTovg. — Udaiv dv- 
 6pG)TT0Lg ixopoLiiOV sGTCV diTodavelv. — "AvdpG)7Tov dvac- 
 dEOTSpov ovK dv Tig evpoi. — Ova dv evpoig dvOpcjTTOv 
 ndvra (in all respects) oXIiLurarov. — UoXXd Kaicd ttettov- 
 daiiev. — 'jLrJ]fCoag (499, R. 1) ola (264) nenovda.^- 
 I>vv dXXoig Trelaofiac to fiopaiiiov. — Ma 0s irpcorov nap' 
 avTOJv, TLveg (256, \^lF^) eIoIv. — 'KnovoarE (129, b) (j)g iid- 
 6 7] re (526, D;^) ro Trdv.—Tolg ■davovai (543, c) irXov- 
 rog ovSev (hcpEXeL—KpElaaov eariv Elodna^ ^avslv (542, 
 [I^), 7] rag dndaag rjiispag ndax^i'V icaiccog. — Kvpog av- 
 Tog re (362, 1, d) dnedavEj aal ol dpiaroi t(^v nEpl av- 
 rbv EKELVTO (605) Elf avrCh 
 
 (635.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 Cyrus became-intimate-with (2d aor.) Clearclius. — Xenias 
 came-to-aid (2d aor.) the citizens. — The horseman fell. — ■ 
 The soldiers will-fall-into danger. — You cannot find a more 
 shameless dog. — Men are not born (2d perf.) for {irpog) vice. 
 — It is better to die (2d aor.) than to live badly. — -What 
 hast thou suffered ? — The king has heard (2d perf) what 
 (ola) we have suffered. — Thou shalt suffer what is fated. — - 
 Thou shalt know the truth. — Hear, that thou mayest know 
 (2d aor.). 
 
 LESSON GIL 
 Irregular Verbs, Class 11. (continued). 
 (636.) Class II., D. — Stem strengthened by e. 
 
 Present. 
 Marry, ya/x-s-O) 
 Rejoice, yrjd-e-o 
 Seem, think, doK-i-u 
 Ptish, ud-E-G) 
 
 Future. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Aorist. 
 
 yafi-o) (183) 
 
 ye-yd^n-Ka 
 
 hyriii-a. 
 
 yi]6?i-ao) 
 
 yi-yrjO-a 
 
 
 do^-u 
 
 ds-doy-iiai 
 
 e-66x-6T]v. 
 
 o)a-o) 
 
 e-o)-Ka 
 
 t-u-G-a. 
 
 iodrj-GCd 
 
 e-oxy-iiat 
 
 k-t-)a-d7)v. 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS CLASS 11. 
 
 249 
 
 (637.) Class II., 
 
 E. — Stem strengtlieiied by 
 
 V, V£, vv, 01 
 
 vvv. 
 
 
 
 {a) By V. 
 
 
 
 Present 
 
 Future. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Aorist. 
 
 1. Drink, tti-v-o) 
 
 TTL-OJLiat 
 
 ■Ke-Tto-Ka ■ 
 
 e-TCL-OV. 
 
 
 TTL-OV/J.at 
 
 (stem Tzo) 
 
 k-iro-drjv. 
 
 2. Expiate, tL-v-u 
 
 Tt-acj 
 
 T£-Tl-Ka 
 
 
 Avenge myself, tc-V- 
 
 Tc-aouac 
 
 T£-Ti(7-/J.at 
 
 £-Tl-ad/ii7]v. 
 
 0/j.aL 
 
 
 
 
 3. Anticipate, (pdd-v-u 
 
 (j)dd-ao) 
 
 e-ipda-Ka 
 
 H^rjv (612). 
 
 
 (j)6fj-ao/j.aL 
 
 
 k(pda-iJ,T)v. 
 
 {b) Byve. 
 
 
 
 Present. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Aorist 
 
 1. Come, iK-ve-ojuai'^ 
 
 i^-o,uai 
 
 b/-fzac 
 
 Ik-6/li7jv. 
 
 2. Promise, vTTLax-vi- 
 
 v7zo-Gxr]-(^9lJ-<^i' 
 
 viT-s-axv-f^'^i- 
 
 VTT-E-aX-OfiTJt . 
 
 Ofiati 
 
 
 
 
 (c) vv, VVV ; the verbs in i-U trea 
 
 ted in Lesson XCVI. 
 
 
 EXEE,CISE. 
 
 
 
 (638.) Vocabulary. 
 
 Bashful, aldf]fiCdVt ov (200). 
 
 As old, of the same age, rjTicKO^, 7], ov. 
 
 Up, dvo) (adv.). 
 
 Earth, yala, aq, rj (poet, form of yij). 
 
 Blood, alfia, {aiiJ.aT)og {to). 
 
 Wine, fiedv, {ix£dv)og {to). 
 
 (639.) Examples. 
 
 (a) He seemed to he. 
 
 {h) Cyrus determined {it seemed to 
 
 Cyrus). 
 (c) They anticipated the barbarians 
 
 in seizing. 
 
 To get drunk, fiedv-ecv. 
 
 To drink up, kKiriv-ELV (637, a, 1). 
 
 / come, go, arrive, d^LKviofiai. 
 
 I drive away, dncodeo) (636, 4). 
 
 / drive or push in, elaudeo) (636, 4). 
 
 eSoKec elvai. 
 
 £6o^£ or hdoKEi Kvpc). 
 
 £(p6a(jav Tovc jSapjSdpovc naToka- 
 BovTEQ (2d aor. part.). 
 
 (640.) Translate into English. 
 
 Kvpog aldrjfiovsGTarog rdv tjXlkcov id ok el elvai.- 
 
 * Generally used in composition with diro, d^tKVEOfiac 
 
 i iTTQ + t(7X-CJ {= £X^)- 
 
 L2 
 
250 IRREGULAR VERBS — CLASS III. 
 
 "Edo^e Tw orpaTTjyu) em rovg TToXeixiovg orparevoaadai. 
 — 'EJd/rei Kvpijd TTopeveaOai dvo). — Tala neTToyicev aljia 
 jSaoLAeojv. — 0/ orparcGJTai elg rriv noXiv d(pifcovTO. — 
 Ilopev6[i£voL did ravTTjq rrjg X^P^^ d(pifcvovvrai enl 
 Tov TT0Ta[i6v, — 'Edy dXrjdevayg (524), vniox'i^ov ^ac 
 aoL difca rdXavra. — HoXXd v kigx'^XI- — 'O [xedvojv (543, 
 c) dovXog ean tov ttettcjkev at (542, a). — Ovic skttlo- 
 uat TOV olvov. — Ol TToXliai Tovg noXefiLovg ecpdaaav elg 
 TTjv TToXiv (pvyovTeg. — 'O (plXog vneox^To [.wl dcbi^SG. 
 6 a I. — 0/ GTpaTLCJTat aTcecJoavTO Tovg TToXep^tovg. — Ol 
 OTpaTiGjTaL sig t^v ttoXlv eloscjadrjaav. 
 
 (641.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The young-man seems to be bashful. — My (=: the) father 
 determined (639, b) to set-out. — Who has drunk-up the 
 wine ? — The king came to Colosse, a prosperous and great 
 city (183). — The generals determined to send-away the mes- 
 sengers. — He promised (2d aor.) many (things). — The boy 
 anticipated the soldier in fleeing (639, c). — The messenger 
 was driven away by the soldiers. 
 
 LESSON cm. 
 
 Irregular Verbs, Class III. {using two or more en- 
 tirely different stems). 
 (642.) 1. I take, capture', alpso) ; two stems, alps- and 
 
 eA-. 
 
 Stem alpe-: pres. act. alpe-u, I take ; fut. alprj-au ; perf. yprj-Ka; 
 1st aor. pass. ypi-Oriv; mid. alpe-ofMaL, I choose; fut. alp?j(jo/j,ai, I 
 shall choose ; perf. ypi]/J.at, I have been or am chosen; aor. r/pedrjv, I 
 was chosen. 
 
 Stem iX- : 2d aor. act. eIXov, I took ; mid. elXojurjv, I chose for myself. 
 
 2. I go, come, epxopiai ; two stems, epx- and eXevd- 
 
 Pres. epxouai., I come ; Jut. eXevaojuaL, I shall come; perf. elr^XvOa 
 (499), / have come; aor. tjWov, I came {h7£e, eXdo, eXdoifii, 
 kWelv, kWuv). 
 
IRREGULAR VERBS CLASS IIL 251 
 
 3. I see, opdcj ; three stems, opa-, eld-, and 6tc-. 
 
 (a) From stem opa- : imperf. tupaov, ^opuv (427, 12), / was looking, 
 I saw ; perf. eupaKa, I have seen. Middle and passive, pres. opufiac ; 
 perf. iupaiiat.. 
 
 (b) Stem eid- : 2d aor. eUov, I saw {16e, I6u), 'l6oi/j.c, Idelv, IdcJv) ; 2J 
 perf. olda, I see (604). Middle, 2d aor. e166/xt}v ; (imperat. Idov, 
 behold). 
 
 (c) Stem oTT- : fut. oipofzai., I shall see (2d person oipec) ; 1st aor. pass. 
 o)<pOr/v ; fut. 6(pOf/ao,uac. 
 
 4. J r^^7^, rpsx(^ ', two stems, Tpe%- and dpe^-. 
 
 Pres. rpe;f" ; f"*^- (^pafJ-ov/uat; 2d aor. eSpa/xov ; perf. deSpd/irjKa ; 
 perf. mid. or pass. dedpdfj.7]fiaL. 
 
 5. I bear, (pepcxi ; four stems, 0£p-, oZ-, ey/c-, and eve/c-. 
 
 Pres. 0e/u(j ; fut. olau ; aor. rjveyKOV and TjveyKa ; perf. ^vrjvoxo- i 
 perf. mid. or pass, kvrjveyfiai ; aor. mid. r]veyKU[jirjv ; aor. pass, 
 
 6. / s<2;z/, ^T/jUt (594) ; two stems, (pa- and err- 
 (a) Stem ^a- : pres. ^77/^4; imperf. ^rjv, I said (594). 
 
 (6) Stem in- : imperf. etTrov ; 1st aor. elna ; 2d aor. elirov (elTzi, 
 
 tCTTCJ, etTTOC/Xl, EtTTetV, uTz6v). 
 
 EXERCISE. 
 
 (643.) Vocabulary. 
 
 I depart, uTTipxofJ-ai (aTTO -\- Ip,-^ ) 
 
 fiat). 
 To insult, iCTLfid^eLV. 
 Achaean, 'A;\;aidf, d, 6v. 
 I teach, dtddaKO) ; fut. StSd^o. 
 
 Liberty, e7i£vdspta, ag (tj). 
 My fortunes, rd. Trap' kfioi. 
 At home, oIkol, (adv.). 
 Firmly, e^^ujuevug (adv.). 
 To run away, uiroTpexstv. 
 
 (644.) Examples. 
 
 (a) / should prefer freedom, 
 
 {b) In preference to all (things) / 
 have. 
 
 TTjv eXevdepiav iXoijuTjv (2d aor 
 
 opt.) dv 
 dvrl uv ejG) Ttdvruv. 
 
 (645.) Translate into English. 
 
 YJvpoq dnrjXdev aTifiaodeig (539, 3). — 'ApLarnrnog ep- 
 \ETaL npbg rbv K.vpov. — Yivpoq eKsXevoev IiCOKparrj (352) 
 
252 ACTIVE VEIIBS WITH MIDDLE FUTURE. 
 
 Tov 'Axatov eXOelv. — "OnGyg 6e nal eldrjre {526), elg olov 
 (264) Epxf^oOs ayCdva^ eyd v[j,dg eMw^ (604) dtdd^G). 
 — Ev yap lore (604), bri ttjv eXsvOeptav kXoLiir}v dv 
 dvrl o)v (255) £;^w ndvT(jOV. — Ol GrpanCyraL rd Trap' hpoi 
 (362, 2) elXovro dvrl rcjv oIkol. — lloXXovg noirjacj rd 
 irap' £[iol eXeodai dvrl rojv oliwi. — -Td dpjiara kcpepero 
 did (through') tCjv 'Eaatjvgjv. — Ol ^Adrjvaloi Qe^uoTofcXsa 
 Grparrjydv elXovr o.—'"^vey k,s Xvtttjv nal l3Xd[37]v eppco- 
 fjLEVGyg. — 'O dyysXog eXrjXvdev. — Ovx opag; — 0/ (3dp- 
 (3apoL dnodpaiiovvraL.—'O arparj^ydg dneSpaiisv. 
 
 (646.) Translate into Greek. 
 
 The messengers departed. — Who comes to C3rrus ? — The 
 general ordered all the citizens to depart. — I should prefer 
 your fortunes (= the with you) to {olvtI) those at home. — 
 The horsemen were borne through the barbarians. — The 
 citizens chose (2d aor. mid.) slavery in-preference-to {avTc) 
 liberty. — Do you not see this ? — Who will run away ? 
 
 LESSON CIV. 
 
 (647.) A NUMBER of verbs use the future middle instead 
 of the future active ; others use it instead of the fut. pass. 
 The most common are given in the following lists : 
 
 ACTIVE VERBS USING A MIDDLE FUTURE. 
 
 ^^ Those marked t use also fut. act. in the best writers. 
 
 / sing, ado. I shall sing, aaoptat,. 
 
 I hear, iLKOVCJ. I shall hear, aKOvao[xaL. 
 
 I err, a/^aprdvo). I shall err, aiiaprijaoixai, 
 
 I derive from, arroXavu. I shall derive from, aT^OAavaofiai, 
 
 I meet, drcavrdu. I shall meet, diravrTjao/xaL. 
 
 J seize, apird^O). I shall seize, dpnd(70[J.ai.. 
 
 I walk, jSaSt^o. I shall walk, /3aSi,ovjuac (496, c). 
 
 / go, jSalvcj. I shall go, (^rjaoixat. 
 
 I live, I3l6o). I shall live, f3c6ao/j.ai. 
 
 t / see, /JAeTTW. / shall look, (3?jTpojuai. 
 
 I shout, jSodO). J shall shout, SofjaoixaL. 
 
ACTIVE VEUBS WITH MIDDLE FUTURE. 
 
 253 
 
 / laugh, ye?.du. 
 
 I grow old, jijpddKO). 
 
 I know, yiyvuGKO). 
 
 I fear, 6tl&Ui. 
 
 I run, diSpuGKO. 
 
 t I pursue, dcuKO). 
 
 I am, eipLL. 
 
 t I praise, kizaLviu). 
 
 I perjure myself, krctopKEU. 
 
 t / admire, ^avfj.d^u. 
 
 I hunt, •&?7pucj, i^Tjpevu. 
 
 I die, &vrjaK(A). 
 
 I labour, Kafivci. 
 
 I weep, K2,alu. 
 
 1 steal, K?uiTTT(J. 
 
 t I punish, KO?A^o}. 
 
 I obtain (by lot), T^ayxdvu 
 
 I receive, ?iafl[3dvco, 
 
 I learn, [lavddva- 
 
 I know, ol6a. 
 
 t / bewail, oiixu^co. 
 
 t I swear, o/xvvfj.i. 
 
 I suffer, Trdaxco. 
 
 I leap, TTTjddci. 
 
 I drink, Tclvu. 
 
 I fall, TTfTTTW. 
 
 / sail, TT/leu. 
 
 I breathe, nveu. 
 
 I reverence, TzpoaKVvecj. 
 I am silent, atydcu. 
 I am silent, (TtUTrdo. 
 
 t 7 scoff, CKUTZTCJ. 
 
 I make haste, GTroydd^Ci). 
 
 t I beget, or bring forth, tiktoj. 
 
 I run, Tpex(^- 
 
 I meet with, obtain, Tvyxdvo). 
 
 I flee, (pevyo). 
 
 ■\ I anticipate, (j)ddvo). 
 t / make way, xcopeQ. 
 
 I shall laugh, yeXdaotxai. 
 
 I shall grow old, yr]pdao^ai. 
 
 I shall know, yvuaojuac. 
 
 I shall fear, deiaojxai. 
 
 I shall run, dpdaofiai. 
 
 I shall pursue, dtco^ofiat. 
 
 I shall be, eaojiat. 
 
 I shall praise, k-KaiviaopLai. 
 
 I shall perjure myself, tinopKTjaofiai. 
 
 I shall admire, SavfidcTOfiai. 
 
 I shall hunt, ^Tjpdaonat, ^Tjpevao/iat. 
 
 I shall die, &avovfj.aL (483). 
 
 / shall labour, Kajioii/iai. 
 
 I shall weep, K?iav(jOfj,ac, K?.av(JOV' 
 
 fzac (498, b). 
 I shall steal, K?JipOfiat. 
 I shall punish, KoTidaofiat. 
 1 shall obtain, ?,?j^o/J,at. 
 I shall receive, XT/ipo/j.ac.. 
 I shall learn^ fiaOijaofiai. 
 I shall know, eldo/nat. 
 I shall bewail, ol/LLU^oiLmt. 
 I shall swear, ofiov/xat. 
 I shall suffer, TretGOfiai. 
 I shall leap, TTTlS/jtyofxat. 
 I shall drink, Tzdaouac. 
 I shall fall, TTEGOVfiaL (498, t). 
 I shall sail, n/^evaoaaL, TzAcvaov- 
 
 fiat (498, a). 
 I shall breathe, TTV£va6/j.at, Tzvevaov- 
 
 fiai (498, a). 
 I shall reverence, 'TTpocKVVT^ao/u.ai. 
 Tacebo, acy?]GO,uat. 
 Silebo, (nu7r7}(70fx.ai. 
 I shall scoff, UKcJipo/xai. 
 I shall make haste, (JTrovddao/Liac. 
 I shall bring forth, ri^o/xai. 
 I shall run, Spafzovfxac (483). 
 / shall meet with, rev^ofiac. 
 I shall flee, (pev^o/iai, (pev^ovfiat 
 
 (498, c). 
 I shall anticipate, (pdijaojuac. 
 I shall make way, x^PV'^ofx.ai. 
 
 (648.) ACTIVE \t:iibs usixg future middle for passive. 
 
 / injure, ddiKecj. I shall be injured, ddlKTJOOfzm. 
 
254 
 
 LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 1 free from, UKa7i7idTT(j). 
 
 I take, uXLaKu. 
 
 I contest, ufKptaiSrjTici. 
 
 I hurt, l3?M7rT0). 
 
 I punish, ^Tjjucoo). 
 
 I acknowledge, ojuoTioyeo). 
 
 fh 
 
 onour, rifiao). 
 
 I guard, (pvTidTTO). 
 
 I shall be freed from, air al'/M^o fiat. 
 
 I shall be taken, oKdaoiiai. 
 
 It will be contested, uii(f)iaj3rjT7]aETai. 
 
 I shall be hurt, (SXaipo/xai. 
 
 I shall be punished, ^yjntCLXJOjuac. 
 
 It will be acknowledged, biio\oyfj- 
 
 osrai. 
 I shall be honoured, TifirjaojiaL. 
 I shall be guarded, (pvTia^OfJtai. 
 
 LESSONS CV., CVI. 
 
 (^649.) TABLE OF THE PRINCIPAL IRREGULAR VERBS * 
 
 E^^ The stems are shown by the hyphens. Strengthening letters are 
 put in parentheses ; e. g., dy-{vv)-ut. Where two stems are used, the 
 second is put in parentheses ( ) alter the first form in which it appears. 
 Forms not in use are enclosed thus [ ]. 
 
 Present. 
 
 1. Admire, uya-fxat 
 
 (like laTa/LiaL) 
 
 2. Break, dy'{vv)-[JLL 
 
 3. Bring, lead, dy-o> 
 
 4. Take, alpt-O) 
 
 5. Perceive, alad-dv- 
 
 ojLtac 
 C, Am captured, aTi-icK- 
 
 7. Err, aiiapT-dv-(j 
 
 8. Clothe, a[i(pie-{vvv)- 
 
 pa 
 
 9. Please, a{v)d-dv(x) 
 10. Open, dvoiy-G) 
 
 Please, upe-aK-o) 
 Increase, av^-dv-td 
 
 Future. 
 dydGOjiat 
 
 d^o) 
 
 alprjdu 
 
 aladrjaofiai 
 {alade-) 
 akidaoiiai (liko-) 
 
 auaprriaoyLai 
 u[j,<pLe(JOfj.ai 
 
 dpeacj 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 eaya, 4, 
 
 ayrioxa 
 riyfiai 
 
 idXuKa 
 
 7//j,dpTr]Ka 
 
 Tifi^ieaiiaL 
 
 'iada, 2 
 dveoyya, 2 
 dvii^xd 
 rjpeaixai 
 
 Aorist. 
 Tjyaadfirjv. 
 rjyd(y07]v. 
 ea^a. 
 hdyrjv. 
 Tjyayov. 
 
 eiXov (e?i). 
 
 ypedrjv. 
 
 yadS/irjv. 
 
 id^uv (612). 
 
 7]iiapT0v. 
 
 ■rjti^teaa. 
 
 'iaiov. 
 dviid^a. 
 
 * In this table the principal (by no means all) irregular verbs are 
 placed alphabetically. In reciting the verbs, the student should be re- 
 quired to state the class to which each verb belongs, and its mode of for- 
 -nation. The list need not be committed to memory in order, but when 
 the English of any verb is given, the student should be prepared to give the 
 Greek form promptly. 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 255 
 
 Present 
 
 13. Am vexed, ux&-0fj.ai 
 
 14. Go, j3a-cv-u 
 
 15. Throw, (3dl{?i)-o} 
 
 16. JUat, l3L-j3pG)-(TK-0) 
 
 17. Live, (3i,6-0) 
 
 18. Sprout, ^'XaaT-dv-u 
 
 19. Feed, (S6-ah:o) 
 
 20. Wish, l3ovX-o/xai 
 
 21. Marry, ya/ie-O) 
 
 22. Groit; old, yrjpd-GK-u 
 
 23. ^m 6orn, become, yi- 
 
 yv-oiiat 
 
 24. Rejoice, yrjde-O) 
 
 25. Know, yi-yv6-aK-0) 
 
 26. Wa^c^, yprj-yope-o) 
 
 27. 5j/e, (Jtt/c-v-(j 
 
 28. (S/eep, SapO-dv-o 
 
 29. Fear, (Jei-J-a> (607) 
 
 30. ^s^, 6e-ofxai 
 
 31. Teach, 6idd-GKCJ 
 
 32. i2wn, didpd-aK-u 
 
 33. Seem, 6oK£-u> 
 
 34. Can, 6vva-fj,ac 
 
 35. Wrap wp, (J'ii-(v)w 
 
 36. Wi7;, ^0eA-w, ^S^q 
 
 37. Aot it;oni, |0-o 
 
 38. See, know, eld-u 
 
 39. Say, [eliro)']. See 
 
 (642, 6) 
 
 40. Say, [elp-ui] 
 
 41. Drive, k'Xa-vv-u 
 
 Future. 
 dxOeaoiiai (a;j;0e-) 
 ^rjaonat, m. 
 
 jiaTirjao) 
 l3iuao/j,aL 
 
 jSodKTjao) 
 
 ftov7iriGO[jLat 
 
 yaiiib 
 
 yaix-^ao 
 
 yripddo/xai 
 
 yevrjaoiiai 
 
 yrjdfjao) 
 yvuGO/iat 
 
 drj^ofjiat 
 6ap0r]GO[xaL (?) 
 deiaofj-at 
 
 Siddicj 
 dpdaofzat 
 
 dvvr/aojbtac 
 dvao) 
 
 eldiJGO) 
 
 EiprjaofiaL (pf.) 
 ehiaco 
 
 rert'ect. 
 
 j3£l37]Ka 
 
 peiSaa 
 
 j3£l3?i7]Ka 
 
 jSif^puKa 
 j3ej3iG)Ka 
 
 tBXdarrjKa 
 
 jSePovXTj/xai 
 yeydfjirjKa 
 
 ynyivrji-LaL 
 yeyova, 2 
 
 ysyrjOa 
 
 eyvuKa 
 
 eyvcjGfiat 
 
 kypriyopa, 2 
 
 dedrixct 
 
 deSdpdtjKa 
 
 SidoiKa 
 
 6eSi,a 
 
 dedidaxa 
 dedpdKa 
 dedoy/xat 
 
 d£()vV7}fJ.aL 
 
 dsdvKa 
 
 rjdiArjKa 
 eluda 
 
 elSevac, inf, 
 oWa (604) 
 
 ELprjKO. 
 
 elprjfxai 
 kTiTjXaKa 
 
 (Att.) 
 \ kTi'^Tiafiai, 
 
 (Att.) 
 
 Aorist. 
 fjXOeadTjv. 
 ijinv (612). 
 
 el3a?\,ov. 
 
 £l3io)v (612). 
 ej3?iaGTov. 
 
 ej3ov?[,7]0T]v. 
 eyTjfia. 
 
 yr/pdGai, inf. 
 eyrjpav. 
 kyeLvdixrjv. 
 eyevTjdrjv. 
 
 £y£Vd/J,7]V. 
 
 iyvuv (61?.') 
 
 EdaKov, 2 
 ESapdov. 
 idECGa. 
 
 idpav (612). 
 
 EdvvTjdrjv. 
 eSvv (612) 
 
 7]6e?i7]Ga. 
 
 eISov. 
 
 Idtlv, iiif. 
 
 ElGdfiriv. 
 
 EiTra. 
 
 eItcov. 
 
 E^^r/drjv. 
 
 E^fjsdrjv. 
 
 yXuGa. 
 
 TjlddTjV. 
 
256 
 
 LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Present. 
 
 42. Ask, lip-ojuac] 
 
 43. (In Herod.) elp-ofiat 
 
 44. Come, epx-ojuai 
 
 45. Find, 
 
 evptaii-o} 
 
 46. Have, ex-o) 
 
 imperf. eIxov 
 
 47. Yoke, ^Evy-{vv')-iiL 
 
 48. Gird, ^o)-{vvv)-/llc 
 
 49. Will,^e?i-o) 
 
 50. Die, &v7J-(7K-u 
 
 imperat. ridvadc 
 
 51. Leap, ^p(l)-aK-0) 
 
 52. Fly, iiTTa-/j.ad 
 
 53. ^S^f, Kad-e^-o[j.aL 
 
 54. Burn, Kac-o) 
 
 55. Labour, KdfJ,-{v)-(i) 
 
 56. iW?a?, Kepd-(yvv)-fZL 
 
 57. Gain, Kepda-iv-u 
 
 58. Sound shrilly, KXd^-cj 
 
 59. Satiate, KOpe-{vvv)-fii 
 
 60. ikfeci ti>2<^, /ct5p-w 
 
 Future. 
 kprjaoixai 
 dpriaofiai 
 kTiEvaoiiai {klevO) 
 
 Evp7Ja(o (Evpe) 
 
 ^e7i7]gcj (5-eZe-) 
 TEdvrj^ofiaL 
 ^avov[xaL {&av) 
 &opov/j.ac 
 
 TZTTjaOlJiaL 
 
 KadEdovfxac 
 Kavacj 
 
 Ka/j,ov/xat 
 KEpdcoi 
 
 KepdrjGoiiaL 
 kskTiuj^u, poet. 
 Kopiaco 
 Kvpao 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 £XTi7^vda 
 
 (Att.) 
 evprjKa 
 
 eaxvuO' 
 
 £^0)(J/J.aL 
 
 TEdvTJKa 
 
 KEK[xr]Ka 
 
 for KEKafiTjKa 
 
 /c£/c^?7Wf,part. 
 
 perf. 
 KEKpuKa 
 
 KEKpafj-ai 
 
 KEicprj/iat 
 
 KEKEpaaixai 
 
 KEKEpdaKa 
 
 KEKspSrjKa 
 
 KEKlTjya 
 
 KiKlayya 
 
 KEKoprjKa 
 
 KEKoprj/xac 
 
 Aorist, 
 i]p6nrjv. 
 
 ^"kvdov. 
 rjTidov. 
 Etpov. 
 evpsdTjv. 
 
 EOXOV. 
 
 Gxeg, imper. 
 cxoLrjv, opt. 
 cxC), sub. 
 axelv, inf. 
 ax(^v, part. 
 k^vyrjv. 
 
 Edavov, 2. 
 
 Edopov. 
 EirrdfiTjv. 
 
 ETTTOfXTJV 
 
 irrdadai, inf. 
 TTTeadat,, in£ 
 
 EKrja. 
 EKavdrjv. 
 
 EKdTJV. 
 EKa/lOV. 
 
 kKspaaa. 
 EKpudrjv. 
 EKEpdadrjv. 
 
 EKEpSTjaa. 
 
 EKEpddva. 
 
 £K2,ayov. 
 
 EKT^ay^a. 
 
 EKopsaa. 
 
 EKvpaa. 
 
 * Observe the aspiration. 
 
 t The form iTrrafxaL is found in the later w iters. 
 
LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 257 
 
 Present. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Aori.st. 
 
 61. Obtain by lot, ?M{y)x- 
 
 ?Ji^ofiaL i?^iix-) 
 
 eV.VXO- 
 
 tlaxov 
 
 UVti 
 
 
 ?.£}.oyxa. 
 
 {lax-)- 
 
 62. Receive, Za(/z)/?-av(j 
 
 iTjipoixac (277,3-) 
 
 El?i7]<pa 
 
 EXaf3ov 
 (Aa/3-). 
 
 63. Lie hid, forget, 
 
 Z^'CTO) 
 
 ?J?.7]da 
 
 Eladovilad-) 
 
 /M{v)d-uvu 
 
 7.j]aoiiaL {Irjd-) 
 
 ?i£?ijjaiiai 
 
 E?i.add/jT}v. 
 
 6i. Learn, fia-{v)d-a.v(J 
 
 fiadfjaojuac 
 
 liEpiddrjKa 
 
 Efiadov (jiad-). 
 
 65. Fight, fidx-ofiaL 
 
 /jaxovfiai (497) 
 
 IjaxEcrofjai 
 
 /jaxT](yo/jai 
 
 fiEfjdxv/^ai 
 
 Etj.axe(7dfj,i]v. 
 
 66. Care for, jxiX-Et 
 
 HeTitjcel 
 
 /J.EfJ,3?i£Tat 
 
 fJ.EjU£XlJKE 
 
 fJ£fJTi?.e 
 
 
 67. Mingle, fily-{vv)-/J.c 
 
 /Jl^O 
 
 
 knixdTjV. 
 Efjiyrjv. 
 
 68. Remember, fjt-fj.v:j- 
 
 fivfjao) 
 
 fJEfJVTJ/iiaC 
 
 £HV7]adr)v. 
 
 OK-d) 
 
 ^EfiVTjao/jat, perf. 
 /jvTjadfiaojLtac 
 
 
 
 69. Divide, v£fJ-o) 
 
 vEiM-qaa 
 
 VEVEfjrjKa 
 
 £V£L/Ja. 
 
 70. Smell, 5^-0) 
 
 b^TjUO 
 
 oduda 
 
 u^rjaa. 
 
 7L Think, ol-o/jai, olfiai 
 
 objaotiat 
 
 
 C)7jdr]v. 
 
 72. Go away, olx-Ofjac 
 
 olx^jGo^ac 
 
 VXVua 
 VXWat' 
 
 ux6fJ7]v 
 
 73. Destroy, ol-{lv)-fic 
 
 6?Jgo) 
 
 b7.u7.a 
 
 ulo/JTjv (599). 
 
 
 6?M 
 
 cT/.CdJ.EKa 
 
 6/iEGa. 
 
 74. Swear, oiJ.-{vv)-fJt 
 
 dfjov/iac 
 
 bfiuiioGfiaL 
 
 ufjoaa. 
 
 (599) 
 
 
 oauiioKa 
 
 
 75. Owe, d(p£a-G) 
 
 ocpEt^ao 
 
 
 todeTiov. 
 
 66£?.OV. 
 
 76. d(p2.-iaK-dv-o 
 
 d(i)?.7]au 
 
 0)4>?.7]K.a 
 
 0)(p?.OV. 
 
 77. Suffer, Tzd-ax-cJ 
 
 Tzeiao^ai 
 
 Tce-rrovOa 
 
 ETzadov. 
 
 {Tzad) 
 
 T^rjaoyiaL 
 
 
 
 78. Extend, 7r£Td-{vvv)- 
 
 TTETdaO 
 
 nETrrafiac 
 
 ETiETaad-qv. 
 
 IJ.I. 
 79. jPio?, irriy-ivvynL 
 
 TT^fo) 
 
 TTETTTjya 
 
 ETcdyTJV. 
 
 80. Fl7;, 7Tt-(jj)7vl7]-fJL 
 
 ■n?Jl(jU 
 
 ■KEirlrjaiiaL 
 
 ETzlrjaa. 
 
 81. Z)n«fc, TTi-j^-w 
 
 Txiofiai 
 
 TZ£TTOILiaL(7rO-) 
 
 e-oOtjv. 
 
 
 
 TTEnUKa 
 
 E7TL0V. 
 
 82. (SeZ^, TTi-Trpd-o/cw 
 
 TTEpdcCi 
 
 TTETipauac, p. 
 
 -nETTpdKa 
 
 EirpddTjv. 
 
 83. FaZZ, TiC-TZT-u {ttet-) 
 
 -KEGOVliaL 
 
 iriTTTCJKa 
 
 E-eaov. 
 
 
 
 TZETiTOKUg, 
 
 ETeaa. 
 
 
 
 part. 
 
 
 
 
 TceirTug 
 
 
258 
 
 LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Aorist 
 
 84. Ask, 7zv{v)d-dvoixai 
 
 Tvevcrojuat, 
 
 TrETrvGjuai 
 
 £7rvd6fJ.T}V. 
 
 85. Flow, /)e-w 
 
 ^evaojuat 
 
 £^l)vrjKa 
 
 E^^vrjv. 
 
 
 l)vrjao[xaL 
 
 
 E^^EVGa. 
 
 86. Break, ^^y-iwy/XL 
 
 i)r]^b) 
 
 E^^oya 
 
 £^^dy7]v. 
 E^^rj^a. 
 
 87. Strengthen, (ytd-ivvv)- 
 
 /3waw 
 
 E^l)cojuat 
 
 £^^0)Gd7}V. 
 
 fXl 
 
 
 cp/5(jcro, impr. 
 
 
 88. Quench, (T}3e-{vvv)- 
 
 (7/3£Crw 
 
 EOPEGfJiai 
 
 eg^SegOtjv. 
 
 IlL 
 
 
 £GJ3T]Ka 
 
 eg(37]v (612). 
 
 89. Pour in libation, 
 
 o-Tre/crw 
 
 EGTCELGfiat 
 
 EGTZELGa. 
 
 GTii{v)6-CJ 
 
 
 
 
 90. Deprive, ar£p-i(7K0) 
 
 GTepovjiaL 
 
 EGTEprjfxai 
 
 EGTEprjGa. 
 
 
 aT£p?]ao/j.at 
 
 
 EGToprjGa. 
 
 91. Strew, aTpG){vvv)-jUL 
 
 arpuao) 
 
 £GTpCJ/J,aL 
 EGTpUKa 
 
 
 92. Cut, TEll-{^>)id 
 
 T£fJ,U) 
 
 r£Tfj,?]/Liat 
 
 ETE/IOV. 
 
 
 
 T£Tjj,r]Ka 
 
 £Ta/J,OV. 
 
 ETurjOrjv. 
 
 ETix-n^a. 
 
 ETixayov. 
 
 93. Beget, bring forth. 
 
 TE^td (tEK-) 
 
 TETona, m. 
 
 ETExOlJV. 
 
 tLk-{t)o} 
 
 TE^Ojiat 
 
 rsTEyiiat, p. 
 
 ETEKOV. 
 
 94. Pay, tl-{v)o) 
 
 TLGO) 
 
 TETlfiaC, p. 
 
 ETlGa. 
 
 95. Pierce, TL-Tpu-aKO) 
 
 TpUGCJ 
 
 
 
 96. To hit a mark, ob- 
 
 TEV^OfZaC 
 
 TETEvyfiat 
 
 ETEVX^V^- 
 
 tain, Tv{y)x-(J'VCJ 
 
 
 TETvyiiai 
 
 TETEVXa 
 TETVXV^-'^ 
 
 ETVXOV. 
 
 97. Promise, V7v-tax{v)£- 
 
 VTTOcTXVcro/itat 
 
 VTTEGXVf^f^t 
 
 VKEGXOfirjV. 
 
 o/iai 
 
 
 
 
 98. Bear, (pep-o) 
 
 olao) (ol-) 
 
 EvfjVOXO' 
 
 7]VExdnv- 
 
 
 
 EvrivEyixai 
 
 {kvEK-). 
 T]VEyKOV. 
 flVELKa. 
 
 fjVEyiia. 
 
 99. Say, ^n-fiL (594) 
 
 (pTJGCJ 
 
 
 ECpTjGa. 
 
 100. Anticipate, 0^a-(v)cj 
 
 (pduao) 
 
 E(f)daKa 
 
 Ecpdriv. 
 
 loi. Corrupt, (f)dl-{v)o) 
 
 (pdi.GCO 
 
 ^(l)dijuai 
 
 EcpdtGa. 
 
 102. Produce, (pv-u 
 
 (pvaofxai 
 
 TTEOVKa 
 
 i<pvv (612). 
 
 103. Rejoice, x^ttp-u 
 
 XaiprjGU 
 
 KEXfJ-priKa 
 
 Exdprjv. 
 
 104. Gajje, ;^^d-a/c-w, ;^a- 
 
 Xavov/iac 
 
 KEXWCl 
 
 EXCtVOV. 
 
 iV-CJ 
 
 
 
 
 105. Pour,xe-cJ 
 
 XEvao) 
 
 KEXViiai, p. 
 
 EXEva. 
 
 
 
 KEX^na 
 
 exea. 
 
 106. Colour, xpc)-{vvv)-p.t 
 
 XP(^(jO) 
 
 K£XPCO(T/J.0,l 
 
 

 ACCENT OF VERBS. 
 
 2 
 
 Present. 
 
 Future, 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Aorist. 
 
 107. Heap up, ;^cj-(vyv)- 
 
 X'^^^ 
 
 Kex(^Ka 
 
 
 fiL 
 
 
 
 
 108. Drive away, cjtJ-eu 
 
 UCTCJ 
 
 iua/iiat, p. 
 
 ecoaa. 
 
 or u6-o) 
 
 idd)]a(j) 
 
 
 daat, infin 
 
 259 
 
 LESSON CVII. 
 
 Accent of Verbs. 
 (650.) 1 . What is the general rule ? (Accent as far back 
 as possible.) 
 
 2. What forms are oxytone ? ( (a) All participles in g 
 (of 3d decl.), except the 1st aor. ; e. g., (ie^iovXevKGdg, rvcj)- 
 Oelg, lordg, rtdeig, 6ovg ; (b) the 2d aor. act, part. ; e. g., 
 Xmojv ; (a) the five imperatives, 2d aor., sine, eXOs, evps, 
 Xa(3e, 166.) 
 
 [I^ Except in composition ; e. g., eloiSe, eK[iaXe. 
 
 3. What forms are perispome ? ({a) The 2d aor. infin. 
 elv ; e.g., Xtnetv ; (b) the 2d sing, of 2d aor. mid, imper. ; 
 e. g., Xa(3ov, dov (except in compounds of more than two 
 syllables of verbs in jUt ; e. g., d-nodov).) 
 
 4. What forms are accented on the penult (^. e., paroxy- 
 tone when the penult is short, properispome when the penult 
 is long) ? ( ia) All infinitives in vai ; e. g., rervcpevac, 
 lardvaL, (SovXevOrjvai, Grrjvac ; [b) the 1st aor. infin. act. ; 
 e. g., (SovXevGat, (pvXd^ac, Ttfirjoac ; (c) the 2d aor, infin, 
 mid. ; e. g., Xiiriodai, endeadaL ; (d) the perf. pass, infin. 
 and part. ; e. g., rervcpdaL, (3£(3ovXevG6at, rercfi'jiodaLj (Se- 
 QovXevfjLevog.) 
 
 [IF^ What is the accent of the 1st aor. act. part. ? 
 (Always paroxytone ; e. g., ri-ipag, j3ovXevaag.) 
 
 5. What is the accent of monosyllabic forms of the verbs 
 which are long by nature ? (Generally perispome, except 
 
260 ACCENT OF VEEBS. 
 
 participles ; e. g., el, rjv, yvw, cr;\;w, but cov, a^cjv : (p'qg is a 
 peculiar form (594, R. 1).) 
 
 6. Are the endings ol and ai short in opt. ? (No, long; 
 and hence those forms are paroxytone.) 
 
 7. What is the rule for compound verbs ? (Put the ac- 
 cent back, but not further back than an existing augment, 
 or the accented syllable of the prefixed word ; e. g., npoa- 
 elxov, fcarsGxov.) 
 
 8. Contracted verbs ? (Follow the rules of accent for 
 contraction (363).) 
 
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE DOCTRINE OF 
 THE VERB. 
 
 (651.; There are two Conjugations of verbs in Greek, named (from the 
 nding of Indie. Pres., 1st person) Conjugation in a and Conjugation in ixi. 
 
 ^^ The verbs in iil are comparatively few in number. 
 (652.) There are three voices, Active, Passive, and Middle (see 37). 
 Rem. Many verbs have a Middle form, but a purely Active (transitive 
 or intransitive) meaning, and are called Deponents ; e. g., aladdvea- 
 6ac, to feel, perceive. These must be carefully distinguished from 
 middle uses of Active verbs. 
 
 PARTS OF THE VERB. 
 
 (.653.) The verb is divided into, 
 (a) The indefinite verb, including certain parts which do not refer to a 
 
 definite person or time. 
 {b) The finite verb, including the parts which always do so refer. 
 
 Indefinite Verb. 
 (654.) The indefinite verb includes, > 
 
 (1.) The infinitive, which expresses the action of the verb without re- 
 lation to a definite person, and partakes also of the nature of a noun ; 
 e. g., to learn ; to love is pleasant. 
 (2.) The participle, which expresses the action of the verb under the 
 
 form of an adjective ; loving, blooming. 
 (3.) The verbals, formed by adding -teo^ or -rog to the verb-stem (e.g.^ 
 aaKTjTioc, from dcjKi-u), which are used as the Latin gerundive. 
 
 Finite Verb. 
 (655.) The finite verb includes those parts which express the 
 (1.) Different varieties of affirmation, viz., the moods. 
 (2.) Different times at which the action of the verb takes place, viz., 
 
 the tenses. 
 (3.) Different relations of the verb to persons or things, viz., the num- 
 bers and persons. 
 
 THE MOODS. 
 
 (656.) There are four moods. Indicative, Subjunctive, Optative, and Im- 
 perative. 
 
 I. The INDICATIVE mood asserts positively (or negatively) what is 
 real (or objective). 
 
 E. g.,''I strike.^' " He has come." 
 
262 SUMMARY OF THE VEHB. 
 
 II. The SUBJUNCTIVE asserts something as dependent on something 
 else, or as not real, but tending (or possible) to be realized. 
 
 E-g., " 1 am here that I may sec.'''' " He may come.'''' ^'' If he come." 
 
 III. The OPTATIVE asserts something as not real, without reference 
 to its being realized, and generally as dependent on something past. 
 
 E.g., ^^ I might go." " Would that it could be so!" " Whosoever 
 should say this would err." " I was there that I might see." 
 
 IV. The IMPERATIVE expresses command (more or less gently). 
 E. g., " Depart at once." " Do not believe it." 
 
 THE TENSES. 
 (657.) The Tenses are either Primary or Historical. 
 
 (1.) The Primary tenses, viz., the Present, Future, and Perfect, express 
 
 action relatively to the time of speaking (see 385, I.). 
 (2.) The Historical tenses, viz., the Imperfect, Aorist, and Pluperfect^ 
 
 express action relatively to some other time (see 385, II.). 
 (3.) A Future-Perfect tense is found in the Middle and Passive voices. 
 (4.) Some verbs also use second forms of the aorist, of the perf. and 
 
 pluperf. act., and of the fut. pass., called 2d Aor., 2d Perf., 2d Plu- 
 
 perf., and 2d Fut. Hence the whole number of tenses will be, 
 
 
 Active. 
 
 Middle. 
 
 Passive. 
 
 I. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Present. 
 
 Present. 
 
 II. 
 
 Imperfect, 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 Imperfect. 
 
 III. 
 
 Future. 
 
 Future. 
 
 First Future. 
 
 IV. 
 
 
 
 Second Future. 
 
 V. 
 
 
 Future Perfect. 
 
 Future Perfect. 
 
 VI. 
 
 First Perfect. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 Perfect. 
 
 VIL 
 
 Second Perfect. 
 
 
 
 VIII. 
 
 First Pluperfect. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 Pluperfect. 
 
 IX. 
 
 Second Pluperfect. 
 
 
 
 X. 
 
 First Aorist. 
 
 First Aorist. 
 
 First Aorist. 
 
 XI. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 Second Aorist. 
 
 1^^ In regard to the tenses, it cannot be too strongly impressed upon 
 
 the learner that, 
 
 (1.) No verb uses all the forms given above. 
 
 (2.) Pure verbs do not use the second tenses. 
 
 (3.) Other verbs which use the second tenses do not generally use 
 the first, and vice versa. 
 
 (4.) In meaning, the second tenses do not differ from the first (ex- 
 cept in certain verbs, which must be learned as they occur). 
 
 CONJUGATION IN w. 
 Classification hy the Characteristic. 
 
 (658.) The characteristic of any verb is the final letter of its stem. Thus, 
 of (3ovXev-£iv, the characteristic is u ; of Tiey-eiv, the characteristic is y. 
 
VERBS IN W. 263 
 
 (659.) Verbs are divided, according to their characteristic, into Pure 
 and Impure : 
 
 1. Pure, when the characteristic is a vowel ; viz., 
 
 (I.) Unconlracted (stem ending in i, ox v) ; e.g., tI-ecv, to honour ; ?,v 
 
 EtVy to loose. 
 (II.) Contracted (stem ending in a, e, or o) ; e. g., Tc/xd-eiv, Tt,fid,v : 
 
 (P(,?ii-eLV, (pi'Atlv ; 6rj7.6-£LV, 6r]?^ovv. 
 XL Impure, when the characteristic is a consonant ; viz., 
 (I.) 3Iute (stem ending in a mute) ; e. g., ypdcffeiv, to write. 
 (II.) Liqyid (stem ending in a liquid) ; e. g., f3d?.X-ecv, to throw 
 
 Changed Stems in Impure Verbs. 
 
 (660.) (a) Many impure verbs have two forms of the stem, called the 
 simple and the strengthened stem. 
 
 Rem. The strengthened stem always appears in such verbs in the pres. 
 and imperf. ; the simple stem in one of the second tenses (generally 
 the 2d aor.). 
 (Jb) The stem is strengthened, either 
 ■ . By adding a consonant ; e. g., tvttt- (rvTr) ; jSaAA- (i3a?.) ; or, 
 
 2. By lengthening the simple-stem vowel ; e. g., <pevy- {(Pvy) ; Ticnr- 
 {Ain) ; (pdeip {(pdsp). 
 
 (661.) Variable Vowel. — There is frequently a vowel change in the forma- 
 tion of the tenses ; e. g., kIettt-, e-KXa-n-, Ke-K%o<p: 
 Compare the English beget, begat, begotten. 
 
 INTLECTION OF VERBS IN 6). ^FORjMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 Augment and Reduplication. 
 (662.) [The student will repeat these from Lesson LXVII.,p. 166-168.] 
 
 Elements of the Verbal Forms. 
 (663.) Every tense-form contains three parts ; viz., 
 
 1. Mood SIGN ; viz., a vowel to indicate the mood. 
 
 2. Persox-endixg, to indicate the person. 
 
 3. Tense-stem, embracing (a) the verb-stem, and {b) (in some tenses) 
 the tense-sign, to indicate the tense. 
 
 (4.) And, besides these three parts, the past tenses have Augment, to 
 indicate past time ; and the perfect tenses have Reduplication, to in- 
 dicate completed action. 
 [Compare the Analysis, '5> 15, p. 119-123.] 
 (664.) The Mood-signs are, Indicative, o, e, a (see 299, 306) ; Subjunc- 
 tive, (J, 7? (506) ; Optative, ot, at, ec (515, R. 2). 
 
204 
 
 SUMMARY OF THE VERB. 
 
 (665.) The Person-endings (see 388), with Mood-signs united, are^ 
 
 (666.) 
 
 INDICATIVE. 
 
 Present and Future Tenses. 
 
 Smg. 
 Dual. 
 Plan 
 
 1. 
 
 o-fj,ev 
 o-jiev 
 
 Active. 
 
 2. 
 eig 
 
 E-TOV 
 
 e-re 
 
 3. 
 
 et 
 
 e-Tov 
 Qvat{v) 
 
 Pass, and Mid. 
 
 1, 
 0-fJ.ai 
 
 3. 
 
 rj or EL E-Tat 
 6-fj.Edov E-adov E-cdov 
 6-jueda E-aOe o-vrac 
 
 Historical Tenses {Imperfect and Second Aorist). 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 1. 
 o-v 
 
 O-jXEV 
 
 o-fiev 
 
 Imperf. and 
 2. 
 E-g 
 E-TOV 
 E-TE 
 
 L Act. 
 
 3. 
 £ 
 
 E-rrjv 
 o-v 
 
 Imperf. Pass, and Mid., and 2 A. Mid. 
 1. 2. 3. 
 
 6-fir]V OV E-TO 
 
 o-fieOov E-adov E-aOrjv 
 o-jXEda b-gOe o-vto 
 
 (667.) 
 
 Active. 
 1. 2. 3. 
 
 a a-g e 
 
 a-/i£V a-rov d-T7jv 
 a-fiEV a-TS a-v 
 
 First Aorist Tense. 
 
 Middle. 11 Passive. 
 
 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 
 
 d-fir]v u a-TO Iw-v 7]-g jj 
 
 d-fiEdov a-adov (i-adrjv ^rj-fXEV tj-tov '^-tijv 
 
 d-fieda a-aOs a-vro \\r]-/J.EV ij-te rj-aav 
 
 ^^ The Second Aorist Passive uses the same endings as the First 
 Aorist Passive. 
 
 -(668.) 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 Active (1 and 2 Perf.). 
 1. 2. 3. 
 
 Sing. a a-g e 
 
 Dual. a-fXEV a-rov a-rov 
 Plur. a-iJ,EV a-rs d-ai 
 
 Pass, and Mid. 
 
 1. 2. 3. 
 
 -y.ai -aai 'jai 
 
 ■(jleBov -adov -adov 
 
 -[lEda -ads -vrac 
 
 (669. 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 Active (1 and 2 Pluperf.). 
 1. 2. 3. 
 Sing. EL-v Ei-g el 
 Dual. EL-iiEV EL-rov EL-rriv 
 
 Plur. e.,ev u-rs {^^^JJ 
 
 Pass 
 1. 
 
 -/ir]v 
 -fiEdov 
 
 ■jLieda 
 
 . and Mid. 
 
 2. 
 ■ao 
 -adov 
 
 ■ade 
 
 3. 
 
 -TO 
 
 •adrjv 
 
 'VTO 
 
 (670.) 
 
 
 SUB JUNG TI^? 
 
 E. 
 
 
 
 Sing. -6) 
 Dual. -lo^EV 
 Plur. -w/zev 
 
 Active. 
 
 ■V? -V 
 ■r]Tov -Tjrov 
 -rjre -uat{v) 
 
 Pass, and Mid- 
 -ofiai -Tj 
 -ufiEdov -Tjadov 
 -6fx.Eda -Tjads 
 
 III 
 
 (671.) 
 
 
 OPTATIVE 
 
 
 
 
 Active. 
 All tenses but 1st Aorist. 
 Sing. -OL-fiL -oL-g -ot 
 
 Dual. 'OL-fXEV -ot-Tov -oi-Trjv 
 Plur. 'OL-iiev -oi-re -oi-ev 
 
 Middle. 
 All but 1st Aorist. 
 
 -0t-fi7]V -OL-O -OL-TO 
 
 -oi-iiEdov -oL-adov •ot-adriv 
 •oi-fiEda -OL-ads -oi-vTo 
 
FERSON-ENDINGS. TENSES. 
 
 265 
 
 Sin?. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur, 
 
 Sing, 
 Dual 
 Pb.. 
 
 1st Aorist Active. 
 
 •ai-juc 
 •aL-fiev 
 
 •aL-fJ.£V 
 
 -UL-TOV 
 
 ■ai-re 
 
 1st Aorist Middle. 
 
 •oi-fi7]V 
 
 ■oi-fisdov 
 
 •oi-/j,Eda 
 
 •EL-t]fJ.tV 
 
 -d-7]iJ.e-j or 
 -el-fiev 
 
 (672.) 
 
 ■at -ai-i27]v 
 
 -al-TTjv -ai-jLcedov 
 
 -at-ev -ai-ixtQa 
 
 Passive. 
 All but 1st and 2d Aorist. 
 -OL-0 
 
 •OL-adov 
 -OL-ade 
 
 1st and 2d Aorist. 
 
 •ei-rjTov 
 -el-TjTe or 
 ■el-TE 
 
 IMPERATIVE. 
 
 -ai-o -ai-TO 
 
 -ai-adov -ai-aOrjv 
 -ac-aOe -aL-vro 
 
 •Ol-TO 
 
 -oL-odriv 
 
 -OL-VTO 
 
 •EL-rj 
 •ei-TjTrjv 
 -el-7]aav or 
 -el-ev 
 
 ACTIVE. 1 
 
 All but 1st A or. 
 1st Aor. 
 
 Singular, 
 
 £ £-T0) 
 
 OV d-ru 
 
 Dual, 
 e-Tov e-Tuv 
 a-Tov d-Tuv 
 
 Plural. 
 e-T£ £-TUGav or ovrcov 
 a-T£ d-TO)Gav or dvTuv 
 
 MIDDLE. 1 
 
 All but 1st Aor. 
 1st Aor. 
 
 OV 
 
 at 
 
 e-cdu 
 d-cdo) 
 
 £-g6ov e-gOuv 
 a-Gdov d-Gduv 
 
 e-gOe £-Gt)o)Gav or e-gOov 
 a-Gdt d-GdcoGav or d-Gdcjv 
 
 PASSIVE. 1 
 
 Pres. 
 Perf. 
 1st and 2d Aor. 
 
 OV 
 -GO 
 
 -Gdcj 
 
 E-gOoV £-g6(JV 
 
 -gOov -g6uv 
 
 rj-TOV Tj-TUV 
 
 e-gOe i-Gd(DGav or e-gOuv 
 ■gOe -GdoiGav or -gOov 
 
 7]-T£ Tj-TUGaV 
 
 (673.) All the tense-signs in use are shown in the following 
 
 TABLE OF TENSE-SIGNS. 
 
 1 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE, 
 
 PASSIVE, 
 
 1st Fut. 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 hr]G 
 
 2d Fut, 
 
 _ 
 
 
 7jG 
 
 Fut, Perf. 
 
 _ 
 
 a 
 
 G 
 
 1st Aor, 
 
 a 
 
 a 
 
 ^ 
 
 1st Perf. and Pluperf. 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 ^ Remember that Liquid verbs do not use g as tense-sign, eithei 
 in 1st Fut. or 1st Aor. (482), 
 
 FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 
 
 General Rules. 
 
 (674.) In forming the tenses, Pure verbs lengthen the final stem-vowe 
 before any consonant ; e. g., 
 
 n/ju-cj, TtjUTj-Gco, TETifiTj-Ka, TETifirj-jiai, trtjUTj-drjv, rifiri-d^Go/iai.. 
 
 <l)L?i£-0), (pt?^7j-G(j), 7TE(j)tl7j-Ka, TTECpcTiTJ-fiai, ^(ptTi'^-OrjV, (l)t,2,7]-6^G0/J.aL. 
 
 6T]?Ld-G), dr}?^d}-G(o, 6e6^?M-Ka, 6£dj]2M-fiac, idrjlco-dTjv, dTjXu-drjGOfiat. 
 
 K(o7.V-0), KUAV-GU, KEKCOXV-KU, KEKtJXv-JUaC, EKO)Xv-67]V, KioXvdTJGOUaL. 
 
 M 
 
266 VERB. 
 
 Rem. 1, After e, i, or p, the d generally becomes a instead of 97; e.g., 
 ia-o), m-ao); iarLu-u, iuTLu-acj; (popa-u, ^upa-acj. 
 
 Rem. 2. A number of verbs keep the short vowel of the stem instead 
 of lengthening it ; e. g., re/le-o, teIe-gu (see 418). These general- 
 ly insert c before the passive endings (Aor., Fut., and Perf.), reri- 
 "kzGiiaL (instead of TeTeXEixai) (see 418, 419). 
 
 (675.) In forming the tenses of Mute verbs, frequent consonant changes 
 occur, for which see the rules for euphonic changes (Lesson LXVIII., p. 
 169, 170). 
 
 RULES FOR THE TENSES GENERALLY. 
 
 J^^ Where nothing is said of the voice, the rule covers all three voices 
 (Active, Passive, and Middle). 
 
 I'ni'perfect. 
 
 (676.) The Imperfect Tense prefixes the augment, and adds the Aistor- 
 ical endings (666) to the stem ;* e. g. (stem Tieltt-), E-lenr-ov, i-XeiTT-o/iijv 
 
 First Future. 
 (677.) To form the 1st Future, Active and Middle, 
 (1.) In Pure and Jfw^e verbs add a to the stem, and annex the primary 
 endings (see 220 and 449) ; e. g., (3ov?\,£V-o), (3ov?[,£VCi-(o, (3ovleva- 
 o/j,at : XeItt-o), ?iELip-o), ?iEiip-o/j,ai. 
 (2.) In Liquid verbs take the simple stem, and affix the contracted end- 
 ings -6, -ovjuat, &c. (483); e. g., a^dXlco, simple stem iy(pa2,; Fut. 
 Act. (70a/l-(3, Fut. Mid. c^aTi-ovfiaL. 
 
 (678.) To form the 1st Future Passive, add -drja- to the stem (in 
 Liquid verbs to the simple stem), and annex the primary endings ; 
 e. g., I3ov?i£v-o), f3ov?iEV-6rja-ofj,ai ; 7\,el7z-u, 7iEi(^-drja-0[iaL ; (^aiv-Ut 
 simple stem ^av-, (pav-Oria-ofiai. 
 
 First and Second Perfect Active. 
 
 (679.) To form the 1st Perfect Active, prefix the Reduplication, add 
 K to the stem (in Liquid verbs the simple stem), and affix the Perfect end- 
 ings -a, -ag, -e, &c. (668) ; e. g., (SovIev-u, 13e-(3cv1ev K-a ; ^vtvt-u, re-Tviz- 
 ic-a=TeTv<pa (436) ; c^dXX-u, E-a^a7i.-K-a. 
 
 Rem. 1. The verbs kMtttc), tte/itto), rpETru, change e into in 1st 
 Perf. ; e. g., kjHtttco, KE-K?iO<p-a. 
 
 * When the word stem is used alone, we always mean by it the stem 
 of the Present, found by striking off the ending -u of the Indicative, or -eiv 
 of the Infinitive. 
 
FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 267 
 
 Rem. 2. In liquid verbs monosyllabic stems change e into a ; e. g., 
 
 oteXK-o (<TT€?i-), £-aTa/i,-K-a. For other exceptions, see 487, R. 2 
 
 and R. 3. 
 
 (6S0.) To form the 2d Perfect Active, proceed as in 1st Perfect, but 
 
 add the endings to the simple stem, without the tense-sign k ; e. g., kotvt-cj, 
 
 Ke-Koir-a. 
 
 Rem. If the simple stem-vowel be any other than o, the following 
 changes occur in 2d Perf. ; viz., 
 
 1. c becomes o ; dipK-ofiai, 
 
 2. a becomes ;; ; ) ?i7jd-(j 
 
 but after p, a ; J Trpdcra-cj 
 
 3. L becomes oc ; XeiTV-co 
 
 4. V becomes ev ;* <pevy-o) 
 
 depK 
 lad 
 Tzpay 
 
 AiTT 
 
 6e-6opK-a 
 le-lrjd-a 
 Tre-TTpdy-a 
 TiE-XoiTV-a 
 Tz s-^£vy-a 
 
 (l>vy 
 
 First and Second Pluperfect Active. 
 
 <68] ) To form the 1st Pluperfect Active, prefix the augment to the 
 ttem of t}te \st perfect, and add the endings eiv, eig, ei, &c. (669) ; e. g.^ 
 TVTTT-cj, perfect stem rervcp-, 1st pluperf. e-reTvcp-Etv. 
 
 (682.) To form the 2d Pluperfect Active, prefix the augment to the 
 gte7n of the 2d perfect, and add the endings -ecv, -eig, -el, &c. (669) ; «. g. 
 KOTTT-ii, 2d perf, stem kekotz-, 2d pluperf. k kekott-ew. 
 
 I^p" Remember that if the verb does not take reduplication (428, 8), 
 you use the simple augment ; e. g., tpEvd-u, EipEvn-a, EipEVK-Etv. 
 
 Perfect Middle and Passive. 
 
 (683.) To form the Perfect Middle and Passive, prefix the redupli- 
 cation to the stem (in liquid verbs the simple stem), and add the endings 
 'fiaL, -aai, -rat, &c. (298), without any connecting vowel (see 462 and 490) ; 
 €. g., Tvnro) (tvtt), T£TVfi-[iac ; a^dAA-w, E-acpal-fiat. 
 
 Rem. The same vowel changes occur as in 1st perf. active (679, R. 2). 
 
 Pl'upefect Middle and Passive. 
 
 (€84.) To form the Pluperfect Middle and Passive, prefix the aug- 
 ment to the stem of the perf ect passive, and add the endings -^irjv, -go, -to, &c. 
 (304), without any connecting vowel ; e. g,, tvtzt-u, perf. pass, stem Tervf*; 
 
 pluperf. E-TETV/J.-/J,TjV. 
 
 Future Perfect. 
 
 (€85.) To form the Future Perfect, prefix the reduplication to the 
 1st fut. middle ; e. g., [SovXev-u, 1st fut. mid: /3cvlEV(70/j.ai, future perfect 
 
 BE-ftoVAEVGO/iai. 
 
 ^^ Remember that the future perfect has nojactive form (404), and 
 is not used in Liquid verbs. 
 
 * That is, if the strengthened stem has ev, as in <j)evy-u>, I flee. 
 
268 SUMMARY OF THE VERB. 
 
 First Aorist Active and Middle. 
 (686,) To form the 1st Aorist Active and Middle, 
 (1.) In pure and mute verbs prefix the augment to the stem ol the /«- 
 ture, and add the endings -a, -dixrjv, &c. (667) ; e. g., rvTxru, ^-rvipa^ 
 kTvtl>-u(xr}v. 
 (2.) In liquid verbs lengthen the simple stem vowel ; e. g., (paivo) (^av), 
 £-<prjv-a (485). 
 
 First Aorist Passive. 
 
 (687.) To form the 1st Aorist Passive, prefix the augment to the stem, 
 and add the tense-sign ^ and the endings -j]v, -rig, -rj, &c. ; e. g., Xeirco}, 
 
 Rem, 1. Liquid verbs use the simple stem ; e. g., ^alvo i^av), k-^dv-6r)v. 
 
 Change e of monosyllabic stems into a ; e. g., GTk7Ck-(^ (dreA-), 
 
 h-GTok-driv. 
 Rem. 2. In mute verbs malce the euphonic changes by (436). 
 
 Second Aorist Active, Middle, and Passive. 
 
 Recollect, 
 
 1. That verbs which use the 1st aorist do not often use the 2d ; 
 
 2. That the 2d aor. active is not formed in verbs in which it would 
 look like the imperfect ; e. g., e-ypa<l>-ov ; 
 
 3. That the 2d aor. is always formed on the simple stem. 
 
 (688.) To form the 2d Aorist, prefix the augment to the simple stem, 
 and add the endings -ov (388) for the act., -6fi7]v for the mid., and -rjv, -?;<•» 
 '7j, &c., for the pass. (471, c). 
 
 Rem. 1. e after p in monosyllabic stems generally passes into a I 
 e. g., TpeiT-o, e-TpaTt-ov. 
 
 CONJUGATION IN fit. 
 
 '689.) The peculiarities of verbs in f/.i are found only in the pres., hn 
 perf., and 2d aor. The other tenses are formed from the stems, like verba 
 in o. 
 
VERBS IN fJ-L. 
 
 269 
 
 (690. 
 
 PERSON ENDINGS- 
 
 ACTIVE. 
 
 MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. || 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 ■/IL 
 
 ■/LiEV 
 
 •flEV 
 
 Primary. 
 -g -GC 
 
 -TOV -TOV 
 -TE -VTGL 
 
 -/xai 
 
 ■(xedov 
 
 -fieda 
 
 Primary. 
 -Gat -rat 
 -gOov -adov 
 -ade - -VTUL 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 -V 
 
 -fxev 
 
 -JUEV 
 
 Historical. 
 -f — 
 
 -TOV -TT]V 
 -TE -Gav 
 
 -liriv 
 
 -liedov 
 
 -fieda 
 
 Historical. 
 -GO -TO 
 
 -gOov -Gdrjv 
 -gOe -vto 
 
 Sing. 
 Dual. 
 Plur. 
 
 — 
 
 Imperative. 
 -dl -TO) 
 •TOV -TUV 
 -TE -TUGaV 
 
 - 
 
 Imperative. 
 -GO -g6o) 
 -g6ov -g6(j)v 
 -gOe -GduGav 
 
 
 Infinitive. 
 •vaL 
 
 Infinitive. 11 
 -gOuc II 
 
 Nom. 
 Gen. 
 
 -VTC 
 -VTOC 
 
 Pai-ticiples. 
 
 -VTGa -VT 
 
 &c. 
 
 -/lEVog 
 
 Participles. 11 
 -/J,£V7] -flEVOV 
 
 FORMATION OF THE TENSES, 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 t€91.) (1.) Monosyllabic stems, beginning with a single consonant, redupli- 
 cate with i, and lengthen the stem-vowel in the Sing. Act. 
 
 Stem. 
 
 ^E- 
 
 6o- 
 
 Reduplicated Stem. 
 Ti-de- 
 6i-6o- 
 
 Present Indie. 
 Tl-dr]-fj,c, I place. 
 6c-6o)-fJ,i., I give. 
 
 (2.) Monosyllabic stems, beginning with gt, ttt, or an aspirated vowel, 
 prefix l, and lengthen the stem-vowel in the Sing. Act. 
 
 Stem. 
 OTa- 
 
 Augmented Stem. 
 l-GTa- 
 
 Present Indie. 
 t-GT7j-fJ.i, I station. 
 
 L-7]-fj,t, I send. 
 
 Imperfect Tense. 
 
 (692.) To form the Imperfect, prefix the augment to the strengthened 
 Btem, and add the historical endings (lengthening the final stem-vowel in 
 the Sing. Act.) ; e. g., TidTj-fit, i-Tidrj-v. 
 
 Rem. The long vowel remains only in the singular ; see paradigm (567). 
 
 Second Aorist Tense. 
 
 (693.) To form the 2d Aorist, prefix the augment to the simple stem, 
 and add the historical endings (lengthening the final stem-vowel in Sing. 
 Act.) ; e. g., Tl-drj-^iL (de), e-dij-v. 
 
 [Paradigms of Moods and Tenses, p. 220 to 232.] 
 
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE RULES OF 
 SYNTAX.* 
 
 PART I.— SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
 
 I. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 
 
 Agreement. 
 
 (694.) Rule I. — The verb of the predicate agrees with the subject In 
 number and person. 
 
 I write. Thou writest. I 'Eyw ypd^w. 2i) ypa^eig. 
 
 Cyrus goes up. \ Kvpog dvafSalvEi. 
 
 (695.) Special Rule. — A subject in the neuter plural takes its verb in 
 the singular. 
 
 Animals run. \Td^<jJa Tpex^i- 
 
 Provisions failed. | Td eTTir^^Eia kniTiiTTSv. 
 
 (696.) If the subject consist of tv\?o or more nouns, the verb agrees, 
 (a) With all of them taken together in the plural ; or, (6) With one (gen- 
 erally the nearest) in the singular ; e. g., 
 
 6 liuupdTTjg Koi 6 JUdruv ^aav 
 
 (J0<}>01. 
 
 Socrates and Plato were wise. 
 Aristeus and Callicrates were general 
 
 Earpar^yeL 'ApLarevg koi KaX- 
 T^LKpdrrjq. 
 
 (697.) The copula is omitted when its use is not necessary to perspicui- 
 ty ; e. g., 
 
 Men are mortal. i 0^ avdpuTTOL ^vrjToi. 
 
 The property of friends is common. | Td rcJv (pilcov KOtvd, 
 
 (698.) Rule II. — Adjectives agree with the nouns to which they refer 
 in gender, number, and case. 
 
 [This rule applies to all adjectives, pronouns, and participles.] 
 
 Man is mortal. 
 A large park. 
 Both the children. 
 
 6 dvdpuTTog ^vrjTog kariv. 
 Uapadsiaog /leyag. 
 Td TralSs dfj,(j)OTeptJ. 
 
 Rem. When the subject is a general idea, the predicate adjective is 
 put in the neuter singular, without regard to the gender or number 
 of the subject. 
 
 * The Syntax is given in a fuller form in the Second Book in Greek. 
 
APPOSITION Tllii ARTICLE. 271 
 
 [The word thing or something can generally be subjoined in English.] 
 Virtue is (something) praiseworthy. 
 Plurality of rulers is not (a) good 
 (thing). 
 
 7} aperf] eariv tiraLveTOV. 
 ovK ayadov iro'kvKOipavicu 
 
 Apposition. 
 (699.) Rule III. — Nouns in apposition with each other agree in case. 
 Cyrus, the king, is come. I Kvpog 6 jSaaiTiEvg tjkel. 
 
 We admire Cyrus, the king. | Qavfid^ofiev Kvpov Tov ^aatXid, 
 
 Predicate-Nominative. 
 (700.) Rule IV. — The predicate-nominative agrees with the subject in 
 gender, number, and case. 
 
 Cyrus was a king. I Kvpo^ 7jv ^aailev^. 
 
 Tomyris was a queen. \ Tofivptq rfv (3 aaiXeia. 
 
 Rem. Of the verbs which may be followed by a predicate-nominative 
 the following are examples : to be, inrdpx£i-v ; to become, yiyveodaty 
 &c. ; to continue, appear, be named, called, chosen, &c. 
 
 Alcibiades was chosen general. | 'A2.Kc!3tdSrjg fipedr] (yrparriyoc- 
 
 The girl became a leather bottle. \ dcKOQ kysveTO 7] Koprj. 
 
 The Article. 
 
 (701.) Rule V.— The subject-noun takes the article, not the oredicate; 
 e.g., 
 
 The girl became a leather bottle. I daKog t] Koprj eysvero. 
 
 Day became night.* | vv^ i] i/fiipa eyevero. 
 
 (702.) Proper names (a), simply as such, do not take the article ; but (b) 
 they do by way of distribution, as having been before mentioned, or as 
 celebrated names ; e. g., 
 
 (a) Socrates said. 
 
 Socrates the philosopher. 
 
 (6) Socrates [who was before men- 
 tioned, or, the celebrated] said. 
 
 HcjKpd-Tjc, <l)il6ao<pog. 
 6 I,o}Kpdr7jc Hv [The Socrates 
 said]. 
 
 (703.) The article with the participle is equivalent to the demonstrative 
 with the relative and verb (6 TrpdTTO)v=eKeXvo^ Of Trpdrrei). 
 He who does. 6 Trpdrrcov. 
 
 I admire him that does. &avfid^O) tov TrpaTTOvra. 
 
 (704.) The article is used with the infinitive in all the cases, as a sub- 
 stantive (comp, Latin gerund). 
 
 Hearing. I to aKovetv [The to-hear]. 
 
 Of hearing. \ TOV aKOvecv [of the to-hear"]. 
 
 * In this example, the order of the words in the English shows that day 
 is subject, and night predicate ; but in Greek it does not ; the article wltn 
 Tifiepa, however, removes all ambiguity. 
 
272 SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 
 
 (705.) Common ellipses. 
 The [affairs) of the state. 
 My affairs [or property]. 
 Alexander, the [son] of Philip. 
 
 The [nature] of virtue. 
 Our contemporaries. 
 Pisistratus and his followers [com- 
 panions, &c.]. 
 
 TO. TTJg TcoTiEiog [ The of the city J. 
 ra e/id [The mine']. 
 'ATii^avdpog, b ^lMtttvov [vlof un- 
 derstood]. 
 Td, rfjg aperfjg. 
 ol Kad'' Tjudg. 
 oi afKfi {or nepl) IlsiacaTpaTOV. 
 
 n. USE OF CASES. 
 
 NominoMve. 
 
 (706.) (1.) Subject-nominative. — The subject of a proposition takes the 
 nominative case, and is called the subject-nominative. 
 
 (2.) Predicate-nominative. — The predicate-nominative is used with verbs 
 not expressing a complete predicate in themselves ; e. g., to be, to become, 
 to be called, deemed, named, chosen, &cc. : see (700, R.). 
 
 Alcibiades was chosen general. | 'KTiKLfSLadrjg fipidj] err part] yog. 
 
 Genitive. 
 
 (707.) Fundamental Meaning. — The genitive always expresses a notion 
 either of, (1.) The point of separation {from, away from) ; (2.) The ground 
 (either as origin, occasion, material, or cause) ; or, (3.) The condition (of 
 time or place). 
 
 I^^" To one of these three relations all the following rules can be re- 
 ferred. It will thus be seen that part of the uses of the Latin abla- 
 tive are supplied in Greek by the genitive. 
 
 (708.) Rule VI. — General Rule. — The genitive answers the questions 
 whose? of whom ? of what? in connection with a noun. 
 Government of men. I apxv dvOptOTTUV. 
 
 The possession of virtue. \ i] tiTrjOLg r^f apsT'^g. 
 
 Rem. The genitive may stand either in an objective or subjective relation 
 to the noun which governs it ; e. g.. 
 My son's longing. I iroOogvlov [subjective]. 
 
 My longing/or my son. \ Tvodog vlov [objective]. 
 
 (709.) Role YIL— Partitive Genitive.— The genitive is used to express 
 the whole of which anything is a part. Hence, 
 (a) With superlatives. 
 The oldest of the generals. \ ol 7rpea[3vTaTOl tG)V (JTpaTljyUV* 
 
 {b) With all words expressing distribution, number, or quantity. 
 Drops of ivater. I arayoveg vdarog. 
 
 The middle of the day. \ [leaov rjfiipag. 
 
USES OF THE GENITIVE. 
 
 273 
 
 To such (a pitch ) of anger. 
 ^Vhere on earth is he ? 
 Everywhere in the market. 
 
 etc Tovro opyrjg. 
 
 TTOV 7?}f e<7TLV ; 
 
 Tcavraxov rf/g uyopdc. 
 
 (c) With the verbs elvai and ytyveadai, when they meai: to be among, 
 to be of the number of &c. ; e. g., 
 
 ovK eyci TovTuv eifii. 
 
 ovTOL Tuv yepacTepuv yiyvovTai 
 
 I am not one of these. 
 These become [of the number or 
 class] of the elders. 
 
 (d) With almost any transitive verb, when its action is intended tt 
 reach only part of the object ; e. g., 
 
 I have given thee (of) my money. \ eSuko, goi tuv ;^;p77yadr6)v. 
 
 (e) With all verbs expressing^ fo touch, take-hold of, share, participate t», 
 border on, acquire, obtain. 
 
 To touch the hand. I UTTTeadaL rrjg x^i-P^C- 
 
 They partake of offices and honours. | ap;^cjv Kal rcfziJv jnerixovatv. 
 ^^ Adjectives of the same meanings are also construed with the 
 genitive. 
 (710.) Rule VIII. — Genitive of Meyital Affections. — The genitive is used 
 with words expressing certain operations of the senses, mind, ox feelings, to 
 denote the object thereof. 
 
 (a) Operations of the senses : all the senses except sight. 
 He heard a confused-noise. \ ^opvjSov rjKOvaev. 
 
 Rem. The ace. is used with verbs of sense when the bare act is meant, 
 
 without special reference to the object as its cause. 
 ^p" Two cases are used thus, ace. and gen. ; e. g., 
 I heard this from the messengers. \7jK0vca ravra ribv dyyeTiuv. 
 {b) Operations of the mind : words of perceiving, remembering , forgetting, re- 
 minding, &c., knowing, and the contrary, skilfidness and unskilfulness, &C. ; 
 e.g., 
 
 riig E7Tt[3ov?.7}g OVK yoddvETO. 
 aTreipog tuv Tzpd^euv. 
 viz., desire, care, anxiety, pity, anger, envy, 
 
 He did not learn of the plot. 
 
 Inexperienced in business. 
 
 (c) Operations of the feeling 
 &c., and their opposites ; e. g.. 
 
 All desire what is good. 
 
 Neptune had been angry with the 
 Cyclops. 
 
 (711.) Rule IX.— Genitive of Price 
 ienote the price or value. 
 
 ^^ This gen. is used with verbs of buying, selling, valuing, &c 
 with adjectives of worthiness and unworthiness, &c. 
 
 TidvTEQ Tuv ay ad Co V kTrtdv/iovatv. 
 ILoaEtduv KvKXoTTog kKexo?i(j)ro. 
 
 Value. — The genitive is used to 
 
 also 
 
 The Thracians buy their wives with 
 
 much money. 
 Men worthy of freedom. 
 
 01 QpdKeg uvovvrai rdg yvvalnat, 
 
 XPVf^dTuv /j-EydXuv. 
 dvdpEQ d^tOL TTjg elevdeptag. 
 
 M2 
 
274 SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 
 
 (712.) Rule X. — Genitive of Crime. — The genitive is used to denote the 
 Krime, offence, or punishment. 
 
 1^^ This gen. is used with verbs of accusing, condemning, acquittingy 
 punishing, &c. 
 
 To accuse any one of murder. [ sTratTcaadai rcva ^ovov. 
 
 To condemn to death. | Kplvetv Savdrov. 
 
 (713.) Rule XI, — Genitive of Property. — The genitive is used to denote 
 the possessor or owner. 
 
 I^^" This gen. is used with the verbs elvai and ylyveadac, and with 
 the adjectives idcog, olKslog, and lepog. 
 
 Socrates had much virtue. I rod "EcoKpdrovg 'KoTOs/q 7jV apSTTJ. 
 
 A horse sacred to the sun. \ cTnrog lepbg rov 'HXcov. 
 
 Rem. Under this head comes the following construction : 
 
 dvdpoc kanv dyadov ev Ttoislv 
 Tovg (piXovg. 
 
 It is the property (pecuharity, mark, 
 
 duty, characteristic) of a good 
 
 man to benefit his friends. 
 (714.) Rule XII. — Genitive of Origin, Material, Supply. — The genitive 
 is used to denote the origin, material, or supply. 
 
 (a) Origin. 
 
 Of Darius and Pary satis are born I Aapelov Kol liapvadrtdog yCy- 
 two children. \ vovrac naldeg Svo. 
 
 (b) Material. 
 
 The ornaments are made of brass or I rd dydTijuara rj x^^^'^O'^ TTSTtoirj- 
 stone. I rat 7j 7\,Ldov. 
 
 (c) Supply : Genitive with verbs and adjectives oi abounding and want- 
 ing, needing, filling, &c. 
 
 A park full of wild-beasts. I Ttapddstaog S^rjpicjv 7T?\,7Jp?}C- 
 
 He would need many coadjutors. | av fifidxf^v deotr^ dv ovk 67ilyo}V. 
 (715.) Rule X\l\.— Genitive of Separation. — The genitive is used with 
 words implying separation, distance, or difference. 
 
 I^^" Such are adjectives, verbs, or adverbs of removing, loosing, abstain- 
 ing, desisting, depriving, differing from, being distant from, and the like. 
 
 To withdraw from the road. 
 The Athenians were freed from ty- 
 rants. 
 
 eiKetv rfjg 66ov. 
 
 Tvpdvvuv TjXevdepcJdrjGav ol 'Ad- 
 rjvalot. 
 
 (716.) Rule 'XIY.— Genitive of Occasion. — The genitive is used to de- 
 note the occasion or the scope of an action. 
 
 ^^ Rendered generally in English by, on account of, for, in regard to. 
 
 "We admire Socrates for his wisdom. 
 
 With regard to your affliction, I 
 ^iti^ you. 
 
 ^aV/Lcd^OjUEV I,C0KpdT1]V TJJg ffO 
 
 (plag. 
 rov TzddovQ o'lKTeipw as. 
 
USES OF THE DATIVE. 275 
 
 (717.) Rule XV. — Genitive of Superiority or Inferiority. — The genitive is 
 used with words denoting superiority or inferiority. Hence, 
 
 (1.) With comparatives and multiple adjectives having a comparative 
 force. 
 
 He is greatei- than his father. 
 The army is many times larger than 
 ours. 
 
 fiei^cov earl tov Tra-pog. 
 TO arpdTev/j.a TroXXaTvXdmdv ectl 
 TOV iifisTepov. 
 
 (2.) With verbs of ruling, excelling, and their contraries, and all verbs 
 having a comparative force. 
 Astyages ruled over the Medes. \ ^kaTvdyrjg M?;(5cjv Tjp^ev. 
 
 (718.) Rule XVI. — Genitive of Time. — The time when or within which 
 anythmg is done (if indefinite) is put in the genitive. 
 
 By day. By night. iNv/crof. 'Hfiipag. 
 
 In the spring. | TOV iapog. 
 
 Rem. A definite time when is expressed by the dative (726). 
 5^=" For prepositions with gen., see p. 114-118. 
 
 Dative. 
 
 (719.) Fundamental Meaning. — The fundamental idea of the dative is di- 
 rectly opposed to that of the genitive. 
 
 1. The genitive expresses a notion antecedent to that of the verb ; the 
 dative a notion consequent upon that of the verb. 
 
 2. Hence it is used to express incidental limitations, like the Latin 
 ablative. 
 
 (720.) Rule X.'^ll.— General Rule. — The dative is used to express the 
 person or thing to ox for which, to or for whose advantage or disadvantage 
 anything is done or tends. 
 
 ^^ For the sake of fuller illustration, we subjoin the following heads 
 under this rule. The dat. is used, 
 
 (1.) To express the remote object with transitive verbs governing also a 
 direct object. 
 
 Cyrus gives him ten thousand darics.l diSuGi 6i avrCj Kvpog fJ.vpiovg 
 I dapELKOvc. 
 
 (2.) With all words of address ; i. e., speaking to, commanding, declaring , 
 promising, threatening, encouraging, &c. 
 
 Cyrus said to him. I Kvpog avTO) eiTrev. 
 
 Having conversed with each other. \ 6ia?.exd£VTeg dX2,TjXoLg. 
 
 (3.) With words implying advantage or disadvantage ; i. e., to help, injure^ 
 "eproach, upbraid, envy, please, displease, agree with, disagree with^ &C. 
 
 Friendly to thee. 
 
 Pary satis favoured Cyrus. 
 
 Virtue pleases the good. 
 
 (pO^og ffoL. 
 
 HapvaaTtc vKfjpxe tu Kvp(p. 
 
 ij dpeTrj ap&GKet Tolg ay a del g. 
 
276 SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 
 
 (4.) With words implying nearness, distance, likeness, unliheness, fitness, 
 unfitness, &&. 
 
 You resemble a slave. \6ov7\.(l) ioLKag. 
 
 Like the rest. \ 6/j,oloi rolg aAXoig. 
 
 '^ff^ 6 avTog, the same, governs the dat. as an adjective of likeness. 
 With the same arms as Cyrus. \ rolg avTolg rOi HLvpcp OTrXoig. 
 
 (5.) Words (verbs, adjectives, or adverbs) denoting intercourse, mxing 
 with, &c. 
 
 Associate with good men. j b/idelre Tolg ayaOoig. 
 
 Mixing it with wine. \ olv(o Kspdaag avTTjv. 
 
 (6.) To encounter, fight, quarrel, contend with, &c. 
 Do not contend with your parents. I fij] ^pi^e TOig yovevaiv- 
 To fight with any one. \ fidxtaOai Tiv i. 
 
 (7.) To follow, accompany, serve, obey, trust, yield to, &c. 
 
 I follow the ancients. 
 Glory accompanies virtue. 
 We will trust the guide. 
 
 eTTOfiat Tolg iraXaioig. 
 Ty apery uKoTiovdel 66^a. 
 rui fjys/j.dvt TctGTevaojuev. 
 
 (721.) Rule XVIII. — Dative of Possession. — The dative is used with 
 the verbs slvac, ytyvecdac, and vTcdpx^iv, to denote the possessor. 
 Cyrus had a palace [To Cyrus theve I Kvpcp ^aalTiELaTjv. 
 
 was a palace]. 1 
 
 (722.) Rule XIX. — Dative of Limitation. — The dative is used to denoio 
 the limitation generally expressed in English by in, as to, in respect of &c 
 Strong both in body and soul. dwarol Kol rolg au/iiaGi Kol ralg 
 
 if^vxaig- 
 TrTifjOeL Tijiicov ?iet(j)divrsg. 
 (723.) Rule XX. — Dative of the Agent. — The dative is used with verbal* 
 in reog and rog, and often with passive verbs, to express the agent (instead 
 of vTTo with the genitive). 
 
 As has been shown by me. I ug fioi deS'^'kurat. 
 
 You must practice virtue. I aanTjrea kari aotij aperr]. 
 
 (724.) Rule XXL — Dative Instrumental. — The dative is used (as the Lat- 
 in ablative) to express the cause, means, instrument, or manner of an action. 
 
 Inferior to us in number. 
 
 (j>6j3(j diT^Xdov. 
 
 avrbv uKovri^ei rCi iraXTq). 
 
 j3ia eiafjXdov. 
 
 They went away out of fear. 
 Some one pierces him with a dart. 
 They entered with violence. 
 
 ^^ Hence xP^onat, to use, governs the dative. 
 Employing divination. \ [xavriKy ;t^pc5//£i'0f . 
 
 (725.) Rule XXII. — Dative of Measure. — The dative is used with ami- 
 paratives and superlatives, to express the measure of excess or defect. 
 Much greater [greater by much]. | tvoXTig) fieH^av. 
 
USES OF THE ACCUSATIVE. 277 
 
 (726.) Rule XXIIL— i?a^ve of Time or Place.— The place where and 
 the time when (if definite) are expressed by the dative. 
 At Marathon. \MapadiJvt. 
 
 He was here on the third day. \ irapfjv ry Tpiry rjiiept^. 
 
 l^ For dat. with prepositions, see p. 115-118. 
 
 Accusative. 
 (727.) The ACCUSATIVE is the case of the direct object, and answers the 
 questions whom ? what ? to what place ? 
 
 I, Accusative of Object or Effect. 
 (728.) Rule XXl'V .—Accusative of Object or Effect. — The accusative is 
 used with active verbs, to denote the direct object or effect of the action. 
 The Greeks conquered the Persians. \ ol "'EiT^TiTjveg kvLKrjGav Tovg Hep- 
 
 I cag. 
 (729.) Rule XXV. — Any verb, transitive or intransitive, may govern 
 an accusative of a noun of cognate meaning. 
 
 I will risk this risk. \ KLvdvvevao) tovtov rov Ktvdvvov. 
 
 (730.) Rule XXVI. — The accusative is used in Greek with many 
 verbs, which are construed with other cases in Latin ; especially, 
 
 (1.) Verbs of serving, flattering, answering, imitating , persuading, &c 
 Serve the gods. Id'epa.Treve rovg &eovg. 
 
 He persuades the multitude. \ neidei T0 7r2,TJdog. 
 
 (2.) Verbs which imply doing or saying good or ill to or of any one. 
 To benefit one^s friends. I d)<p£?[,eiv TOvg ^tXovg. 
 
 He does well by his country. \ sv TTOteiT^v Tcarpida. 
 
 (3.) Verbs denoting to swear by, escape the notice of, conceal from, &C. 
 To escape the notice of the gods. 1 &eovg Tiavddvetv. 
 I swear by all the gods. \ ofiVVfiL Trdvrag Tovg S-eoiig. 
 
 (4.) Verbs denoting reverence, fear, shame, pity. 
 Pity the poor. \ 67io4>vpov rovg TcivTjTag. 
 
 2. Double Accusative. 
 (731.) Rule XXVIL — Double Accusative. — Two accusatives are usea 
 with verbs which may affect two objects (generally one the person, the 
 other the thi7ig). 
 
 (1.) With the verbs admitting a double nominative ; i. e., verbs of 
 naming, appointing, calling, deeming, &C. 
 
 He made him satrap. I aarpdTVTiv STTOiTjaev airov. 
 
 To call one a sophist. \ ovo/ud^ecv riva coi^LGT'qv. 
 
 (2.) With verbs of doing or saying well or ill (730, 2). 
 
278 SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 
 
 If any one had done him any good [ el Tig tl uyadbv f/ KaKOV iroifj- 
 ox hurt. I ceiev avrov. 
 
 (3.) With verbs of teaching, concealing, ashing, entreating, dividing, cfe- 
 priving, clothing, &c. 
 
 He asked of Amasis his daughter. 
 Socrates taught his disciples discre- 
 tion. 
 
 yTet''A/j.aaiv ^vyaripa. 
 b 'ZuKpdrrjg rovg ixadTjTag edlda^s 
 TTjv Gu^poavvrjv. 
 
 3. Limiting Accusative, 
 
 (732.) Rule XXVIII. — Accusative of Limitation. — The accusative is 
 used with intransitive or passive verbs and adjectives, to define them by a 
 special hmitation. 
 
 He is handsome in person. I /ca/lof kart to Gci[xa. 
 
 He was thought best in all respects. | TzdvTa KpaTLGTOQ evofii^ETO. 
 
 (733.) Rule XXIX. — Accusative of Measure. — The accusative is used tc 
 measure extent of time or space. 
 
 Cyrus remained thirty days. I Kvpog E/J.stve 7/fj.epag TpcaKOVTO. 
 
 He is ten stadia distant. \ cnrexst SeKa dTaSLovg. 
 
 13^° For the accusative with prepositions, see p. 115-118. 
 
 ni. THE VERB. 
 
 Infinitive, 
 (734.) Rule XXX.— Infinitive as Object. — The infinitive is used to de- 
 note the object or aim. 
 
 I wish to speak. 
 I hope to prosper. 
 We come to learn. 
 
 l3ov2,ojuat Xiysiv. 
 7]K0[iEV fiavddveiv. 
 
 (735.) Rule XXXI. — If the verb governing the infinitive has zl personal 
 object expressed, it is put in the case which the verb governs. 
 
 / beg you to come. 
 
 I counsel you to be discreet. 
 
 I command you to write. 
 
 Seofiac GOV kWelv. 
 
 GV/J.[3oV?leV0) GO I G0)(j)pOVElV. 
 
 KsTievo) GE ypd(j)ELv. 
 Rem. If such an infinitive has also a predicate noun or adjective, it 
 follows the case of the object of the principal verb. 
 I wish you to be eager. j 6eofJ,at gov irpoOvfiov Etvai. 
 
 I counsel you to be eager. \ GVfi(Sov7iEV(j) GOl T^podvfiii) slvai. 
 
 (736.) Rule XXXIL— The infinitive, with (or without) the article r<5, 
 is used as a noun, still, however, retaining the force of the verb. 
 To flee is safer. (pevyEtv aGcpaXEGTspov egtiv. 
 
 To have (=the having) money is 7]6v egtl to ex^i^v ;i;p^//ara, 
 pleaacmt. 
 
THE PARTICIPLE VERBALS. 279 
 
 Farticiple. 
 
 (737.) Rule XXXIII. — The participle agrees with its noun in gender, 
 case, and number, and governs the same case as its verb. 
 
 A tyrant bearing rule over the state. | Tvpavvog Kparibv tt]^ Tro/lewf. 
 
 (738.) Rule XXXIV. — Purpose. — The future participle is used to ex- 
 press a purpose. 
 
 Where in English we should use to, in order to, &;c., with the infinitive. 
 
 Cyrus sent Gobryas to see — . 
 / come to say this. 
 
 Kvpog £7rc^7/'£ rov TcojSpvav CTtoip- 
 
 OflEVOV — . 
 
 TovTO epxo(J.at (ppdauv. 
 (739.) Rule XXXY .—Participle as Complement. — The participle is used 
 with many verbs as a complementary object, agreeing in case with the ob- 
 ject noun. 
 
 / know that man is mortal (= I 
 
 know man being mortal). 
 I hear him say (= saying). 
 / rejoice that you have come. 
 
 olda avdpuTTOv ^vijtov ovti 
 
 ciKovcj avTov XeyovTog. 
 X<i^p(J (^OL hXOovTL. 
 Rem. The participle as complement is especially common with the 
 verbs Tvyxd-vetv, Tiavdaveiv, Siarelelv, (pduvetv, and olx^odat. 
 
 Verbals in -Teog and -roq. 
 
 (740.) Rule XXXVI. — Verbals in -rkoq derived from transitive verbs 
 may be used personally (as predicate), and the personal subject is put in 
 the dative. 
 
 You must punish the man. \ KoXaariog karl (Tot 6 avdpcjiTog. 
 
 J^p' Compare the construction with the Latin gerundive.* 
 (74L) Rule XXXVII.— Verbals, whether from transitive or intransitive 
 verbs, may be used impersonally (as subject), and govern the case of their 
 verbs. 
 
 I^p" The personal agetit, if expressed, is put in the dative, 
 
 Ko7\,a(jT£ov kcri aoL tov avOpu- 
 
 TTOV. 
 
 kTci6vfj,TjTeov eoTiv tjixIv r^g el' 
 
 You must punish the man. 
 We must desire peace. 
 
 prjvrjg- 
 ^^ Compare the construction with the Latin nominative in dum.f 
 
 Comp. First Latin Book (502). t Comp First Latin Book (501). 
 
280 SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 
 
 PART II.— COMPOUND SENTENCES. 
 
 Classes of Subordhmte Sentences. 
 
 (742.) Subordinate sentences are so united to others (called pnnapat 
 sentences) as to be dependent upon them. 
 
 E. g., " The messenger who was sent announced." Here " the messenger 
 announced" is the principal sentence ; " who was sent," the subordi 
 nate sentence.* 
 (743.) Subordinate sentences are of five classes : 
 
 (A) Conjunctive sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a 
 conjunction or adverb of time. 
 
 (B) Relative sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a tela 
 tive word. 
 
 (C) Accusative with infinitive. 
 
 (D) Participial sentences. 
 
 (E) Interrogative sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by 
 an interrogative word. 
 
 ^^ We shall treat these in order, first giving a few statements and 
 rules in regard to the use of the moods, and of the modal particle 
 av. For convenience' sake, we place here, also, the rules for the 
 use of the moods in simple sentences. 
 
 Moods. 
 The Modifying Particle av.\ 
 (744.) 'Av is a particle used to modify the moods of the verb. Its chief 
 force is expressed in the following : 
 
 Rule XXXVIII. — 'Av, with the Indicative, diminishes the objective 
 force of the affirmation ; with the Subjunctive or Optative, increases it.t 
 
 ^^ An analogy to this may be found in the use of the word perhaps 
 or peradventure in Enghsh. Thus, " He saw it," is an affirmation ; 
 " Perhaps he saw it," is doubtful; and thus the word perhaps dimin- 
 ishes the indicative force of the verb. Again, " He may come," is 
 less affirmative than " Perhaps he may come." 
 
 * It must be obvious that co-ordinate sentences are, for grammatical pur- 
 poses, principal sentences. The doctrines and rules applied to simple sen- 
 tences (Part I.) are applicable to all principal sentences ; it is only in sub- 
 ordinate sentences that difficulty is likely to occur. It will be seen, how- 
 ever, that subordinate sentences are much freer in their construction in 
 Greek than in Latin. 
 
 t In epic poetry, Ki or niv. X Sec (523). 
 
THE MOODS IN SIiMPLE SENTENCES. 281 
 
 Rem. 'Av coalesces with several particles, so as to form one word 
 with them ; e. g., el av=iuv or 7/v ; ore av=:oTav ; tireid^ av=- 
 instduv, &c. 
 
 The Moods in Simple or Principal Sentences. 
 
 (i45.) Rule XXXIX. — The subjunctive is used in principal sen- 
 tences: (1.) In the ist person, to express exhortation (like an imperative) \ 
 (2.) In the aorist, 2d person, with [iri, to denote prohibition; (3.) In douht 
 Jul questions : e. g., 
 
 (1.) Let us go and fight. 
 
 Let us not wait. 
 (2.) Do not steal. 
 (3.) What are we to do ? 
 
 lofiEV Kal fxax(^l^sOa. 
 fiT/ avafjLEvufiev. 
 
 TC TTOLUfieV ; 
 
 (746.) Rule XL. — The optative {without av) is used in principal sen- 
 tences to express a wish (with or without the particles el, eide, el yap). 
 
 May you be more fortunate than your 
 
 father ! 
 Would that 1 had a voice ! 
 May the gods requite ! 
 
 ytvoLO Tcarpog evrvxearepoQ : 
 
 el /ioc yivoLTo (pdoyyogl 
 olSeol a-KoriaaLVTO ! 
 
 (747.) Rule XLI. — The optative (with av) is used in principal sen 
 tences {some condition being generally suppressed) to denote (1) a supposed 
 case ; (2) a softened assertion. 
 
 t^" This use is very near the fut. indie. 
 
 (1.) Everything can happen in the 
 course of a long time. 
 I would gladly see this. 
 (2.) You will not escape. 
 
 — yevoLTO d' 5v Tzdv kv t0 fia- 
 
 Kpu xpovo). 
 ^6eo)g dv S^eaaai/iTjv TavTO. 
 ovK dv (pevyotg. 
 
 Conjunctive Sentences. 
 
 GENERAX, RULES. 
 
 (748.) Rule XLII. — In subordinate sentences the indicative is used 
 to denote what the speaker affirms as real ; the subjunctive or optative, 
 what he affirms as dependent upon something else. 
 
 (749.) Rule XLIII. — The subjunctive is used in the subordinate 
 clause after a primary tense in the principal clause ; the optative after a 
 historical. 
 
 1. Final Sentences. 
 
 (750.) Final sentences {i. e., those which express a purpose, aim, or cori' 
 sequence) are introduced by the conjunctions cjg, oircjg, iva {ug [itj, oTTug 
 uij, Iva pLTj), so that, in order that {that not, «&c.), uGTe, so as. 
 
 Rule XLIV. — In final sentences the subjunctive is used when the prin- 
 
282 SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. 
 
 cipal* verb is in a primary tense ; the optative, when it is in a historical 
 tense. 
 
 / am present, to see. I TrdpEifit, iva 18 u. 
 
 I was present, to see. | liaprjv, iva Idotjuc. 
 
 2. Temporal Sentences, 
 
 (751.) The temporal conjunctions {when, until, before that, &C,) are 0T8, 
 dTTore, £7vel, kiveLdr], eug, TvpLv. Of course, the Indicative is used with these 
 in the narration of actual facts. But, 
 
 (752.) Rule XLV. — The optative is used with temporal conjunctions 
 to express {not an individual fact, but) a case of frequent occurrence, after 
 a historical tense in the principal sentence. 
 
 Whenever the barbarian kings made 
 an expedition, they intrenched them- 
 selves — . 
 
 OTcoTs CTpaToneSsvoiVTO ol 
 f3dp(3apoL (SaaiXeig, rd(ppov Trepte- 
 
 j3d?\.?iOVTO — . 
 
 [^p^ Observe that the opt. is used in this construction without dv. 
 
 (753.) The temporal conjunctions, combined with uv, obtain a conditional 
 force; e. g., 6rE=^when, drav^whenever ; kTvei6r]-=.after that, e7rEc6dv= 
 whenever, if at any time. 
 
 (754.) Rule XL VI.— The subjunctive is used with the temporal con- 
 junctions when compounded with dv. 
 
 When you wish to talk, 1 will talk 
 
 with you. 
 When the barbarian kings make an 
 
 expedition, &c. 
 
 eTTEiSdv ai) (SovX'^ diaMjEaOaL, 
 
 TOTE GOL dtaXe^o/Liai. 
 OTTorav arpaTOTTEdEvuvrai, ol 
 
 (3dp(3apoL (SacLlElg — . 
 
 3. Conditional Sentences. 
 (755.) 1. The conditional conjunctions are ei and eI dv=Edv, or ?]v, or 
 av. 
 
 ^^ This dv {if) stands at the beginning of the sentence, and can thus 
 be distinguished from the modal particle dv, which must have some 
 words before it. 
 2. In conditional sentences the conditional clause is called the Protasis, 
 the consequent clause the Apodosis. 
 
 Thus, in the sentence " If you say this, you err,^* the clause " if you say 
 this'''' is the protasis, and the clause "yow err^^ the apodosis. 
 
 The Four Classes of Conditionals. 
 (756.) Rule XLVII. — In conditional sentences we express, 
 (1.) Reality, or absolute possibility, by the Indicative in both clauses j 
 If you say this, you err. \ eI tovto T^ejelq, d/iaprdvEtg. 
 
 * By the principal verb is meant the leading verb in the principal sentence. 
 
RELATIVE SENTENCES. 283 
 
 el TovTo ^Tisyeg, 7jfj,dpTavec ^.v. 
 el TOVTO ele^ag, y/xapTeg av. 
 
 (2.) Impossibility, by the Indicative (historical) in both, but with uv in 
 apodosis. 
 
 Were you to say this, you would err 
 (but you will not say it). 
 
 Had you said this, you would have 
 erred. 
 
 (3.) Probability, by edv with Subjunctive in protasis, and Indicative 
 (generally Future) in apodosis. 
 
 If you (shall) say this, you will err. \ edv ToiJTO Xey^/f, d/iapTTJcy. 
 
 (4.) Mere assumption, by el with Optative in protasis, and dv with Op- 
 tative in apodosis. 
 
 If you should say this, you would \ el tovto Tieyoig, d(/,apTdvotc 
 err. \ a v. 
 
 Relative Sentences. 
 
 (757.) In the compound sentence, " The messenger, who was sent, an- 
 nounced," the clause "the messenger announced" is the principal sen- 
 tence, and the clause "who was sent" the relative sentence. The word 
 messenger is the antecedent of the relative who. 
 
 (758.) Rule XLVIII. — The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent 
 in gender and number ; but its case depends upon the construction of the 
 relative sentence. 
 
 (TvveTTe/LLipev avTy CTpaTcuTag oi)j 
 
 Mevuv elxev. 
 at KUfiar., ev alg kaKTjvovv-—. 
 
 He sent along with her the soldiers 
 
 whom Menon had. 
 The villages, in which they were en- 
 camped — . 
 
 (759.) Rule XLIX. — {Attraction of the Relative). — The relative, instead 
 of being put in ace, is often made to agree in case with the antecedent 
 (gen. or dat.). 
 
 (Ye are) worthy of the liberty which 
 
 ye possess. 
 I use the books which I have. 
 
 d^LOL TTJg kXevdepcag, 57 g (instead of 
 
 ^v) KeKTriade. 
 Xpu/LcaL BcPXiotg, olg ex(^- 
 
 The Moods in Relative Sentences. 
 The Indicative is used in relative sentences to denote facts, in many 
 cases where the Latin would use the Subjunctive. Note especially, 
 
 (760.) Rule L.— The future indicative is used in relative sentencca 
 
 to express a purpose, or what shojild or must be, even after a historical tense. 
 
 They took guides to lead (= who 1 Tjyefzdvag eXajSov, ol avTovg d^ov- 
 
 should lead) i^cTTi. ctv. 
 
 (761.) "When dv is used in a relative sentence it is joined with the rela- 
 tive word ; e. g., og dv, OGTtg dv, &c., whoever ; and, 
 
284 
 
 SUMMARY OP SYNTAX. 
 
 Rule LI. — The relative with av is followed by the subjunctive, to de 
 note what is probable or usual, if the principal clause has a primary tense 
 by the optative, to denote a mere hypothetical possibility ; e. g., 
 
 Whomsoever any persons think bet- 
 ter than themselves, these they are 
 willing to obey. 
 
 There is no evil that one can suffer 
 greater than this. 
 
 ovg av (3e2,Tcovg riveg iavruv 
 Tiy^auvTat, rovroig edelovat 
 TreWeadai. 
 
 ovK eoTiv 6,Tt av ng ixel^ov rovrov 
 KOKov Trad 01. 
 
 (762.) Rule LII. — The relative without av is followed by the optative 
 after a historical tense, to denote indefinite frequency of action ; or, after 
 any tense, to denote a mere supposition or general truth; e. g., 
 
 He did what (in such case) seemed 
 
 good to him. 
 Any one can practice the art with 
 
 which he is acquainted. 
 
 errpaTTSV ado^eiev avrib. 
 
 epSot Tig, Tjv EKacTog slSetTj reX' 
 vrjv. 
 
 Accusative with Infinitive. 
 
 (763.) Rule LIII. — Many subordinate sentences, which in English are 
 introduced by the conjunction that, are expressed in Greek by the accusa- 
 five with the infinitive. 
 
 This construction occurs especially after verba sentiendi and dicendi, and 
 phrases such as, it is strange, it is obvious, &c. 
 
 He demanded that those cities should 
 
 be given to him — . 
 The mythologists say that Uranus 
 
 first ruled — . 
 
 7]fiov dodrjvai ol ravrag rag tto- 
 
 Xecg — . 
 ol livdoTioyoi (paac, tov Ovpavbv 
 
 dwaarevaai npurov — . 
 
 (764.) Instead of the accusative and infinitive, the finite verb with oti 
 or d)g is often used in Greek to form subordinate sentences. In this re 
 spect the Greek is much freer than the Latin. And for these cases we 
 have the following : 
 
 Rule LIV. — Witli ore or ug, after verba sentiendi or declarandi, &c., the 
 indicative is generally used after a primary tense, the optative after a 
 historical tense. 
 
 / say that man is mortal. 
 
 We concluded that it was easier for 
 man to rule — . 
 
 /leyw oTi 6 avdpcoTVog &vr]T6g ka- 
 
 TLV. 
 
 eytyvuaKOjusy ug dvdpuiru ^otov 
 elrj apxstv. 
 
 Rern. "Whether the ind. or opt. shall be used, depends upon the sense 
 mainly. If what is stated is regarded by the speaker as fact, the 
 indie, is used ; but if he wishes to indicate it as the sentiment of an- 
 other, the optative. 
 
 Participial Sentences. 
 
 (765.) The participle is used to abridge discourse, instead of a relative, 
 adverb, or conjunction with a verb. Thus, (1) *' The gods, when they are 
 
PARTICIPIAL AND INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. 285 
 
 honoured by men, rejoice"=" the gods, honoured by men, rejoice." Again, 
 •' I will mention those that sa_i/"=:" I will mention those saying.'' (2) 
 " When the spring comes, the flowers bloom"=" spring coming, the flowers 
 bloom." These are abridged subordinate sentences, (]) bemg called tho 
 conjunctive participial construction, and (2) the absolute construction. 
 
 (766.) Conjunctive Participial Construction. — The participle in a subor- 
 dinate sentence, ivhich has for its subject the subject or object of the jmncipal 
 sentence, agrees with this last in gender, number, and case. 
 
 The gods rejoice when honoured by I ol ^eol x^^^PO'VCt Tl/J,6fJ,svoL iixo 
 men. \ rC)V avdpuTTUv. 
 
 (767.) Rule LV, — Genitive Absolute. — If the subordinate sentence con- 
 tain a noun and participle independent of the leading sentence, both noun and 
 participle are placed in the genitive. 
 
 While he was speaking, all were si- 
 lent. 
 
 When the spring comes, the flowers 
 bloom. 
 
 eKeivov sIttovtoc, iravreg kai 
 
 76JV. 
 
 Tov eapoQ klOovTog, tcL avdij 
 &d?i?iEt. 
 
 Rem. An impersonal participle (e. g., e^ov, from e^eari, it is lawful) 
 may be used in the accusative absolute ; e. g., while he might have peace 
 (^ it being permitted to have peace), h^ov elpijVTjv ex^tv 
 
 Interrogative Sejitences. 
 
 (768.) Questions are either direct ox indirect : direct, when they are not 
 dependent on any word or sentence gomg before; e.g., "Is Caius writing?" 
 indirect, when they are so dependent ; e. g., " Tell me if Caius is writing." 
 " Js my friend come V (direct) ; " I do not know whether my friend is come^^ 
 (indirect). In questions not doubting, whether direct or indirect, the indic- 
 ative is used. 
 
 (769.) Rule LVI. — In indirect doubtful questions the subjunctive is 
 used, if the preceding verb be in a primary tense ; the optative, if it be 
 in a historical tense. 
 
 Where can I go ? (turn myself). 
 
 I don't know where to go. 
 
 I did not know where to turn myself. 
 
 not Tpa7ro)/j.ai; 
 
 OVK eXO), OKOi Tp&TTUfiai. 
 
 ovK elxov, 07T0L rpairotfjiijv. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 TABLE OF NUMERALS— [Crosby]. 
 
 I. Adjectrtss. 
 (1) Cardinal. (2) Ordinal. 
 
 Interrog. 
 
 TTOGOi ; how many 1 
 
 TTooTOf ; which in order ? or 
 
 indef. 
 
 TToaol, a certain number. 
 
 one of how m.any ? 
 
 Indirect, 
 
 bnoaoL, kow many soever. 
 
 biroarog, whichsoever inorder. 
 
 Dimin. 
 
 b7/LyoL, few. 
 
 bTiLyoGTog, one of few. 
 
 Augment. 
 
 . TCoXkoi, many. 
 
 TCoTikooTog, one of many, or, 
 
 Demonst. 
 
 Toaoi, so many. 
 
 one following many. 
 
 Relat. 
 
 baoL, as many. 
 
 
 1 a' 
 
 elc, fJ-ia, iv, one. 
 
 trpuTog, 7/, ov, first. 
 
 2/3' 
 
 6vo, 8vcj, two. 
 
 Sevrepog, a, ov, second. 
 
 3/ 
 
 rpelg, rpia, three. 
 
 rpcTog, 7], ov, third. 
 
 4 8' 
 
 reaaapeg, Tkacapa,four. 
 
 TETapTog, fourth. 
 
 5 e' 
 
 TrevTs,five. 
 
 irE/HTTTog, fifth. 
 
 6 s-' 
 
 i§, six. 
 
 EKTog, sixth. 
 
 VC 
 
 errrd, seven. 
 
 ^l36o/iiog, seventh. 
 
 8^' 
 
 OKTu, eight. 
 
 oydoog, eighth. 
 
 9 ^' 
 
 hvvea, nine. 
 
 ivarog, Evvarog, ninth. 
 
 10 c 
 
 deKa, ten. 
 
 dacarog, tenth. 
 
 11 La' 
 
 evdsKa, eleven. 
 
 ivdiKaroc, eleventh. 
 
 12 Lji' 
 
 dudsKa, twelve. 
 
 dudiKarog, twelfth. 
 
 13 Ly' 
 
 rpKTiialdeKa, deKarpng. 
 
 TpcaKaidEKaTog. 
 
 14 id' 
 
 TsaaapeGfcaideKa. 
 
 TEOcapaKatdiKaTos 
 
 15 le' 
 
 izevTEKaldeKa. 
 
 TTEVTEKaidsKaTOC. 
 
 16 tr' 
 
 iKicaideKa. 
 
 iKKaidsKaTog. 
 
 17 t^' 
 
 inraKatSeKa. 
 
 iTCTaKatdEKarog. 
 
 18 ij?' 
 
 oKTUKaiSeKa. 
 
 OKTUKaLdmarog. 
 
 19 i^' 
 
 EvveaKaideKa. 
 
 ivvEaKacdsKaTog. 
 
 20 k' 
 
 elKoac{v). 
 
 elKOGTog. 
 
 21 Ka' 
 
 ELKoacv Ecg, elg Kat eUoaL 
 
 e'cKoa-bg Tvpurog. 
 
 30 A' 
 
 TptCLKOVTa. 
 
 rpidKOGTog. 
 
 40 n' 
 
 TBCGapdKOVTa. 
 
 TEGGapaKOGTog. 
 
 50 V' 
 
 nevTTjKovra. 
 
 TTEVTTJKOGTOg. 
 
 60 1' 
 
 e^TjKovra. 
 
 e^rjKOGTog. 
 
 70 o' 
 
 ifSdo/xjJKovTa. 
 
 i(36oju.7]KOGT6g. 
 
 80 tt' 
 
 by6oT]KovTa. 
 
 oydoTjKOGTog. 
 
 90 ^1 
 
 hvtvrjKOVTd. 
 
 kvEvriKOGTog. 
 
 100 p' 
 
 iKarov. 
 
 iKaroGTog. 
 
 200 (f 
 
 diuKoaiot, at, a 
 
 N 
 
 ^laKOGlOGTOf. 
 
293 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 300 r' 
 400 v' 
 500 ^' 
 600 x' 
 700 7/;' 
 800 a' 
 900 -^ 
 1,000, a 
 2,000 ,,3 
 10,000,4 
 20,000 ,/c 
 100,000 ,p 
 
 rpiaiioaioi. 
 
 rerpaKoaiot. 
 
 TrevraKoaioi. 
 
 iTTTaKoaiot. 
 onraKoaiOL. 
 kvvaKoaioi. 
 Xf^toL, at, a. 
 diGxykioi. 
 fivpLOL, at, a. 
 SLGfivpcoi. 
 SsnaKiafivpLOi. 
 
 (3) Temporal. 
 
 Inter, nooraiog ; on what day f 
 
 1. {avdrjixepog, on the same day). 
 
 2. devTEpalog, on the second day. 
 
 3. rpLTaiog, on the third day. 
 
 4. TETapTalog, on the fourth day. 
 
 5. TcejiiKTalog, on the fifth day. 
 
 6. eiCTalog, on the sixth day. 
 
 7. ijSdo/ualog, on the seventh day. 
 
 8. bydoalog, on the eighth day. 
 
 (5) Proportional. 
 
 TpidKoaiooTdg. 
 
 TsrpaKoaLoaroQ. 
 
 TrevraKoaioarog. 
 
 i^aKoatoaTog. 
 
 tTTTaKOGLoarog. 
 
 OKTaKOGLOaTOg. 
 
 evvaKoatoarog. 
 
 xO^ioorog. 
 
 dtaxL^tooTog. 
 
 fivpLoarog. 
 
 dia/j-vpcoarSg. 
 
 deKaKKJfxvpLOGTog, 
 
 (4) Multiple. 
 
 &Tr?i6og, arrTiOvg, simple, singU. 
 di.7r?iOvg, double. 
 rptirTiOvg, triple. 
 TSTpUTrXovg, quadruple. 
 TTEvraTrTuOvg, quintuple. 
 i^airXovg, sextuple. 
 k.Kra7i%ovg, septuple. 
 OKTaTtTiOvg, octttple. 
 
 II. Adveebs. 
 
 III. Substan- 
 tives. 
 
 Inter. 
 
 Dim. 
 
 Atigm. 
 
 1. 
 2. 
 3. 
 
 4. 
 
 5. 
 
 6. 
 
 7. 
 
 8. 
 
 9. 
 
 10. 
 
 20. 
 
 100. 
 
 1,000. 
 
 10,000. 
 
 TroGarcXuaLog ; how 
 many fold ? 
 
 7rol?ia'K?id(yt.og, many 
 
 fold. 
 {l(Tog, equal.) 
 diTrldaiog, twofold. 
 TpC7T?bd(Ji.og, threefold. 
 reTparrMacog. 
 TTSVTaTr?idaiog. 
 i^aiT7\,daiog. 
 iTzraKTidaiog. 
 oKTa-nTidaiog. 
 £VveaTt?id(7iog. 
 dp.KaTvTidaLQg. 
 elKG(jaTr7idai,og. 
 iKaTovTCTT?iddi.og. 
 Xi.2,io7T?idaiog. 
 /ivpiOTr?.da(ng. 
 
 rroadKig ; how many Trocrorrjgf quantity, 
 
 times 1 number. 
 
 b?iiydK.i.g,few times. oXcyoTTjg, feloness. 
 TTO/JiUKig, many times. 
 
 U7ra^, once. 
 
 dig, twice. 
 
 Tptr, thrice. 
 
 TETpuKCg, four times. 
 
 Ttevrdxtg. 
 
 t:^dK.ig. 
 
 ^TTTaKig. 
 
 buTunLg. 
 
 evveaKig, kwdnir. 
 
 deKuxtg. 
 
 eliioadKcg. 
 
 oKarovTdKtr. 
 
 xOudtag. 
 
 fivptuKfg. 
 
 fjLOvdg, monad. 
 
 6vdg, duad. 
 
 Tpidg, triad. 
 
 rerpdg, TSTpaKTVC 
 
 Tievrdg. 
 
 i^dg. 
 
 ei36o/j.dg. 
 
 bydoug. 
 
 ftvvedg. 
 
 Ssiidg. 
 
 elxdg. 
 
 iKarovrdg. 
 
 Xi-^tdg. 
 
 /ivpidg. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 
 
 l^p* The numbers refer to paragraphs 
 
 'Aya0-dc, -?7, -ov (98), good. 
 'Aya-fiaL (649), I admire. 
 'Ayav, excessively. 
 ^Aya--av (95), to love. 
 'Ayy£?^X-£iv (482), to announce. 
 "AyyeA-Of (77), -ov (6), messenger. 
 'Ay-ELV (649), to lead, bring. 
 'Ayi?i.-7], -T]^ {ij), a flock. 
 'AyK^p-a, -ag (jj), an anchor. 
 'Ay-vv-fit (649), I break. 
 "Ayuv, {ayC}v)og (6), a contest. 
 'Adufiag, {u6u/jLavT)og (6), diamond. 
 'Ai.S-eiv (647), to sing. 
 A(5e/'i,^-6f, oi) (6), brother. 
 AdcK-uv (95, 648), to injure. 
 'AdiK-og, -ov (106), unjust. 
 'Aei, always. 
 
 'A7]6(JV, {uTjd6v)og {ij), nightingale. 
 'A-ddvar-oc {a-{-ddva--og), -ov (106), 
 
 immortal. 
 'Adijv-u, -dg {ij) (66), Minerva. 
 'Adrjv-a^e, to Athens. 
 ^Adrival-og, ov (6), an Athenian. 
 'Adpoi^-£LV, to collect, muster, gather. 
 'AOpo-og, -a, -ov (98, 111, R. 2), 
 
 crowded. 
 AlyvTTT-og, -ov {rj), Egypt. 
 Ald-Tffi-uv, ov (177, 2, 200), bashful. 
 AlS-ug (347), -oijg (ij), modesty. 
 Alfxa, (aL/u.ar)oc (to), blood. 
 Aif, ialy)6g (6, ij), goat. 
 Alp-elv (95, 642, 1, 649), to take, 
 
 capture. 
 Alad-dv-ecdat (with gen.) (624, a, 1, 
 
 649), to perceive. 
 Alaxp-og, -d, -ov (98, 206, 6), base; 
 
 ra aiaxpd (108, a), xohat is base. 
 
 A'tT-eiv (95), to ask. 
 Alrl-a, -ag {.rj), a cause. 
 'AK-Eiadai (95, 418), to heal. 
 'AKfiuv, {uKfj.ov)og (6), anvil. 
 'Akov-eiv (394, 419, 499, R. 1, 647), 
 
 to hear. 
 'AKpdr-Tjg, eg (177, 1, 199), licentious. 
 'AKpuT-og, -ov (106), unmixed. 
 'AKTig, (.uKriv)or {rj), ray. 
 'A'kyELV-og, -ij, -ov (98), painful. 
 'A?Jkto)P, idXEKrop)og (6), a cock. 
 'A?.r]d-ev-£LV, to speak the truth. 
 'A'A7j6-7Jg, -eg (177, 1), true; rd d7.T]dTJ 
 
 (182, b), the truth. 
 'A?.7]d-cjg, truly. 
 'A?.-iaK-Etv (648), to lane. 
 'A7AGK-Er^dai (612, R. 3, 631, 1, 649j, 
 
 to be taiien, captured, caught. 
 'A?.KL,3id6-jjg, -ov (6), Alcibiades. 
 'A A/Id, but; d'/J^a, other (things). 
 'A/l/l7?i,-wv (237), of one another. 
 'AAA-Of, -T], -0 (250, R.), another ; oi 
 
 dA/lot, the rest. 
 "Alg, {dX)6g (6), the sea. 
 'A7i<j)V, {d7i(j)v)og {rj), threshing-floor. 
 "Alia (with dat.) (89), together with, 
 
 at the same time with. 
 'AfiapT-dv-Etv (624, a, 2, 647, 649), 
 
 to miss, err. 
 'A-fiax-el (d + fidx-Eadat), without 
 
 fighting. 
 'A/xelv-cjv, -ov (177, 2, 213), better, 
 
 braver, nobler. 
 'A-fifjT-cjp {a -\- fiTjTTjp), -op, mother 
 
 less. 
 'Aju<pi (with gen.) (295, 1, a), about, 
 
 of, concerning, for; (with dat.'> 
 
291 
 
 GREEK-ENGLISa VOCABULARY. 
 
 (295, 1, 6), about, around; (with 
 
 ace.) (295, ], c), around, about. 
 'A/j.(j)t-e-vvv-jui (649), I clothe. 
 ^k[i<pta-l37}-T-Elv (95, 648), to contest. 
 'Afi^o-repo^, a, -ov (98), both. 
 "A/icpu (271, R. 2), both. 
 'Avd (with ace.) (293, 1), up, through, 
 
 throughout ; uva Truaav i/fiEpav, 
 
 every day ; avu KpuTog, with all 
 
 one^s might. 
 'Ava-(3a-iv-eiv {uvu + f3a-tv-etv), 2 
 
 aor. av-e-jSfj-v, to go up, ascend; 
 
 dva-fSalv-ecv eni, to mount (as on 
 
 a horse). 
 'AvayKii^-eLv, to compel. 
 'Ava-^Evy-vv-/2t {dvd-\-^evy-vv-fiL), I 
 
 harness up, i. e., march anew. 
 'Av-aiS-ei-a, -ag (rj), .<ihamelessness. 
 'AvaL6-r/g {av- + al6-6g), -eg (177, 
 
 1), shameless. 
 'Av-dl-LGK-ELV (631, 2), to spend. 
 'Ava-fiEV-Etv {dvd+/J.EV-Eiv, 480, R. 
 
 2), to wait. 
 'Ava^ (323), {dvaKT)og (6), king. 
 'A{v)6-dv-Elv (649), to please. 
 ^Av6p-£L-og, -a, -ov (98), courageous. 
 ^Avdp-Ei-ug, bravely. 
 'Avdp-idg, {dvSp-idvT)og (6), statue. 
 "AvEfi-og, -ov (6), the wind. 
 'AvEV (with gen.), without. 
 'Avr/p (336, 2), {dvEp)og (6), man. 
 "AvOogiS^l, 2) (to), a flower. 
 "AvdpcjTT-og, ov (6), man. 
 'Av-L-(JT7]-fii {dvd-\-i-aT7]-/J.c), I set or 
 
 raise up. 
 'Avvi(3-ag, -a (6), Hannibal. 
 'Avoty-ELV (649), to open. 
 "A-v-ovg {d-\-vovg), -ovv (112), irra- 
 tional. 
 'AvTL (with gen.) (89), over agxinst, 
 
 instead of, in place of, in preference 
 
 to. 
 'AvvT-ELV, to finish. 
 'Avd, up. 
 
 'AvcJyE-(ov (88), -cj (to), upper-room. 
 'A|f-of, -a, ov (98), worthy. 
 
 ^A^L-ovv (95), to demayid. 
 "A^o)v, {d^ov)og (6), axle. 
 "Aop, {dop)og {to), weapon. 
 'ATV-air-Ecv (d7t6-\-alT-£lv, 95), to 
 
 insist on. 
 ^An-a7ildTT-£LV {dno-^rdTJidTT-siv) 
 
 (648), to free from. 
 'ATT-avT-av {drc6-{-dvT-av, 95) (647), 
 
 to meet. ' 
 "Attg^, once. 
 "A-TT-ag, -daa, -av {d-\-'K-dg, -aaa, 
 
 -dv), all, quite all. 
 ''A-7rdT-tdp{d+7:aT7)p), -op, fatherless. 
 'Att- epx- Eodai (dTTO + kpx- EcsOat, 
 
 649), to depart. 
 'Att-ex-scv (avro + EX-etv), to keep 
 
 from, hold back. 
 'Aiz-EX-ecfdai {dno + EX-£<yOaL) (56, 
 
 a), to keep one's self from, abstain 
 from, refrain from. 
 'Att - ex^ ' ^^ " ^cr^ai {utto -{- Exd • dv- 
 
 Eudai) (624, a, 3), to be odious. 
 'A-TT?i-ovg, -rj, ovv (111), simple. 
 'Atto (with gen.) (89), from, away 
 
 from, after, by means of. 
 ^A7TO-dt-6co-fj,t idnd-i-dl-dtj-fit), I 
 
 pay, give back. 
 ^Arzo-Ovrj-CK-Etv {d7r6-{-6v^-aK-Eiv), 
 
 to die. 
 'Atto - kteLv - eiv {diro + ktelv ■ elv) 
 
 (480, 3, 2, 483, |^=, 485, 489, a), 
 
 to kill, slay. 
 'Ano-Xav-ELV (647), to derive from. 
 
 'AtTO-TiELU-EIV {aKO + 2,£C7r-£LV), to 
 
 abandon. 
 'ATT-oX-Tiv-fil (aTTO+o/l-AD-^i)) ^ de- 
 stroy ; drr ■ d\ - \v - nat, I perish ; 
 
 d'K-6\-<ji'k-a, I am undone. 
 ^AiToTiluv (354, 2), {' AT:61'?iuv)og 
 
 (6), Apollo. 
 'ATTo-TTEiLLTr-ELV (dTTo-^-TrE/nr-Eiv), to 
 
 send away or back. 
 ^Atvo-ttX-eIv {dTc6+TT?i-£LV, 95, 422), 
 
 to sail away. 
 "A-TTop-og {d+itop-og), -ov (106), iw 
 
 passable. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 295 
 
 k-rzo-arill-eLV {utto + Grai-ELv) 
 
 (486, jR., 487, R. 1), to send off. 
 'Airo-TC-eiv {uTro+ri-eLv), to requite. 
 'JiTTO-Tpix-eov {aiTO+TpEX-eLV, 642, 
 
 4, 647), to run away. 
 'Airo-<j>evy-eLV {uTrd + (l)Evy-eiv), to 
 
 run away, escape. 
 'Air-ud-elv {aTzo+od-elv, 95, 636, 
 
 4), to drive away. 
 'Apaip, CApa,3)of (6), an Arab. 
 ^Apyvp-ovc, -«> -ovv, (of) silver. 
 'ApE-GK-£LV (649), to please. 
 'ApET-7}, -rjc {/]), virtue, courage. 
 'ApLdfi-6g, -ov (6), an enumeration. 
 'Api(JT£id-iK, -ov (6), Aristides. 
 'Apiar-og, -V, -ov (98, 213), best, bra- 
 vest, noblest. 
 'ApiGTOTElm (352) (6), Aristotle. 
 'ApK-Elv (95, 418), to suffice. 
 'Apfia, {ap^ar)og {ro), chariot. 
 'Ap-ovv (95), to plough. 
 'ApTzdC-ELV (647), to seize. 
 'ApTva^, {dpTray)og (6, 7/), rapacious. 
 'Af)f)-7]v, -£V (179), male. 
 'Aprafepf 7?f, -ov (6), Artaxerxes. 
 'Apx-ELV (with gen.), (145, h, 553-5), 
 to be commander of, command, be- 
 gin. 
 'kpX-'h^ -VC (?)). province. 
 "Ap^wv, idpxovT)oc (6), commander. 
 'A-adEV-rjc id + adEV-og), -Eg (177, 
 
 1, 199), weak. 
 'AaTTig, {aGTZL6)og {rj), shield. 
 
 'Agtv (350), {daTE)og {to), city. 
 
 'A-rliJ.d^-ELV {d-{-Tcfi-dv), to insult. 
 
 'ArpEL6-vg (59), -ov (6), Atrides. 
 
 'Attlk-v, -Tjg iv), Attica. 
 
 'A-rvx-VC id-]-TVX-v)y "£? i^^"^' 1)' 
 unfortunate. 
 
 Avla^, (av?MK)og {-rj), furrow. 
 
 Av^ dv-ELV (649), to increase. 
 
 AvplOV, to-morrow. 
 
 AvT-6g, -v, -6 (250, 252, b, c, d), sdf, 
 he, she, it, same. 
 
 'A(t)-iK-v-elcdaL {diro + U-v-eladaL, 
 95, 637, 6, 1), to come, go, arrive. 
 
 'A(t>-frrK-EV-ElV {und + iTVTr-EV-ELV), to 
 
 ride back or away. 
 
 'Acp-l-arrj-fii (a7ro+6-OT?y-/iO, ^ P*^* 
 away or apart, I put or lead out; 2 
 aor., drc-E-OTTi-v, I revolted. 
 
 'A-^p-ov {d-\-(}>pTJv), -ov (177, 2), im- 
 prudent. 
 
 'AxccL-6g, -d, -ov (98), Ach^an. 
 
 'Axd-Eodac (618, 1, 649), to be vexed. 
 
 'Axt?i?^Evg (342), ('A;fiAA£)wf ((5), 
 Achilles. 
 
 B. 
 
 BaSi^-Etv (647), to walk. 
 Bad-vg, -Eta, -v (166, 208), deep. 
 Ba-iV-ECV (612, 625, 647, 649), to go, 
 
 walk. 
 Bd?.?i-£cv (649), to throw, cast. 
 Bapf3aptK-6g, -rj, -ov (98), barbaric. 
 Bdpl3ap-og, -ov (6), a barbarian. 
 BaaL%EV-ELV, to be king, to reign. 
 BaotkEvg (143), {^aaiM)o}g (d), 
 
 king. 
 BaGi7uK-6g, -rj, -ov (98), princely. 
 BL-(3p6-aK-£iv (649), to eat. 
 Bi-og, -ov (6), life. 
 Bl-ovv (95, 647, 649), to live. 
 BAa/3-ep-df, -d, -ov (98), hurtful. 
 BldtiT-ELV (428, 7, 648), to hurt. 
 B7.aaT-dv-ELV (428, 7, 649), to sprout. 
 BlaG-(l>r]IJ--elv (95, 428, 7), to blas- 
 pheme. 
 BTiETT-Etv (647), to see. 
 Bo-dv (95, 647), to shout. 
 Bo7}-0Ei-a, -ag (v), help. 
 
 Bo/5/3ac (66), -a (6), north wind. 
 
 Bd-aic-Etv (649), to feed. 
 
 Borpvg, {(S6rpv)og (6), a bunch or 
 cZwster of grapes. 
 
 Bovl-EcdaL (618, 2, 649), to wish. 
 
 Bov2,EV-ELV, to advise. 
 
 BovlEV-EGdat (39, R. 3, 225, note), 
 to advise one's self, deliberate, re- 
 solve. 
 
 Bovg (354, 3), {^o)6g (d, ij), ox, cow 
 
 Bpax-Ea, briefly. 
 
2^6 
 
 GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 BpaX'V^, -Bid, -V (166), brief. 
 BpoT-og, -ov (6), a mortal. 
 
 Tac-a, -rjg (rj), the earth. 
 TuTia, (}/c2/la/cr)of (to), milk. 
 Ta/j.'€iv (95, 636, 1, 649), to marry. 
 Tap (always placed after one or 
 
 more words), /or. 
 TeTi-av (95, 418, 647), to laugh. 
 Tevvai-og, nobly. 
 Tevo^ (351) {to), race. 
 Vepai-og, -d, -ov (98, 194, R. 5), old. 
 Tiovp-a, -ag (y), bridge. 
 F-?}, -^f (rj), land, earth. 
 Trjd-elv (95, 636, 2, 649), to rejoice. 
 Trjpd-aK-ELV (647, 649), to grow old. 
 Ttydg (323), {yLyavT)og (6), giant. 
 Tc-yv-EodaL (182, c, 630, 1, 649), 2 
 
 aor. e-yev-6/j.rjv, to be born, to be, to 
 
 become. 
 Ti-yv6-(7K-ecv (612, 631, 3, 647,649), 
 
 2 aor. E-yvo-v, to know, learn. 
 Tlvic-vg, -eta, -v (166, 206, a, R. 2), 
 
 sweet. 
 TXu)C7(j-a (Att. yXuTT-a), -rjg {if), 
 
 tongue. 
 Tvd)/j,-7}, -7]g {rj), opinion. 
 Tow (331, 2, c), {y6vaT)og {to), 
 
 knee. 
 Tpufi/xa, {ypdfj.fiaT)og {to), a letter. 
 
 mark 
 
 ypu/j.ju.aTa, an inscription. 
 
 Tpd(l)-ECV, to write. 
 TpTjyop-Etv (95, 649), to watch. 
 Tpvtp, {ypv7r)6g (6), a griffin. 
 Tv/Liv-d^-ELV, to exercise, train. 
 Tvvfj (354, 5, note), {yvvauCjog {rj), 
 
 woman. 
 Tvip, {yv7r)6g (6), vulture. 
 
 AaijLicjv (335), {dalfiov)og {6), a deity. 
 AdK-v-£tv (649), to bite. 
 AuKpv (150), {6dKpv)og (re), a tear. 
 AapetK-og (572, note), -ov (6), a da- 
 
 AdpEi-og, -ov (o), Darius. 
 Aap6-dv-Eiv (649), to sleep. 
 Aaajuog, ov (6), tribute. 
 Ae (144, 153, c), but, on the other hand. 
 AeSotKa or 6e6ta (607), / am afraid. 
 A-Et (95, 618, 3), it is necessary. 
 Asid-ELV (647, 649), to fear. 
 Aelk-vv-ih (584, 585), / show. 
 A-eIv (95, 422, 2), to bind. 
 A-ELV (95, 618, 3), \o lack. 
 AeIv-u, -og (6, ^, to), a certain one. 
 AeItcv-ov, -ov {Td), supper. 
 A-Eladai (with gen.) (95, 618, 3, 
 
 649), to desire, ask, request, beg, 
 
 stand in need of. 
 Ae/ca, ten. 
 AEKa-Ktg, ten times. 
 AeKa-T-og, -tj, -ov (98), tenth. 
 A£?i(j)ig, {6E?[.<plv)og (6), dolphin. 
 A£v6p-ov, -ov {to), tree. 
 AE$i-6g, -a, -ov (98), right. 
 AETcag (351, 1) {to), goblet. 
 AipK-Eadat (475), to see. 
 Asv-TEp-og, -a, -ov (98), second. 
 Aix-EoOai (dep.), to receive. 
 Af^Ti-og, -rj, -ov (98), evident 
 Arj7\.-ovv (95), to show. 
 Arjii-og (77), -ov (6), people. 
 Ar]iioadevr]g (352) (6), Demosthenes. 
 Arj[j,oa-t-a, publicly. 
 Aid (with gen.) (294, 1, a), through, 
 
 by means of ; (with ace.) (394, 1, 
 
 b), on account of, through, by means 
 
 of 
 Ata-fSdll-ELv {8Ld-\-(Sdll-eLv) (486), 
 
 to accuse. 
 Ata-KOTZT-Etv ((Jia+zcoTTT-eiv), to cut 
 
 through. 
 Ata-KOGi-OL, -at, -a, two hundred. 
 Ata-KOCi-oGT-og, -77, -ov, two hun- 
 
 dredth. 
 Aia-TUGG-EiV {6id-\-TdGG-Eiv), to or- 
 dain. 
 Ata-(pdEip-£Lv {6id-{-^6£Lp-£i.v) (483, 
 
 1^^), to lay waste, destroy. 
 Ata-(pop-d, -dg {?]) a quarrel. 
 
greek-en<;lisii vocabulary. 
 
 297 
 
 Ai^aCK-aA-of, -ov (6), teacher. 
 
 ^l6u(7K-€LV (649), to teach. 
 
 ^L-dpd-(7K-eiv (631, 4, 617, 619), to 
 run away. 
 
 Ai-du-fiL (584, 585), I give ; 6c-d6-vai 
 dlKTjv, to pay a penalty. 
 
 Ai-t-CTTj-fit {^td + laTTj-fxi), I sepa- 
 rate. 
 
 AiKai-ov, -ov (to), justice. 
 
 AUai-og, -a, -ov (98), just. 
 
 ALKato(7vv-7], -rjr {?]), justice. 
 
 Ai-ir-ovg, ovv (180, 2) {^6L-g-\-7zovg), 
 two-footed. 
 
 Aig, twice. 
 
 Ata-xl'^-i'-OL, -at, -a, two thousand. 
 
 Ai<j-xi^^t-oaT-6g, -TJ, 6v, two thou- 
 sandth. 
 
 Atip-yv (423), to think. 
 
 AiuK-Eiv (647), to pursue. 
 
 AoK-etv (95, 636, 3, 649), to seem, 
 think. 
 
 A6fi-og, -ov (6), a house. 
 
 Aof-a, -7]C {tj), glory, reputation. 
 
 Aopv (331, 2, c), {86par)og (to), spear. 
 
 Aov?.-oc, -ov (6), slave. 
 
 ApuKUV, {dpdKOVT)og (6), dragon. 
 
 Apvg, {dpv)6g {i]), oak. 
 
 Av-eiv or 6v-v-etv (612, 649), to wrap 
 up; 2 aor., e-dv-v, I dipped in, 
 went down. 
 
 Avva-fiat (649), I can. 
 
 Avvafitg, {6vvdiie)ug {tj), force, power. 
 
 Avo or 6v(j) (271), two. 
 
 AuSeKa, twelve. 
 
 AuSeKd-Kcg, twelve times. 
 
 AcodeKa-T-og, -7j, -ov, twelfth. 
 
 Atjp-ov, -ov (to), gift. 
 
 'Edv or yv, if. 
 'Eap ivp) (to), spring. 
 ''E-avT{avT)-ov, -Tjg, -ov (236), of him- 
 self, of herself, of itself. 
 'Ej3d-o/J.-7J-KOVTa, seventy. 
 'E^6-o/x-r]-KO(TT-6g, -t], -ov, seventieth. 
 'E(36ofi,-og, -77, -ov, seventh. 
 
 'Eyyvf , near. 
 
 'Eyw (230), /. 
 
 'Ed-Eiv (649), to he ivont. 
 
 EU-eiv (649), to see, know. 
 
 EWe or el yap, would that ! 
 
 ElKOGi{v), twenty. 
 
 EIkooc 6vo (or dKoat koX 6vo), twen^ 
 ty-two. 
 
 EtKoatv elg, twenty-one. 
 
 EIkogl Tpelg (or elKoat koL rpelg), 
 twenty-three. 
 
 EUoaT-og, -r/, -ov, twentieth. 
 
 ElKoar-bg dev-rep-og, twenty-sec- 
 ond. 
 
 ElKO(jT-og 7rpcJT-og, tw-enty-first. 
 
 ElKOUT-bg rpi-T-og, twenty-third. 
 
 Elvai (592, 647), to be. 
 
 ElTT-elv (649), part. eItv-6v, to speak, 
 
 [Eip-ecv] (649), to say. 
 
 lElp-eadaL'] (618, 5, 649), to ask, 
 
 ElpTJv-Tj, -7]g iv), peace. 
 
 Elg (with ace.) (25, R. 1, 281, a, 
 293, 2), to, into, up to, for, in re- 
 spect to, against. 
 
 Elg, Ilia, ev (271), one. 
 
 Ela-dTza^ {elg+aTTa^, once for all. 
 
 Ela-uO-eiv (elg-hcod-ecv, 95, 636, 4), 
 
 to drive or push in. 
 'E/c or £^ (with gen.) (25, R. 1, 29] . 
 4), out of, from, after, in consequence 
 
 of 
 'E/carov, one hundred. 
 'EKaTOGT-bg, -i], -ov, one hundredth. 
 'EKELV-og, -77, -0 (250, R.), that, he. 
 "EK7]l-og, -V, -ov (98), quiet. 
 'EK-KOTCT-etv {eK-^KOTTT-ecv), 1 aor. 
 
 e^-e-KOip-a, to cut down, destroy. 
 'EK-Tii-v-SLV {etc-j-TrL-v-ELV, 637, a, 1), 
 
 to drink up. 
 'EK-TzX-ecv {kn+TrTi-elv, 422), to sail 
 
 out. 
 'EK-Ti-d7]-fZL (£K-{-Tt-6r]-fii), I expose. 
 "E/c-r-of, -77, -OV (98), sixth. 
 'Ek-6v (171), -ovcra, -6v, willing. 
 'Ela-vv-ecv (625, 649), to drive, drive 
 
 on. 
 
298 
 
 GREEK-ENOLISH VOCARTVJ.ARY. 
 
 'ETiax-vg, -Eia, -v (166, 206, a, R. 1), 
 little. 
 
 'E?idLL)p, {eX6(,)p)og (to), a wish. 
 
 'E?ieyx-£i-V, to convince. 
 
 'EXevdep-i-a, -ag (r/), liberty. 
 
 ^EXevOep-oi;, -a, -ov {98), free. 
 
 'E/ievOep-ovv (95), to free. 
 
 'EXe(pac, {e7ie(pavT)og (o), elephant. 
 
 'EXTidg, {'EX/Md)og (;?), Greece. 
 
 "E/lPuT^v, {"EXl7]v)og (6), a Greek. 
 
 "ETiTT-eadai, to hope. 
 
 "EAwp, {'iX(x)p)og ijo), booty. 
 
 'Efi-avT-ov (236), -57^, of myself. 
 
 'Efi-6g, -7], -6v (98), my. 
 
 'EjU-7riTTT-etv (with dat.) {ev+TVLTrr- 
 SLv), to fall upon or into. 
 
 'Eii-TTpoc-dev (415, b), in front, for- 
 mer. 
 
 'Ev (with dat.) (25, R. 1, 292, 1), in, 
 by, during. 
 
 "Ev-6eKa, eleven. 
 
 'Ev-6£Kd-KLg, eleven times. 
 
 'Ev-ScKa-T-og, -7], -ov, eleventh. 
 
 'Ev-dv-eiv {ev-\-6v-Eiv), to put on (as 
 clothes). 
 
 "EvEKa (with gen.) (291, 5), on ac- 
 count of, for the sake of, in respect 
 of. 
 
 'EvEV-Tj-KOvra, ninety. 
 
 'Ev£V-7]-KoaT-6g, -rj, -ov, ninetieth. 
 
 'Evvu-T-og, -Tj, -ov, ninth. 
 
 'EvvEU, nine. 
 
 'Evvcd-KLg, nine times. 
 
 'Evravda, there. 
 
 ^EvtevOev, thence, 
 
 "E^, six. 
 
 ^E^-atT-Eiv {£^-\-alT-Ecv, 95), to beg 
 off.^ 
 
 ^E^-d-Kig, six times. 
 
 'E^-E7ia-vv-ELv {k^-'t'kTia-vv-ELv), to 
 march forward. 
 
 "E^EGTiiv), it is lawful. 
 
 'E^-ETaatg, {k^-ETdaE)ug ii]), an in- 
 spection. 
 
 'E^-7J- KOVTa, sixty. 
 
 'E^-Tj-KoaT-og^ -rj, -ov, sixtieth. 
 
 'E^-opK-ovv (£^+ opK-ovv, 95), t 
 
 cause (another) to swear. 
 'ETT-ayyeXX-Eiv {em-{-uyyEl?i-Etv)y 
 
 to bring word. 
 'EiT-aiv-Elv iim-i-alv-eXv) (95, 647), 
 
 to praise. 
 'ETTEt-dr/, after that, when. 
 'Em, tn\ e4>' (233, note *) (with 
 
 gen. and dat.) (295, 2, a), upon, at, 
 
 for; (with ace.) (295, 2, 6), on, 
 
 upon, to, against. 
 ^Etti-(3ov?,,-ev-£iv (with dat.) (kKC+ 
 
 fSovX-EV-Eiv), to plot against. 
 'E7Tt-l3ov2,-'^, -Tjg [t]), a plot. 
 
 ^ElTL-dELIi-VV-HL {eTCL-\-6£LK-VV-IJ,l), 1 
 
 exhibit, 
 'Eiz-LEvat (£7Ti-\-l£vai), to come on. 
 'E7rt-6v/J,-c-a, -ag (tj), desire. 
 'Ettc- Kovp- ot, -uv {at), auxiliary 
 
 troops. 
 'ETri-/j.EX-£ladai {ettl + /^£?i-Eia6ai, 
 
 95) (618, 9), to take care. 
 'Em-fiiX-Eadat {k7zl-\- [jleTi- Eadat) 
 
 (618, 9), to take care, 
 'EiTL-opK-Elv iETri-{-opK-og) (95, 647), 
 
 to perjure one^s self. 
 'Ein-aro?i-7J, -fjg {tj), a letter. 
 'Eirc-xap-tg, -t {ETri-j-x^ip-i-g), pleas- 
 ant. 
 'Etttu, seven. 
 'ETTTd-Kig, seven times. 
 "Epy-ov (83), -ov (to), work, deed. 
 ["Ep-Eudatl (649), to ask. 
 "Epig (324, c), (|pi(5)of (^), strife, 
 'Ep/J,-rjg (66), -ov (6), Mercury. 
 ■E^-fitofi-Ev-og, -rj, -ov (iv-^-^uju-rj) 
 
 (194, R, 3, b), vigorous. 
 'E^-^cj/x-EV-ug, firmly. 
 "Epx-eodat (642, 2, 649), to come, go 
 ^EpuT-dv (95), to ask, inquire of. 
 ^EadTjg, {£adrJT)og {rj), garment, 
 'Eadl-og, -7}, -ov (98), noble. 
 'Eralp-og, -ov (6), comrade. 
 "Etc, yet, still. 
 "Erof (351, 2) {to), year. 
 Ev, viell. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 299 
 
 Ev/?Pi-a, -Of (?/), Eubcca. 
 
 Ei-yev-ii^, -tg {ev+yev-oc) (177, 1), 
 well-bom. 
 
 Ev-6ain-o)v, -ov (Ev+daijauv) (177, 
 2), prosperous. 
 
 Ev-epy-eT-T]C iev-{-epy-ov), -ov (6), 
 benefactor. 
 
 Ev-Orjp-og, -ov (ev+drjp-a) (106), 
 good-at-hunting. 
 
 Ev-v-ovg (ev-^vovg), -ovv (112), 
 well-disposed. 
 
 Evp-ioK-uv (89, 3, 631, 5, 649), to 
 find. 
 
 Evp-og (157) (to), breadth. 
 
 Evp-vc;, -eta, -v (166), broad. 
 
 Ev-rvx-£iv {ev-rvx-VC) (95), io pros- 
 per. 
 
 Ev-Tvx-Tjg, -ff {ev-k-Tvx-v) (177, 1), 
 lucky, prosperous. 
 
 Ev-xap-iC, -I- (£y + ;t"P-^f) (1^0), 
 graceful, charming. 
 
 Ev-6vvfi-og, -ov {ev-\-ovvfi-a) (106), 
 left. 
 
 'EX'^f^ (649), to have, keep, hold, 
 wear, knotv (have knowledge). 
 
 'ExOp-a, -ag {t]), enmity. 
 
 'Exdpog, -a, -ov (98, 206, b), hos- 
 tile. 
 
 Zevy-vO-fiL (649), I yoke. 
 Zevg (354, 7) (6), Jupiter. 
 7.7JI11-0VV (95, 648), to punish. 
 Z-9V (423), to live. 
 £iu-vvv-i2.t (649), I gird. 
 Zd-ov, -ov (to), animal. 
 
 H. 
 11, than. 
 
 'Hi (289), to which place. 
 'Hy-ElaOai (with gen.) (95, 145, b), 
 
 to lead, be leader of. 
 JiS-eug, sweetly, gladly. 
 '116-ov-Tj, -Tjg {ij), pleasure. 
 'YL6-vg, -eta, -v (166, 206, a), pleasant, 
 
 sweet. 
 
 "BK-eiv (152, note *) (fut ri^-eiv), to 
 
 be come, to come. 
 'YHiK-og, -T], -ov (98), as old, of the 
 
 same age. 
 ^Rfxac (606), I sit down. 
 'H/xep-a, -ag (^), day. 
 'HfJ.eTep-og, -a, -ov (98), our. 
 'Hv or Euv, if. 
 
 'UvcKa (289), at which very time. 
 'U-n-ap (331, 2, b) (77rar)of (to), the 
 
 liver. 
 "Jlpcjg (346), i7Jpu)og (6), hero. 
 'HX'^ (347), -ovg {ij), echo. 
 'H-(Jf (347), -ovg {i]), the dawn. 
 
 0. 
 
 9dAao'(T-(Att. ■&a7.arT-)a, -rjg {jj), ihr 
 
 sea. 
 QdA7.-eLV, to bloom. 
 Qav/uu^-etv (647), to admire. 
 QavfJ,aaT-dg, -i], -ov (98), admirable. 
 Qed-a-aadai (1 aor.), to see. 
 e-elv (420, 422, ] ), to run. 
 Qe?i-eiv or e-dO^-etv, 1 aor. ij-del-Tjca 
 
 (618, 4, 649), to ivill, be willing, de 
 
 sire, consent. 
 Qe-6g, -ov (o), God, a god. 
 Q7jj3ac-og, -a, -ov (98), Theban, 
 e?;p (335), {■&T]p)6g (6), beast. 
 Qrjp-dv (95, 647), to hunt. 
 Qrjp-ev-etv (647), to hunt. 
 Q7]p-ev-T-yg, -ov (6), huntsman. 
 Qijp-i-ov, -ov {to), wild beast. 
 Qrj-G-avp-6g, -ov (6), treasure. 
 Qig, {•&cv)6g (6, i]), sand. 
 ev7JGK-etv (631, 6, 647, 649), to die. 
 QvTj-T-6g, -7], -ov (98), mortal, perish' 
 
 able. 
 QopvfS-og, -ov (6), a murmur. 
 Qprjvvg, {■QpTivv)og {b), footstool. 
 Qpi^ (354, 8), {Tpix)6g {rj), hair 
 Qpov-og, -ov (6), throne. 
 Qpu-(TK-€CV (649), to leap. 
 Qv-Eiv, to sacrifice. 
 Qvp-a, -ag {ij), door. , 
 Gug (346), (i?cj)6f (6), jackal 
 
300 
 
 GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 I. 
 
 'IS-SLV (2 aor.), to see. 
 
 'Id-p-cg, -L (178), knowing. 
 
 'I6p(jg, {ldp€>~)og (6), sweat. 
 
 'livat (593, 596, R. 1), to go. 
 
 'lep-ov, -ov (to), victim. 
 ' lep-os, -a, -ov (98), sacred. 
 
 "l-r]-fiL (591), I send. 
 
 'Ikccv-oc, -fji -ov (98), competent. 
 
 'iK-v-sladai (95, 637, b, 1), to come. 
 
 ^/lf-«f, -0)V (113), propitious. 
 
 '1/J.dg, {lfj.dvT)og (6), thong. 
 
 'Ifidr-L-ov (83), -ov {to), garment. 
 
 "Iva, that, so that. 
 
 'iTTTT-evg (342), (c7T7T-E)o)g (6), horse- 
 man. 
 
 'iTTTV-og, -ov (6), horse; utto mfTOV 
 (85, a), on horseback. 
 
 "I-TTTa-fiat (649), I fly. 
 
 "l-aTri-fJLL (584, 585), I station ; 2 aor., 
 £-GT7]-v, I ivas stationed=I stood ; 
 perf., e-crri-K-a or El-GT7]-K-a, I 
 stand. 
 
 'larp-og, -ov (6), the Ister. 
 
 'laxv-p-6g, -a, -ov (98), strong. 
 
 '\(J-(j)g, perhaps. 
 
 'IxQk (136), CixSv)og (6), fish. 
 
 'liJViK-og, -7], -ov (98), Ionian. 
 
 K. 
 
 Kad-E^-eaOac {naTd+'i^-eadai.) (618, 
 
 6, 649), to sit. 
 Kdd-TjptaL (icaTd-r-Tjfiat) (606, R.), I 
 
 seat myself, sit. 
 Kad-i^-etv (KaTu+c^-etv) (618, 6), 
 
 to place on a seat ; Ka6-i^-ea6ai, to 
 
 seat one's self. 
 Ka6-c-aT7j-/ii.L {nard-Y'L- (JTrj - pLt), I 
 
 station, post, establish ; 2 aor., Kar- 
 
 e-(TTTj-v, I was esta.blished-:=I stood 
 
 firm; Ka6-i-aTa-/.iaL, I post myself 
 
 or am posted. 
 Kai, and, both, even. 
 Kai-ELV (420, 649), to set on fire, burn. 
 KuK-d, -uv (rd), evils. 
 KaK-i-a, -or (?}), vice. 
 
 KdK-6g, -T], -6v (98, 212, 2), bad. 
 
 Kakavpotp, {KaXavpOTz)og (57), crook. 
 
 KaTi-elv (95, 421), to call. 
 
 YLdlT^og (351, 2) {to), beauty. 
 
 Ka7i-6g, -rj, -ov (98, 212, 3), beautiful, 
 honourable. 
 
 Kal-ug, well. 
 
 Kd/i-v-eiv (647, 649), to labour. 
 
 Kav6v, {Kav6v)og {6), rule, canon. 
 
 Kdpd (354, 9), {KpaT)6g {to), head. 
 
 Kaprr-og, -ov {6), fruit. 
 
 Kcrd (with gen.) (294, 2, a), down 
 from, against ; (with ace.) (294, 2, 
 b), through, during, by, according 
 to ; Kad' Tjixipav, day by day, daily. 
 
 KaTa-Kat-Etv {KaTd-\-Kac-£tv, 420), 
 to burn down. 
 
 KaTa-2.a{fi)8-uv-Ei.v{iiaTd-\-2-a{/Li.)l3- 
 dv-etv), to overtake, seize. 
 
 KaTa-Tlelrr-eLv {KaTd-\-leiTr-sLv), to 
 leave behind, desert. 
 
 KaTa-Tr7]6-av («:ara+7r??(5-av, 95), 
 to leap down. 
 
 KaTa-^av-TJg, -eg (177, 1), visible. 
 
 KaTa-^evy-eiv {KaTa+^evy-stv), to 
 flee dovm, betake one^s self. 
 
 KaTTjTiLip, {KaT7]li(p)og {rj), garret. 
 
 Kav(T-t/ii-og, -ov (106), combustible. 
 
 Keep {ktjp) {to), heart. 
 
 Kel-f^ai (605), / lie dotvn. 
 
 KeTiaLV-ai, -G>v {at), CelmncB. 
 
 Kclev-etv (394, 419), to order. 
 
 Kepd-vvv-/J,t (649), / mix. 
 
 Kcpag (151) {to), a loing (of an ar- 
 my). 
 
 Kepd-a-iv-etv (485, R. 2, 649), to 
 gain. 
 
 Kspd-og (157) {to), gain. 
 
 Ke(l)a?i-7J, -fjg (^), head. 
 
 Krjp, {Kr/p)6g {r]),fate. 
 
 K?]p, {Kfjp)og {to), heart. 
 
 K?jpvg, {K7JpvK)og (6), herald. 
 
 Ktvdvv-ev-civ, to run a risk. 
 
 Kivdvv-oc, -ov {6), danger. 
 
 Klv-fuv (95), to move. 
 
 K7r (34f)\ {Ki)nc (6). weevil. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISEI VOCABULARY. 
 
 301 
 
 K}.d^-eiv (649), to sound shrilli/. 
 KXai-etv (420, 647), to weep. 
 KTiiapX'Og -ov (6), Clearchus. 
 K'kei-ELV, to shut. 
 
 KAcff (354, 10), {K'keL6)6g {rj), key. 
 KMnT-ecv (460, 647), to steal. 
 KXeTVT-vg -ov (200, R. 2) (6), thiev- 
 ish. 
 Kllv-ecv (484, R. 2), to bend. 
 KoLV-y, in common. 
 KoM^-stv, (647), to punish. 
 KolaK-ev-eiv, to flatter. 
 KoAaf, iK6^MK)og (6), flatterer. 
 KoXuaa-ai, -dv {at), Colosse. 
 KofJ.c^-eiv, to carry. 
 KoTT^f, {K6Tce)o}g (6), prater. 
 
 KOTTT-ELV, to cut. 
 
 Kopaf (136), {K6paK)og (6), raven. 
 Kopt-vvv-fit (598, 649), / satiate. 
 K6p-rj, -7?f iv), maideyi. 
 "Kopvg (323), {K6pvd)og (v), helmet. 
 Koaix-og, -ov (6), world. 
 Kov<l)-oc, -7], -ov (98), light. 
 Kovip-OTTjg, {icov(i)-6Ti]T)og {?]), light- 
 ness. 
 KpaTLOT-og, -77, -cv (98, 213), best, 
 
 bravest, noblest. 
 Yipdr-og (157) {to), might. 
 Kpavy-rj, -^g (57). shouting. 
 KpeiTT-cov, ov (177, 2, 213), better, 
 
 braver, nobler. 
 Kpeuv, {KpeovT)og (6), Creon. 
 Kpiv-ELV (484, R. 2), to judge. 
 KpLT-'ng, ov (6); a judge. 
 
 KpLTt-ag, -ov (6), Critias. 
 
 Kpola-og, -ov (6), Crozsus. 
 
 Kr-dadat (95), fo acquire, possess. 
 
 KT£tv-etv, to kill. 
 
 Kreig, {KTEv)6g (6), a comb. 
 
 KTEV-i^-etv, to comb. 
 
 Kvd-og (351,2, a) (to), glory, renoum 
 
 KvfJ-p-of, -a, -ov (98), honourable. 
 
 Kv-n£?i2,-ov, -ov (to), goblet. 
 
 Kvp-ELV (649), to meet with. 
 
 Kvp-og, ov (6), Cyrus. 
 
 Kvuv (336, 3), {Kvv)ng {n. v), dog 
 
 Ku7,v-eiv (393), to hinder. 
 
 Kui^-Tj, -??f (?/). village. 
 Kufivg, {KC)iJLvd)og {rj), sheaf. 
 
 Aa{y)X-dv-eiv (624, b, 1, 647, 649>, 
 to obtain (by lot), acquire. 
 
 Aay-o)g, -w (6) (88), hare. 
 
 Aallai), {?iailaTT)og {rj), storm. 
 
 AaKsdatfcovi-og, -ov (6), a Lacedcs- 
 monian. 
 
 Adl-og, -ov (106, 194), talkative. 
 
 Aa{fJ,)(3-d;p-Eiv (624, b, 2, 647, 649), 
 to take, receive, get. 
 
 Aafindg (323), {?iafX7rd6)og {?/), torch. 
 
 Aa{v)d-dv-Eiv (624, b, 3, 649), to es- 
 cape notice, lie hid, forget. 
 
 Adpvy^, {ldpvyy)og (6), throat. 
 
 Aug, {'kd)og (354, 12) (6), a stone. 
 
 Aey-Eiv, to speak, say, tell, describe, 
 read (aloud). 
 
 AeL-k-eiv (475, 553-5), to leave. 
 
 AeTT-r-Of, -ri, -ov (98), thm. 
 
 A£a(3-og, -ov (7/), Lesbos. 
 
 Aeuv (136), {?i£OVT)og (o), /zon. 
 
 Arjd-Eiv (475), fo escape jzotfce. 
 
 A7?(Tr-7?f, -Oli (6), robber. 
 
 AijSvg, {Aii3v)og (6), a Libyan. 
 
 Aifiijv, {?iif.i£v)og (6), /lawn. 
 
 Aif (6), lio7i. 
 
 Adyog (77), -ot; (0), word, speech, de 
 
 scription, book (414, note *). 
 AoLTT-d, -cJv {rd), the rest. 
 Aox-dy-6g, -ov (6), captain. 
 AvSt-a, -ag {v), Lydia. 
 Av-eiv (553-5), to loose, loosen, vio- 
 late. 
 AvTT-T], -Tjg (?;), grief, sorrow. 
 
 M. 
 Mad-r}T-7Jg, -ov (6), pupil. 
 MalavSp-og, -ov (6), the Mcsander. 
 Mdicap, {/zdKap)og (0), happy. 
 Ma/cp 6$, -d, -ov (98), Zon^. 
 Md/L/(7ra, TTiost, very much. 
 M(7./ Aov, wore. 
 
302 
 
 GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 Ma{v)d-dv-eLV (624, b, 4, 647, 649), 
 to learn. 
 
 Mdv-Ttg, {fiuv-Te)cog (6), a seer. 
 
 MupTvp or fidprvg (354, 13), {^dp- 
 Tvp)og (6), a witness. 
 
 Maprvp-L-a, -ag (y), testimony. 
 
 MdoTif, {fjidGrly)og (ij), scourge, 
 
 Mdx-aip-a, -ag {rj), sabre. 
 
 Mdx-eadat (618, 7, 649), tojight. 
 
 Ma;\;-?7, -ijg (57), battle. 
 
 Mey-a, greatly. 
 
 Mey-ag, -d?.7], -a (186), great. 
 
 Mey-iar-og, -rj, -ov (212, 8), greatest. 
 
 MeOv, (/j,idv)og (to), wine. 
 
 M-edv-etv, to get drunk. 
 
 Mei^-uv, -ov (177, 2, 212, 8), greater. 
 
 Me?i-ag, -atva, -av (170), black. 
 
 MiX-et (618, 9, 649), it interests, is a 
 care. 
 
 MiX-eadat (618, 9), to take care. 
 
 Melt, {^E?iLT)og {to), honey. 
 
 Me/O^-eiv (618, 8), to intend, delay. 
 
 Mev (153, c), on the one hand. 
 
 Mh-eLV (1 aor., e-fietv-a), to remain. 
 
 Mevcov, (M.EVO)v)og (6), Menon. 
 
 Mip-og (351, 2, a) (to), apart. 
 
 M-ia-ov, -ov (to), the centre. 
 
 M.£(T-og, -7], -ov (98), middle. 
 
 Mera (with gen.) (295, 3, a), with, 
 along with, in conformity with, 
 among; (with dat.) (295, 3, b), 
 among; (with ace.) (295, 3, c), 
 after, next after. 
 
 Merc - Tre/J.TT - eadat (/ierd + Tvejuir- 
 eadai) (79, b), to send for. 
 
 Mera-Ti-Orj-iit {fiETd+Ti-drj-[ii), Ire- 
 move, put aside, change. 
 
 Mexpt or fiexptg (before a vowel) 
 (with gen.), as far as, up to. 
 
 M.rj (in prohibition) (48, d), not. 
 
 Mrj-d-elg, [xr]-6e-fj.id, iirj-d-iv i/J.TJ-h 
 d£-\-elg) (271, R. 1), no one, noth- 
 ing. 
 
 M77V, (/X7]v)6g (6), month. 
 
 Mrj-Tig, HTj-TL {iJirj-\-Tlg), no one, noth- 
 ing. 
 
 Mty-vv-fit (649), / mingle. 
 MiKp-6g, -d, -ov (98), little, sn .U. 
 Mi?ir]T-og, -ov iij), Miletus. 
 M.iTiTLdd-rjg, -ov (6), Miltiades. 
 Mi.-fiv?j-(7K-£LV (631, 7, 649), to re. 
 
 mind, remember. 
 Mla-elv (95), to hate. 
 M-lGd-og, -ov (6), pay, wages. 
 Mtad-ovv (95, 556-9), to hire. 
 MtTvT^TJv-rj, -i]g (7), Mitylene. 
 M.v-d (66), -dg (^), mina, 
 Mov-l-ag, -ov (6), single. 
 Mop-ci/i-og, -ov (106), fated. 
 Mvpt-ot, -at, -a (279), ten thousand. 
 Mvpi-oar-og, -fj, -ov, ten thousandth, 
 M.vg, {[iv)6g (6), mouse. 
 
 N. 
 l^d^-l-og, -ov (6), a Naxian. 
 Na-of, -ov (6), temple, 
 'isavg (354, 14) {rj), ship. 
 Neuv-i-dg (59), -ov (6), young man. 
 Ne/crap (150), {v£KTap)og [to), r«r. 
 
 tar. 
 'NsKvg, {vEKv)og (6), corpse. 
 ISH/J-'EIV (649), to distribute, divide. 
 Ne-og, -a, -ov (98), young. 
 Nt-Wf, -6 (88) (6), temple. 
 N^a-og, -ov (?;), island. 
 'NlK-dv (95), to conquer. 
 NiK-T], -T}g {rj), victory. 
 NiKOKlvg (352, R.) (6), Nicocles. 
 'No/j.-Evg, {vof^i)ug (6), shepnerd. 
 Nojuii^-eiv, to deem, think. 
 Nofi-og, -ov (6), law. 
 l^OG-og, -ov {tj), disease. 
 N-oif, -ov (93) (6), mind. 
 Nvf, {vvtiT)6g (7), night. 
 
 tevi-ag, -ov (6), Xenias. 
 
 UEV-LK-ov, -ov {r6)y an army of mer- 
 cenaries. 
 
 \iv-og, -ov (6), a guest, an intimate. 
 
 [,evo(j)U)v (327, 2), ZsvopuvT:)ag (6), 
 Xenophon. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 303 
 
 O. 
 
 'O, 7), TO (G7, 79, a), the, his. 
 'Oydo-fj-KOVTa, eighty. 
 'Oydo r]-KoaT-6(;, -??, -6v, eightieth. 
 'Oydo-oc, -77, -ov (98, 111, R. 2), 
 
 eighth. 
 'O-de, ij-Se, r6-6e (6, 7), TO-^-de), this, 
 
 the latter. 
 'Od-6g, -ov (7/), road, way. 
 '0(Sov^, {d66vT)og (6), tooth. 
 '0^-siv (649), to smell. 
 'Odev {280), from which place. 
 01 (289), to which place. 
 OU-a (604, 647), / know. 
 OiK-a-de and oIk-ov-Se, home. 
 OU-dv (95), to dwell. 
 ,OiK-i-a, -ag {ij), house. 
 OlK-o-dev,from home. 
 OtK-o-dt and oIk-ol, at home. 
 OlKT-p-og, -a, -ov (98, 206, b, R.), 
 
 wretched. 
 OlfJ.d}^-eLV (647), to bewail. 
 Ol-ofiat and ol-fiaL (618, 10, 649), I 
 
 think. 
 Ol-og, -a, -ov (264), of what kind. 
 OlX-eadai (618, 11, 649), to go away, 
 
 depart. 
 'Okt-uki^, eight times. 
 'Oktu, eight. 
 '0?.i3i-og, -a, -ov, and -og, -ov (98, 
 
 106), happy, rich. 
 '0?Jy-oc, -77, -ov {98), few. 
 "Ol-lv-HL (599, 649), I destroy ; peif. 
 
 mid. oTi-io^-a, I am undone. 
 "OA-ov, -ov {to), the whole. 
 Ofial-ug, evenly. 
 
 "O/i-vv-fii (599, 647, 649), / swear. 
 '0/.io-?^oy-€lv (95, 648), to acknowl- 
 edge. 
 "O^-vc, -ela, -v (166), sharp. 
 'Otttj (289), to what place, in what 
 
 way, how. 
 '07ir]?UK-og, -77, -ov (264), how old, 
 
 how great. 
 'OrrrjvcKa (289), at what point of time. 
 'On2,-a (84, t^), -wv (to.), heavy 
 
 arms, arms (in general) ; kv toIq 
 onlotg, under arms; bn'ka ex^I-V, 
 to wear arms ; elg Tu OTT/la Trap- 
 ayy£?i,?iecv, to summon to arms, 
 
 'OTT/i-iT-Tjg (84, I^^), -ov (6), a man- 
 at-arms. 
 
 "Ok^i-ov (84, H!^^), -ov {to), weapon. 
 
 'OTTodev {289), from what place. 
 
 "Ottol (289), to what place, where. 
 
 'OTTOi-of, -a, -ov (264), of what kind. 
 
 'OTTOcr-Of, -77, -ov (264), hoiv great. 
 
 'Ottote (289), at what time, when. 
 
 "Ottov (289), where. 
 
 "Ottuc; (conj.), in order that. 
 
 "Oirog (adv.) (289), in what way, how. 
 
 'Op-dv (95, 642, 3), to see. 
 
 'Opy-7/, -7)g {?}), anger, passion. 
 
 'Opy-c^-EcrOat, to be angry. 
 
 'Opey-Eadat (with gen.), to strive 
 after, seek. 
 
 "OpK-og, -ov (6), oath. 
 
 'Opvld-o-Ofjp-ag, -a (6), bird-catcher. 
 
 'Opvlg (323), {6pvld)og (6, rj), bird, hen. 
 
 'OpovT-Tjg, -ov (6), Oroides. 
 
 'Opog (351, 2) {to), mountain. 
 
 'OpVTT-EtV, to dig. 
 
 "Og, T], 6 (255), who, which, what. 
 
 "Of, 7], ov, his. (243). 
 
 "Oa-og, -77, -ov (264, 267, b, 268), as 
 
 great, who, as ; oaoi, as many as. 
 "Oa-Tig, 7]-TLg, o-ti {og-{-Tlg) (257, 
 
 R. 2), whoever, who, what. 
 'OaT-ovv (93), -ov {to), bone. 
 "Ore (289), at which time, when. 
 Ov, ovK, ovx (25, 1, 34, 3, 84), not. 
 Ov (230), of him, of himself 
 Ov (289), ivhere. 
 Ov-6-Etg, ov-SE-jiia, ov-6-ev {ov-{-di 
 
 -\-eig) (271, R. 1), no one, nothing. 
 Oi'dap, {ovdaT)og {to), udder. 
 Ovk-etc {ovk+etl), not yet. 
 Ov-TTCJ (ov+TTw), not yet. 
 Ovpav-6-Osv, from heaven. 
 Ovpav-o-Oi, in heaven. 
 Ovpav-ov-SE, to heaven. 
 OvKOVv (380). 
 
304 
 
 GREEK-ENGLiSH 
 
 .\?.Y. 
 
 Ovc, idT)6g (354, 15) (to), ear. 
 Oij-Tcg, ov-Ti (ov-{-tIq), no one, iwth- 
 
 ing. 
 OvTog, avTT], rovro (250), this. 
 OvTug (289), in this way, thus. 
 '0(pd?i-Eiv (618, 12, 649), to owe. 
 '0<pdalju-6g, -oC (6), eye. 
 '0(pcg, {6^e)c}g (6), serpent, snake. 
 '0<j)X-iaK-uv-eiv (649), to lose (one's 
 
 cause). 
 'Oijj, {bTz)6g {rj), voice. 
 'Oipig, {bipe)ug (r/), eyesight. 
 
 n. 
 
 Uaidv, (7raidv)og (6), pcean. 
 JlatS-ev-eiv, to educate, bring up. 
 Uatd-i-ov, -ov (to), babe, 
 Uac^-ea', to play. 
 n.alg, {Trai.S)6g, voc. nal (6), boy, 
 
 son, child. 
 TlaTiT-ov (83), -ov (to), javelin. 
 Tldv-v, very. 
 Uapd (with gen.) (295, 4, a), from ; 
 
 (with dat.) (295, 4, b), with, by; 
 
 (with ace.) (295, 4, c), to, along by 
 
 the side of, beyond. 
 Xlap - ayyeTiX - stv {Tzapu + ayyell- 
 
 ecv) (485) (with dat. and ace), to 
 
 order, send word, summon. 
 Tiapa-yL-yv-Eadat {7rapd-\-yl-yv- 
 
 ecrdat) (with dat.), to be by, come 
 
 to aid. 
 Uapdchia-og, -ov (6), park, pleasure- 
 ground. 
 ILapa-(yL-do}-/j.L (7Tapd-\-6cSo)-fJ.t), 7 
 
 hand down. 
 U.apa-?[-a{/x)3-dv-eLv('Trapd+?i.a[ju)!3- 
 
 dv-etv), to receive from (another). 
 Xlapaadyy-7jg (272, note *), -ov (6), 
 
 parasang. 
 Uapa-CKev-d^-eiv (napd + aiisv-d^- 
 
 ecv), to prepare, get ready. 
 Uapa-Tdaa-ELv ('rvapd-\-Tdaa-eLv), to 
 
 post, put in order. 
 Hap-ELvat (rrapd+Eivai), to be pres- 
 ent, to be here, to be by. 
 
 TLap-sx-EiV (Trapd-\-cx-^iv), to afford. 
 Hap-i-GTrj-iii (Trapd-\-t.-GTTj-,ui) (with 
 
 dat.) I assist ; 2 aor. nap-E-GTjj-v, 
 
 I stood beside. 
 Hug, irdaa, Trdv (171), every, all, the 
 
 whole ; TcavTsg, everybody ; ndvTa, 
 
 everything. 
 Udaluv, (nd(Ti(jv)of (d), Pasion. 
 Ud-ax-Eiv (631, 8, 647, 649), to suf 
 
 fer. 
 HaTijp (336, 1), (TTaTE(i)og (6), father. 
 HuTpcg, (KaTpc6)og (tj), country, na- 
 tive land. 
 JlEid-Eiv (553-5), to persuade. 
 HEiO-EcdaL (mid.) (with dat.), to 
 
 obey. 
 JlEtd-d), -ovg (347) (^), persuasion. 
 Helv-jjv (423), to hunger. 
 UslEiivg, i7rE?i,eKE)cog (6), axe. 
 IlE7ioTrovvT](7caK-6g, -?j, ov (98), Pelo- 
 
 ponnesian. 
 II.E?.T-aaT-7]g (84, I^"), -ov (b), tar- 
 
 geteer. 
 mXT-v (84, I^=), -ng (rj), small 
 
 shield. 
 IlePuCjp, {7T£?Mp)og (to), monster. 
 HijiiTT-Etv (460), to send. 
 Ue/LiTTr-og, -r}, -ov (^S),fifth. 
 TiEV-r]g, (n£V-7]T)og (6), poor. 
 IlEVT-uKLg,five times. 
 
 liEVTE.five. 
 
 JlEVT-r]-KovTa, fifty. 
 Tl£VT-7]'KoaT-6g, -ij, -6v, fiftieth. 
 TIett-uv, -ov (177, 2), ripe. 
 ILspaiv-ELV (485, R. 1), to accomplish. 
 IlEpi (with gen.) (295, 1, a), about, of, 
 
 concerning, for ; (with dat.) (295, 
 
 1, b), about, around; (with acc.) 
 
 (295, 1 , c), around, about. 
 TlEpiKTifjg (352) (6), Pericles. 
 TLETa-vvv 111 (649), I extend. 
 HiTp-a, -ag {ij), rock. 
 Tirj (289), to some place, in some way. 
 TLfj (289), to what place ? in what way f 
 
 how ? 
 Uyy-vv fir (649), T fasten, fix. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 305 
 
 Urjd-dv (95, 647), to leap. 
 n.Tj?UK-og, -7], ov (264), how old ? how 
 
 great ? 
 Yi-qvina (289), at xvhat point of time? 
 mavg (342), (777?.Yt)wf (o). c"*'''- 
 miiiyizlnixi (649), I fill. 
 m-v-Elv (637, a, 1, 647, 649), to drink. 
 Ui-TTpu-OK-eiv (649), to sell. 
 m-Trr-eiv (630, 2, 647, 649), <o/a?^ 
 ni(7r-£i}£4V (with dat.) (62, b), to 
 
 trust, trust to, believe. 
 TlLaT-ov, -ov {to), pledge. 
 IltGT-oc. -v, -ov (98), faithful. 
 m-cjv, -ov (177, 2), fat. 
 UTiedpov (272), -ov {ro), a plelhrum. 
 Il?i-Elv (95, 420, 422, 647), to sail. 
 JlXECnTOt (ol), the most, majority. 
 TiTitK-tlv, to weave. 
 Jlleov-eK-T-jjg, -ov (200, R. 2) (o), 
 
 avaricious. 
 U.?[,7jai-u(^-eiv, to approach. 
 Il?\,oi-ov, -ov {to), vessel. 
 Il?.-ov^, -ov (93) (6), sailing. 
 n.2.ovai-og, -a, -ov (98), rich. 
 HAovr-of, -ov (6), wealth. 
 Tl2.vv-etv (484, R. 2), to wash. 
 n.v-dv (95, 420, 422, 1, 647), to blow, 
 
 breathe. 
 Hodev (289), /ro?n what place 1 
 Ilodev (289),/ro?n some place. 
 Tlol (289), to what place ? 
 Tloi (289), to some place. 
 Iloi-elv (95), to do; -rvot-eladat (mid.), 
 
 to make for one^s self 
 Ylolrjiyir, {Tcoc7]Ge)(j)g {rj), poetry. 
 rLotu7]v (335, R. 2), {7roifi,Ev)og (6), 
 
 shepherd. 
 Uol-og, -d, -ov (264), of what kind? 
 n.0l-6g, -a, -ov (264), of some kind. 
 Tlo2.e/uC-elv (95), to make or ii'age war. 
 TLoTie/Lt-L-og, -a, -ov (98), hostile. 
 Llolefl-L-oc, -ov (6), enemy. 
 TIoM-opK-Eiv (95), to besiege. 
 TloTitc (143), {7t6?.€)o)C {tj), city, state. 
 n.o7u-T-7}g (59), -ov (6), citizen. 
 TloXX-uKig, often. 
 
 UoTiv-juad-vc, -eg (177, 1, 199), 
 
 m2ich-learned. 
 Ilo/ltif, TtoXhj, noAv (186), much, 
 
 many ; ol 7TO/lAoi, the populace. 
 llov-7]p-6g, -d, -ov (98), knavish. 
 ILop-Ei-a, -ag (r/), march. 
 Ilof)-ev-eiv (act.), to carry, cause to 
 
 go ; TTop-Ev-eaduL (mid). (395, ^^), 
 
 to go, proceed. 
 Tlop(pvpovg, -a, -ovv, (of) purple. 
 TLoaeidcJv (354, 16) (6), Neptune. 
 UoG-og, -7], -ov (264), how great ? 
 Hoa-og, -ij.-ov {264), somewhat great. 
 TLoTa/ii-og, -ov (d), river. 
 lioTe (289), at what time ? when ? 
 UoTs (289), at some time. 
 Uov {2S0), whf're? 
 Uuv (289), somewhere. 
 Ilovg, {TTod)6g {6), foot. 
 Iipdy/J.aT-a {tu), busiiiess. 
 Upd-og, -eta, -ov (186, 2), mild, gen- 
 tle. 
 Updaa-iAtt. TcpdTT-)eiv (475), to do, 
 
 manage ; ev irpdaaecv, to do well, 
 
 prosper ; KaKug TcpdaasLV, to do ill, 
 
 be unfortunate. 
 YlpETT-eiv (with dat.), to become, befit. 
 Upiapvg (199, 201, note *) (d), old. 
 Upo (with gen.) (291, 2), before, in 
 
 front of, for, in behalf of . 
 n.po-di-doj-/j,t {rcp6-\-6i-dcj-f/.i), I be 
 
 tray. 
 Ilpo-So-T-Tjg, -ov (6), traitor. 
 Upo-c-CTTTj-iLit {■7rp6-\-L-(JTr]-/xi), I put 
 
 before; perf., Tzpo- eL- GTrj-K-a, I 
 
 command, am leader of. 
 Jlpo^EV-og, -ov (d), Proxenus. 
 IlpSg (with gen.) (295, 5, a), before, 
 
 in front of, on the part or side of; 
 
 (with dat.) (295, 5, h), in front of, 
 
 before, in presence of about, besides ; 
 
 (with ace.) (295, 5, c), to, in regard 
 
 to, with reference to, on account of, 
 
 against, before (173, e). 
 Upoa-iEvat {7rp6g-i- lEvai), to ad 
 
 vance. 
 
306 
 
 GKEEK-E\'GLI»il VOCABULARY. 
 
 TLpoa-iiVV-ecv (95, 647), to reverence. 
 
 ILpo-(TTepv-L6c-ov, -ov (to), corselet. 
 
 JIpd-(pa-ai^, {7Tpo-(pu-a£)cog (jy), pre- 
 text. 
 
 Hpu-T-oc -7], -ov, first. 
 
 lirux-^^^ -Vi -ov (98) (comp. 7rrw;\;- 
 La-TEpog, superl., 7rrw;i;-6-~crof), 
 poor (as a beggar). 
 
 [Irux-ogy -ov (6), a beggar. 
 
 livdayop-ag, -ov (o), Pythagoras. 
 
 UvX-i}, -7]g (jj), gate. 
 
 Tiv{v)d-dv-EadaL (624, b, 5, 649), to 
 inquire, fitid out. 
 
 nOp, (7rt)p)6f (to), fire. 
 
 IlwywJ^, (7r(jy(jy)0(. (6), beard. 
 
 riajf (289), z?i luAai way ? how 7 
 
 Ilcif (289), in some way. 
 
 P. 
 
 Tadi-of, -a, -oy (98, 212, 10), easy. 
 'PdiTT-eLV (427, 4, 553-5), to seiv. 
 T-elv (95, 420, 427, 4, 649), «o_^ou). 
 Triy-vv-/J,L (427, 4, 649), / break. 
 'FrJTup (335), {^TjTop)og (6), orator. 
 'FiTTT-eiv (427, 4), <o <Aro«;. 
 Tif (335), (/)iv)df (^), nose. 
 'Flip, (/6i7r)6f (6), bulrush. 
 'F66-OV, -ov {to), rose. 
 'P6-VVV-/LIC (427, 4, 649), / strengthen. 
 
 2. 
 
 Sap-of, -oi; (6), </ie Sams. 
 
 ^j3e-vvv-/it, (612, 649), I quench. 
 
 ^eavT-{cFavT-)ov, -fjg (236), o/ iAy- 
 selfi 
 
 ^i(3-ea6aL (mid.), to reverence. 
 
 Saaf (351) {to), light. 
 
 Iily-dv (95, 64r), to be silent. 
 
 '^ly-V, -Tjg {v), silence. 
 
 ^ivuTTC (350), {(jtvu7re)og {to), mus- 
 tard. 
 
 1,L0)7r-av (95, 647), tc be silent. 
 
 ^Ke6d-vvv-HL (598), / scatter. 
 
 'SiKev-d^-eiv (553-5), to prepare. 
 
 J:k7}v-7J, -Tig {rj), tent. 
 
 "Zktjv-ovv (95), to encamp. 
 
 'EiccoTtT-etv (647), to scoff. 
 
 'Liicbp, {(7KaT)6g {tS), dung. 
 
 'Ii0(pi-a, -ag {i]), wisdom. 
 
 liOcp-CGT-f/g, -ov (6), sophist. 
 
 2o0-6f, •^, -ov (98), wise. 
 
 2o0-wf, wisely. 
 
 2df, (7^, aov (98), ^Ay. 
 
 Stt-gj^ (95, 418), to draw. 
 
 "ETcavl-og, seldom. 
 
 'Eireip-civ (553-5), to sow. 
 
 1iTTe{v)S-Eiv (049), to pour in libation, 
 
 liTcevd-etv, to hasten. 
 
 I,7Tivd?jp, {ciZLvd7ip)og (6), spark. 
 
 l^TTOvd-al, -uv {al), a truce. 
 
 liTVOvd-d^-eiv (647), to make haste. 
 
 l,Tcov6-7j, -7jg {?]), haste. 
 
 1iTa-6/j.-6g (77), -ov (6), a stage. 
 
 IiTdxvg, {aTdxv)og (6), ear of corn. 
 
 llTsXX-etv (484, R.l),to send. 
 
 '2iT£p-iaii-ELV (649), to deprive. 
 
 ^T£<p-av-og, -ov (d), crown. 
 
 1,Ti]-7i-rj, -rig {?)), pillar. 
 
 UTo/ia, {aT6/j.aT)og {to), mouth. 
 
 YiTpaT-ev-ELV, to make war; aTpaT- 
 EV-Eadat, to make an expedition. 
 
 liTpuT-EV-fia, {GTpaT-£v-/j,aT)og {to), 
 army. 
 
 'ZTpaT-Tjy-og, -ov (6), general. 
 
 "LTpaT-iiJT-rjg, -ov (6) soldier. 
 
 I,TpE(p-£CV (464, b, R. 3, 472), to turn. 
 
 liTpcj-vvv-fiL (598, 649), / strew. 
 
 1,1) (230), thou. 
 
 livy-yi-yv-Eadat {avv-\-yi-yv-Ecdai) 
 (with dat.), to be with, become inti- 
 mate with. 
 
 "Lvy-Kok-Elv {avv (5, !)■+■ Ka?i,-£lv), 
 (95), 1 aor., Gvv-£-Kd?i£-G-a, to call 
 together. 
 
 Su/c-v (66), -Tjg {rj), fig-tree. 
 
 HvK-ov (83), -ov {to), fig. 
 
 2d/1 - ?,a(ix)l3 - dv - elv {ovv + ?ia{/Li)(3- 
 dv-£Lv), to arrest, apprehend. 
 
 ^v7i,-\Ey-£LV {cvv+'KEy-ELv), to col- 
 lect. 
 
 J^vfi-l3a-iv-ELv {avv-\-0a-iv-eiv), to 
 fall to, happen. 
 
GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 307 
 
 Si'/ti-fSov/.-fv-fiv (_ovv-\-i3ov?.-ev-€iv) 
 
 (with dat.), (0 coutmel, 
 Ivv (with dat.) (292, 2), icith, along 
 
 u'i!h, by or with the help of. 
 Sfv-aT-oPuV-u-Afot {(Ti'V-^u--6?.-?.v- 
 
 fiai), I perish with. 
 l>vv-d;}-K-ai, -uv (al), treaty. 
 Xgd/.'A-BLV (482), to deceive. 
 2^£-r;p-of, -d, -ov (98), their. 
 1,(JKpd-Tjg (158) (6), Socrates. 
 "LCJfia (150), {(7il)juaT)og (ro), body. 
 ^o)-TT]p-c-a, -af (?;), sa/e/y. 
 "Lu-ippov-elv (95), <o 6e discreet. 
 Xcj-ippov-ug, prudently. 
 ^6-(ppuv, -ov (177, 2), prudent. 
 
 Tu/MVT-oi.', -ov (to), tale/a. 
 
 Tu?.-ag, -aiva, -av (170, 1), unfortu- 
 nate. 
 
 Tdf-if, (raf-tOwf (342) (?}), ra/tZc (of 
 soldiers). 
 
 Tc2(70--(Att. TdTr-)ecv (553-5), fo ar- 
 range, drav) up. 
 
 Ta^-i), quickly. 
 
 Tax-vg, -ela, -v (166, 206, a, R. 1), 
 swift, fleeting. 
 
 Tax-VTTJg, {Tax-VT7iT)oc (r/), speed. 
 
 Telxog (157) (to), wall. 
 
 TeX-elv (95, 418), to finish, accom- 
 plish. 
 
 TE7.-EVT-av (95), to die. 
 
 TeZ,aff> (reA/^aOof (6), wii^cf. 
 
 Tt//(v)-efv (649), <o cut. 
 
 Tep-T]v, -etva, -ev (170, 2), tender. 
 
 TEaaap-d-Kovra, forty. 
 
 TEaaap-a-KOGT-oc, -t], -ov, fortieth. 
 
 Te<Taap-(Att. rErrap-)Eg, -a (271), 
 four. 
 
 'YEaaapeo-Kat-dEKa, fourteen. 
 
 TeaaupEG-Kat-diKa-T-og, -tj, ov, four- 
 teenth. 
 
 Tirap-T-og, -t}, -ov, fourth. 
 
 TETp-dKig, four times. 
 
 Tevx-^tv, to prepare. 
 
 Ty-St (289), in this way, thus. 
 
 Tif/.LK-og, -T], -OV (264), so old, so 
 
 great. 
 T/]?ak-6g-6£, -i]-6E, -ov-ds (264), so 
 
 old, so great. 
 Tr]?.iicovrog, -avrrj, •ovto(v) (264, 
 
 265), so old, so great. 
 TrjviKavra (289), at that point of 
 
 time. 
 TL ELV, to honour. 
 TL-6i}-fiL (584,585"), I place, put upon, 
 
 give, bestow, enact, make. 
 Tlkt-elv (647, 649), to beget or bring 
 
 forth. 
 TlAX-elv, to pluck. 
 Tcfx-av (95, 556-9, 648), to honour 
 TifJ.-'^, -fjc {?]), honour. 
 Tc-v-etv (637, a, 2, 649), to expiate, 
 
 pay ; TL-v-eadaL (mid.), to avenge 
 
 one^s self. 
 Tig, Ti (256), who ? what ? 
 Tig, rl (256), soine one, something, a, 
 
 a certain, any one. 
 TL-rpu-aK-etv (649), to pierce. 
 Tol-og, -a, -ov (264), of such a kind. 
 Tot-OG-de, -d-6E, -ov-Se (264, 267, a, 
 
 2), of such a kind, such (the follow- 
 ing)- 
 Toi-ovTog, -avTT},-ovTo{v) (264,265, 
 
 267, a, 1), of such a kind, such (the 
 
 foregoing). 
 ToG-og, -7], -ov (264), so great. 
 Tog-6g-6£, -tj-Se, -ov-Se (264), so 
 
 great. 
 ToG-ovTog, -avr?], -ovto{v) (264, 265), 
 
 so great ; roGOVTOi, so many. 
 Tote (289), at that time, then. 
 TpElg, rpLa (271), three. 
 TpsTT-Etv (460, 464, b, R. 3, 472), to 
 
 turn. 
 Tpsd-Etv (464, b, R. 3, 472), to nour- 
 ish. 
 Tpe;^-eiv (642, 647), to run. 
 Tpt-u-KOvra, thirty. 
 Tpt-d-icoGC-OL, -ac, -a, three hundred. 
 Tpt-d-KOGc-oGT-dg, -tj, -ov, three hwt- 
 
 dredth. 
 
308 
 
 GREEK-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 Tpi-d-Koar-Sg, -fj, -6v, thirtieth. 
 
 TpljS-eLV, to rub. 
 
 Tpt-rjpvg, {TpL-r]p£)og (tj), galley. 
 
 Tpif, three times, thrice. 
 
 Tpta-Kai-deKa, thirteen. 
 
 Tptc-Kac-deKa-T-og, -?], -ov, thirteenth. 
 
 Tpl-T-og, -7j, -ov, third. 
 
 Tp6iT-at-ov, -ov (to), monument, tro- 
 phy. 
 
 Tv(y)x-av-etv (649), to happen, ob- 
 tain, hit a mark. 
 
 TvrcT-ELV (550-2), to strike. 
 
 'rSup, iv6aT)0Q (331, 2, B. 2) {ro), 
 water. 
 
 Tl-6g, -ov (6), son. 
 
 'T/i-ETep-og, -a, -ov (98), your. 
 
 'TTT-dpx-etv {vn6-\-apx-Eiv) (with 
 dat.) to favour. 
 
 'TTr-e2,a-vv-£tv {vTT6-\-£?^a-vv-eiv), to 
 ride up. 
 
 "Tttep (with gen.) (294, 3, a), over, 
 above, beyond, for, in behalf of; 
 (with ace.) (294, 3, 6), over, beyond. 
 
 'TTir-iaxM-etGdai (95, 637, b, 2, 649), 
 to promise. 
 
 'TiTV-og, -ov (6), sleep. 
 
 •Ttto (with gen.) (295, 6, a), from 
 under, by, because of; (with dat.) 
 (295, 6, b), under (at the foot of) ; 
 (with ace.) (295, 6, c), under, to- 
 wards, during. 
 
 'TTTO-^vy-c-ov, -ov (ro), beast of bur- 
 den. 
 
 'TTr-OTTT-ev-eLV {vtto + 6tTT-£V-£IV), 
 to suspect. 
 
 'rtp-7]?i-6g, -7}, -ov (98), lofty. 
 
 ^a-tv-etv, to show. 
 ^dpfiaK-ov, -ov {to), medicine. 
 ^£p-EiV (642, 5, 649), to bear, bring, 
 
 endure, 
 ^evy-eiv (475, 647), to flet flee from, 
 
 shun, escape. 
 
 ^rjy-og (77), -ov (ji), beech-tree. 
 ^Tj-jul (594, 642, 6, 649), I say. 
 ^dd-v-Eiv (637, a, 3, 647, 649), to art- 
 
 ticipate. 
 ^dEtp-ECV (482), to destroy; (pdEtp- 
 
 Ecdai, to perish. 
 ^di-v-£LV (649), to corrupt. 
 ^iX-Etv (95, 556-9), to love. 
 ^LA-i-a, -ag {ij). friendship. 
 ^il-L-og, -a, -ov (98), friendly. 
 ^ll-tTTTr- og, - ov {(pi2, ■ og -j- itttt - og) 
 
 {106), fond of horses. 
 ^L/\.t7nr-og, -ov (6), Philip. 
 ^i7i6-6r]p-og, -ov {(pi/i-og-^-drjp-a) 
 
 {106), fond of hunting, 
 ^ao'/iad-r^g, -ig (177, 1, 199), fond 
 
 of learning. 
 ^i?.-og, -7], -ov {QS), friendly, dear. 
 $i/l-of, -ov {6), friend. 
 $iA-(Jf, dearly. 
 ^Xitp, {(f>XEi3)6g {tj), vein. 
 ^o(i-ElodaL (95), 1 aor. pass., k-^o^r]- 
 
 Otjv (used in mid. sense), to fear. 
 <^ov-EV-ELV, to put to death. 
 (^dpKvg, {^6pKvv)og (6), Phorcys. 
 ^op-Ti-ov, -ov {rd), burden. 
 (bpu^-Ei.v, to say ; (ppd^-Eadat (mid.), 
 
 to think, 
 ^pijv, {(pp£v)6g {rj), mind, 
 ^pvy-i-a, -ag {rj), Phrygia. 
 ^pv^, {(^pvy)6g (6), a Phrygian, 
 ^vy-dg, {(j)vy-dd)og (d, ij), an exile, 
 
 fugitive, 
 ^vy-dg, {(pvy-dd)og {b, ij) (adj.), /«- 
 
 gitive. 
 ^vy-Tj, -Tjg {?}), flight. 
 ^v-ELV (649), to produce. 
 ^VAUK-ij, -Tig {rj), a garrison. 
 ^vTiuTT-Etv (450, 2, 648), to guard, 
 
 take care of. 
 ^v-atg {(pv-a£)cjg (342) {tj), nature, 
 f^ug {to), light. 
 
 X. 
 Xaiv-Etv (649), to gape. 
 Xacp-Eiv (618, 13, 649), to rejoice. 
 XdTivip, {xd?i,v[3)og (6), steel. 
 
GREEK- K.NGIJSH VOCABULARY. 
 
 309 
 
 Xap^eif, -ecaa, -ev (16C), graceful, \ 
 
 elegant. 
 Xapi-ivT-u., gracefully. 
 Xdpig, {x^pir)o^ (/}), grace. 
 Xu-<yK-eiv (649), to gave. 
 X-elv (649), to pour. 
 Xdp (335, R. 1), (,te(p)6<: (jy). hand. 
 Xeipi(TO(pog, -ov (6), Chirisophus. 
 XelpiOT-og, -V, -ov (212, 2), luorst. 
 Xe/.i6uv, {x£7.l66v)oc {?]), swallow. 
 Xep-vixp, {xip-vi3)oc ijj), water for 
 
 washing. 
 
 Xi7.L-0L, -at, -a (279), one thousand. 
 Xl?u-0CT-6c, -37, -w, one thousandth. 
 XiTuv, (xiTuv)oc (6), rwnjc, jacket. 
 Xp/jfiaT-a (rd), money, wealth. 
 Xp-vadat (with dat.) (421, 423), to 
 
 ttse. 
 Xpov-o^, -ov (6), time. 
 Xpvc-L-ov, -ov ijo), money. 
 Xpva-ovq, -7], -ovv (HI), golden. 
 Xpu-vvi'-fiL (649), I colour. 
 X6-wi!-/ii (649), I heap up. 
 Xup-a, -Cf {fj), country, land. 
 
 Xup-elv (95, 647), to make nay. 
 Xup-i-ov, -ov {to), place. 
 Xcjptf (wilh gen.), apart from. 
 
 i'ei'd-civ (428, 8), to deceive; \}}evd- 
 Ecdai (mid.), to lie; rpevd-eadai 
 (pass.), to be mistaken, deceived. 
 
 ^evd-Tig, -ec (177, 1, 199, R. 4), false. 
 
 ■'tevd-og {to), a lie. 
 
 'i'i?. {■>piX)0Q in)> crumb- 
 
 Q. 
 
 'Q.\ O! 
 
 'Qd-eiv (649), to drive away. 
 
 'Qd-Ecv (95, 636, 4, 649), to push, 
 
 drive away. 
 ^Qp-a, -ag (rj), season. 
 'Qf (25, R. 1, 281, b, 293, 3), about, 
 
 to. 
 'QC (25, R- 1, 289), in which way 
 
 how. 
 'aosl-elv (95), to benefit. 
 'Q.del-ifi-og, -77, -ov (98), useful. 
 'Qip, (cl)-)df (7), countenance 
 
ENGI^ISH-GREEK VOCABULARY 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 Abandon, a.7iO-?.Ei7z-eiv (70, 2, 475, 
 
 3). 
 About (adv.), uc; (25, R. 1, 281, 6). 
 About (prep.), irepl (with ace.) (295, 
 
 l,c). 
 Abstain from, a~-i](^-Ea6ai (with gen.) 
 
 (5G, a, 70, 2). 
 Acceptable, ev-X(iP'ig, -I (180, 1). 
 Accomplish, reX-elv (95, 496, b, 497). 
 -4cc«5e, (Jta-/3daA-«v (70, 2, 487, i2. 
 
 3). 
 Achaean, 'Axo.c-6r, -a, -ov (98). 
 Achilles, 'Axi^?^evg, ('A;t;f/l>le)wf (6) 
 
 (342). 
 Admirable, d^avfia-CT-oc, -?/, -ov (98), 
 Admire, iS^avjU-u^-eiv (459, 3). 
 Advance, 7rpo(j-L£vat (593). 
 Advise, (3ov7^-£v-eLV (act.). 
 Afford, 7:ap-ix-eiv (70, 2). 
 Afraid, I am,6e6otKa or cJfdm (607). 
 4/fer, /iera (with ace.) (295, 3, c). 
 After that {when), eireL-drj. 
 Against, BTTi (with ace.) (295, 2, 5). 
 Age, of the same {as old), 7]?UK-og, -7], 
 
 'OV (98). 
 Alcibiades, 'A?i.Ki,5iuJ-?7f , -OV (6) (59). 
 All, TTuCy TTuaa, Tidv (171); quite all, 
 
 (i-7rag, d-Traaa, u-Tvav (171). 
 All things that or which, Trdvravaa 
 
 (267, 6). 
 All who, TTuvreg oaoi (267, b). 
 Always, del. 
 
 Anchor, an, u,yKvp-a, -ag {rj) (67^). 
 And, Kai, de. 
 
 Anger, opy-rj, -ijg (//) (67^). 
 Animal, ^d-ov, -ov {ro) (83). 
 Another, dA7i-og, -r], -o (250, R.). 
 Anticipate, <pdd-v-eiv ('637, a, 3). 
 
 Apart from, x^pk (with gen.). 
 Approach, to, 7T?.7](n-u^-£iv. 
 Aristides, 'ApLGTeLd-rjg, -ov (6) (59). 
 Arms (in general), heavy arms, dirX-a, 
 uv {rd) (83, 84, d^^) ; under arms, 
 
 kv TOlg OTiTlOLQ. 
 Arms, man-at-, b~?i-tT-ijg, -OV (o) (59, 
 
 84, ^^). 
 Arms, wear, orr/la l;j;-eiv (84, Jl=#^). 
 Army, arpdr • ev • jbca, {arpar-ev- 
 
 liaT)og {to) (150). 
 Arrange, rac7ff-(Att. TdTT-)ELV (459, 
 
 2). 
 Arrest, to, c'vA-2,a{fj.)8-uv-ei,v (70, 2, 
 
 624, b, 2), 
 J.mi;e, d<p-lK-v-EZrTdat (95, 037, 6, 1). 
 ^rtaa;era;es, 'Apra^ip^-Tjg, -ov (6) (59). 
 J.scen(f, uva-l3a-iv-ELV (70, 2,625, 1). 
 ^is far as, fisxpt and fiixptg (before 
 
 a vowel) (with gen.). 
 Ask, air-Eiv (95), epur-av (95), [e^p- 
 
 ea^ci] (618, 5). 
 .Assisf, irap-i-GTTj-fit (with dat.) (70, 
 
 2, 584, 585). 
 At, kni (with dat.) (160, b). 
 At-all, Ti. 
 
 Athenian, an, ^ Adrjval-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Atrides, 'Arpeld-Tjg, -ov {d) (59). 
 Attendants, his own, ol nepl avTOV 
 
 (239). 
 Auxiliary-troops, eTTiKOvp-oi, -0)V {ol) 
 
 (77). 
 Avaricious, 7Z?ieov-eK-T-i]g, -ov (6) 
 
 (59, 200, R. 2). 
 Away from, utto (with gen.). 
 
 Babe, 7Tac6-c-ov, 
 Bad, KUK-og, -tj. 
 
 B. 
 
 •ov {to) (83). 
 ■dv (98, 212, 2). 
 
314 
 
 ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 Badly, KUK-UQ. 
 
 Bad, the, ol KaK-ot. 
 
 Barbarian, ^dp,8ap-0^, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 Barbaric, (Sup^ap-iK-og, -7], -6v (98). 
 
 Base, aiGXp-oc -a, -ov (98). 
 
 Base, what is, ra alaxp-<J- (108, a). 
 
 Bashful, ald-rj/i-uv, -ov (177, 2, 200). 
 
 Battle, fJ,ux-V' -VC iv) (67^). 
 
 Be, yL-yv-Ecdai (630, 1), el-ixL (592). 
 
 Bear, (pep-eiv (642, 5). 
 
 Beast of burden, VTXo-L,vy-i-ov, -ov {to) 
 
 (83). 
 Beautiful, KoX-og, -rj, -ov (98). 
 Beautiful, the (in the abstract), to 
 
 Kok-ov (108, a). 
 Beauty, kOXK-oq {jo) (157). 
 Become, yi-yv-eadat (182, c, 630, 1). 
 Become (befit), npeir-scv (with dat.). 
 Become intimate with, avy-yi-yv-eadai 
 
 (70, 2, 630, 1). 
 Befit, TvpiK-ELv (with dat.). 
 Before, npog (with acc). 
 Before (in front of), Tvpo (with gen.) 
 
 (291, 2). 
 Beg, d-etadai (95, 618, 3). 
 Beget, TLKT-etv, exsLV. 
 Beggar, tttux-o^i -ov (6) (77). 
 Begin, upx-SLV (with gen.). 
 Beg off, k^-aiT-elv (95). 
 Believe, iriGT-ev-Eiv (with dat.) (62, 
 
 b). 
 Believed, be, 7nar-£v-£a6ai (pass.). 
 Benefactor, EV-spy-eT-rjg, ov (6) (59). 
 Benefit, 0)(pE7i-ELV (95). 
 Besiege, nolt-opK-Elv (95). 
 Bestow, Ti-drj-ui (584, 585). 
 Betake one^s self, KaTa-^Evy-Etv (70, 
 
 2). 
 Betray, 7Tpo-6i-do)-jLit (70, 2, 584, 585). 
 Better, KpEtaa-tJV, -ov (177, 2, 212, 1). 
 Better, it is, KpslGGOV eotl. 
 Black, fiE7\,-ag, -aiva, -av (170, 1, 
 
 199). 
 Blessings, uycid-d, -(bv {tu) (83). 
 Blood, al/ia, {ac/u,aT)og (to) (150). 
 Body, uLJ/iia, (Gu/xaT)og (to) (150). 
 
 Book (414, note *), ?i,6y-og, -ov (6) 
 
 (77). 
 Born, I am, ys-yov-a (630, 1). 
 Both, u/j.(p6-Tcp-og, -a, -ov (98). 
 Both — and, not — Koi. 
 Boy, nalg, {7TaLS)6g, voc. rrai (6). 
 Brave, uyad-6g, -rj, -ov (98, 212, 1); 
 
 av6p-Ei-og, -a, -ov (98). 
 Bravely, uvdp-Ei-ug. 
 Bravest, dptOT-og, -7], -ov (98, 212, 1, 
 
 213). 
 Breadth, Evp-or (to) (157). 
 Breast-plate, d-upa^, (■&upf2K)or (6) 
 
 (138). 
 Bridge, yi^vp-a, -ag (r/) (Ql\). 
 Brief, (3pax-vg, -Eta, -v (166). 
 Bring, (pep-ECV (642, 5). 
 Bring up (educate), nacd-EV-Etv. 
 Bring word, E7T-ayyE?i?i-£iv (70, 2, 
 
 482). 
 Broad, Evp-vg, -ela, -v (166). 
 Brother, d-^E^Kp-og, -ov (b) (77). 
 Burden, (pop-Tt-ov, -ov (to) (83). 
 Bur7i, KaL-ELV (420). 
 Burn down, KaTa-Kal-ELV (70, 2,420). 
 But, (Je (144), u7.1d (note the ac- 
 cent). 
 By, vTTo (with gen.). 
 By, be (come to aid), 7rapa-yi-yv-£cdai 
 
 (70, 2, 630, 1). 
 By (present), be, nap-EtvaL (70, 2). 
 
 Call, Kal-Elv (95, 496, 6, 497). 
 Call together, cvy-Kal-ELV, 1 aor. 
 
 cvv-E-KuTiE-G-a (70, 2, 95). 
 Capable, iKav-og, -r], -ov (98). 
 Captain, lox-dy-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Care, take, E7Ti-[j.E7\,-ELGdai (95). 
 Carry (hear), koju-i^-elv (496, c, 497). 
 Carry (cause to go), nop-ev-ELV (act.) 
 Caught, be, d/i-LGK-Ecrdat (631, 1). 
 Cause, ah-i-a, -ag (tj) Col^). 
 Ce\^n(B, KE?iaLv-al, -dv (at) (67J). 
 Centre, fiEG-ov, -ov (to) (83). 
 Certain, a, Tig, Tt (256, 6, 260, 6). 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 315 
 
 Change, fitva-Ti-drj-fit (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585). 
 Chariot, up/xa, {uf)fiaT)og (to) (150). 
 Channing, ev-xdp-i-C) 't (180» !)• 
 Child, TToig, (7ra«5)6f (6, t]). 
 Chirisophus, XeipiGOcp-og, -ov (6) 
 
 (77). 
 Citizen, ■Ko7\,l-T-r}g -ov (6) (59). 
 City, TToTiLg, (7rdAe)wf (?/) (143). 
 Clearchus, K?Japx-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Collect, uOpo-i^-eiv, av?i,-?^ey-et.v (70, 
 
 2). 
 Colosse, Ko?ioaa-ul, -Qv (al) (67^, 
 
 182, a). 
 Comb, uTEv-Ll^-eLV. 
 Combustible, Knvcr-ifi-og, -ov (106). 
 Come, ucp-iK-v-eladai (95, 0.37, b, 1), 
 
 tpx-ec6ai (642, 2), tjk-elv (152, 
 
 note *). 
 Co7«e on, eTT-tevat (593). 
 Cowie to aid, irapa-yi-yv-eadat (70, 2,. 
 
 630, 1). 
 Command, dpx-etv, irpo-e-arrj-K-a. 
 Commavder, upx-(OV, {apxovT)og (6). 
 Commander of, be, dpx-£tv (with gen.). 
 Compel, dvayK-d^-eiv. 
 Competent, iKav-og, -T], -ov (98). 
 Comrade, kralp-OQ, -ov (6) (77). 
 Conquer, vlK-av (95), 
 Consent, ■&s?i,-Etv and e-del-etv, 1 aor., 
 
 7]-deX-T]-a-a. 
 Contest, dy(dv, (dy(jy)of (6). 
 Convince, hMyx-^tv (499). 
 Corselet, Tcpo-aTepv-iot-ov, -ov {to) 
 
 (83). 
 Counsel, av/j,-[3ov?i-ev-ei.v (with dat.) 
 
 (70,2). 
 Country, X(^p-(^> "Gf (57) (67^). 
 Courage, dpET-Tj, -■^g {rj) (67J). 
 Courageous, uvSp-EL-og, -a, -ov (98). 
 Critias, KpiTC-ag, -ov (6) (59). 
 Croesus, KpoiG-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Croi/;, Kopo)V-Tj, -7)g (7) (67|). 
 Crown, cFTe(j)-av-og, -ov (6) (77.) 
 C«« doiwn {destroy), ek-kottt-ecv (70 
 
 2). 
 
 Cif< through, dia-KOKT-Etv (70, 2). 
 Cyrus, Ki'p-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 D. 
 
 Danger, nivSvv-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Doric (572, note *), 6apEL-K-6g, •oiJ 
 
 (6) (77). 
 Darius., Aapsi-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Z)a7/, r/fiEp-a, -ag {rj) (67|). 
 Death, put to., (pov-evELV. 
 Deceive, c(pdXA-£iv (482). 
 Deceived, be, ipEvd-Eadai (pass.). 
 i)eed, Epy-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 Deem, vofJ,-L(^-£lv (496, c, 497). 
 Z>eejtj, (Sad-vg, -ela, -v (166, 208). 
 7>/aj/, [lEAl-ELV (618, 8). 
 Deliberate, j3ov7i.-EV-EcdaL (mid.). 
 Demand, u^L-ovv (95). 
 Depart, dn-epx-eodai (70, 2, 642, 2;. 
 Desert, KaTa-TiELTt-eiv (471, 475, 3). 
 Desire, ETTL-dvfJ.-1-a, -ag {i]) (67^). 
 Desire, to, d-ETi-ELV or e-QeTi-elv, 1 
 
 aor. Tj-dEX-rj-G-a. 
 Desire {request), to, d-Etadai (95,618, 
 
 3). 
 Destroy, uTV-oX-lv-fiL (70, 2, 599), 
 
 6ta-(pd£ip-Eii> (70, 2, 482). 
 Destroy {cut down), eh-kottt-elv (70, 
 
 2). 
 Determined, am, fSe-fJovTi-EV-fiac (417, 
 
 note *). 
 Die, dTi0-6vi]-OK-ELV (631, 6), re/levr- 
 
 av (95). 
 Z)i^, 6pVTT-ELV (499). 
 Discreet, be, ao)-ippov-£iv (95). 
 Disease, voG-og, -ov (57) (77). 
 Dissolve, 7iv-ELV. 
 Do, TTOi-Eiv (95), 7rpdcro'-(Att. Trpdrr-) 
 
 eiv (459, 2). 
 Z)og-, Kvov, {Kvv)6g (6, ^) (336, 3). 
 Door, ■d-vp-a, -ag {y) {Ql^). 
 Draw up, rdcrcr-(Att. TdTT-)£cv. 
 Drink up, EK-m-v-EiV (637, a, 1). 
 Drive, kTia-vv-EiV (496, a, 497). 
 Drive away, dir-ud-Elv (95, 636, 4). 
 Dr,ive on, £?ia-vv-Eiv (496, a, 497). 
 
316 
 
 ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 Drive OT push in, ela-ud-tlv (95, 636, 
 
 4). 
 Drunk, get, fiedv-eiv. 
 During, iv (with dat.) {2b, R. 1, 292, 
 
 1). 
 
 Each, 'iKaoT-og, -rj, -ov (98). 
 Each other, al7i,-fi7^-o)V (237). 
 Ear, ovg,{ioT)bg {to) (331, R. 1, 354, 
 
 15). 
 Earth, yal-a -TJC (//) (CTJ). 
 Easy, ^aSi-og, -a, -OV (98, 212, 10). 
 Editcaie, Trai6-EV-eLv. 
 Eighty, bydo-rj-tiovra. 
 Elegant, xo-pl-eiQ, -eaaa, -ev (166). 
 Eleven, ev-dena. 
 Encamp, aK7]v-ovv (95). 
 Endure, ^ip-tLV (642, 5). 
 Enemy, itoTiefi-i-o^, -ov (o) (77). 
 Enmity, txOp-a, -ag (^) (67-J-). 
 Enumeration, upidn-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Escape, uTro-<pevy-eiv (70, 2). 
 Establish, Kad-L-GTr]-p.i (564, 585) ; 
 
 / was established, Kar-e-OTTj-v (2 
 
 aor.). 
 Eubma, 'EvfioL-a, -ag {rj) (67J). 
 Even (conj.), Kal. 
 Evmily, o/xaTi-ioc- 
 Every, nug, TrUca, ttHv (171) ; every 
 
 body, irdvTsg (173, c) ; every thing, 
 
 ■jTuvra (173, c). 
 Evils, KaK-d, -uv {rd) (83). 
 Excessively, uyav. 
 Exercise, yv/nv-d^-eiv. 
 Exhibit, eTTC-ddK-vv-fit (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585). 
 Exile, (j)vy-dg, {(j)vyd6)og {6, rj) (323). 
 Expedition, make an, crpaT-ev-EoQai 
 
 (mid.). 
 Experience, old-a (604). 
 Expose, kn-ri-dTj-^iL (70, 2, 584, 585). 
 
 Faithful, TTtaT-og, -^, -ov (98, 194). 
 Fall, ni-TTT-ecv (498, c, 630, 2). 
 
 Fa/Z mfo or wj)ora, E/i-Tri-TTT-etv (70, 2^ 
 
 630, 2). 
 Fall to {happen), av/i-jSa-tv-eiv (70, 2; 
 
 625, 1). 
 FaZse, ipevS-7Jg, -eg (177, 1, 199, i2. 4). 
 Fated, fiop-Ciji-og, -ov (106). 
 Father, Tcarr'jp, (7rarep)of (6) (336). 
 Favour, vTT-dpx-£tv (with dat.) (70, 
 
 2). 
 -Fear, (pofi-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Fear, to, <po,3-elodui (95, 510). 
 Feu;, 6Xcy-og, -rj, -ov (98). 
 F/^/t<, iidx-eadac (with dat.) (232, c, 
 
 496, |^=, 497). 
 Fighting, ivithoui, u-(iax-£i- 
 Find, tvp-LGK-Eiv (631, 5). 
 Find out, 7rv{v)6-dv-erj6a/. (493, c). 
 Fire, set on, Kai-etv (420). 
 Firmly, e/^-^ufi-ev-ug. 
 Fish, Ixdtg, {lxei)og (6) (136). 
 Five, nivre. 
 Flatter, KoTiGK-tv-eiv. 
 Flatterer, KoTia^ {iw?Mic)og (6). 
 Flee, (pevy-etv (471, 475, 498, c). 
 Flee down or betake one's self, Kara- 
 
 (j)Evy-etv (70, 2). 
 Flee from, (pevy-etv. 
 Fleeting, Tax-vg, -eia, -v (166, 206, a, 
 
 R. 1). 
 F/i>;i/, (^vy-T?, -^f (57) (67^). 
 Flock, hyek-ri, -Tjg [i]) (67A-). 
 Fond o/" learning, ^i?io-jua$-ijg, -eg 
 
 (177, 1, 199). 
 For (conj.), yap (always placed after 
 
 one or more words in a sentence). 
 For (prep.), em (with dat.) (160, b), 
 
 elg (with ace.) (293, 2, c), Trpoc 
 
 (with aoc). 
 Force, Svva/xtg, {SvvdfJ,e)o)g (57) (342) 
 Former {in front), efi-Tcpoa-dev (415 
 
 i). 
 Fortunes, my, rd Trap' kiioi. 
 Forty, reaaap-d-KovTa. 
 Four, TeGaap-{Att. TeTTap-)eg, -a 
 
 (271). 
 Fourteen, TE<J(japeff-Kac-6EKa. 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 317 
 
 Fourth, rerap-T-og, -tj, -ov (98). 
 Free, klevd-ep-og, -a, -ov (98), 
 Free, to, E?,evd-Ep-ovv (95). 
 Friend, (pil-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Friendly, (plX-oc, -Tj, -ov (98, 194, R. 
 
 1, note *). 
 Friendship, (pi?^-i-a, -ag (rj) (67-^). 
 From, uTTO (with gen.), kK or i^ 
 
 (with gen.) (25, R. 1). 
 Fruit, KapTZ-6g, -ov (d) (77). 
 Fugitive, (pvy-dg, (0tiydd)of (6, ^) 
 
 (323). 
 
 Gain, Kepd-oc {to) (157). 
 
 Gam, to, Kep6-a-LV-ELv (649, 57). 
 
 Garrison, (pvlaK-T/, -Tjq {i]) (67J). 
 
 Ga/e, TrvTi-T], -rjg ij]) (67^). 
 
 Gather, adpo-i^-etv. 
 
 General, GTpaT-rjy-OQ, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 Gentle. Trpd-og, -sla, -ov (186, 2). 
 
 Get, la{fx)(S-dv-ELV (624, b, 2), 
 
 Gi/f, dwp-ov, -ou {to) (83). 
 
 Give, di-du-fiL (584, 585), Tt-drj-^i 
 
 (584, 585). 
 Gzue 6acK, U7ro-6c-6o}-/j.i (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585). 
 Gladly, Tjd-E-ug. 
 Glory, 66^-a, -7]C (v) (67|), /ci;J-of 
 
 (ro) (351, 2, a). 
 Go, u(j}-iK-v-£tadat (95, 637, 6, 1), 
 
 £pX-£odat (642, 2), Trop-Ev-Eadat 
 
 (mid.). 
 Goa<, cif, (a/y)6f (6, t?) (319). 
 Goblet, KVTTE?i,?.-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 God, Oe-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 God, a, ds-og, ov (d) (77). 
 Golden, xpv(J-ovg, -ij, -ovv (111). 
 Good, ayad-og, -r], -ov (98). 
 Good, the, ol ayaOoi. 
 Go up, ava-jia-Lv-ELV (70, 2, 612) 
 Graceful, xapt-Eig, -eaaa, -ev (166). 
 Great, fisy-ag, -dlT], -a (186, 1, 212, 
 
 8). 
 Greatly, niy a. 
 Greece, 'EAAdf , ('EAAd J)of (iy) (323). 
 
 Gree^, "Y.lXriv, {"Y.17.i]v)og (6). 
 Gn'e/, "kviz-rj, -Tjg {■>]) (67^). 
 Guard, ^VAuTT-eiv. 
 Guest, ^Ev-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 H. 
 
 Hair, ^pi^, {Tpix)6g {rj) (354, 8), 
 Hand down, ■Kapa-6l-6cj-fzt (70, 2, 
 
 584, 585). 
 Hand down to children's children, Tra- 
 
 pa-St-do-vac Tvatduv TrataCv. 
 Happen, av/n-jSa-lv-Eiv (70, 2, 625, 1). 
 Happy, o'AfSt-og, -a, -ov (98), and -og, 
 
 -ov (106). 
 Hare, Xayug, -6 (6) (88). 
 Harness up, uva-^£vy-vv-fj.t (70, 2). 
 Haste, cTcov6-rj, -?jg {rj) (67J). 
 Hasten, GTTEvd-ELV. 
 Hate, fila-Elv (95). 
 
 Have, EX-EtV, fut. £^-£LV. 
 
 Hear, aKOV-EW {499, R. 1). 
 
 Help, (3oT]-6£-i-a, -ag (?)) (67f) • 
 
 Hen, bpvlg, {6pvld)og (6, i]) (323;. 
 
 i?er, d, r], to (79, a). 
 
 Herald, KTjpv^, {KrjpvK.)og (6) (319) 
 
 Herself, of, iavT-{avT-)7Jg (236), 
 
 Himself, of, ov (230), £-ayr-(a{ir-)o* 
 
 (236). 
 Hinder, koXv-elv (393). 
 i?/ri?, iiiad-ovv (95). 
 i?2s, 6, ;?, rd (79, a). 
 His own, 6, ?;, to k-avT-ov (239). 
 Hold, EX-EiV. 
 
 Hold back, div-EX-eLV (70, 2). 
 Home, at, oIk-ol. 
 
 Honey, iieKl, {pL£h.LT)og {to) (I50"i 
 Honour, Tlfi-f], -Tig (/)) (67|). 
 Honour, to, Tlfi-av (95). 
 Honourable, KaA-6g. -r}, -ov (98). 
 Honourable, the (in the abstract), re 
 
 /v-aAdv (108, rt). 
 Honourable, what is, tu Ka7/i (108, a) 
 Hope, eat: Eoffu!.. 
 
 Horn, KEpag, (/cfpa-)or (to) ('51). 
 Horse, IrcTZ-og, -ov (d) (77). 
 Horseback, on, ccTrb ltztcov (85, a). 
 
318 
 
 ENGLISEJ-GKEEK VOrAiiULARY 
 
 Horseman, livK-evg, {lTiTC-e)cog (6) 
 
 (143). 
 Horses, fond of, ^iTi-iiTTT-og, -ov (106), 
 Hostile, ixd-p-6g, -a, -6v (98, 206, b), 
 
 Tvo7ie[i-t-og, -a, -ov (98), 
 House, o'tK-c-a, -ag {tj) (67^). 
 How ? TTug (289) ; 
 How, cjg (25, R. 1). 
 How old? TTTjlU-og, -7], -ov (98, 264); 
 How old, oTvrjVLii-og, -rj, -ov (98, 264). 
 Hundred, iaarov. 
 Hunt, -d-rjp-ev-Eiv. 
 Hunting, fond of, ^t?i6-67ip'0g, -ov 
 
 (106). 
 Hunting, good at, ev-Orjp-og, -ov (106). 
 Huntsman, ■&rjp-ev-T-rjg, -ov (6) (59). 
 Hurt, f^XaTTT-ew. 
 Hurtful, l3?ia(3-Ep-6g, -a, -ov (98). 
 
 I. 
 
 /, eycj (230, 232, a). 
 
 If, edv or ^v, el (25, R. 1). 
 
 Ill, do (be unfortunate), KUK-ug Tcpdaa- 
 
 etv. 
 Immortal, u-Odvar-og, -ov (106). 
 Impassable, d-Ttop-og, -ov (100). 
 Imprudent, d-(l>p-a)V, -ov (177, 2). 
 In, h (with dat.) (25, R. 1, 292, 1), 
 
 eni (with gen.). 
 In all respects, ndvTa (214, 6). 
 In place of, dvrl (with gen.) (291, 
 
 1)- 
 Inquire of, epuT-av (95). 
 Inscription, ypd/J.f/.aT-a, -0)V {tu) 
 
 (150). 
 Insist on, aTi-aiT-elv (70, 2, 95). 
 Inspection, e^-eraatg, {£^-efda£)o)g 
 
 {v) (i;i3). 
 
 Insult, d-Tifi-d(^-ELV. 
 Intimate, ^iv-og, -ov (6) (77), 
 Into, elg (with ace.) (25, R. 1). 
 Ionian, 'luviK-og, -rj, -ov (98). 
 Irrational, u-vovg, -ovv (112), 
 Island, vfja-og, -ov [t]) (77). 
 Its, 6, j], TO (79, a). 
 Itself, of, i-avT-{avT-)ov (236). 
 
 Jacket, xi-T<^v, (xi.TO)v)og (6). 
 Javelin, 7Ta?lT-6v, -ov {to) (83). 
 Judge, Kpi-T-rjg, -ov (6) (59). 
 Judge, to, Kpiv-eiv (484, R. 2),. 
 Jupiter, Zevg (6) (354, 7). 
 Just, 6iK-ai-og, -a, -ov (98, 194). 
 Justice, diKatoavv-T], -ijg {rj) {67-^). 
 
 K. 
 
 Keep, ex-etv. 
 
 Keep from, uTT-exstv (70, 2). 
 
 Keep one's self from, aTZ-EX' ^odai 
 
 (mid.) (56, a). 
 Key, KMg, {Kl£i6)6g {rj) (354, 10). 
 
 Kill, dTTO-KTElv-ELV (483, S^=", 489). 
 King, (3aaL?i£vg,{l3aai2,E)cjg{6) (143). 
 Knavish, 7zov-rjp-6g, -d, -ov (98). 
 Know, EX'ELv, old-a (604), yL-yv6- 
 
 GK-EiV (612). 
 
 Knoiving, Id-p-tg, -i (178), 
 
 Law, v6/j,-og, -ov (6) (77), 
 
 Lead, dy-£iv (499, R. 2), ijy-EladaL 
 
 (with gen.) (95, 145, b). 
 Leader of to be,?)y-£iG6at (with gen,) 
 
 (95, 145, b) ; I am leader of, npo- 
 
 E-aTTj-K-a (perf. act. of irpo-i-aTTj' 
 
 fit). 
 Leap down, KaTa-Txr]6-av (70, 2, 95). 
 Learn, fj.a{v)0-dv-ELV (649, 64), yu- 
 
 yvcJ-GK-Eiv (649, 25). 
 Learned, much, TTOAv-fxad-rjg, -eg 
 
 (177, 1, 199). 
 Leave behind, KaTa-TiECK- Etv (70, 
 
 2). 
 Left, Ev-6vv/j,-og, -ov (106). 
 Lesbos, AialS-og, -ov (//) (77), 
 Lest, [irj. 
 Letter {epistle), ETTL-aTol--^, -rjg {rj) 
 
 (67i). 
 Letter (tnark), ypu/x/xa, {ypd/zfJ,aT)o^ 
 
 (TO) (150). 
 Liberty, eTiEvd-Ep-i-a, -ag (tj) (67^), 
 Libyan, Aif3vg, {Ai^v)og (6) (136"> 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 319 
 
 Licentioua, a-Kpar-Tjg, -eg (177, 1, 
 
 199). 
 Lie, TpEvd-og (to) (157). 
 Lie down, Ksl-juai (605). 
 Life, (3ioc, -ov (6) (77). 
 Lion, Muv, (/lt'ovr)of (6) (136). 
 Little, fxlKp-oc, -a, -6v (98, 212, 6). 
 Little (of worldly goods), ra /xlKpa. 
 Live, ^-7]v (423). 
 Lofty, vip-Tj?i-6g, -^, -6v (98). 
 Long, juaKp-og, -a, -6v (98, 212, 5). 
 Loosen, Iv-etv. 
 
 Love, ayaTT-av (95), (^tX-elv (95). 
 Lucky, ev-TVX-VC' -ff (177, 1, 199). 
 Lydia, Av6l-a, -ag {rj) (67^). 
 
 M. 
 Maeander, the, Maiavdp-og, -ov (6) 
 
 (77). 
 Maiden, Kop-r], -rjg (r/) (67^). 
 Majority, the, ol TzTielaTOL (213). 
 Make (a law), ri-dv/^c (584, 585). 
 Make an expedition, arpaT-ev-eadaL 
 
 (mid.). 
 Make for one's self, TTOi-eiadat (mid.), 
 
 (37 ^, 95). 
 Male, u^^-Tjv, -ev (179). 
 Man, uvrjp, {avep)og (6) (336), uv- 
 
 OpuTT-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Manage, Kpu<J(y-{Att. 7TpuTT-)eiv 
 
 (459, 2). 
 Many, TTo7.7ioi, izoXkaU T^oWd (186, 
 
 1) ; the many, ol TCoTiTioi (188, b). 
 March, a, -Kop-ei-a, -ag {■}]) (67J). 
 March anew, uva-(^i;vy-vv-/j.t (70, 2). 
 March forward, k^-eXa-vv-eLV (70,2). 
 Medicine, (pupnaK-ov, -ov (to) (83). 
 Menon, Mevwv, {M.evuv)og (6). 
 Mercenaries, an army of, ^ev-LK-6v, 
 
 •ov (to) (83). 
 Messenger, ayye7i-og, -ov (o) (77). 
 Middle, (lea-og, -rj, -ov (98) ; the mid- 
 dle, [leG-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 Mild, Tcpdog, -ela, -ov (186, 2). 
 Miletus, Mt?.i]T-og, -ov (rj) (77). 
 Miltiades, McXridd-jjg, -ov (6) (59). 
 
 Mind, vovg, -ov (o) (93). 
 Minerva, 'Adr]v-u, -ug (rj) (66). 
 Mistaken, to be, tpevd-ecdat (pass.), 
 Mitylene, MitvXtjv-tj, -ijg (//) (67^). 
 Mix, Kepu-vvv-fii (649, 56). 
 Modesty, ald-ug, -ovg (^) (347). 
 31<mey, ;^p77juar-«, -cjv (ra) (150), 
 
 Xpva-L-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 Month, fjLTJv, {iJ,rjv)6g (6). 
 Monument, Trpoir-aL-ov, -ov (to) (63). 
 Morrow, on the {to-morrow), avpiov. 
 Mortal, -^vrj-T-og, -77, -ov (98). 
 Mortal, a, (3pnT-6g, -ov (6) (77). 
 Most, TzldaT-og, -n, -ov (98, 212, 9). 
 Mount (as on a horse), dva-(3a-iv-ECV 
 
 kni (with gen. or ace). 
 Move, Klv-etv (95). 
 Much, TTo7ivg, iroXkri, tcoav (186, 1). 
 Murmur, ■&6pvi3-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Muster, udpo-i^-Etv. 
 My, 6 Efi-6g (243, 245). 
 My own, 6 Efi-avT-ov (239). 
 Myself, of, tji-avT-ov, -ijg (236). 
 
 N. 
 Native land, iraTp-ig, {7raTp-l6)og {tj). 
 Nature, <pv-aig, {^v-aE)cjg (7) (342). 
 Naxian, a, Nd^c-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Near, eyyvg. 
 
 Necessary, it is, d-el (95, 618, 3). 
 Nectar, vsKTcp, {v£KTap)og (ro) (150). 
 Need, there is, 6-el (95, 618, 3, 620, c). 
 Night, vv^, {vvKT)6g {r]). 
 Noble, Ecd%-6g, -rj, -ov (98). 
 Nobly, yevvai-ug. 
 Not (in prohibition), /j.7] (48, d), ov, 
 
 ovK, ovx (25, R. 1, 34, 3, 84). 
 Nothing, ov-d-EV, {ov-6-£v)6g {t6\ 
 Not yet, OVK- ETC, ov-rvo). 
 
 Oath, 6pK-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 Obey, TCELd-Eadai (with dat.) (202, i). 
 
 Obtain as one's lot, ?ia{y)x-dv-ClV 
 
 (624, 6, 1). 
 Often, 7io7j\.-dKL(;. 
 
323 
 
 ENGLISH-GKEEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 Old, rrpeafSvc: (6) (199, 201, note *). 
 On, ETci (with ace.) (71), tlq (with 
 
 ace). 
 Once for all, sia-uTva^. 
 One, elg, /uiu, ev (271). 
 One another, uX'A-tjI-cjv (237). 
 On the one hand, fiev (153, c). 
 On the other hand {but). M (153, c). 
 Opinion, yvu it-T], -rj^ {?/) (67J). 
 Ordain, dia-ruaa-eiv (70, 2, 459, 2). 
 Order, Ke'Aev-etv. 
 Orontes, 'OpdvT-r/g, -ov (6) (59). 
 Our, 7//LC-6TSf)'0g, -a, -ov (98, 243). 
 Out of, £K or ef (wiih gen.) (25, R. 1 ), 
 Overtake, KaTa-?ia{n)^-uv-eLV (70, 2, 
 
 624, b, 2), 
 
 P. 
 Parasang (272, note *), Tzapacuyy-r^Ci 
 
 -ov (6) (59). 
 ParA: {pleasure-ground) , 7ra.pddeL<y-og, 
 
 -ov (6) (77). 
 Par/, ^i'p-of (re) (351,2, fl). 
 Pasion, Ui'ioMV, {IlaaLuv)og (6). 
 Passio7i, bpy-Tj, -7/g {r]) (67^). 
 Pfli/, ptLuO-og, -ov {u) (77). 
 Pay, /, u7ro-c5i-(5w-^t (70, 2, 584, 585). 
 Peace, elp-7jV-7], -7?f (;?) (C7|). 
 Peloponiiesian, Il£/iO'!rouv?]a - m/c - oj-, 
 
 -??, -ov (98). 
 Penalty, to pay a, St-oo-vaL diKrjV. 
 Perceive, alad-dv-EdOat (624, a, 1). 
 Perhaps, lo-ug. 
 Perish, I, uTT-oX-Xv-fzat (mid.) (70, 
 
 2, 599). 
 Perishable, ■&V7]-T-6g, -TJ, -ov (98). 
 Perish with, I, gvv - arc -o'k-'kv- fiat 
 
 (mid.) (70, 2, 599). 
 Persian, a, Uipa-rjg, -ov (6) (59, R. 
 
 1, 6, 3). 
 Persuade, neid-eiv (452), 
 Philip, '^r/UTTn-ng, -uv {(')) (77). 
 Phrygia, <^pvy-i-a, -ag {y) (67^-). 
 Phrygian, a, <I>pyf, (<I'/;my)of («)■ 
 Pi/Zar, CTri-7<.-7], -rig {rj) («i7|). 
 P/ace, ;^6>p-i-oj;, -ov (rd) (83). 
 
 j P/ace, 7, ri-^7?-/z/. (584, 585). 
 P/ace of, in, uvri. (with gen.). 
 Play, TTniC-eiv (498, c). 
 Pleasant, 7/ 6-vg, -eta, -v (166, 206, a) 
 Pleasure, ijd-ov-j], -f/g {?/) (67|). 
 Pledge, TZiGT-uv, -ov (to) (83). 
 Plethrum (272), TZAedp-ov, -ov (ra 
 
 (S3). 
 P/o/, iiTTi-iPovTi-T], -yg {ij) (67|). 
 P/o« against, kTCL-fSovTi-ev-ELV (wifj 
 
 dat.) (70, 2). 
 Plough, up-ovv (95, 499). 
 Poor (as a beggar), 7rr(j;)^-6f, -?% -6i> 
 
 (98, 195). 
 Populace, the, ol iTolTioi (188, 6). 
 Post, Tcapa-rdaa-eiv (70, 2, 459, 2), 
 
 Kae-i-aT7]-[XL (584, 585). 
 Posi myself or am posted, I, Kad-t- 
 
 ara-juat (mid.) (70, 2, 584, 585). 
 Power, 6vva/xtg, {dvvu./.te)idg (?}) (342). 
 Praise, eir-atv-Etv (70, 2, 95). 
 Pz-e/er, alp-eladai (95, 642, 1). 
 Prepare, irapa-aKCV-u^- eiv (70, 2, 
 
 459, 3). 
 Present, to be, Trap - eXvat (70, 2 
 
 592). 
 Pretext, 7rp6-(pa-(jcg, {TTpo-(pd-aE)ci^ 
 
 (^)(342). 
 Princely, 0aac7^-iK-6g, -rjy -ov (98). 
 Proceed, TTop-ev-EcOai (mid.) (395, 
 
 l^=). 
 Produce, (jjv-etv. 
 Promise, vn-iax-v-eicdat (95, 637, 6, 
 
 2). 
 Propitious, I'Xe-ug, -ov (113). 
 Prosper, ev Trpdaa-eiv (459, 2), ev 
 
 Prosperous, tb-dai/n-cov, -ov (177, 2) 
 'cv-rvx-fig> -Eg (177, 1, 199). 
 
 Province, upX'Vi -Vg (v) i^''^)- 
 
 Proooenus, Iip6^£v-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 Prudent, au-<}>p-iov, -ov (177, 2, 193, 
 2, C). 
 
 Punish, Ko7.d(^-£iV. 
 
 Pupil, iiaQr}--i]g, -ov (o) (59). 
 
 Pursue, 6c6ii-£iv. 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 321 
 
 Put aside, I, /neTa-TC-dTj-iXL (70, 2, 
 
 584, 585). 
 Put away or apart, T, u(*>-i-aTr}-(J.t (70, 
 
 2, 584, 585). 
 Put before, I, Tvpo-l-Grrj-jUl (70, 2, 
 
 584, 585). 
 Put in order, irapa-raca-EiV (70, 2, 
 
 459, 2). 
 Put on (as clothes), kv-dv-etv (70, 
 
 2). 
 Pm« upon, I, tI-6t]-/lU (584, 585). 
 Pythagoras, UvOayop-ag, -ov (6) (59). 
 
 Q. 
 
 Quarrel, dia-(pop-u, -ug [i]) (67^). 
 
 Quickly, rax-v. 
 
 Quiet, EKr]2,-og, -7], -ov (98). 
 
 R. 
 
 Raise up, I, dv-c-GT7]-fil (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585). 
 Rank (of soldiers), rd^-tg, (raf-£)wf 
 
 (5?) (342). 
 Raven, Kopa^, (K6paK)og (6) (136). 
 iSeacZ (aloud), ?iey-ecv. 
 Ready, get, Tzapa-CKev-d^-eiV (70, 2, 
 
 459, 3). 
 Receive, 2,a(/j.)(3-dv-eiv (624, &, 2), 
 
 dix-eodaL (dep.). 
 Receive from (another), 7rapa-?i.a(/x)i3- 
 
 dv-ELV (70, 2, 624, 6, 2). 
 Refrain from, dT^-kx-EuQai (56, a, 70, 
 
 2). 
 Reign, j3aat?i-ev-eiv. 
 Rejoice, xnlp-Eiv (618, 13). 
 Remain, /xev-etv (480, R. 2), 
 Remove, I, /j.eTa-TC-dTj-/xt (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585). 
 Renown, Kv6-og (to) (351, 2, a). 
 Reputation. 66^-a, -rjg {tj) (67^). 
 Request, d-eiaBaL (95, 618, 3). 
 
 Requite, UnO-Ti-ElV (70, 2). 
 
 Resolve, (3ov?^-evea6at (225, note *V 
 
 /2es^ {remainder), the, ol dXkoL, to. 
 
 7,onTd. 
 Reverence, cilS-tcOat. 
 
 Revolted, I, uTt-i-OTrj-v (2 aor. of a0- 
 
 i-GTTi-fii) (70, 2, 584, 585). 
 Rich, u?i,3i-og, -a, -ov (98), and -og, 
 
 -ov (100), ■iz?.ov(Ji-og, -a, -ov (98, 
 
 194). 
 iJi'de back or away, ufp-tinr-EV-Eiv {70, 
 
 2). 
 ijide up, v7r-£?.a-vv-Etv (70, 2, 025, 
 
 2). 
 Right, 6E^L-6g, -d, -ov (98). 
 Risk, to run a, Kiv6vi^-EV-£iv. 
 River, TTora/j.-Sg, -ov (6) (77). 
 Road, d6-6g, -ov {tj) {11). 
 Robber, 7^-gcT-rig, -ov (6) (59). 
 Room, upper, uv6ye-uv, -u ( ra) (88). 
 Rose, (iod-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 Rule, dpx-Eiv. 
 Run, rpix-Eiv (642, 4). 
 Run away, uTro-rpEX-Eiv (70, 2, 642, 
 
 4), uTTO-cpEvy-etv (70, 2). 
 
 Sabre, /uux-aip-a, -ag {t]) (67|). 
 
 Sacrifice, ■&%> etv. 
 
 Safety, auTTjp-i-a, -ag {rj) (67|). 
 
 Sail, 7r7i-Eiv (498, a). 
 
 Sail away, u7ro-7r?,-£iV (70, 2, 422). • 
 
 Sail out, ek-'kI-eIv (70, 2, 422). 
 
 Sake of, for the, evEKa (with gen.). 
 
 Same, the, 6 avTog (250, 252, d). 
 
 Sarus, the, 'Zdp-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 Say, ?Jy-eiv. 
 
 Seaso7i, up-a, -ag {f]) (67^-). 
 
 Seat one's self {sit), I, Kud-r//iat (70, 
 
 2, 606, R.). 
 See, 13?J7T-£LV, hp-gv (95, 642, 3), 
 
 ■dEda-aGdat (1 aor, mid.), IS-Etv 
 
 2 aor. act.). 
 Seek, opiy-EaOac (with gen.). 
 Seem, 6ok-eIi> (95, 636, 3). 
 Seer, fidv-rig, {jUUV-TE)cjg (6) (143). 
 Seldom, (jTravLug. 
 Self, av- 6g, -rj. -6 (250, 252, h). 
 
 Send, TTEflTT-ElV (^160). 
 Send away or back, uno-TTEfXTT-eiV (70, 
 2, 460). 
 
S22 
 
 ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 Send for, fieTa-'KEfiTZ-eaOaL (with 
 
 ace.) (70, 2, 79, b). 
 Send off, uTTO-GTiXl-ELV (70, 2, 484, 
 
 R. 1). 
 Send word, 'Kap-ayykW-tiv (70, 2, 
 
 482). 
 Senior, a, TvpeafSv-rep-oc, - ov (6) 
 
 (77). 
 Separate, I, dt-i-(JT7]-f^l (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585). 
 Set on fire, KaL-eiv (420). 
 Set out, TTop-EV-EGdai (mid.). 
 Set tip, I, av-L-aTTj-iii (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585). 
 Shameless, av-ai6-7]g, -Eg {111 , 1,199). 
 Shamelessness, av-aid-Ei-a, -ag (rj) 
 
 {61h\ 
 Sharp, 6^-vg, -eta, -v (166). 
 Shepherd, 7T0i.fJ.rjv, {TroifJ.£v)og (6) 
 
 (136). 
 Shield, a small, tveTiT-T], -rjg {i]) (67|-, 
 
 84, ^). 
 Ship, vavg {j]) (354, 14). 
 Shouting, Kpavy-rj, -Tjg (j]) (67J). 
 Show, (paiv-etv, drjTi-ovv (95). 
 Shu7i, (pEvy-ELV. 
 Shut, K?iEc-ecv. 
 Sile?ice, Gly-r], -fig {jf) (67J). 
 Silent, to be, cly-dv (95). 
 Silver (of), apyvp-ovg, -a, -ovv. 
 Simple, arrX-ovg, -?}, -ovv (HI). 
 Six, 'e^. 
 
 Sixteen, sK-Kal-deKa. 
 Sixth, EK-r-og, -rj, -ov (98). 
 Slave, dov?i-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Slavery, dov'X-EL-a, -ag (jy) (67^). 
 Slay, airo-KTELV-eiv (70, 2). 
 Sleep, vTcv-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Socrates, 1,uKpdT-7]g (6) (158). 
 Soldier, (jrpar-LCJT-Tjg, -ov (6) (59). 
 So many, tog-ovt-ol. 
 Some, rig, tI (256, a, 260, c). 
 Son, vl-6g, -ov (6) (77). 
 Sophist, G0(p-lGT-7Jg, -ov (6) (59). 
 Sorrow, ?iv--7], -rjg {?/) (67|-). 
 Spoak, ?iEy-£LV. 
 
 Speak the truth, d-TiJjd-EV-eiv, rd 
 
 a-?iT]6-7J My-Etv. 
 Spear, dopv, {66paT)og (to) (331, 2, 
 
 c, 354, 6). 
 Speech, Xoy-og, -ov (d) (77). 
 Spoke, I, ELTT-ov (2 aor.) (642, 6). 
 Stage (78, note *), GTa-6/j.-6g, -ov (6) 
 
 (77). 
 State, the, TToT^tg, {Tc6?,e)o)g {ij) 
 
 (143). 
 Station, I, nad-i-Grrj-jUi. (70, 2, 584, 
 
 585), c-GT7]-fit (584, 585). 
 Steal, kIettt-EIV (460). 
 Still (yet), in. 
 Stood beside, I, irap-E-GTTj-v (2 aor. 
 
 of Tvap-i-GTrj-iJii). 
 Stood firm, I, Kar-E-GTT]-v (2 aor. of 
 
 Kad-L-GT7]-[J.L). 
 
 Stood or was stationed, I, e-aTTj-v (2 
 
 aor. of l-GTrj-iii). 
 Strive after, bpiy-EGdai (with gen.). 
 Such things (as the following), tol- 
 
 d-Ss (267, a). 
 Such things (as the foregoing), toi- 
 
 avT-a (267, a). 
 Suffer, Trd-GX-eiv (631, 8). 
 Summon, Trap - ayyEXk • etv (70, 2, 
 
 482). 
 Sujnmon to aryns, slg rd oitTia irap' 
 
 ayym^-Eiv (84, E^=). 
 
 Suspect, hlX-0TTT-£V-£LV (70, 2). 
 
 Swear, I, 6fi-vv-/J.i (599). 
 
 Swear, to cause (another) to, k^-opK 
 
 ovv (70, 2, 95). 
 Sweet, yXvK-vg, -sla, -v (166). 
 Swift, rax-vg, -Eia, -v (166, 206, a 
 
 R. 1). 
 
 Take, ?Mi/Li),8-dv-£LV (624, 6, 2). 
 
 Take care of, (pvTiuTT-ELV. 
 
 Taken, to be, dX-iGK-EG6aL (612, R, 
 
 3, 631, 1). 
 7'ake off {as clothes, armour), ek-Sv 
 
 ELV and Ik-6vv-£lv (70, 2, 612). 
 Talent, Td7\,avT-ov, -ov {to) (83), 
 
ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 323 
 
 Targefeer, TTsTiT-aar-'^g, -ov (6) (59, 
 84, BT). 
 
 Teach, duU-OK-eiv (649, 31). 
 Teacher, dc6u.-aK-a?i,-o^, -ov (6) (77). 
 Tear, duKpv, (6dKpv)og (to). 
 Tell, Tity-eiv. 
 Temple, va-6g, -ov (6) (77), ve-ug, -6 
 
 (6) (88). 
 Tender, rep-rjv, -SLva, -ev (170, 2). 
 Tent, GKTjv-r], -?jg (?;) (67^). 
 Ten thousand, fxvpc-oi, -at, -a (98). 
 Territory, x<jp-(l> -Of iv) (67^). 
 Testimony, [laprvp-i-a, -Of (^) (67 J). 
 Than, rj (196, a, note *). 
 That {in order that, so that), Iva, 
 
 brzug. 
 The, b, i], TO (25, R. 1, 67). 
 Theban, Qr/lSai-oc -a, -ov (98). 
 Thence, kvTevdev. 
 There, kvTavda. 
 
 These things, rd-6e {xpvf^ar-a). 
 Thievish, KMTTT-Tjg, -ov (6) (59, 200, 
 
 R. 2). 
 Think, vopL-i^-etv (496, c, 497), ol- 
 
 ojiai or ol-(iaL (618, 10). 
 Third, -pL-T-og, -T], -ov (98). 
 This, otroq, avrr], rovro (250, 252, 
 
 a). 
 Thou, av (230, 232, a). 
 Thousand, a, x'-'^i-oi, -at, -a (98). 
 Three, rpelg, rpia (271). 
 Three hundred, rpid-Koat-oi, -at, -a 
 
 (98). 
 Throne, -Qpov-og, -ov {b) (77). 
 Through, 6tu (with gen.). 
 Thyself, of, CEavT-{(TavT-)ov, -Tjg 
 
 (236). 
 To, eTTi (with ace), elg (with ace.) 
 
 (25, J?. 1, 293, 2, a), Trpof (with 
 
 ace.) (295, 5, c). 
 To {in preference to), uvri (with gen.). 
 Tongue, yTicJatJ-iMt. yAwTr-)^, -tjc 
 
 (^) (67^). 
 Train, yv/iv-d^-siv. 
 Traitor, 7Tpo-66-T-7]g, -ov (6) (59). 
 Treasure, -Qri-a-avp-OQ, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 Treaty, ovv-dfJK-ai, -CJv {at) (67J). 
 Tree, 6ev6p-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 Trophy, TOOTT-ai-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 Truce, GTTOvd-al, -uv {at) (67J^). 
 True, d-\riQ-riq, -iq (177, 1). 
 Trust, TTiaT-sv-eiv (with dat.) (62,6, 
 
 476, R.). 
 Trust to, TTiaT-ev-Eiv (with dat.) (62, 
 
 6, 476, R.). 
 Truth, the, tu d'l7]d-7i (182, h). 
 Truth, speak the, u-?.7]d-ev-i;tv. 
 Tunic, xtTcov, {xi'TC)v)og (6). 
 Turn, TpsTT-eiv (472). 
 Twelve, dtJ-dsKa. 
 Tivenly, elKOGi.{v). 
 Tweiity -three, eiKoat Tpslg. 
 Two footed, di-TTOvg, -ovv (180, 2). 
 Two hundred, dta-Koai-oi, at, -a (98). 
 
 U. 
 
 Undone, I am, aTT-oA-w/l-a, oX-u^-a- 
 Unfortunate, d-TVX'VC, -ff (177, 1). 
 Unfortunate, to be, /cc/c-Wf Trpaco"- 
 
 ELV. 
 
 Unjust, a-ScK-og, -ov (106, 194). 
 
 Unjust, the, ol d-dtK-oi. 
 
 Up, dvo). 
 
 Upon, ETTc (with ace.) (71). 
 
 Up to, fiEXPt {fiEXPtg, before a vowel) 
 
 (with gen.). 
 Use, xp-yadai (with dat.) (423). 
 Useful, CxpfA-L/i-og, -ov (106), and 
 
 -Of, -7], -ov (98), 
 
 Very (196, b), irdvv. 
 Very much, [idTi-LaTa. 
 Vessel, Tr?M-ov, -ov {t6) (83). 
 Vice, KUK-L-a, -ag {rj) (67|-). 
 Victory, vtii-Tj, -r]g {rj) (67^). 
 Vigorous, e^-^o)/j.-£v-og, -r], -ov (98 
 
 194, R. 3, b). 
 Village, KcJfi-rj, -J]g {rj) (67J). 
 Violate, ?iv-£LV. 
 Virtue, upET-f), -Tig {rj) (67J-). 
 Visible, KaTa-(pav-7Jg, -eg (177, 1). 
 
324 
 
 ENGLISH-GREEK VOCABULARY. 
 
 W. 
 
 Wages, fMLcd-og, -ov (b) (77). 
 Waif, uva-fXEV-eiv (70, 2, 480). 
 Wall, Telxog {to) (157). 
 War, wage, TroAf/i-iiv (95). 
 Waste, lay, 6La-(pQeLp-eLV (70, 2, 
 
 482). 
 Way, 66'6g, -ov (rj) (77). 
 Weak, a-adev-rig, -eg (177, 1, 199). 
 Wealth, 7r?^ovT-og, -ov (6) 0'^)i XPV' 
 
 ixar-a, -uv (ru) (150). 
 Weapon, ottX-ov, -ov {to) (83, 84 
 
 Wear (arms), ex'^i-i^ (^4 3^^). 
 
 Weep, K/iai-siv (493, b). 
 
 Well, ev, Ka'A-ug. 
 
 Well-born, tv-yev-rjg, -eg (177, 1). 
 
 Well-disposed, ev-v-ovg, -ow (112). 
 
 Well, do {prosper), ei) irpuaa-eLV. 
 
 What kind of, ol-og, -a, -ov (264). 
 
 When, OTS, tnec-d^j. 
 
 Where {whither) ? ttoZ (289) ; 
 
 Where, ottol (289). 
 
 Which, og, r>, o (255). 
 
 Who (relat.), bg, t}, o (255). 
 
 Who ? what 1 Tig, ri.(2.5G, a) ; oa-Tig, 
 
 V-Tig, b-TL (257, R. 2). 
 Whole, the, bX-ov, -ov {to) (83). 
 Wicked, Trnv-rjp-og, -a, -ov (98). 
 Wild beast, ■^rjp-i-ov -ov {to) (83). 
 Willing, ix-QVj -ovaa, -ov (171). 
 
 Wind, uveji-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 
 Wine, fieSv, {juidv)og {to). 
 
 Wing (of an army), ncpag, (iupdT]og 
 
 (ro)(151). 
 Wisdom, Go<p-l-a, -ag (//) (67|-). 
 Vv'ise, G0(p-6g, -7], -ov (98, 194). 
 Wise, the, ol ao<p-oi. 
 Wish, f3ov?.-eadaL (t!ep.). 
 With, cvv (wilh dar.) (292, 2). 
 W^iih, be {become intimate icith), avy- 
 
 yi-yv-EGdat (70, 2, G30, 1). 
 Without, uvev (with gen). 
 Woman, ywT], {yvvatK)dg, voc. yv- 
 
 vui (354, 5, note *). 
 World, KOGjU-og, -ov (6) (77). 
 Worthy, u^L-og, -a, -ov (98). 
 Would that, aide, el yup. 
 Wretched, ol-KT-p-6g, -a, -ov (98, 
 
 206, b, R.). 
 Write, ypu<j)-eiv (459, 1). 
 
 X. 
 Xenias, ^evi-ag, -ov (6) (59). 
 Xenophon, Aevocpiov, {A£VO^Li)VT)os 
 {b) (327, 2). 
 
 Yet {still), in. 
 
 Young, vi-og, -a, -ov (98). 
 
 Young man, V£uv-i-ug, -ov (6) (59). 
 
 Your, vjj.-£Tep-og, -a, ov (98, 243). 
 
QUE STION S 
 FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. 
 
 [Words put in small capitals are to be translated into Greek.] 
 
 PART I. 
 
 $1. 
 
 VOCAL ELEMENTS. 
 
 How many letters are there ? (1). — Name them. — How are they di- 
 vided ? — Name the long vowels : the short vowels : the doubtful vowels. 
 — How many simple consonants are there ? — Name the p-soands : the 
 k-sounds: the t-soonds : the liquids: the sibilant. — What letters with a 
 form ip ? what f ? what f ? — Name the semi-vowels. 
 
 How many diphthongs are there in which both vowels are sounded ? — 
 Name them (9, a). — How many in which only the first vowel is sounded? 
 (9, b). — Name them. — Name the improper diphthongs (9, R). — How is 
 the rough breathing marked? (10, a).— The smooth? (10, b). — Is initial 
 p ever smooth? (11). — If two pp meet in the middle of a word? (11). — Is 
 initial v ever smooth ? (12). 
 
 $2. 
 
 Name the smooth mutes (16): the middle: the rough. — What is the 
 middle of tt? its rough? — What is the middle of /c? its rough? — What is 
 the middle of r? its rough? — What letters must every Greek word end 
 in? (17). — Any exceptions? (17, R. 1, 2). — How many syllables can a 
 Greek word have? 
 
 What is quantity! (22). — Repeat the four general rules (23). — What is 
 accent 1 (24). — How many accents can a Greek word have ? (25, 1). — What 
 syllables admit the accent? (25, 1). — What does the acute denote? (25, 2, 
 a) : the grave ? {b) : the circumflex? (c). — When can the acute stand on the 
 antepenult? (26, a). — What final diphthongs are generally reckoned short 
 for accent? [oi, ai.) — What kind of syllables admit the acute? (Either 
 short or long syllables.) — What the circumflex ? (Only such as are long 
 by nature.) — When can the circumflex stand on the penult? (Only when 
 the ultimate is short.) — If the ultimate is accented, what accent does it 
 generally take? (The acute.) — How is a dissyllable, with long penult and 
 
326 auESTioNS 
 
 short ultimate, accented ? (Always properispome, e. g., adpid) — What is 
 an oxytone ? paroxytone ? proparoxytone ? perispome ? properispome ? 
 barytone ? 
 
 What is crasis? (32,1): the coronis ? (32, 1): elision? (32, 2): apos- 
 ti'ophe ? (32, 2) : diaeresis 1 (32, 3). — To what words is v ecpeTiKvaTiKov 
 added? (34).— When is final g dropped from ovTug, ef, &c. ? (34, 2). — 
 What does ov become before a vowel ? what before an aspirated vowel? 
 (34, 3). 
 
 §3. 
 
 FIRST DECLENSION. — PRESENT TENSE. 
 
 How is gender- marked in Greek ? (35, R. 1). — Give the rules of gender 
 from the meanings (35, R. 2). — How many conjugations of verbs ? (36). — 
 What voices 1 (37).— V7hat are the three uses of the middle 1 (37, |^='). 
 
 Give the verb-endings, pres. infin. act. (38). — Mid. and pass. — Indie, 
 pres., 3d sing., 3d plur. — Imperat., 2d sing., 2d plur. — General rule of ac- 
 cent in verbs ? (39, R. 2). — How do you find the stem of a verb? (40). — 
 What is the position of the adverb in a sentence? (41, b). 
 
 Give nom. and voc. endings, 1st decl., sing, and plur. (44, 1). — Accus., 
 if nom. ends in a : if nom. ends in tj. — Forms of the article in nom. and 
 ace, fem. (45). — Accent of most nouns in la (46, R. 2). — Is there any in- 
 definite article in Greek? (48, a). — He has a sabre. — He takes thf. 
 
 SABRE. — Do NOT FLEE. 
 
 Genitive endings, 1st decl., sing, and plur. (52). — Dative. — If the stem 
 ends in a vowel or p (52, i^^). — Forms of the article, gen. and dat. (53). 
 — What accent? — What is the accent of gen. plur., 1st decl. ? (54, R. 1). 
 — If the nom. be oxytone, what will the gen. and dat. be? (54, R. 2). — ■ 
 What case do aizo and e/c govern? (55, 1). — What does kv govern? — Re- 
 frain FROM VICE (56, a). — The door of the house. — Where is the 
 governed genitive often put? (56, b). — The doors in the house. 
 
 Masculine nouns of 1st decl., nom. and gen. endings (59). — Give the 
 masculine forms of the article (60). — The citizens trust to Xenias. — 
 What case is used with verbs of trusting, believing, obeying, &c. ? (62, 
 b). — When does vtto govern the genitive 1 (62, c). — When do proper 
 names take the article ? (63, El^"). 
 
 Decline fjivu, gvktj, jSo^^uc, 'Epa^f (66).— Repeat the paradigm of the 
 article (67). — Repeat all the endings of 1st declension (67^). 
 
FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. 327 
 
 $4. 
 
 SECOND DECLENSION. — IMPERFECT TENSE. 
 
 How is past time indicated? (68, 1). — What is the syllabic augment? 
 (68, 2, a): the temporal ? (G8, 2, Z>).— What is the imperfect stem 7 (69, 1). 
 — Imperfect endings, 3d sing, and plur. 1 (C9, 2). — What does the imper- 
 fect express 1 (70, 1). — Where do you augment verbs compounded with 
 prepositions ? (70, 2). — The soldiers went-up on the houses. — What 
 does cTTi mean, with accus. ? (72, a). 
 
 Nominative-endings, 2d decl. ? (75). — Case-endings, mosc. and/em. ? (76). 
 — DecUne Tioyog, (prjyog, dfjiiog, cyye/lof (77). — What do oxytoues become 
 in gen. and dat. ? (77, R. 2, b). — What do properispomes and proparoxy- 
 tones become when the ult. becomes long? (77, R. 2, c). — Artaxerxes 
 SENDS AWAY HIS BROTHER TO THE PROVINCE. — When is the article used 
 for the possessive pronoun? (79, a).— He sends: he sends-awaY: he 
 
 SENDS-FOR (79, b). — CyRUS MARCHES-FORWARD FIVE STAGES. 
 
 Case-endings, neuter? (82). — A weapon. — Arms. — A man-at-arms. — To 
 
 SUMMON-TO-ARMS. — To WEAR ARMS (84, |^^). — CyRUS HUNTED ON HORSE- 
 BACK (85, a). — Rule of syntax for neuter-plural with verb (85, b). 
 
 Decline vccjf, liv^yeuv. — What prepositions govern the genitive only ? 
 (89, 1).— What the dative only? (89, 2).— What accent have kv and hul— 
 What thfe other prepositions? (89, I^^). 
 
 CONTRACTION. 
 
 Give the rule of contraction, 2d decl. (92). — Decline TTAoof, bariov.— 
 Rule of accent in contraction (93, i^^). — What are pure verbs 7 (94, 1). — 
 What pure verbs are contracted? (94, 2). — In what tenses ? (94, 2). 
 
 W^hat is an e-sound? (95, ^W 1).— What an o-sound? (95, ^ff^ 2).— 
 Rule 1 : a before an e-sound ? a with an o-sound ? — The i of an absorbed 
 diphthong ? — Rule 2 : e with el e with o1 e before a long vowel or diph- 
 thong ? — Rule 3 : o with eil o with e or o ? o before ov 1 — Inflect ri/id-eiv 
 <j)i/i,e-ecv, 6T]X6-eLV in pres. and imperf. indie, 3d sing. 
 
 ADJECTIVES OF CLASS I. 
 
 How many classes do you make of adjectives ? (97, 2). — First class uses 
 what endings? — Those with three endings? (97, A). — With two? (97, 
 B). — What is the feminine-ending of Class I., A ? (98). — What stems add 
 a for fem.-ending ? (98, R. 1). — Give the forms of elvai in pres. and imperf.. 
 
328 auESTioNs 
 
 3d sing:, and plui-. (99). — What are eoTi and elai in accent? (100). — What 
 eiFect has an enclitic on an oxyione l (100, 1!£^). — If the preceding word 
 he paroxyfane? (100. Exc. 1). — If euri means "there is V (100, Exc. 3).— 
 What is the accent of most adjectives of Class 1. 1 (101, ^^). — Wealth 
 IS A BURDEN. — Which takes the article, the subject, or the predicate? 
 (102, a).— The good.— The good AiiE free (102, ^>).— The beautiful 
 MAIDEN {three forms) (103). 
 
 What ai-e the endings of most compound adjectives ? (106, R. 1). — 
 Those in /cof ? — Rule of accent for compound adjectives? (106, R. 2). — 
 The beautiful (108). — What is honourable. — Worthy to rule. 
 
 Contracted Adjectives. 
 What adjectives of Class I., A, are contracted? (111). — Decline ;t;pv<7£- 
 of, aTrAoof (111), ei'vovg (112), i/ieo)^ (113). — He was well-disposed to 
 Cyrus (114). 
 
 NOUN, THIRD DECLENSION. — VERB, FIRST FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST. 
 
 How do you form the stem of the 1st fut. ? (118). — What are the end- 
 ings ? (118). — Rule of lengthening in contracts ? (120, 1). — But after e, i, 
 or p? (120, 2). — Changes of mutes: p-sound with al k-sound with al 
 t-sound with al (121). 
 
 What does aoi-ist mean ? (125, a). — What does the aorist tense denote? 
 — What is the 1st aorist stem? (125, f). — Endings of 1st aor. indie? Im- 
 perat. ? Infin ? (126). — He was writing the letter.— He wrote thk 
 LETTER. — Difference between the imperfect and aorist ? (129, a). — Learn 
 wisdom. — Hear, O friend ! — Difference between imperat. present and 
 impei-at. aorist? (129, b). — Can yoa use imperat. aorist in prohibitions 1 
 {129, b). 
 
 What nouns are embraced in Declension TIL? (132). — Case-endings, 
 masc. and fern.'? (133). — What are rmite nouns? liquid nouns? vowel 
 nouns ? semi-voivel nouns ? (135). — Decline Kopa^, ?Jg)v, Ixdvg, TTOifj.rjv 
 (136). — What nouns add f in the nom. ? (137, 1). — If the stem ends in a 
 p-mute or k-mute ? t-mute ? (137, 2). — Can v stand before o 1 (137, 3). — If 
 ^T come before a, and the a is retained? (137, 4). — What nouns use v for 
 ace. ending? (137, 5). — What is the vocative form in mute nouns that add 
 <T? in others? (137, 6). — Accent of monosyllables in gen. and dat. ? (138, 
 2). — Accent of nouns with p-mute or k-mute stems? (139, 1^'^). 
 
 Vowel-stems in £, masc. and fern. ? (142). — li feminine or common, how 
 
FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. 329 
 
 do they forui the nom. ? \i maunline? (142, a). — Decline -noli^, (Saai'kEvg. 
 — Accusative-ending of nouns in evgl (143, Obs. 1). — Are nouns in if ever 
 oxytone 1 in Evql (143, R. 3). — The affairs of the state (145, a). — He 
 
 COMMANDS THE HORSEMEN (145, b). — AT THE KING'S GATES (145, c). 
 
 How do neuter noans form the nominative ? (148, a). — What cases are 
 alike ? (148, h). — Neuter-endings ? (149). — Decline cdiia., viKvap, duKpv. — 
 Why is not aufxar the nominative ? (130, R). — What stems change r into 
 f in nom.? (151). — He leaps-down from the chariot (153, a). — He 
 LEADS the right WING (153, b). — Do [X£V and de ever stand at beginning 
 of sentence? (153, c). 
 
 Decline -eixog (157). — What does its stem end in? (156). — Decline 
 I,cjKpuTT}g (158). — Up to the wall (160, a).— He is adkibed for his 
 
 BEAUTY (160, b). 
 
 $7. 
 ADJECTIVES OF SECOND CLASS. 
 
 What declensions of nouns are followed by adjectives of Class II. ? 
 (163). — Most common endings? (163, Ij. — Which genders have stem 
 alike? (164). — How is the stem of the feminine formed? (164). — DeclLue 
 iidvg (166), ;|;apieif (166). 
 
 What adjectives have the endings ag, aiva, avi (170). — What is the 
 stem of fii/.ag ? — How is the feminine formed ? — Decline nD.ag (170). — 
 How many end in i^v, eiva, evl — Decline riprjv (170, 2). — How many in 
 uv, ovca, opf (170, 3). — Decline eKCJV (171). — How many in cf, aaa, avl 
 — What is the stem of rraf? — How is fern. foiTned ? neuter? (170, 4). — 
 Decline irag (171). — Every man. — All men. — Every city (173, a). — All 
 THE SOLDIERS (173, b). — Where do you put the article when you wish to 
 designate the icliole of any number of particulars by Trdvrej' ? (173, V). — 
 Every body. — Every thing. — Tell every body. 
 
 $8. 
 adjectives of class III. AND IV. 
 
 How many endings have adjectives of Class III.? — Of what declen- 
 sion? (176). — Give the five nominative forms (176). — Nom. in rjg, £g. — 
 — What does the stem end in? (177, 1). — How are the cases formed? 
 (177, 1). — Decline aki]d-qq. — Nom. in uv, ov. — What does the stem end 
 in? — How is the nom. formed? (177. 2). — Decline acj(ppo)V. — Decline ISpig 
 (178, 3). — Decline upprjv (179, 4). — How are compound adjectives, of which 
 the last part is a noun, inflected? (180). — DecHne i;vxapig- SiTrovg. — 
 
 COLOSSE was a BEAUTIFUL CITY (182, u). — THE TRUTH (182, b). — THEY 
 BECAME VISIBLE. 
 
330 auESTioNs 
 
 How many endings have adjectives of Class IV.? (185). — What de. 
 clensious do they follow ? (185, a, b). 
 
 Decline Tcolvg: fisyag : npaog (186). — Cyrus had much w^ealth. — 
 — How is the possessor denoted? — The thing possessed? (188, a). — Many. 
 — The many. — Many men. — They slew many men. — They slew many 
 OF THE MEN. — What case does ivoTiloL, used pai'titively, govern ? (188, d). 
 
 §9. 
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 
 
 How many forms of comparison ? (192). — Which form is most used? 
 (192, 1^^). — What prefixes are sometimes used instead of the endings? 
 (192, H). 
 
 Give the nom. endings, comparative, superlative (193, 1). — What are 
 the three ways of affixing these endings to the stem? (193, 2). — Rule I.: 
 What adjectives use a connecting voioell (194). — Why is w used? — Com- 
 pare (^'ikoq (194, R. 1).— Contracts with stems in e? (194, R. 2).— With 
 stems in o? (194, R. 3, a). — Compare el)l)0)iiEVQg : uKparog: TiuXog (194, 
 R. 3, b). — What eight use at instead of o? (194, R. 4). — WhatjTowr use no 
 connecting vowel? (194, R. 5). — The teacher is wiser than the pupil. 
 — What case follows the comparative ? (196, a). — Socrates was very 
 WISE (196, b). — Socrates was the wisest of all Greeks (196, c). 
 
 Rule II. : What adjectives add the endings directly to the stem? (199). 
 — Compare liTirjOiig: [i-iTiag : xapl^'-^- — Compounds of x^^pi-Q"^- (^99, R. 3): 
 ijjsv6r/gl (199, R. 4) : nivr/gl (199, R. 5). 
 
 Rule III. : What adjectives use a connecting syllable ? (200). — Compare 
 (Toxppcjv : upna^.—TTincjv (200, R. 1) : KliiTTrig (200, R. 2).— Aristides 
 was more just than wise (202, a). — Cyrus obeyed his seniors. 
 
 Second form of comparison, nominative endings? (205). — What adjec- 
 tives use this form ? (206, a, b). — Compare rjdvg (206, a) : raxvg (206, R. 
 1): alaxpoQ, exdpog (206, b) : oUrpog (206, R.).— Decline ex^iuv (207).— 
 What does the Attic dialect substitute for aa ? (Note *, p. 85). — Of all 
 
 THINGS, THE MOST PLEASANT IS FRIENDSHIP. 
 
 Compare ayadog, KaKog, KaTiog, jiaKpog, /liyag, TTo?^vg, bddiog. — He was 
 
 DEEMED THE BEST OF ALL (214, a). — In ALL RESPECTS THE BEST (214, h), 
 
 — He IS WORTHY OF THE GREATEST HONOURS (214, c). — When the infin« 
 itive is used as a noun, what gender is its predicate adjective ? (215). 
 
FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. 331 
 
 $ 10. 
 
 VERBS (Partial). 
 Endings of present and future (218). — Rule of accent for verb (219, 
 |^°). — How do you form the future? (220). — Endings of impeifect (222) : 
 of aorist (222).— How do you form the imperfect? (224).— 1st aorist ? (225). 
 
 §11. 
 
 PRONOUN. 
 
 How many classes ? — Name them (227). — Personal pronouns, why so 
 called? (228).— Divided into? (228, a, b).— Substantive, why so called? 
 (228, a).— Adjective, why so called ? (228, b). 
 
 What are the direct personal pronouns? (229). — What forms are used 
 instead of those of ov ? (229, |^^).— Declme eyw, av, ov (230).— W'hich 
 forms are enclitic ? (230, R.). — Is any pronoun enclitic when governed by 
 an accented preposition? — Which forms ai-e then used? (230, i^^). — I 
 READ. — I READ, BUT THOU WRITEST. — When is the pers. pron. expressed? 
 (232, a). — Both — and (232, 5).— No one fights with us. — An enclitic 
 after a paroxytoned word? (233, iil^^). 
 
 How are the reflexive pronouns formed? (235). — What are iavrov and 
 aeavrov generally shortened into ? (235, R. 2). — Decline EfiavTov, aeav- 
 Tov, iavrov. — Decline a7Jkri7MV (237). — Distinguish the reflexive fi'om 
 the reciprocal pronoun (237, R.). — My own father. — His own tent. — A 
 
 FEW OF HIS OWN ATTENDANTS (239). 
 
 Adjective-personal pronouns derived? — Why called possessive? (242). 
 — How formed? (243). — What forms are often used for of, t}, ov (243, R 
 2).— Mr FRIEND (24.5). 
 
 What are the demonstrative pronouns ? — How is ode formed ? ovrog 1 
 (248). — What is aiirog called? why? (249). — Decline ovTog, avTog, ekeI- 
 vog (250). — This messenger. — That messenger. — With ovrog or EKECvog, 
 where do you put the article? (252. a). — When does avrog mean self? — 
 He himself is come. — The messenger himself (252, b). — When does 
 avrog mean him, her, it, &c. ? — He sent them (252, c). — When does av- 
 rog mean tlie same ? — The same messenger. — In the same house. 
 
 Decline og, y, o (255). — What is boTzepl (25-5, R.). — Name the inter- 
 rogative pronoun (256, a) : the indejinite (256, b). — Difference of accent? 
 (256, 5^=).— Decline oang (257) : ovrLg (2,57, R. 1).— What is the inter 
 rogative for indirect questions ? (257, R. 2). — These barbarians, whom 
 
332 QUESTIONS 
 
 YOU SEE, ARE HOSTILE. — Rule for the relative ? (260, a). — A certain mes- 
 senger.— Some OF THE Greeks. 
 
 What are correlative pronouns? (263). — How are they distinguished? 
 [2Q3,a,b,c). — How great? Somewhat great. So great. As great. 
 — How old 1 So old. As old. — Of what kind ? Of some kind. 
 Of such kind (264). — Decline roaovrog (265). — He said such things 
 (i. e., the foregoing). — He said such things {i. e., the following) (267, a). 
 — All who. 
 
 $ 12. 
 
 numerals. 
 
 E-epeat, from 1 to 12, the cardinals : the ordinals : the adverbials (270). 
 
 —Decline dg, 6vo, Tpelg, rerrapeg (271) : ovdelg (271, R. 1) : uju(j)0) (271, 
 
 R. 2).— He asks three months' pay. — There Cyrus remained eight 
 
 days. — Duration of tinae, what case ? (273). 
 
 Numerals, 13 to 19, how foi-med?— Repeat them (276).— Twenty : twen- 
 iietli. — Repeat cardinals and ordinals, 21 to 29. — The numbers, 30 to 90, 
 how formed? (278).— Repeat 30, 40. &c., to 100 (278).— Also, 200, 300, &c., 
 to 10,000 (279). — He had up-to three hundred soldiers. — He had 
 
 ABOUT two-hundred SOLDIERS. 
 
 § 13. 
 
 ADVERBS. 
 
 Derivation, how formed ? (285). — Wise. — Wisely. — Accent (285, |^^). 
 — Adverbs of place, //-ow2, at, to, how formed ? — From heaven.— In heav- 
 en.— To heaven. — To Athens (287). — What are correlative adverbs ? — 
 Those with tt ? with r ? without tt or r ? (288). — Accent of interrogatives 
 (289, R. 1): of indefinites (289, R. 2).— Place. Where? Somewhere. 
 There. — Where? — Time. When? Sometime. Then. — At which 
 TIME. — Manner. How ? In some way. Thus. — In which way. 
 
 § 14. 
 prepositions, 
 [The teacher should cause the student to recite in all the examples, p. 
 114-118.] 
 
 Governing genitive only? — What is the prominent idea? (291). — Dative 
 only ? —Prominent idea? (292). — Accusative only? — Prominent idea? (293). 
 
 Governing genitive and accusative ? (294). — Radical meaning of <Jid 
 (294, 1) : of /card (294, 2) : oi vnkp (294, 3). 
 
FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. 333 
 
 Gk)vernina^ genitive, dative, and accusative ? (295). — Meaning of d/z0i 
 and Ttepi (295, 1) : of kiri (295, 2) : of nerd (295, 3) : of irapu (295, 4) : of 
 Trpof (295, 5) : of vno (295, 6). 
 
 $ 15. 
 
 •ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMS. 
 
 What are the three paits of each verbal form ? — Define the tense-sigu, 
 mood-sign, person-ending, augment (216). — Repeat the person-endings, 
 present and future (298) : the indicative mood-signs (299). — Has the pi-es- 
 cnt any tense-sign? (300). — Prepare an analysis of tvtttg), like that in 
 (300). — What is the future tense-sign? — Prepare an anal} sis of TVTrroi 
 {{at. Tvipu = TVTT-a-u), like that in (301). 
 
 How is the imperfect tense-stern composed ? (304). — Repeat the person, 
 endings (304). — Prepare an analysis of the imperfect of tvttt-cj, like that 
 in (305).— How is the 1st aorist teuse-stem composed? (306). — What is 
 its mood-sign? (306,2). — Person-endings? (306,3). — Prepare an analysis 
 of 1st aorist of tvitto), like that in the text (307). 
 
 PART II. 
 
 §1. 
 
 THIRD DECLENSION (Fuller Treatment). 
 Name the four classes (311). — Give the four i-ules oi eicpliony (312, 1-4), 
 — What are the accusative endings? (312, 5). — The form oi vocative? — ■ 
 But if stem in a letter which cannot stand ? (312, 6). 
 
 Sign of personal gender? (313). — Nouns which add g to form the noni. 
 are of what gendei'S ? (313, a). — Neuter nouns, general form of, in the 
 nommative ? (313, h). 
 
 Rulesof gender from the fonnation of the nominative? (353). — (I.) Mascu- 
 line, adding gl exceptions? not adding f ? exceptions? — (II.) Feminine, 
 adding f? exceptions? not adding f ? exceptions? — (III.) Neuter? 
 
 §2. 
 ACCENT. 
 
 [duestions and Answers, p. 146-153]. 
 
 $3. 
 
 VERE (Fuller View). 
 What is the characteristic ? (383). — A pure verb ? impure ? (384). — Two 
 classes of pure verbs ? two of irapm-e ? (384). 
 
334 auESTioNs 
 
 What do the primary tenses denote ? (385, 1.) : tlie historical^ (385, II.), 
 — ^Which are the pnmary tenses? the historical? — What distingaishes 
 all the historical tenses, in form, from the primary? (386, b). — Give the 
 primary person-endings, active. Also pass. ai;id mid. : historical active : 
 historical pass, and mid. (337). — The same with the mood-signs (388). 
 
 §4. 
 PURE VERBS. — INDICATIVE. 
 
 What primary tenses are used by pure verbs ? what historical 1 (389). 
 
 First fut. pass.— Tense-sign? (391, 1). — Endings? — Inflect 1st fat. 
 pass, of (Suvlevcj (391, 3). — Rule of accent (391, [J^^). — First aorist 
 PASSIVE. — Person-endings with tense-sign (392, 2). — Inflect 1st aor. pass. 
 oi (3ov2,£V0) (392, 2).— What of the final stem-vowel? (393).— What is the 
 1st aorist oi TvoptvofiaLl (39.5, ^^). — For this purpose. 
 
 What do the perfect tenses denote ? (399, 1). — What is the sign of com- 
 pleted action? (399, 2). — How do you redup. verbs beginning with a con- 
 sonant? (399, 2, 1).— Those beginning with a vowel? (399, 2, 2).— Per- 
 fect ACTIVE. — Tense-sign? — Person-endings? (400, 1, 3). — Inflect perf. 
 act. of (jovlevu (401). — Pluperfect active. — Tense-stem? (402, 2). — 
 Endings with mood-signs? (402, 3). — What is the common ending of 3d 
 plur. ? (402, R.). — Inflect plup. act. of fSovXevu (403). — Future perfect 
 (404). — Tense-sign? — Tense-stem? — Endings? — Has it any active form? 
 — Inflect future perfect of (3ov7ievu) (404, Parad.). — If the verb begin with 
 a rough mute ? (406). 
 
 Perfect pass, and mid. (410). — Tense-stem? — Any mood-sign or tense- 
 eign ? — How are the endings added ? — Inflect perf. pass, and mid. of 
 3ov?i,£vcj (411). — Pluperfect pass, and mid. (412). — Tense-stem? — End- 
 ings ? — Infl.eot plup. pass, of (3ov7ievio. — What verbs insert a1 (413, 2).— 
 How Cyrus died, has been shown in the former book (415, a.) 
 
 What deviations of form are found in some pure verbs ? (418, 1, 2). — 
 What is the future of aKOVU 1 — 1st aor. pass, of unovcd 1 (419). 
 
 Augment and Redup ication. 
 [duestions and answers on p. 166-168.] 
 
 $5. 
 
 IMPURE verbs. 
 
 Changes of mutes. — If two successive syllables begin with a rough 
 mute? (430). — The passive endings beginning with^? (430, R. 1). — If the 
 
FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. 335 
 
 second rough fall away ? (430, R. 2). — A p-mute or k-raute before a t-nrnte ? 
 (431). — Before r, what will 13 or g become 1 y or x ?— Before 6, what will 
 (3 or 77 become ? y or /c ? — A t-mute before a t -mute ? (432). — A p-raute -\-al 
 k-mute -\-al t-mute before al (433): e/c before a? (433, R). — A p-mute 
 with k1 k-mute with /c ? t-mute before k1 (434). — A p-mute before ul 
 k-mute before fil t-mute before //? (435). — Repeat the table of mute- 
 changes (436). — Change of a (437). — The letter a between two conso- 
 nants? — Changes of liquids (438). — The liquid v before a p-mute? be 
 fore a k-mute? before a liquid? before c7 or f ? 
 
 Tenses in Impure Verbs. 
 What tenses have impure verbs, in addition to those used by pure 
 verbs? (439). — Name the six primary: the five historical (440).— Has 
 ever]/ impure verb all these tenses ? — Changed stems. — Where does the 
 strengthened stem always appear? the simple stem? (441, a, R.). — Two 
 ways of strengthening the stem ? (441, b). — Impure verbs are divided 
 into? (443). 
 
 Mute Verbs. 
 Three classes of mute verbs ? (444). What are p-mute verbs ? k-mute 
 verbs ? t-mute verbs ? — On what stem are the second tenses formed ? 
 (445, 1^^). — What are the tenses of Class I. ? (formed on the strengthened 
 stem). Of Class II.? (on simple or strengthened stem). Of Class III.? 
 (on simple stem only) (446). 
 
 PiRST FUTURE. — Tense-sign, act. and mid. ? pass. ? (449). — How do you 
 add the tense-sign in verbs with strengthened stems ? (450, 1). — What is 
 the simple characteristic (generally) of verbs in rrr? of verbs in CG [tt)1 
 of verbs in C,1 — The future stem of every p-mute verb ends in ? k-mute ? 
 t-mute ? (451, '^^). — First aorist. — Give 1st aor. act., mid., and pass, of 
 TVTZTO}, Tuaau, ifjevdu (452). Explain the euphonic changes. — Future 
 PERFECT. — Give fut. perf. of tvtttu, Tiei-nco, rdaacj. Explain euphonic 
 changes (453). — I was mistaken in this (455, a). — Apart from the 
 REST (455, b). 
 
 First perfect active. — What will the perf. stem of every p-mute 
 verb end in ? (459, 1) : k-mute ? (459, 2) : t-mute ? (459, 3).— Give 1st perf. 
 of /leiTTw, rdaau), i^pafw, kIetctu. — First pluperfect active. — Give 1st 
 pluperf. act. of Tieimo, tvtttc), rdaau, ipevdco (461). — Perfect middle 
 AND passive. — How are the endings added? (462). — What periphrasis is 
 used in 3d pers. plur. ? (463). — Give perf. mid. and pass, fonns o[ lelTzeLV, 
 TUGGHLV, TpevSeLv, and explain the euphonic changes (464, h). — If the stem 
 ends in /xttI (464, R,. 1): in yy? (464, R. 2).— What three verbs change 
 
336 
 
 aUESTIONS 
 
 e into a 1 (464, R. 3).— Pluperfect middle and passive.— What peri- 
 phrasis is used in 3d pers. plur.? (465, c).— Give the forms of IdneLV, 
 rd-Tciv, ipevSecv, and explain the euphonic changes (466, b). 
 
 Second aorist.— Do verbs often use both aorists ? (470, 1).— What 
 verbs never form 2d aor. act.? (470, 2). — Does 2d aor. use a tense-sign? 
 (471, 15^).— Endings, 2d aor., act., mid., pass.? (471, b).—Give 2d aor , act, 
 mid., pass, of Xelttlj, tvtttcj, ypd^cj. — Inflect 2d aor. pass, of "kemo (471, c). 
 — What stems change e into a 1 (472). — Second future passive. — Tense- 
 sign ? (473, b). — Tense-stem? (473, c). — Give 2d fut. pass, of AeiTTW, tutto) 
 (473, d). — What stems change e into a? (473, |S^). — Second perfect 
 ACTIVE. — Any tense-sign ? (474). — If the simple-stem vowel be any other 
 than 0. what changes occur? (475, 1, 2, 3, 4). — Second pluperf. active. 
 — Give 2d pluperf. act. of depKO), 2,7J6o), TTpuaaco, Tieinu, Qevyo (476). — 
 Verbs which use both 1st and 2d perf. and pluperf, generally use 2d in 
 what sense? (476, it.).— He turned (to flight).— They were put to 
 
 FLIGHT. 
 
 ^_,.->*' Liquid Verbs. 
 
 Three ways of strengthening stem (480, 1, 2, 3). — Where is simple 
 stem always to be found? (480, R. 1). — Do vi/j.£iv, jiiveLV strengthen? 
 (480, R. 2). — What tenses do hquid verbs use? (481, G).-^On what stem 
 formed? (481, b). — Does the fature use tense-sign cr ? (482, 1, a). — Does 
 aor. ? (482, 1, Z>).— What sort oi ending has the future ? (482, 2). 
 
 Future act. and mid. — Inflect fut. act. of a(pu?i?M, and fut. mid. (483). 
 — Inflect FIRST FUT. pass. : first aor. pass. : second fut. pass. (484). — 
 Change of e in monosyllabic stems ? (484, R. 1). — What three verbs drop 
 vl (484, R. 2). — How are first aor. act. and mid. formed? (485). — 
 What verbs use u instead of ?? ? (485, R.) — How do you form second 
 aor., act., mid., PASS. ? (486). 
 
 Form first perf. and pluperf. act. (487). — Change of e in monosyl- 
 labic stems ? (487, R. 1). — What three ways are used to avoid putting v 
 before Kal (487, R. 2).— Second perfect and pluperfect.— If stem- 
 vowel is e, what does it become ? (489, a).— All others ? (489, ^>).— Give 2d 
 perf. and plaperf. of cpdelpo), aTreipu, ktelvu, ^aivio, ^dAAw.— Are these 
 tenses used by many hquid verbs ? (489).— Perf. and pluperf., mid. and 
 PASS., of dyyello) (490).— Monosyllabic stems in el (491): e. §:, crrt'/l/lw, 
 fpOeipu. — In most verbs, what does v become before /ll ? (492, 1) : in a few ? 
 (492, 2): €. g., aiaxvvw. in KpLvo, relvo), &c. ? (492,3). — Inflect perf. pasa 
 of ^aiv(j (492, R. 1).— He gained much. 
 
FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. .*^37 
 
 $6. 
 PECULIARITIES OF TEXSE-rORMATION. 
 
 Attic future. — Give the fut. of Dmvvu, icaXio), rektu, vo/iil^o), (id- 
 XOfiaL (496). — Inflect eTiU, vofxtcj, fiaxovpiai (497). — In what parts of the 
 verb does the Attic future occur? (497, ^^). — Doric future. — What 
 four verbs in e use conti-acted endings in fut. mid. ? (498, a). — What one 
 in ail (498, b). — What four mutes? (498, c). — Attic reduplication. — 
 What is the Attic reduplication? (499). — Give perfect (w4th Att. redup.) 
 of dpou, k?ieyx(^, opvTTu, ukovo. — Give 2d aor. (act. and mid.) of dyo) 
 (499, R. 2). 
 
 ^7. 
 
 THE MOODS. 
 
 Define the subjunctive (501). — What endings does it use? (501, S^^j. 
 —Define the optative (502).— What endings? (502, l^^").- What are the 
 indicative mood-signs ? (503). — Subjunctive ? — Optative ? 
 
 S ubjun c tiv e. 
 Subjunctive present forms of elvai ? (504). — ^What tenses does the sub- 
 junctive use? (50.5). — What does the subj. aor. denote? (505, ^^). — Has 
 it augment ? — Give the subjunctive endings (with mood-signs) : active 
 (507) : pass, and mid. (507). — Of the verb ruTrrw, give subj. pres., act., 
 mid., pass. : 1st perf. act., pass., mid. : 2d perf. act. : 1st aor. act., mid., 
 pass.: 2d aor. act., mid., pass. (508). — Give subj. perf. of Kvaofiac (508, H. 
 1). — Give subj. pres. (act. and mid.) of rifxao), (pt^iicj, 67]?.na) (509). — In 
 contraction, what does o with 7] ov o form? with rjl (509). — Let us 
 FIGHT (511, a). — Do NOT STEAL (i. e., generally) (511, h). — Do not steal 
 (i. e., in a particular case). — Where can i turn myself? (511, c). — Has 
 the subj. any future form ? 
 
 Optative. 
 
 Present opt. forms of elvat (514). — What tenses are used by the opt.? 
 (515). — What do they answer to in English? (515, i^^). — Any augment? 
 —Why not?— What person-endings? (515, R. 1).— Mood-signs? (515, R. 
 2). — Give endings, with mood-signs: (l) active, all tenses but 1st aor.; 
 (2) 1st aor. ; (3) middle, all tenses but 1st aor. ; (4) middle, 1st aor. ; (5) 
 passive, all but 1st and 2d aor. ; (6) pass., 1st and 2d aor. (516). — Give the 
 opt. forms of tvtttci), act., mid., and pass, in imperf. ; 1st fut. ; 2d fut. ; fut. 
 perf; 1st plup. ; 2d plup. ; 1st aor.; 2d aor. (517). — Give the yTlolic end- 
 ings, 1st aor. opt. act. (517, R. 1). — How is the perf act. opt. sometimes 
 formed? (517, R. 2). — Are oi and ai short for accent in opt.? (517, R. 3). 
 — ^What is the accent of fut. opt. of liquid verbs ? (517, R. 4). 
 
 In contraction with ot, what does a form ? e and o ? (518). — Give the 
 
338 airEsTioNs 
 
 imperf. opt. forms (act., mid., pass.) of TifJ-uu, (piXeu, drjTiou (518). — Opt. of 
 KEKTTjfiac, [iE[j,vr]fjLaL ? (518, R. 1). — Who could describe this 1 (520, a). 
 —May you be luckier than your father. — May it not be so (520, 
 b). — You will not escape (520, c). — I don't know where to turn 
 
 myself. — I DID NOT KNOW WHERE TO TURN MYSELF (520, d). — Rule fuf 
 
 the use of the moods in dependent questions (520, d). 
 
 What is the chief use of ixvl (523, Rule). — He was striking. — He 
 WOULD, PERHAPS, STRIKE. — What mood generally follows the compounds 
 of uv 1 (524, Rule). — How do you distinguish av, if, from the modifying 
 particle avi (524, 1^^). — I am here to see. — I was there to see. — 
 Rule for the use of subj. and opt. to express purpose, &c., in subordinate 
 sentences ? (526, a). — What conjunctions introduce such sentences ? 
 
 (526, 1^^). — If we have ANYTHING, WE WILL GIVE IT. — If ANY ONE 
 SHOULD DO THIS, HE WOULD GREATLY BENEFIT ME. — Rule 1 (526, b). 
 
 Imperative. 
 Define the imperative (528). — Mood-signs ? (529). — Repeat table of end- 
 ings (530). — Paradigm of imperative forms of tutttw (531). — Distinguish 
 the aor. from the pres. (531, R. 1). 
 
 Infinitive. 
 Endings (act., mid., pass.): (1) pres. and fut. ; (2) 1st aor; (3) 2d aor.; 
 (4) perf. (535). — Fut. endings of liquid verbs (535, R.). — Give the infinitive 
 forms of TVTTTU (536). 
 
 Participles. 
 
 Endings (act., mid., pass.) : (1) pres. and fut. ; (2) perf. ; (3) 1st aor. ; (4) 
 2d aor. (537). — Put. endings of liquids ? (537, R.) — Repeat the participles 
 of TVTzreLv (538). — Decline tvtttcjv, rvipac, Tv^deLg, rvTretg, TETVchug, ay- 
 yeTiuv, rc/iduv, (j)L?^6o)V, juicdouv (539). 
 
 [Exercises on infinitive and participles, p. 207, 208. 
 
 [Tables of forms of verbs in u, p. 209-217.] 
 
 $8. 
 VERBS IN fj.i. 
 
 Verbs in fiL, why so called ? (560).— Two peculiarities ? (560, 1, 2).— In 
 what tenses ? (560, i^^). — Two classes of verbs in uc 1 (561). — Class I. 
 Monosyllabic stems beginning with ojie consonant? (562, 1): beginaina 
 
FOE KEVIE^V AND EXAMINATION. 339 
 
 with CT, TTT, or an aspirated vowel ? (562, 2). — Class II. If the stem end 
 in a vowel? (563, 1) : iu a consonant? (563, 2). 
 
 Indicative. 
 Person endings. — Active : (1) primary ; (2) historical ; (3) imperative ; 
 (4) infinitive; (5) participles. — Middle and Passive: (I) primary; (2) his- 
 torical; (3) imperative ; (4) infinitive ; (5) participles (564). — Have verbs 
 in V/J.L a 2d aor. ? (565, R.). 
 
 How do you fonn the imperfect? (566, 1): 2d aor.? (566, 2).— Give 
 paradigm of the three tenses (567). — What forms are used iu imperf. 
 sing. act. of rLdrjixt and didufit 1 (567, R. 2). 
 
 Subjunctive. 
 Mood-signs ? (568). — In contraction, aij^l ay = l 07]^=1 ori = 1 (56S, 
 ^P).— Give paradigm (569). 
 
 Imperative. 
 Endings, present, added to what stem? (570, 1) : 2d aor., to what stem 7 
 (570, 2). — Paradigm, pres. and 2d aor. (571). — What does -^0i often become 
 in compounds? (571, R. 3). 
 
 How is iGTjjfxi used in 2d aor. act. ? (572, o^^). — Cyrus posts himself. 
 — The Greeks are posted. — He has not what to give to each. — -. 
 
 PUT OUT OF the way (573). 
 
 Optative. 
 Endings? (576, 1).— Mood-sign? (576, 2).— How united with final stem- 
 vowel ? (576, S^^). — Paradigm, opt., imperf. and 2d aor. (577). — What 
 contraction takes place in dual and plural ? (577, R. 1). 
 
 Infinitive. 
 Endings? (578). — Infin. foims oi laTTj/uc, Ttdrj/Lcc, dldofii, 6ecKVVfit (578). 
 
 Participles. 
 Active ending? (579, 1). — Middle and passive ending? (579, 2). — Present 
 participles of IcTrjixL, Tidrjjui., didujut, deiKvvut: 2d aor. ditto (579). — He 
 ENACTS LAWS FOR THE Laced^monians (581, c). — To MAKE (a man or 
 a thing) bad (581, d). — To make a bad man king (581, e). 
 
 J 
 
340 QUESTIONS 
 
 [Synopsis of all the moods and tenses of verbs in [ii, p. 227, 228. 
 
 What three verbs use /c for 1st aor. tense-sign instead of cr? (586, 1).— 
 Perfect of ri^?7//i and ItjiilI (586, 2, <z).— Pluperfect oi larrjiiLl (586, 2, b). 
 — Differences of ineaning in laTTjin : (1) active ; (2) middle ; (3) passive. 
 — He demanded that the city should be given to him (589). 
 
 [Paradigm of Lr]fj.i, p. 230 : of sl/xl and el/J.i, p. 231.] 
 
 What is the signification of the present of el/xi, especially in Attic ? 
 (593, R.). 
 
 [Paradigm of (prj/u, p. 232.] 
 
 [Paradigms of CKeddvvviiL, oWvyn, biivvpLi, p. 234.] 
 
 [Paradigms of oUa, Keljxai, i]iiai, p. 236.] 
 
 Which is generally used in prose, rtiiat or Kadrjiiai ? (606, R.) 
 
 [Paradigm of dedoiKa or de(5ia, p. 237.] 
 
 What verbs form 2d aor. like verbs in [it 1 (612). — Go through the moods 
 of 2d aor. of (Satvu, afSivvv/LLi, ytyvuaKco, and dvu. — Inflect 2d aor. of 
 ytyvuaKcj. — What is 2d aor. of uXlaKO/naLl its perfect? (612, R. 3). — 
 Mounting his horse. — He ran the risk of being taken. — In this I 
 
 HAVE been caught LYING (614). 
 
 §9. 
 IRREGULAR VERBS. 
 
 State the three classes of irregular verbs (617, I., II., III.). — State the 
 five ways of strengthening the stem (617, II.). 
 
 Class I. What does e pass into, in all but dxdo/Liai, judxo/J.ai ? — [Recite 
 on the list, p. 942.] — Do you think the king will fight with you ? — 
 What case is used with fj,dxo/u.ai ? (620, a). — She begged of Cyrus. — 
 He that stands in need of little. — What case with diofxatl (620, b) 
 — We have need of little. — What is the construction with dell (620 
 c). — If it should be necessary to fight (620, d). 
 
 Class II., A. [Recite on the lists, p. 244.] — He happened to bj 
 PRESENT (627, a). — He did not perceive the plot (627, b). — He ob 
 
 TAINED GLORY AS HIS LOT (627, c). — To ESCAPETHE-NOTICE-OF GoE 
 
 (627, e). 
 
 Class II., B and C. [Recite on lists, p. 246, 247.]— No one can find 
 
 —You CANNOT FIND (633, b). 
 
FOR REVIEW AND EXAMINATION. 341 
 
 Class II., D and E, [Recite on lists, p. 248, 249.] — He seemeb to bb 
 (639, a). — Cyrus determined (639, b). — They anticipated the barba- 
 rians IN seizing (639, c). 
 
 Class III. [Recite on list, p. 250, 251.] 
 
 Active verbs using future middle for active, p. 252. — Active verbs using 
 future middle for passive, p. 253. — Table of irregular verbs, p. 254-259 
 
 CtUESTlONS on accent of verbs, p. 259. 
 
 THE END. 
 
PROF. M'CLINTOCK AND CROOES'S 
 
 Series of ©lementariJ 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN BOOKS, 
 
 PUBLISHED AND IN JOURSE OF PUBLICATION 
 
 By Harper and Brothers, ^ew Vork. 
 
 DESIGNED FOR THE USE OF SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES. 
 
 DIP At the request of many teachers, the plan of the Series has been altered for the 
 purpose of introducing a Latin Reader as the " Second Book in Latin.^' The First 
 and Second Books in Latin and Greek will thus afford all that is necessary in pre- 
 paratory training, before beginning the regular reading of the classic authors. Tht 
 *' Introduction to Writing Latin" will form the work heretofore announced as the '*See 
 ond Book in Latin," which has been long in careful preparation. 
 
 iTirat Book in £atin. 
 
 Containing Grammar, Exercises, and Vocabularies, on the Method ol 
 constant Imitation and Repetition. With Summaries of Etymol- 
 ogy and Syntax. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. (Fifth Edition.) 
 
 Seconb Book in £atin. 
 
 Being a sufficient Latin Reader, in Extracts from Caesar and Cicero, 
 with Notes and full Vocabulary. 12mo. (Soon.) 
 
 ifirst Book in (^reek. 
 
 Containing a full View of the Forms of Words, with Vocabularies 
 and copious Exercises, on the Method of constant Imitation and 
 Repetition. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. (Second Edition.) 
 
 Seconb Book in (^reek. 
 
 Containing a Syntax, with Reading Lessons in Prose; Prosody and 
 Reading Lessons in Verse. Forming a sufficient Greek Reader, 
 with Notes and copious Vocabulary. 12mo. (Nearly ready.) 
 
 Jfntrobuction to tXJritinjg: Catin. 
 
 Containing a full Syntax, on the Basis of Kiihner, with Loci Memo- 
 riales selected from Cicero, and copious Exercises for Imitation 
 and Repetition. 12mo. 
 
 Intended for higher classes in schools and lower classes in colleges. 
 
 JJractical Introbnction to Catin Stgle. 
 
 Principally translated from Grysar's " Theorie des lateinischen 
 Stiles." 
 
 This work will supply a want which has long been felt in our high schools and col- 
 leges. .^^^-..^^.^^.^-..^--..^.^^-.^-..^^ 
 
 Testimonials to the First Books in Latin and GreeJc. 
 
 The " First Book in Latin," by Professors M'Clintock and Crooks, I prefer, on many 
 accounts, to any other of the elementary Latin grammars now used in our schools ; 
 and I have no doubt that its philosophicul and eminently ;)racfic'aZ character will se- 
 cure for it great popularity, both among teachers and pupils. — Rev. J. F. ScHROEDER, 
 Rector of St. Ann's Hall, New York. 
 
 If the rest of the series are equal to the " First Book in Greek," they form the best 
 introduction to the classical tongues with which we are acquainted. — Prof. Hart, 
 Principal of the Central High School, Philadelphia. 
 
 The authors have been very happy in the distribution and arrangement of the sub- 
 jects, so as to introduce the beginner gradually to the difficulties, and yet carry him 
 forward rapidly to an acquaintance with the essential forms and principles of Greek 
 grammar. There is also a perspicuity, definiteness, and conciseness in the language 
 with which 1 am exceedingly pleased —Prof. W. S. Tyler, Amherst Colhge^ Man 
 
w Testimonials to the First Books in Latin o.nd Greek 
 
 A pretty careful examination convinces me of its great value as an introduc < 
 oook, and its decided superiority tn every other I have seen. L jtppea.s to me -a 
 have greatly improved upon Arnold, and been eminently successsf'il in p gradual ar.d 
 not too rapid unfolding of grammatical principles. — Pruf. STURGEa, Hanover College, 
 Indianna. 
 
 I had tried all sorts of l)ooks, from Adams's and Ross's down to An-drews and Stod 
 dard's, Wells's, Krebs's, Cleveland's, and lastly Arnold's, and think the "First 
 Book" is incomparably superior as a 'practical work to any other in use. — C. W. 
 Blake, Principal of Prune Street Classical Academy, Philadelphia. 
 
 I have given the classical books of Professors M'Clintock and Crooks a thorough 
 examination, and am highly pleased with them. I have introduced both the First 
 Latin and First Greek into my school, and am convinced that they elicit and keep up 
 a greater interest in the study of those languages than any I have yet used. — Rev. 
 Charles Reynold.s, A.M., Rector of Williamsburgh Grammar School. 
 
 I have examined with much attention the "First Book in Latin" of Professors 
 M'Clintock and Crooks, and am happy to bear testimony to the practical tact and sound 
 scholarship which they have shown in the preparation of the work. The arrange- 
 ment is simple and lucid, and the gradual steps by which the youthful student is in- 
 troduced to the grammatical laws of the language, both as it regards etymology and 
 syntax, are such as, in my estimation, to render the book deserving of the patronage 
 of every instructor. I most heartily wish it the extensive circulation it so eminently 
 deserves.— John J. Owen, Principal of the Cornelius Institute. 
 
 I have examined and used in my school M'Clintock and Crooks's First Books in 
 Latin and Greek, and fully approve of the design of the works. I think they are cal- 
 culated to awaken greatly the interest of the scholar in lessons that have generally 
 been considered tedious, at the same time that they convey a thorough knowledge o1 
 elementary principles. — Aaron Rand, Collegiate and Mercantile School, New York 
 
 I regard the " First Book in Latin" as the best yet published in our country.- 
 Prof. Lewis, Woodward College, Ohio. 
 
 The writers have added valuable improvements to the excellent works of Kiihner 
 and Arnold. The analysis of the Third Declension is more satisfactory and philo- 
 sophical than any thing of the kind that I have met with. The rules of syntax are 
 more clearly and briefly expressed than those of any grammar within my knowledge. 
 -Prof. Stafford, Universiti/ of Alabama. 
 
 1 think the " First Book in Latin" better calculated than any work I know to in- 
 duce students, from the beginning, to study Latin critically. We have made it one 
 of the works required as preparatory to college. — Prof. H. B. Lane, Wesleyan Uni- 
 versity, Middletown, Conn. 
 
 \ 'e have introduced the " First Book in Latin," and find it far superior to any othei 
 ele .lentary work. — Prof. Wheeler, Indiana Ashury University. 
 
 1 le solid, well-arranged, and perspicuous " First Book in Latin," completely sup 
 plies the want I have long felt, as a teacher of Latin, of a book for beginners. The 
 Quusual progess my pupils make in accurate knowledge of the language — knowledge 
 A'hich they can apply without error or difficulty— is the best proof I possess of the 
 practical value of the book. — Rev. J. H. Dashiell, Principal of th& Light Street In 
 siitute, Baltimore. 
 
 The most thorough, practical, and philosophical method of teaching Greek that we 
 have ever seen. — Savannah Republican. 
 
 The best introduction to the classical tongues with which we are acquainted. The 
 " First Book in Greek" is " Greek made easy," not by leaving out all the hard parts, 
 but by presenting the difficulties one at a time, and in the order most consonant to 
 nature and reason. It does equal credit to the scholarship and the practical good 
 «ense of its authors. We have seen no school book for many a long year that has 
 given us more unmingled and entire satisfaction. — Sartain's Union Magazine. 
 
 The " First Book in Latin" combines all the advantages of recently-improved meth- 
 ods, and contains many decided improvements. A more philosophical and practical 
 system of teaching Latin we have never seen. — Prof. Salkeld, Naugatuck, Conn. 
 
 The grammatical part of the work is very complete, although condensed into a 
 ■wonderfully short compass. — Philadelphia Inquirer. 
 
 Among many other advantages, it contains precisely such remarks and explanations 
 as a student wishes to have in the early part of his course, but which, in common 
 grammars, are strangely omitted. — J. A. Devinney, High School, Carlisle, Penn. 
 
 M'Clintock and Crooks's First Books in Latin and Greek are incomparable, and 
 certainly the best books for beginners ever published, and I am convinced will meet 
 ■with the heartiest commendation from teachers throughout the country. — W. C. S 
 Richardson, Professor of Languages, Tuscaloosa. 
 
 The lessons in the " Fi-rst Book in Greek" are so easy, natural, and int-erestin^, 
 that they must win every boy to the study of the language. I shall recommend it tc 
 every teacher. — Prof. Mau in, Hampden Sydney College. 
 
baluable STejtt-booka 
 
 FOR COLLEGES, ACADEMIES, AND SCHOOLS, 
 
 PUBLISHED BY 
 
 HARPEF & BROTHERS, NEW YORK. 
 
 Liddell and Scott's G-reek-English Lexicon. 
 
 Based on the German Work of Passow. With Additions, (fec^ 
 by Henry Drisler, under the Supervision of Professor Anthon. 
 Royal 8vo, Sheep extra, ^5 00. 
 
 Liddell and Scott's School Greek Lexicon ; 
 
 Being an Abridgment of the Above, by the Authors, with the 
 Addition of a Second Part, viz. English-Greek. (In press.) 
 
 Anthon' s Classical Dictionary. 
 
 Containing an Account of the principal Proper Names mention- 
 ed in Ancient Authors, together with an Account of the Coins, 
 Weights, and Measures of the Ancients, with Tabular Values 
 of the same. Royal 8vo, Sheep extra, $4 00. 
 
 Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman An- 
 tiquities. First American Edition, corrected and enlarged, and 
 containing also numerous Articles relative to the Botany^ Min- 
 eralogy, and Zoology of the Ancients, by Charles Anthon, 
 LL.D. Illustrated by a large number of Engravings. Royal 
 8vo, Sheep extra, $4 00. 
 
 Smith's School Dictionary of Antiquities. 
 
 Abridged from the larger Dictionary. With Corrections and 
 Improvements, by Charles Anthon, LL.D. Illustrated with 
 numerous Engravings. 12mo, half Sheep, 90 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Xenophon's Memorabilia of Socrates. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, the Prolegomena 
 of Kuhner, Wiggers' Life of Socrates, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, 
 $1 00. 
 
 Anthon's Anabasis of Xenophon. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Map arranged 
 according to the latest and best Authorities, and a Plan of the 
 Battle of Cunaxa. 12rno, Sheep extra, $1 25. 
 
 Anthon's Germania and Agricola of Tacitus. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, the Prolegomen* 
 of Botticher, and a Geographical Index. 12mo, Sheep extra. 
 7.5 cents. 
 
2 Works for Colleges^ Schools^ ^c, 
 
 Anthon's Cicero De Senectute, De Amicitia, 
 
 Paradoxa, and Somnium Scipionis, and the Life of Atticus b^ 
 Cornelius Nepos. With English Notes, critical and explana 
 tory. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Select Orations of Cicero. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, and Historical, 
 Geographical, and Legal Indexes. With a Portrait. 12rao, 
 Sheep extra, $1 00. 
 
 Anthon's Zumpt's Latin Grammar. 
 
 From the Ninth Edition of the Original, adapted to the Use ol 
 English Students, by L. Schmitz, Ph.D. Corrected and enlarged 
 by C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Zumpt's School Latin Grammar. 
 
 Translated and adapted to the High School of Edinburgh, bj 
 L. Schmitz, Ph.D. Corrected and enlarged by C. Anthon 
 LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 50 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Sallust's History of the Jugurthine 
 
 War, and of the Conspiracy of Catiline. With an English Com- 
 mentary, and Geographical and Historical Indexes. New Edi- 
 tion, corrected and enlarged. With a Portrait. 12mo, Sheeo 
 extra, 75 cents. 
 
 A'lthon's Ancient Geography. 
 
 A System of Ancient and Mediaeval Geography. 8vo 
 
 Findlay's Classical Atlas, 
 
 To illustrate Ancient Geography ; comprised in 25 Maps, show- 
 ing the various Divisions of the World as known to the An- 
 cients. With an Index of the Ancient and Modern Names. 
 The Maps are beautifully Colored, and the Index is remarkably 
 full and complete. 8vo, half bound, $3 75. 
 
 Anthon's System of Greek Prosody and Meter, 
 
 Together with the Choral Scanning of the Prometheus Vinctus 
 of iEschylus, and CEdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles ; also. Re- 
 marks on the Indo-Germanic Analogies. 12mo, Sheep extra, 
 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Greek Reader. 
 
 Principally from the German of Jacobs. With English Notes, 
 critical and explanatory, a Metrical Index to Homer and Anao 
 reon, and a copious Lexicon. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 00. 
 
 inthon's Homer's Iliad. 
 
 The first Six Books of Homer's Iliad, to which are appended 
 English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Metrical Index, and 
 Homeric Glossary. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25. 
 
 Anthon's Grammar of the Greek Language. 
 
 lamo, Sheep extra, 75 cents 
 
Published by Harper Sf Brothers. 3 
 
 A.nthon's New Greek Grammar. 
 
 From the German oi* Kiihner, Matthiae, Buttmann, Rost, and 
 Thiersch ; to which are appended, Remarks on the Pronuncia- 
 tion of the Greek Language, and Chronological Tables explana- 
 tory of the same. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents, 
 
 Aiithon's First Greek Lessons, 
 
 Containing the most important Parts of the Grammar of th« 
 Greek Language, together with appropriate Exercises in the 
 translating and writing of Greek. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Greek Prose Composition. 
 
 Greek Lessons, Part IL An Introduction to Greek Prose Com- 
 position, with a complete Course of Exercises illustrative of all 
 the important Principles of Greek Syntax. 12mo, Sheep ex- 
 tra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Works of Horace. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory. New Edition, 
 with Corrections and Improvements. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 26. 
 
 Anthon's iEneid of Virgil. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Metrical 
 Clavis, and an Historical, Geographical, and Mythological In- 
 dex. With a Portrait and numerous Illustrations. 12mo, 
 Sheep extra, $1 25. 
 
 Anthon's Eclogues and Georgics of Virgil. 
 
 With English Notes, critical and explanatory. 12mo, Sheep 
 extra, ^1 25. 
 
 Anthon's Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic 
 
 War, and the First Book of the Greek Paraphrase ; with En- 
 glish Notes, critical and explanatory, Plans of Battles, Sieges, 
 &.C., and Historical, Geographical, and Archaeological Indexes. 
 With : Map, Portrait, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 00. 
 
 Anthon's Latin Versification. 
 
 In a Series of Progressive Exercises, including Specimens cl 
 Translation from English and German Poetry into Latin Vers« 
 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Key to Latin Versification. 
 
 12mo, half Sheep, 50 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Latin Prosody and Meter. 
 
 From the best Authorities, Ancient and Modern. 12mo, She(>p 
 extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Latin Lessons. 
 
 Latin Grammar, Part I. Containing the most important Parts 
 of the Grammar of the Latin Language, together with appro- 
 priate Exercises in the translating and writing of Latin. 12mo 
 Sheep extra, 75 cents 
 
4 Works for Col/eg-eSj Schools, 3fc. 
 
 Anthon's Introduction to Latin Prose Compo- 
 
 sition. Latin Grammar, Part II. A complete Course of Exer- 
 cises, illustrative of all the important Principles of Latin Syiv 
 tax. 12mo, Sheep extra, 75 cents. 
 
 Anthon's Key to Latin Prose Composition 
 
 12mo, half Sheep, 50 cents. 
 
 The Englishman's Greek Concordance of the 
 
 New Testament : being an Attempt at a verbal Connectio.n be- 
 tween the Greek and the English Texts : including a Concord- 
 ance to the Proper Names, with Indexes, Greek-English and 
 English-Greek. 8vo, Muslin, $4 50 ; Sheep extra, S5 00. 
 
 Lewis's Platonic Theology. 
 
 , Plato against the Atheists ; or, the Tenth Book of the Dialogue 
 on Laws, with critical Notes and extended Dissertations on 
 some of the main Points of the Platonic Philosophy and The- 
 ology, especially as compared with the Holy Scriptures. 12mo, 
 Muslin, II 50. 
 
 Spencer's Greek New Testament. 
 
 With English Notes, critical, philological, and exegetical In- 
 dexes, &c. 12mo, Muslin, %l 25 ; Sheep extra, $1 40. 
 
 Butler's Analogy of Religion, 
 
 Natural and Revealed, to the Constitution and Course of Na 
 ture. To which are added two brief Dissertations: of Personai 
 Identity — of the Nature of Virtue. With a Preface by Bishop 
 Halifax. 18mo, half Bound, 37j cents. 
 
 Hohart's Analysis of Butler's Analogy of Re- 
 ligion, Natural and Revealed, to the Constitution and Course 
 of Nature, with Notes. Also, Crauford's Questions for Exam- 
 ination, Revised and Adapted to the Use of Schools. By 
 Charles E. West. 18mo, Muslin, 40 cents. 
 
 Gieseler's Compendium of Ecclesiastical His- 
 tory. From the Fourth Edinburgh Edition, Revised and Amend- 
 ed. Translated from the German by Samuel Davidson, LL.D 
 8vo. 
 
 Mosheim's Ecclesiastical History, 
 
 Ancient and Modern ; in which the Rise, Progress, and Varia- 
 tion of Church Power are considered in their Connection with 
 tne State of Learning and Philosophy, and the Political History 
 of Europe during that Period. Translated, with Notes, &c. 
 by Archibald Maclaine, D.D. A new Edition, continued to 
 1826, by Charles Coote, LL.D. 2 vols. 8vo, Sheep extra, 
 i3 50. 
 
 Sampson's Beauties of the Bible : 
 
 Selected l"rom the Old and Ne\v Testaments, with various Ra* 
 marks and Dissertations ISmo, Muslin. 50 cents. 
 
Deacidified using the Bookkeeper procesi 
 Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
 Treatment Date: July 2006 
 
 PreservationTechnologiej 
 
 A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATIOI 
 
 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive 
 Cranberry Township, PA 16066 
 (724)779-2111